PALMONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 
VOL. LIX. 


THE BRITISH FOSSIL 
ECHINODERMATA,. 
Vou. II, Parr TH. 


Paces 67—90; Piatres XVII—XXVI. 


THE CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 
Vou. 2, Para Ff. 
Pages 57—96; Puates VITI—XI. 


THE 
CARBONTFEROUS 
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. 
Vou. II. 

TirLe-pages AND INDEX. 


THE INFERIOR OOLITE 
AMMONITES. 
Parr XITI.—SUPPLEMENT. 


Paces clxix—ccvili; Pirates XX—XXIV. 


ee PAUN A: Of THE 
CORNBRASH. 
Part I. 


Paces 1—100; Phares I—IX. 


Issuep For 1905. 


California Academy of Sciences 


Presented by Paleontographica i ty. 


December 1906.2 


“ oe 
Raging 


rae 
ohh 2 
5 s , 


ee re ethan Sock 


vile woes ~ atau sacle iat ra 
ott, SARS ers Kos - ie 


ip 
ee : = : 
Re Preeti f° (Gis ga eae y Ne hal ha 


~ 
it, 7 f 5 


a 


Cay - a Fig 


¥ : 4 4 as f 


Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2011 with funding from | 
California Academy of Sciences Library 


¥ 


___ http://www.archive.org/details/monographof591905pala — 


PALMONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 


VOLUME ETX: 


CONTAINING 


. THE FOSSIL ECHINODERMATA, CRETACEOUS. Vol. II, Part III (Asteroidea). By Mr. 
W.K. Spencer. Ten Plates. 


. THE CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Vol. II, Part II. By Mr. H. Woops. Four Plates. 


. THE CARBONIFEROUS LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Vol. II, Title-pages and Index. By Dr. 
W HEELTON HIND. 


.. THE INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. Part XIII. By Mr. §. 8. Buckman. Five Plates. 


5. THE FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. Part I. By Rev. J. F. Buaxe. Nine Plates. 


ISSUED FOR 1905. 


LONDON: 
PRINTED FOR THE PALAMSONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 


AGENTS FOR THE SOCIETY: 


DULAU AND CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. 


NOVEMBER, 1905. 


THE PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY was established in the year 
1847, for the purpose of figuring and describing British Fossils. 

Hach person subscribing ONE GUINEA is considered a Member of the Society, and 
is entitled to the Volume issued for the Year to which the Subscription relates. The 
price of the Volume to Non-subscribers 1s TWENTY-FIVE SHILLINGS NET. 

Subscriptions are considered to be due on the 1st of January in each year. 

The Annual Volumes are now issued in two forms of Binding: 1st, with all 
the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; 2nd, with each of the 
Monographs in a paper cover, and the whole of the separate parts enclosed in an 
envelope. Members wishing to obtain the Volume arranged in the LATTER FORM 
are requested to communicate with the Secretary. 

Most of the back volumes are in stock. Monographs or parts of Monographs 
already published can be obtained, apart from the annual volumes, from Messrs. 
Dutav anp Co., 37, Soho Square, London, W., who will forward a complete price 
list on application. 

Members desirous of forwarding the objects of the Society can be provided 
with plates and circulars for distribution on application to the Secretary, Dr. A. 


Samira Woopwarp, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, London, 8.W. 


The following Monographs are in course of publication : 

The Fossil Sponges, by Dr. G. J. Hinde. 

The Graptolites, by Prof. Lapworth, Miss Elles, and Miss Wood. 

The Lower Paleozoic Trilobites of Girvan, by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed. 

The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, by Mr. H. Woods. 

The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman. 

The Sirenoid Ganoids, the Paleeoniscid Fishes of the Carboniferous Formation, and 
the Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, by Dr. R. H. Traquair. 

The Fishes of the English Chalk, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward. 

The Fauna of the Devonian Formation of the South of England, by the Rev. G. F. 
Whidborne. 

The Cornbrash Fauna, by the Rev. J. F. Blake. 


The following Monographs are in course of preparation : 
The Carboniferous Lepidodendra, by Dr. D. H. Scott. 
The Fossil Cycadex, by Mr. A. C. Seward. 
The Cambrian Trilobites, by Mr. Philip Lake. 


> LOIOGY 
QE 7ol 
P29 


ANNUAL REPORT 


PALASONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1900, 


Jbj Jets) Ae 


Che Council, Secretaries, md Atlembers 


A LIST OF THE CONTENTS OF THE VOLUMES ALREADY 
PUBLISHED. 


Council and Officers elected June, 1905. 


President, 
HENRY WOODWARD, Esg., LL.D. F.B.S., F.GS. 


Vite-Presidents, 


[W. T. Buanrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S.*] | 


Rev. Canon Bonney, D.Sc., F.B.S. 


G. J. Hinpz, Esq., Pu.D., F.R.S. 
E. T. Newton, Esq., F.R.S. 


Council. 


F. A. Batuer, Hsq., M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S, 
Rev. J. F. Buaxs, M.A., F.G:S. | 
Rev. R. Asuineron Buen, B.A., F.G.S. | 
Miss MarcGaret CROsFIELD. | 
UpFIELD GREEN, Hsq., F.G.S. 

F. W. Harmer, Hsq., F.G.S. 

J. Horxinson, Esq., F.G.S. 

FE. L. Kircntn, Esq., M.A., Pa.D., F.G.S. 
P. Lax, Hsq., M.A., F.G.S. 


Tuomas Lereuton, Esq., F.G.S. 

Tue Ricaut Rey. Bisnop Mrrcutnson, D.C.L. 
F. R. Cowrer Resp, Esgq., M.A., F.G.S. 
Ee We Rupr EIS@s ls: OmEe Gases 

Pror. W. J. Souzas, D.Sc., F.R.S. 

W. P. D. Sressine, Hsq., F.G.S. 

A. Srranan, Hsq., M.A., F.R.S. 

Rev. G. F. Wuipsorne, M.A., F.G.S. 


Treasurer. 
G. J. Hinnez, Esq., Pu.D., F.R.S., 24, Avondale Road, South Croydon. 


Secretary. 
A. SmirH Woopwarp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, 


London. 


S.W. 


Pocal Secretaries. 


Bath—Rev. H. H. Winwoop, M.A., F.G.S. 
Berlin—Messrs. FRIEDLANDER & Son. 
Cambridge—H. Woops, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. | 


Hertfordshire—J. Horxinson, Esq., F.G.S. 
Liverpool—JosErxH Lomas, Esg., F.G.S. 
Oxford—Pror. W. J. Souuas, F.R.S. 


* Deceased 23rd June, 1905. 


ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 
FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31st MARCH, 1905. 


READ AND ADOPTED AT THE 


ANNUAL GENERAL MEBRTING, 


HELD AT THE APARTMENTS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, BURLINGTON HOUSE, 
16rH JUNE, 1905. 


Dr. HENRY WOODWARD, F.R.S., Present, 


IN THE CHAIR. 


Tue Covncin, in presenting their Fifty-eighth Annual Report, have plea- 
sure in congratulating the Society on its continued prosperity. The marked 
activity in the study of British fossils, to which they referred last year, still 
continues; and there is no decline in the number or value of the monographs 
offered to the Council for publication. The volume for 1904 contains the 
second instalment of Part II of Dr. Traquair’s ‘“ Fishes of the Old Red Sand- 
stone,” and another part of Vol. I of Mr. Buckman’s “ Inferior Oolite Ammonites,” 
both of which are now nearly completed. There is the final part of Dr. Wheelton 
Hind’s ‘* Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata,” which now lacks only the index and 
title-page. There are also instalments of the Monographs of Cretaceous Lamelli- 


branchia, Girvan Trilobites, and British Graptolites. 


The volume for 1904 was arranged to contain only thirty-seven plates, 
and it was anticipated that the cost of its production would thus be within 
the limits of the Society’s ordinary income. The accompanying letterpress, 
however, proved to be unusually extensive, with costly tables and inset blocks. 


The Council therefore regret that they have to record a serious and unexpected 


6 


reduction in the balance to the Society’s credit. Although the total income 
for the year was £599 10s. 11d., or much larger than that of any year since 
1897, the total expenditure was no less than £684 1s. 4d., necessitating the 
removal of £84 10s. 5d. from the balance in hand. To remedy this deficiency, 
the Council propose to issue a comparatively small volume for the year 1905, 
and they are fortunate in being able to use several plates which have been 


drawn and paid for in former years. 


The financial position of the Society was carefully considered by a Committee 
appointed by the Council, and two important changes in procedure were decided 
upon. It was resolved that in future the Society’s accounts be balanced on 
31st December instead of 31st March as heretofore, so that the financial year 
shall correspond exactly with the period for which the annual guinea is paid. 
It was also resolved that the price of the annual volume to non-subscribers 
(i.e. to those who do not pay the guinea regularly in advance) be twenty-five 


shillings net. 


Thanks are due to Miss Elles and Miss Wood for a donation of £5 to the 


Society’s funds. 


Thanks are also due to the Geological Society for permission both to store 
the stock of back volumes and to hold the Council meetings and the Annual 


General Meeting in their apartments. 


In conclusion, it is proposed that the retirmg members of Council be Messrs. 
Bell, Hudleston, and Rowe; that the new Vice-President be Mr. H. T. Newton; 
that the new members be Prof. W. J. Sollas, Mr. F. W. Harmer, and Mr. Philip 
Lake; that the President be Dr. Henry Woodward; the Treasurer, Dr. G. J. 
Hinde; and the Secretary, Dr. A. Smith Woodward. 


Annexed is the Balance-sheet. 


‘AMOR, NATTY “¢ 


‘IaTGnY “M 


‘NOLSTVG ‘WH 'M 
‘NOLHDIAT “SOH J, 


0G pozeprposwoy “yueo tod © [VIVA OOEF oF ydt9901 oY Waas OSTV eAvTY, aM f yAaILOd Bq 0} 


ql pup pure ‘s1oTONOA VT} YRIM yt pateduroos ‘uNodoR aAoqe oy} PoIUIUIeXS 9AVTT OA 


TL &T 2e8e 


nest 
Oi 
L SL 3a 

On 

F SLO 

0 eT 0 

03% 

cor 2 

0 OL 2g 

On 4 99s —— 
OL IL 6&1 
0 9L 921 

¢ egg aus 

b GL 6I 
0 81% 
6 SI 8e 
Kia) 62 
0 ¥ 8b 


6 &1 Gél 
ps F ps F 


ad 


‘UaUASVaNT, “Oy 


porvapo you onboyo 
yooq-ssed aod sv yurg yu oourpeg 
(aou10 ut pred) petamyor worndriosqng 
AYINZVLS puw sosavyo yurg 
aOURANSUY OTT 

yo0ys Jo yIpny 

AIOMOT}LIS PUL 95v{SOg 

*  TUMLIRLOTIOY, § ALeya100g 


Suyuid orpdeasoyyy pur edAyoT[oD 
smoyRysniypt sunedoid pur Ssurmetq 


RO TING TES IK EL 

SuIpurq 

SUOT}OAILOD S.LOYJNW 
‘Oyo ‘saTqny odAy [[RUTG 


twodeg 


Suryurd ssotd.0440'T 


IL ST Ze 


Yen) 


~ Om © © 


oS 


0 


@ § 

61 G1 
ter | 
OS 

61 96 

6 §& 

0 0 

61 0 

GI 22v 7 i 
0 6 & 
0 AL 2466 
0 6G GIG 
0 €1 ¥& 

Cc Cia 
a) ik I 
0) iy 4sl 
0 O OOL 


"COGL “ISTE Youmyy burpua max 


TOT}VUO(T 


Q ; qisodaq, Wo 4s80.10}UT 
* (XR} ssoT) Y90zG [RUN SpuoprlArcy 
‘O—- Y NvNG ‘sAssep Aq sapeg 
Iaqulay, OF Yoys Youg Jo a[eg 
laquiepy Aq pred osavyg yurg 


Slaq toy Ustato Aq pred osviiep 


Gor 

& 2061-9061 ss 

L1G CO6L i 
'  G0G FO6L rs 


ES £061-6681—suordiosqns 


purl Ul Sey) 
JULODIOV yuo.L.Inf) 


* qisodaqy ua 
—UNOdV JSvp WO. ooUR[RT 


‘AQNIH ‘£ AOUOHD “AC HIM INNOODV NI A LATOOS TVOIHdVUVOLNOW TVd TAL 


LIST OF MEMBERS.’ 


CORRECTED TO Ist JULY, 1905. 


His Most Gracious Magrsty THE KING. 


Aberdeen, University Library. 

Adelaide (Australia) Public Library. 

Adlard, R. E., Esq., Bartholomew Close. E.C. 

Allen, E. G., Esq., 28, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. W.C. 

Allen, H. A., Esq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 

Amherst College, Mass., U.S.A. 

Amsterdam, Royal Academy of Sciences. 

Andrews, C. W., Esq., D.Sc., F.G.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington. S.W. 
Arlecdon and Frizington Public Library, Frizington, Cumberland. 

Avebury, Right Hon. Lord, 15, Lombard Street. H.C. 


Bale (Switzerland), University Library. 

Balston, W. E., Esq., F.G.S., Barvin, Potter’s Bar. 

Banks, W. H., Esq., Hergest Croft, Kington, Herefordshire. 

Barclay, F. H., Esq., F.G.S., The Warren, Cromer, Norfolk. 

Barnes, J., Esq., F.G.S., South Cliff House, Higher Broughton, Manchester. 
Bath, Royal Literary and Scientific Institution. 

Bather, F. A., Esq., M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.). S.W. 
Battersea Public Library, Lavender Hill. S.W. 

Bedford, His Grace the Duke of, K.G., Woburn Abbey, Bedfordshire. 
Bedford Literary Institute, Bedford. 

Belfast Linen Hall Library, Donegal Square North, Belfast. 

Belfast, Queen’s College. 

Bell, A. M., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Limpsfield, Rawlinson Road, Oxford. 

Bell, W. H., Esq., F.G.S., Cleeve House, Seend, Melksham. 

Bell and Bradfute, Messrs., 12, Bank Street, Edinburgh. 


* The Members are requested to inform the Secretary of any errors or omissions in this list, and of any delay 
in the transmission of the Yearly Volumes. 


Bergen (Norway), Museums Bibliothek. 

Berkeley, Right Hon. Earl of, The Heath, Bear’s Hill, near Abingdon. 

Birkenhead Public Library, Birkenhead, 

Birley, Miss Caroline, 14, Brunswick Gardens, Kensington. W. 

Birmingham Free Public Library, Ratcliff Place, Birmingham. 

Birmingham Old Library, Margaret Street, Birmingham. 

Birmingham, University Library. 

Blackburn Public Library, Blackburn. 

Blackmore, Humphrey P., Esq., M.D., F.G.S., Salisbury. 

Blake, Rev. J. F., M.A., F.G.S., 35, Harlesden Gardens. N.W. 

Blathwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, Eagle House, Batheaston, Bath. 

Blundell, Harold, Esq., Fairlawn, Harpenden, Herts. 

Blyth, C. E., Esq., Birdingbury Hall, near Rugby. 

Bolton, Chadwick Museum. 

Bonn (Germany), Geological-Paleontological Institute of the University. 

Bonney, Rev. Canon T. G., D.Se., F.R.S., Vice-President, 9, Scroope Terrace, Cambridge. 

Bootle-cum-Linacre Public Library, Bootle, Liverpool. 

Bordeaux, University Library. 

Boston Society of Natural History, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. 

Boston Public Library, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. 

Boulogne-sur-Mer (France), Bibliotheque Communale. 

Bradley, F. L., Esq., F.G.S., Ingleside, Malvern Wells. 

Brighton and Hove Natural History Society, Brighton. 

Bristol Naturalists’ Society, Geological Section, per B. A. Baker, Esq., 11, Westbury 
Park, Bristol. 

Bristol Public Museum and Reference Library, Queen’s Road, Bristol, 

Bromley Naturalists’ Society, 50, London Road, Bromley, Kent. 

Bromley Public Library, Tweedy Road, Bromley, Kent. 

Brown, Alexander Oestrand, Esq., 4, The Grove, Highgate. N. 

Buchan-Hepburn, Sir Archibald, Smeaton- Hepburn, Preston Kirk, East Lothian. N.B. 

Bullen, Rev. R. Ashington, B.A., F.G.S., The Vicarage, Pyrford, Woking. 

Burrows, Henry W., Esq., F.G.S., 17, Victoria Street. S.W. 

Burslem Public Library, Burslem. 

Buxton Public Library, Town Hall, Buxton. 


Cambridge, Peterhouse. 

Cambridge Philosophical Society’s Library, New Museums, Cambridge. 
Cambridge, St. John’s College. 

Cambridge, Sidney Sussex College. 

Cambridge, Trinity College. 

Cambridge University Library. 

Cambridge, Sedgwick Museum. 

Canadian Geological Survey, Sussex Street, Ottawa, Canada. 
Capetown Geological Commission, South African Museum. 
Cardiff Public Library, Cardiff. 

Carlisle Public Library, Carlisle. 

Chelsea Public Library, Manresa Road. S.W. 
Cheltenham College, Cheltenham, 


b 


10 


Cheltenham Natural Science Society, Cheltenham. 

Chester Society of Natural Science, Chester. 

Chicago (U.S.A.), Newberry Library, 

Chicago (U.S.A.) Public Library. 

Chiswick Public Library, Chiswick. W. 

Christ Church Public Library, Blackfriars Road, Southwark. S.E. 

Christiania (Norway), University Library, 

Cincinnati (U.S.A.) Public Library. 

Clarke, Mrs. Stephenson, Brooke House, Haywards Heath, Sussex. 

Clermont-Ferrand (France), University Library. 

Clifton College, Clifton, Bristol. 

Clough, C. T., Esq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 

Cobbold, E. 8., Esq., F.G.S., Church Stretton, R.S.O., Shropshire. 

Coomaraswamy, A. K., Esq., B.Se., F.L.S., F.G.S., Walden, Worplesdon, Guildford. 

Coombs, J. Ashton, Esq., F.G.S., Albion Lodge, Gloucester Road, Cheltenham. 

Cork, Queen’s College. 

Cornell University, Ithaca, U.S.A. 

Coventry Free Public Library, Coventry. 

Crosfield, Miss Margaret, Undercroft, Reigate. 

Croydon Free Library, Croydon. 

Cullis, Prof. C. Gilbert, D.Se., F.G.S., Royal College of Science, South Kensington. 
S.W. 


Darwin, W. E., Esq., F.G.S., 11, Egerton Place. S.W. 

Davis, Prof. J. R. Ainsworth, M.A., University College, Aberystwyth. 

Dawkins, Prof. W. Boyd, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S., Fallowfield House, Fallowfield, Manchester. 

Delgado, Senhor J. F. N., Direccao dos Trabalhos geologicos, 118, Rua do Arco a Jesus, 
Lisbon. 

Derby Free Library and Museum, Derby. 

Derham, Walter, Esq., 76, Lancaster Gate, Bayswater. W. 

Devonport Free Public Library, Devonport. 

Devonshire, His Grace the Duke of, K.G., F.R.S., Devonshire House, Piccadilly. W. 

Dewsbury Public Free Library, Dewsbury. 

Dickinson, W., Esq., F.G.S,, Warham Road, Croydon. 

Dickson, Edward, Esq., F.G.S., 17, Winckley Street, Preston. 

Dijon (France), University Library. 

Dixon, E., Esq., Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. S.W. 

Donald, Miss, Quarry Hill, near Mealsgate, vid Carlisle. 

Doncaster Borough Free Library, Doncaster. 

Dorset County Museum Library, Dorchester. 

Dowson, E. T., Esq., F.R.M.S., Geldeston, Beccles, 

Drake, Henry C., Esq., 45, Witham, Hull. 

Drew, Dr. J., F.G.S., Montrose, Battledown, Cheltenham. 

Dublin, National Library. 

Dublin, Royal College of Science for Ireland, Stephen’s Green. 

Dublin, Royal Irish Academy, 19, Dawson Street. 

Dublin, Trinity College. 

Ducie, Right Hon, Earl of, F.R.S., Tortworth Court, Gloucestershire, 


11 


Dudley and Midland Geological and Scientific Society and Field Club. 

Dundee Free Library, Dundee. 

Dundee Naturalists’ Society, University College, Dundee. 

Durham, the Dean and Chapter of (by C. Rowlandson, Esq., The College, Durham). 


Edinburgh Gevlogical Society, 5, St. Andrew Square, Edinburgh. 

Edinburgh, Royal Scottish Museum, Argyle Square, Edinburgh. 

Edinburgh Public Library, Edinburgh. 

Edinburgh, Royal Society of. 

Edinburgh, University of. 

Epsom College, Epsom. 

Evans, Sir John, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.G.S., Nash Mills, Hemel Hempstead. 
Exeter, Royal Albert Memorial Public Library, Queen Street. 


Folkestone Public Library and Museum, Folkestone. 

Foord, Dr. A. H., F.G.S., Royal Dublin Society, Dublin. 

Fortey, Charles, Esq., Abbey Villa, Ludlow, 

Foulerton, Dr. J., 44, Pembridge Villas, Bayswater. W. 

Fox, Howard, Esq., F.G.S., Falmouth. 

Fraser, John, Esq., M.A., M.D., F.R.C.S.Edin., F.G.S., Chapel Ash, Wolverhampton. 
Friedlander, Messrs., Local Secretaries, 11, Carlstrasse, Berlin. 

Fritsch, Prof. K. von, Halle. 

Fulham Free Public Library (I. ‘I’. Barrett, Librarian), Fulham. S.W. 

Fuller, Rev. A., M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham Hill. S.E. 


Galashiels, N.B., Public Library. 

Galway, Queen’s College. 

Garwood, Prof. EK. J., M.A., F.G.S., University College, Gower Street. W.C. 
Gascoigne, Major Trench, Lotherton Hall, Aberford, Leeds. 

Gateshead-on-Tyne Public Library, Gateshead-on-Tyne. 

Gaudry, Prof., Membre de l’Institut, F.M.G.S., Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris. 
Geikie, Sir Avelibatal LL.D., Sec.R.S., 10, Chester Terrace, Regent’s Park. N.W. 
Gibson, Miss, Hill Howes Sard Walden 

Gillett Gealprical Trust, Sircen Somerset. 

Gilmour, M., Esq., F.Z.S., Saffronhall House, 1, Windmill Road, Hamilton. N.B. 
Glasgow, Geological Society, 150, Hope Street. 

Glasgow, Mitchell Library, 21, Miller Street. 

Glasgow, Philosophical Society, 207, Bath Street. 

Glasgow Public Museum, Kelvingrove. 

Glasgow, University of. 

Gloucester Free Public Library. 

Goss, W. H., Esq., F.G.S., Stoke-on-Trent. 

Gosselet, Prof. J., 159, Rue Brile-Maison, Lille, France. 

Great Yarmouth Public Library. 

Green, Upfield, Esq., F.G.S., 8, Bramshill Road, Harlesden. N.W. 


12 


Greenly, Edward, Esq., F.G.S., Achnashean, near Bangor. 
Gregory, Prof. J. W., D.Sc., F.R.S., The University, Glasgow. 


Haileybury College, near Hertford. 

Halifax Free Public Library, Halifax. 

Hamilton, R. H., Esq., 1, Sunnyside Villas, Canterbury Road, Leyton. N.E. 

Hammersmith Free Public Library, Ravenscourt Park, Hammersmith, W. 

Hampstead Public Library, Finchley Road, Hampstead. N.W. 

Handsworth Public Library, Birmingham. 

Hannah, R., Esq., F.G.S., 82, Addison Road, Kensington. W. 

Harker, Alfred, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., St. Jolin’s College, Cambridge. 

Harley, Dr, John, F.L.8., Beedings, Pulborough, Sussex. 

Harmer, F. W., Esq., F.G.S., Oakland House, Cringleford, near Norwich. 

Hawick Public Library, Hawick. N.B. 

Hedderley, J. S., Esq., Bulcote, near Nottingham. 

Heidelberg (Germany), University Library. 

Hereford, Public Library. 

Hill, Rev. Edwin, M.A., F.G.S., The Rectory, Cockfield, Bury St. Edmunds, 

Hill, Wm., Esq., F.G.S., The Maples, Hitchin. 

Hind, Wheelton, Esq., M.D.Lond., F.R.C.S., F.G.S., Roxeth House, Stoke-on-Trent. 

Hinde, Geo, J., Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., Treasurer and Vice-President, 24, Avondale Road, 
South Croydon. 

Hodges, Figgis, and Co., 104, Grafton Street, Dublin. 

Holeroft, Sir Charles, The Shrubbery, Summerhill, Kingswinford, near Dudley. 

Hooley, R. W., Esq., F.G.S., Ashton Lodge, Portswood, Southampton. 

Hopkinson, John, Esq., F.L.8., F.G.S., Local Secretary, Weetwood, Watford. 

Hove Public Library, Hove, Brighton. 

Howe, J. Allen, Esq., F.G.S., Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. S.W. 

Howse, Sir H. G., M.S., F.R.C.S., The Tower House, Cudham, near Sevenoaks, Kent. 

Hudleston, W. H., Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S., 8, Stanhope Gardens. S.W. 

Hughes, Prof. T. M‘K., M.A., F.R.S., Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. 

Hull Public Library, Hull. 

Hutchinson, Rev. H. N., F.G.S., 94, Fellowes Road, Hampstead. N.W. 

Hutton, Miss Mary, Harescombe Grange, Stroud, Gloucestershire. 


India, Geological Survey of, Calcutta. 
Ipswich Museum, Ipswich. (F. Woolnough, Esq., Secretary.) 
Isle of Man Natural History Society, Ramsey, Isle of Man. 


Johnes, Mrs., and Lady E. Hills, Dolau Cothy, Llandeilo, R.S.O., South Wales. 

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, U.S.A. 

Johnson, E., Esq., 6°, Bickenhall Mansions, Gloucester Place. W. 

Jones, Professor T. Rupert, F.R.S., F.G.S., Penbryn, Chesham Bois Lane, Chesham, 
Bucks. 

Judd, Prof. J. W., C.B., F.R.S., 22, Cumberland Road, Kew. 

Jukes-Browne, A. J., Esq., B.A., F.G.S., Etruria, Kent’s Road, Torquay. 


13 


Keighley Mechanics’ Institute, Keighley. 

Kettering Public Library, Kettering. 

Kilmarnock Public Library, Kilmarnock. N.B. 

Kirkby, Richard, Esq., Lindisfarne, Leven, Fife. 

Kirkcaldy Naturalists’ Society; W. Young, Esq., Hon. Sec., Fair View, Milton Road, 
Kirkealdy. N.B. 

Kitchin, F. L., Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.G.S., Geol. Survey of England, 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 

Knipe, H. R., Esq., 9, Linden Park, Tunbridge Wells. 


Lake, P., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

Lancaster Public Library, Lancaster. 

Lang, W. D., Esq., B.A., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, S.W. 

Lankester, Prof. E. Ray, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Ken- 
sington. S.W. 

Lapworth, Prof. Charles, LL.D., F.R.S., University of Birmingham. 

Lausanne (Switzerland), Musée Géologique. 

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, Leeds. 

Leeds Public Library, Leeds. 

Leeds University. 

Leek, Staffordshire, Nicholson Institute. 

Leicester Town Museum, Leicester. 

Leighton, T., Esq., '.G.S., 16, New Street Square, Fleet Street. E.C. 

Leipzig (Germany), University Library. 

Leyton Public Library, Leyton. N.E. 

Liege (Belgium), University Library. 

Lissajous, Mons. M., 10, Quai des Marans, Macon, France. 

Lister, Arthur, Esq., F.R.S., Highcliff, Lyme Regis, Dorset. 

Liveing, Professor G. D., M.A., F.R.S., Cambridge. 

Liverpool, Athenzeum Library. 

Liverpool, Free Public Library. 

Liverpool, Geological Society of. 

Liverpool, Royal Institution. 

Lomas, Joseph, Esq., F.G.S., Local Secretary, 13, Moss Grove, Birkenhead. 

London, Board of Education, Science Library, South Kensington. S.W. 

London, British Museum, Bloomsbury. W.C. 

London, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Road. S.W. 

London, Corporation of, Library Committee of, Guildhall. E.C. 

London, Geological Society, Burlington House. W. - 

London, Geologists’ Association, University College. W.C. 

London Institution, Finsbury Circus. E.C. 

London, Linnean Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly. W. 

London, Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. S.W. 

London, Royal College of Surgeons, Lincoln’s Inn Fields. W.C. 

London, Royal Institution of Great Britain, Albemarle Street. W. 

London, Royal Society of, Burlington House. W. 

London, St. George, Hanover Square, Public Library, Buckingham Palace Road. S.W. 

London, St. Martin’s-in-the-Fields Public Library, 115, St. Martin’s Lane. W.C. 

London, University College, Gower Street. W.C. 


14 


London, Zoological Society, 3, Hanover Square. W. 
Loughborough Free Public Library, Loughborough. 
Lydekker, Richard, Esq., F.R.S., The Lodge, Harpenden, Herts. 


Mackenzie, G. W., Esq., 18, William Street, Lowndes Square. S.W. 

McNeill, Bedford, Esq., F.G.S., 29, North Villas, Camden Square. N.W. 

McPherson, William, Esq., F.G.S., 3, Manilla Road, Clifton, Bristol. 

Madras Government Museum, per Messrs. Baker and Co., 6, Bond Court, Walbrook. E.C. 

Maidstone Museum, per Brenchley Trustees, Maidstone. 

Major, Charles H., Esq., Cromwell House, Croydon. 

Malton Field Naiuralists’ and Scientific Society, Malton, Yorkshire. 

Manchester Free Library. 

Manchester, Geological Society of, 5, John Dalton Street, Manchester. 

Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, 36, George Street, Manchester. 

Marburg (Germany), University of. 

Marr, J. E., Esq., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

Melbourne Public Library. 

Mennell, H. T., Esq., F.L.S., The Red House, Croydon. 

Metcalfe, Henry F., Esq., Fairfield, Great Malvern, and Cyprus House, Exmouth. 

Middlesbrough Free Library. 

Middleton Free Public Library, Middleton, near Manchester. 

Mitchinson, Rt. Rev. J., D.C.L., D.D., Canon of Gloucester and Master of Pembroke 
College, Oxford. 

Mond, Robert, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., 27, Berkeley Square. W. 

Munich (Germany), Alte Akademie, Geologisches Museum. 

Munich Royal Library. 


Nantwich Public Library. 

New South Wales, Royal Society of, Sydney. 

New York (U.S.A.) Public Library. 

Newcastle-on-'lyne, Literary and Philosophical Society of, Westgate Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

Newcastle-on-Tyne Public Library. 

Newport ree Library, Newport, Monmoutlishire. 

Newton, E. 1T., Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, Florence House, Willow Bridge Road, 
Canonbury. N. 

Norfolk and Norwich Library, Norwich. 

North Devon Athenzum, Barnstaple. 

North Staffordshire Field Club, Stone, Staffordshire. 

Northampton Natural History Society, Northampton. 

Norwich Free Library. 

Nottingham Free Library. 


Oldham Free Public Library. 
Oswestry Free Public Library. 
Oxford, Bodleian Library. 
Oxford, Radcliffe Library. 


15 


Paisley Philosophical Institution. 

Paris, Heole des Mines. 

Paris, Geological Society of France, 7, Rue des Grands Augustins. 

Paris, Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle. 

Paris, Sorbonne Laboratoire de Géologie. 

Parkinson, J., Esq., F.G.S., 30, Linsfield Road, Cambridge. 

Peabody Institute, Salem, Mass., U.S.A. 

Penton, Edw., Esq., F.G.S., 1, Mortimer Street. W. 

Penzance, Royal Geological Society of Cornwall. 

Peterborough Natural History, Scientific, and Archzological Society. 

Philadelphia (U.S.A.), Academy of Natural Sciences. 

Plymouth Free Library. 

Plymouth Institution, Library of, Athenzum, Plymouth, 

Pontypridd Free Library. 

Poole Free Library. 

Portis, Dr. A., Professor of Geology, The University, Rome. 

Portsmouth Free Public Library. 

Postlethwaite, J., Esq., F.G.S., Keswick. 

Power, Edward, lsq., F.G.S., 16, Southwell Gardens, South Kensington. S.W. 
Power, Edward John, Esq., F.G.S., 25, Ashburn Place, South Kensington. S.W. 
Prague (Bohemia), Royal Geological Institution of the German Carl Ferdinand University. 
Preston Free Library. 

Price, F. G. H., Esq., F.G.S., 17, Collingham Gardens, South Kensington. S,W. 
Pryor, M. R., Esq., Weston Manor, Stevenage, Herts. 


Queensland Museum, Brisbane. 


Rastall, R. H., Esq., B.A., Christ’s College, Cambridge. 

Reading Public Library and Museum, W. H. Greenhough, Librarian, Reading. 

Reed, F. R. Cowper, Esq., M.A., F.G.S., The Limes, Oxford Road, Huntingdon Road, 
Cambridge. 

Reid, Clement, Esq., F.R.S., 36, Sarre Road, West Hampstead. N.W. 

Rennes (France), University Library. 

Reynolds, Prof. 8. H., M.A., F.G.S., University College, Bristol. 

Ripon, Marquis of, K.G., 9, Chelsea Embankment. S.W. 

Rochdale Free Public Library. 

Roscoe, Philip, Esq., 28, Denning Road, Hampstead. N.W. 

Rowe, A. W., Esq., M.S., M.B., F.G.S., 1, Cecil Street, Margate. 

Rudler, F, W., Esq., I.8.0., F.G.S., 18, St. George’s Road, Kilburn. N.W. 

Rugby Public Library. 

Rugby School Natural History Society. 


St. Albans Public Library. 

St. Andrews University Library. 

St. Helens Free Public Library, The Gamble Institute, St. Helens. 
Salford Borough Royal Museum and Library, Peel Park, Manchester. 


16 


Salisbury Free Library. 

Sampson Low and Co., Messrs., St. Dunstan’s House, Fleet Street. E.C. 
Saunders, James Ebenezer, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S., 4, Coleman Street. H.C. 
Scarborough Philosophical Society. 

Scharff, R. F., Esq., Ph.D., National Museum, Dublin. 

Schmid, Dr., Stuttgart. 

Scott, D. H., Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Old Palace, Richmond, Surrey. 
Semple, Dr. Andrew, F.R.S.E., Caledonian United Service Club, Edinburgh. 
Sheffield Free Public Library. 

Sheffield, Literary and Philosophical Society of. 

Sheffield, Weston Park Public Museum. 

Sherborne, King’s School, Library of. 

Shrewsbury Free Library. 

Simpkin, Marshall, and Co., Messrs., Stationers’ Hall Court, H.C. 
Simpson, Rev, A., B.A., B.Sc., F.G.S., 28, Myrtle Park, Crosshill, Glasgow. 
Sladen, Mrs. W. Percy, Northbrook Park, Exeter. 

Smith, Mrs. Emma, Hencotes House, Hexham. 

Sollas, Professor W. J., D.Sc., F.R.S., Local Secretary, 173, Woodstock Road, Oxford. 
Somersetshire Archeological and Natural History Society, Museum, Taunton. 
South Shields Free Public Library. 

Southport Free Library. 

Spencer, W. K., Esq., B.A., 18, Bateman Street, Cambridge. 

Stanley, W. F., Esq., F.G.S., Cumberlow, South Norwood. S.E. 

Stebbing, W. P. D., Esq., F.G.S., Frythe Park, Walton-on-the-Hill, Epsom. 
Stechert, G. E., Esq., 2, Star Yard, Carey Street, Chancery Lane. W.C. 
Stirrup, Mark, Esq., F.G.S., High Thorn, Stamford Road, Bowdon, Cheshire. 
Stockholm, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences. 

Stoke Newington Public Library, Church Street, Stoke Newington. N. 
Stoke-upon-Trent Free Library, Stoke-upon-Trent. 

Stonyhurst College, Blackburn. 

Strahan, A., Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Geological Survey Office, 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 
Strangways, C, Fux, Esq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. 

Strickland, Sir C. W., Bart., Hildeney, Malton. 

Sunderland Corporation Museum, 

Sunderland Subscription Library, Fawcett Street, Sunderland. 

Swansea Public Library. 

Swansea, Royal Institution of South Wales. 

Sydney, New South Wales, University of. 

Sydney, New South Wales, Australian Museum. 


Tasmania, Royal Society of. 

Toronto University. 

Torquay Natural History Society, Museum, Babbacombe Road, Torquay. 

Toulouse University Library. 

Traquair, R. H., Esq., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. 
Truro, Royal Institution of Cornwall. 

Tubingen (Germany) University Library. 


Le 


Upsala (Sweden) University Library. 
Upton, C., Esq., Tower House, Stroud, Gloucestershire. 


Vassall, H., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Repton School, Burton-on-Trent. 
Vienna, Royal Natural History Court Museum. 


Walker, B. E., Esq., Canadian Bank of Commerce, Toronto, Canada. 

Wandsworth Public Library, West Hill, Wandsworth. S.W. 

Ward, Mrs. Henry, Rodbaston, Penkridge, Staffordshire. 

Wardle, Sir Thomas, F.G.S., St. Edward Street, Leek. 

Warren, S. Hazzledine, Esq., F.G.S., Sherwood, Loughton, Essex. 

Warrington Museum and Library. 

Watson, Rev. R. Boog, B.A., F.R.S.E., 11, Strathearn Place, Edinburgh. 

Watts, Professor W. W., M.A., F.R.S., Holmwood, Bracebridge Road, Four Oaks, Sutton 
Coldfield. 

Weg, Max, 1, Leplaystrasse, Leipzig, Germany. 

West Ham Public Library. KE. 

West Hartlepool Public Library. 

Westminster Public Library, Great Smith Street. S.W. 

Whidborne, Rev. G. F., M.A., F.G.S., Hammerwood, East Grinstead. 

Whitby Literary and Philosophical Society, Museum, Whitby. 

Whitechapel Free Public Library, 77, High Street, Whitechapel. E. 

Wiltshire Archeological and Natural History Society, H. E. Medlicott, Esq., Hon. Sece., 
Sandfield, Potterne, Devizes. 

Winchester College Natural History Society, Winchester. 

Winwood, Rev. Henry H., M.A., F.G.S., Local Secretary, 11, Cavendish Crescent, Bath. 

Wolverhampton Free Library. 

Wood Green Public Library, Wood Green. 

Wood, J. G., Esq., M.A., LL.B., F.G.S., 7, New Square, Lincoln’s Inn. W.C. 

Woods, H., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Local Secretary, St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

Woodward, A. Smith, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Secretary, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South 
Kensington. S.W. 

Woodward, Henry, Isq., LL.D., F.R.S., President, 129, Beaufort Street, Chelsea. S.W. 

Worcester Public Library and Hastings Museum, Worcester. 

Workington Public Library, Workington, Cumberland, 

Wright, Joseph, Esq., F.G.S., 4, Alfred Street, Belfast. 

Wiirzburg (Germany) University Library. 


Yorkshire Philosophical Society, Museum, York. 
Young, George W., Esq., 34, Glenthorne Road, Hammersmith. W. 
Yule, Miss A. I’., Tarradale House, by Muir-of-Ord, Ross-shire. N.B. 


18 


CATALOGUE OF THE CONTENTS OF THE ANNUAL VOLUMES 


ALREADY PUBLISHED BY 


THE PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 


Vol. I. Issued forthe Year 1847 The Crag Mollusca, Part I, Univalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp.i—xu, 1—208, pls. i—xx1i, 
and title-page). 


The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I, Part I, Chelonia, &c., by Prots. Owen and 
Bell (pp. 1-—76, pls. i—xxvili, villi A, XA, Xll1A, XV1A, Xvill A, xix*, xixB, 
SU me 1848 3-4. (0F, 5.9. b-< 10) 
The Eocene Mollusca, Part I, Cephalopoda, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 1—56, 
pls. i—ix). 
The Entomostraca of the Cretaceous Formations, by Mr. T. R. Jones (pp. 1—40, 
pls. i—vil). 
The Permian Fossils, by Prof. Wm. King (pp. i—xxxviil, 1—258, pls. i—xxviii*). 
5 HUE m The Reptilia of the London Clay, Wolk, il, Part II, Crocodilia and Ophidia, &e., by Prof. 


Owen (pp. 1—68, pls. xxix, 1—xvi, 11 A). 
The Fossil Corals, Part I, Crag, London Clay, Cretaceous, by Messrs. Milne Edwards 
and Jules Haime (pp. i—lxxxv, 1—72, pls. i—xi). 


The Crag Mollusca, Part II, No. 1, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 1—150, pls. i—xii). 
The Mollusca of the Great Oolite, Part I, Univalves, by Messrs. "Morris and Lycett 
oe AVE ‘ 185 | (pp. i—vili, 1—130, pls. i—xv). 


The Fossil Br achiopoda, Viol! I, Part III, No. 1, Oolitic and Liassic, by Mr. Davidson 
(pp. 1—64, pls. i—xiii). 


The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—118, pls. i—xxxvii, 
Vii A, 1X A). 
The is Corie: Part II, Oolitic, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime 
pp. 73—146, pls. xii—xxx), 
The Fossil Tepanidas: by Mr. Charles Darwin (pp. i—vi, 1—88, pls. i—v). 


V. 99 1851 | 
The Fossil Corals, Part III, Permian and Mountain-limestone, by Messrs. Milne 
Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 147—210, pls. xxxi—xlvi). 
The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part I, Tertiary, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—23, pls. i, 11). 
The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part II, No. 1, Cretaceous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 
1—54, pls. i—v). 
4 The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part III, No. 2, Oolitic, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 65—100, 
pls. xlv—xvill). 
The moe Mollusca, Part II, Pulmonata, by Mr. F. EH. Edwards (pp. 57—122, pls. 
X—XV). 
The Echinoderms of the Crag, London Clay, &c., by Prof. EH. Forbes (pp. i—viii, 
1—36, pls. i—iv, and title-page). 


Peale Pe 852 


( The Fossil Corals, Part 1V, Devonian, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime 

(pp. 211—244, pls. xlvii—lvi). 

The Fossil Br achiopoda, Introduction to Vol. I, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—136, pls. i—ix). 

The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part I, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 1—26, pls. i—x). 

The Mollusca of the Great Oolite, Part Il, Bivalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett 
(pp. 1—80, pls. i—viii). 

The Mollusca of the Crag, Part II, No. 2, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 151—216, 
pls. xlii—xx). 

The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part I, Chelonia, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—12, 
pls. i—ix). 


VII. 99 1853 - 


1 The Volume for the year 1849 consists of two separate portions, each of which is stitched in a paper cover, on which are 
printed the dates 1848, 1849, and 1850. The one portion contains ‘ Cretaceous Entomostraca’ and ‘Permian Fossils ;’ the other, 
‘London Clay Reptilia,’ Part II, and ‘ Fossil Corals, Part I. 


Vol. VIII. 


” 


XJ. 


XII. 


X11 


Issued for the 
Year 1854 


1855 


1856 


1857 


1858 


1859 


ag) 


CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. 


| 


The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part II, No. 2, Cretaceous (pp. 55—117, pls. vi—xii), 
with Appendix and Index to Vol. I, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—30, pl. a). 

The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part II, Dinosauria, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1 —64, 
pls. i—xix, xvi). 

The Mollusca of the Great Oolite, Part III, Bivalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett 
(pp. 81—147, pls. ix—xv). 

The Fossil Corals, Part V, Silurian, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 
245—322, pls. lvii—lxxii). 

The Fossil Balanide and Verrucide, by Mv. Charles Darwin (pp. 1—44, pls. 1, 11). 

The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part II, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 27—36, pls. 
Xx1— Xvl). 

The Eocene Mollusca, Part III, No. 1, Prosobranchiata, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 
123—180, pls. xvi—xxiil). 


The Mollusca of the Crag, Part II, No. 3, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 217—342, 
pls. xxi—xxx1). ha 

The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part IIT, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—26, pls. i—xii). 

The Eocene Mollusca, Part III, No. 2, Prosobranchiata, continued, by Mr. F. E. 
Edwards (pp. 181—240, pls. xxiv—xxvil). 

The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part III, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 37—68, pls. 
XVlI—XXvll). 

The Tertiary Entomostraca, by Mr. T. R. Jones (pp. i—xii, 1—68, pls. i—vi). 

The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. v—x, 1—154, 
pls. i—x). 


The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part II, by Dr. Wright (pp. 155—302, pls. 
xI—xxll). 

The Fossil Crustacea, Part I, London Clay, by Prof. Bell (pp. i—vii, 1—44, pls. i—xi). 

The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IJ, Part IV, Permian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—51, 
pls. i—iv). 

The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 1, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 
1—48, pls. i—vil). 

The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, by Prof. Owen, Part IV (pp. 8—26, pls. 
iv—xi), and Supplement No. 1 (pp. 1—7, pls. i—iii). 

The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I (Supplement), by Prof. Owen (pp. 77—79. 


pls. xxvlil A, Xxvill B). 


The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 303—390, 
pls. xxiii—xxxvi). 
The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 2, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 
49—80. pls. ix—xvi). 
The Pe ee ie Cretaceous Formations (Supplement No. 1), by Prof. Owen (pp. 
—19, pls. i—iv). 
The Reptilia of aie Wealden Formations (Supplement No. 2), by Prof. Owen (pp. 20—44, 
ls. v—xil.) 


Pp 
The Polyzoa of the Crag, by Prof. Busk (pp. i—xiv, 1—136, pls. i—xxii). 
The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 391—468, pls. 


XxXxvli—xhil). 

The Eocene Mollusca, Part III, No. 3, Prosobranchiata continued, by Mr. F. E. 
Edwards (pp. 241—330, pls. xxviii—xxxiii), 

The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations (Supplements No. 2, No. 3), by Prof. Owen 
(pp. 27—30, pl. vii, pp. 1—25, pls. i—vi). 

The Reptilia of the Purbeck Limestones, by Prof. Owen (pp. 31—89, pl. viii). 

The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 3, Carboniferous by Mr. Davidson (pp. 
81—120, pls. xvii—xxvi. 


The Fossil Brachiopoda, Part V, No. 4, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 121—210, 
pls. xxvii—xlvii). 

The Reptilia of the Oolitic Formations, No. 1, Lower Lias, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—14, 
pls. i—vi). 

The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 1, by Prof. Owen (pp. 15, 16, pl. vii). 

The Kocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 1, Bivalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 1—74, pls. 


i—xiii), 


! This Volume is marked on the outside 1855. 
* This Volume is marked on the outside 1856. 


20 


CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. 


The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 5, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 
re see oy Be xviii), 
e Reptilia of the Oolitic Formations, No. 2, Lower Lias, by Prof. Owen —26, 
Viole exsDV = Issued for the pls i—xi). z Sea 
: Year 1860 | The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 2, by Prof. Owen (pp. 27, 28, pl. xii). 
The Fossil Estherie, by Prof. ‘Rupert Jones (pp. i—x, 1—134, pls. i—v). 
The ae Crustacea, Part II, Gault and Greensand, by Prof. Bell (pp. i—vii, 1—40, 
pls. i—xi). 


( The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. II, Part I (Asteroidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. 
1; 1—180, pls. i—x, x A, xi, xii). 


59) nae, a) 86 
Sey lee to Ue Great Oolite e Mollusca, ae Dr. mee ee 1— re pls. a 


i—iii, iii A, iv—vii, vii A, viii, xi 

The Trilobites of ane Silanian! Devonian &e., Formations, Part I (Devonian and 
Silurian), by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 1—80, ae i—vi). 

The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VI, No. 1, Devonian, by My. Davidson (pp. 
1—56, pls. i—ix). 

The Eocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 2, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 75—136, pls. 
X1V—XX). 

The Reptilia of the Cretaceous and Wealden Formations (Supplement, No. 4), by Prof. 
Owen (pp. 1—18, pls. i—ix). 


0 XV. * | 
The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part II, by Mr. J. W. 
| Salter (pp. 81—128, pls. vii—xiv). 
The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VI, No. 2, Devonian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 
57—131, pls. x—xx). 
The Belemnitida, Part I, Introduction, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 1—28). 
The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part I, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—40, pls. i—xvi). 


ovale » 1863 


‘The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. If, Part II (Liassic Ophiuroidea), by Dr. 
Wright (181—154, pls. xiii—xviii). 

The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part III, by Mr. J. W. 
Salter (pp. 129—176, pls. xv—xxv). 

The Belemnitide, Part II, Liassic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 29 —52, pls. i—vii). 

The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part I, Introduction, Felis spelea, by Messrs. W. Boyd 
Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. i—l, 1—28, pls. i—v). 

Title-pages, &c., to the Monographs on the Reptilia of the London Clay, Cretaceous, 
and Wealden Formations. 

The Crag Foraminifera, Part 1, by Messrs. T. Rupert Jones, W. K. Parker, and 
H. B. Brady (pp. i—vi, 1—72, pls. i—iv). 

Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part I, Tertiary, by Dr. Duncan (pp. i—iii, 1 —66, 


iy ONAN » 1864 


The Fossil Merostomata, Part I, Pterygotus, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 1—44, pls. i—ix). 


ay OID PeelSGor pls. i—x). 
The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 1, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—88, 
pls. i—xil). 
‘ Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part IV, No. 1, Liassic, by Dr. Duncan (pp. i—iii, 
1—44, pls. 1—xi). 
The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part IV (Silurian), by Mr. 
XX 1866 - J. W. Salter (pp. 177—214, pls. xxv*—xxx). 
Se ee zu ig The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 2, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 


89—168, pls. xili—xxii). 
The Belemnitide, Part III, Liassie Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 53—88, pls. 


Vill—xx). 


Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part I, by Mr. HE. W. Binney (pp. 1—82, pls. i—vi). 
Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part IV, No. 2, Liassic, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 45—73, 
pls. xii—xvii). 
The Possi Feo Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part II, by Dr. Wright (pp. 65—112, 
1867 - . 1X, X, X1I—XX1, XX1 A, XX1B). 
The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part I, by Messrs. J. Powrie and H. Ray 
Lankester (pp. 1—382, pls. i—v). 
The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part II, Felis spelea, continued, by Messrs. W. Boyd 
Dawkins and W. A. Saniord (pp. 29—124, pls. vi—xix). 


py 2 Qe 3 


' These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding : fr st, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one 
cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. The 
previous Volumes are not in separate parts. 


21 


CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. 


Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part II, No. 1, Cretaceous, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 1—26 
pls. i—ix). 

The Fossil Merostomata, Part II, Pterygotus, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 45—70, pls. 
X—xXv). 

The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 3, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 
169—248, pls. xxiii—xxxvil). 

The Belemnitide, Part IV, Liassic and Oolitic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 
89—108, pls. xxi—xxvii), 

The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 3, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—12, pls. i—iv). 

The Pleistocene Mammalia, “Part III, Felis spelea, concluded, with F. lynx, by 
Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. 125—176, pls. xx—xxii, 
XX11 A, XXI1 B, XXil1). 


Vol. XXII. Issued for the 
Year 1868 


pls. x—xv). 

The ees Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 113—136, 
pls. xxii—xxX1x, XXIX A, XXIXx B). 

The Belemnitide, Part V, Oxford Clay, &c., Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 109—128, 
pls. xxvili—xxxvi). 

The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part I (concluded), by Messrs. J. Powrie and 
H. Ray Lankester (pp. 33—62, pls. vi—xiv). 

The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part II, by Prof. Owen (pp. 41—82, pls. 
xVli—xx). 


The Crag Cetacea, No. 1, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—40, pls. i—v). 


5 2OQuae » 1869 


The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part II, by Mr. EH. W. Binney (33—62, pls. 
vil —xil). 

The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 137 —160, 
pls. xxx—xXxxix). 

The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. ILI, Part VII, No. 4, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 
249—397, pls. xxxviil—l). 

The Eocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 3, Bivalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 137—182, pls. 
XXI—XxXV). 

The Fossil Mammalia of the Mesozoic Formations, by Prof. Owen (pp. i—vi, 1—115, 
pls. i—iv). 


| Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part II, No. 2, Cretaceous, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 27—46, 
my JODY 5 ; 


The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part III, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 63—96, pls. 
X11I—xvlll). 

The Fossil Merostomata, Part III, Pterygotus and Slimonia, by Mr. H. Woodward 
(pp. 71—120, pls. xvi—xx). 

Supplement to the Crag Mollusca, Part I (Univalves), by Mr. S. V. Wood, with an 
Introduction on the Crag District, by Messrs. 8. V, Wood, jun., and F. W. 

x OSH 9 1871 4 Harmer (pp. 1—xxxi, ]1— 98, pls. i—vil, and map). 

Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Iguanodon), No. IV, by Prof. Owen 
(pp. 1—15, pls. i—iii). 

The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part IV, Felis pes &ec., by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins 
and W. A. Sanford (pp. 177194, pls. xxiv, XXv). 

The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part V, Ovibos mmosehatus, by Mr. W. Boyd Dawkins 
(pp. 1—30, pls. i—v). 


Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part III (Oolitic), by Prof. Duncan (pp. 1—24, pls. 
i—vii), with an Index to the Tertiary and Secondary Species. 

The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part V, by Dr. Wright (pp. 161—184, 
pls. xl—xliv). 

The Fossil Merostomata, Part IV (Stylonurus, Eurypterus, Hemiaspis), by, Mr. H. 
Woodward (pp. 121—180, pls. xxi—xxx). 


=~ DOV a le 
| The Fossil Trigonie, No. I, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—52, pls. i—ix). 


1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one 
cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. 


CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. 


The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VI, by Dr. Wright (pp. 185—224, 
pls. xlv—li). 

Supplement to the Fossil en AeO yee, Vol. IV, Part I (Tertiary and Cretaceous), by 
Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—72, pls. i—viii). 

Supplement to the Crag Mollusess Part II (Bivalves), by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 99—231, 
pls. vili—xi, and add. plate). 

Sapplenent to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Iguanodon), No. V, by Prof. Owen 
(pp. 1—18, pls. i, 11). 

Supplonient to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Hyleochampsa), No. VI, by Prof. Owen 
(pp. 1—7). 

The Fossil eegeiks of the Mesozoic Formations, Part I, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—14, 
pls. 1, 11). 


Vol. XXVII.'— Issued for the 
Year 1873 


The Post-Tertiary Entomostraca, by Mr. G. S. Brady, Rev. H. W. Crosskey, and Mr. 
D. Robertson (pp. i—v, 1—2382, a 1—-Xvl). 

The Carboniferous Entomostraca, Part I (Cypridinide), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones 
and Messrs. J. W. Kirkby and G. 8S. Brady (pp. 1—56, pls. i—v). 

The Fossil Trigonie, No. II, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 53—92, pls. x—xix). 


55 2O.Q\YVGNG 1874 


9 


ls. X1Xx—xxiv). 


The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 225—264, 


| The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part IV, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 97—147, 


39 ZOD Sia pls. liii—l1xii). 
The Fossil Trigonie, No. III, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 93—148, pls. xx—xxvii). 
The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part II, by Prof. Owen (pp. 15—94, 
pls. i—xxii). 
The Carboniferous and Permian Foraminifera (the genus Fusulina excepted), by Mr. 
H. B. Brady (pp. 1—166, pls. i—xu). 
Xxx? 1876 ) Supplement to the Fossil Br achiopoda, Vol. IV, Part II, No. 1 (Jurassic and Triassic), 
a 2 by Mr. Davidson (pp. 73—144, pls. ix—xvi). 
Sapplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Poikilopleuron and Chondrosteosaurus), 
No. VII, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—7, pls. i—vi). 
Supplement to the Eocene Mollusca (Bivalves), by Mr. 8. V. Wood, 2 plates. 
The Fossil Trigoniz, No. IV, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 149—204, pls. xxviii—xl). 
The Eocene Mollusea (Univalves), Part IV, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 331—361, pl. xxxiv). 
; The Carboniferous Ganoid Fishes, Part I (Paleoniscide), by Dr. Traquair (pp. 1—60, 
55 ZOOM, 5 desea lg) 
The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part III, by Prof. Owen (pp. 95—97, 
pls. xxiil, xxiv). 
The Fossil Elephants (H. antiquus), Part I, by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 1—68, pls. i—y). 
The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VIII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 265—300, 
pls. lxii a, lxii—Ixix). 
Index and Title Page to the Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I (Echinoidea), by Dr. 
Wright (pp. 469—481). 
The Fossil Merostomata, Part V (Neolimulus, &c.), by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 181—263, 
pls. xxxI—xxxvi, and title-page). 
Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part II, No. 2 (Jurassic and Triassic), 
a5 POO? 1878 by Mr. Davidson (pp. 145—242, pls. xvii—xxix). 


The Lias Ammonites, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. 1—48, pls. i—viil). 

The Sirenoid and Crossopterygian Ganoids, Part I, by Prof. Miall (pp. 1—32, pls.i,14, 
li—v). 

Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Goniopholis, Petrosuchus, and Sucho- 
saurus), No. VIII, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—15, pls. i—vi). 

The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part A (Preliminary Treatise), by Prof. Boyd Dawkins 
(pp. 1—xxxviil). 


1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one 
cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. 


CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued., 


The amare ees Vol. I, Part I, by Mr. J. 8. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen (pp. 
pls. i—v). 

Second Supplement to the Crag Mollusca (Univalves and Bivalves), by Mr. S. V. Wood 

(pp. 1, 11, 1—58, pls. i—vi, and title-page). 
Vol. XX XIII. Issued for the | The Fossil ‘Trigoni«, No. V, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 205—245, pl. xli, and title-page). 
Year 1879} The Lias Ammonites, Part II, by Dr. Wright (pp. 49— 164, pls. ix—xviii). 

Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Goniopholis, Brachydectes, Nannosuchus, 
Theriosuchus, and Nuthetes), No. IX, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—19, pls. i—iv). 

The ala Elephants (E. primigenius), Part IL, by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 69—146, 

\ pls. vi—xy). 


The Eocene Flora, Vol. I, Part II, by Mr. J. S. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen 
(pp. 39—58, pls. vi—xi). 

The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. II, Part III (Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea), 
by Dr. Wright (pp. 155—203, pls. xix—xxi1, pp. i—iv, and title-page). 

», XXXIV.? » 1880 Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part [1 (Permian and Carboniferous), 

by Mr. Davidson (pp. 243—316, pls. xxx—xxxvil). 

The Lias Ammonites, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 165 —264, pls. xix—xl). 

The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. IL, Part I (Chelone), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—4, 
pls. 1, 11). 


The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part IX, by Dr. Wright (pp. 301—324 
pls. Ixx—lIxxv). 
Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part IV (Devonian and Silurian, 
from Budleigh-Salterton Pebble Bed), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 317—3h8, pls. 
xxxviii—xlii). 
room The Fossil Trigoniw (Supplement No. 1), by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—4). : YF 
< The Lias Ammonites, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 265—328, pls. xxii A, xxiiB, 
xli—xlvii1). 
The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part III, by Prof.Owen (pp. 83—1384, pls. 
xxi—xxxili, and title-page). 
The Fossil Elephants (H. primigenius and E. meridionalis), Part III, by Prof. Leith 
Adams (pp. 147—265, pls. xvi—xxviii, and title-page). 
The ees Flora, Vol. I, Part III, by Mr. J. S. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen 
(pp. 59—86, pls. xii, xill, and title-page). 
Third Sunpleniont to the Crag Mollusca, by the late Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 1—24, pl. i). 
The Fossil Echinodermata, Cret., Vol. I, Part X, by Dr. Wright (pp. 325 —371, pls. 
Ixxvi—lxxx, and title- page). 
oy AOSV ,, 1882~ Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part V, by Dr. Davidson (pp. 369—333, 
and title-page). 
Do., Vol. V, Part I (Devonian and Silurian), by Dr. Davidson (pp. 1—134, pls 
i—vil). 
The Lias Ammonites, Part V, by Dr. Wright (pp. 329—400, pls. xlix—lii, lia 
lii—lxix). 
The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part I, by My. J. S. Gardner (pp. 1—60, pls. i—ix). 
The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part V, by the late Mx. J. W. 
Salter (pp. 215—224, and title- page). 
The Carboniferous Trilobites, Part I, by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 1—38, pls. i—vi). 
» XXXVI. » 1883 Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. V, Part If (Silurian), by Dr. Davidson 
(pp. 185—242, pls. vili—xvii). 
The Fossil Trigoniz (Supplement No. 2), by the late Dr. Lycett (pp. 5—19, pls. i—iv, 
and title- -page). 
The Lias Ammonites, Part VI, by Dr. Wright (pp. 401—440, pls. Ixx—Ixxvil). 
The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part II, by Mr. J. S. Gardner (pp. 61—90, pls. x—xx). 
The Carboniferous Entomostraca, Part I, No. 2, by Prof. T. Rupert ‘Jones, Mr. J. W. 
Kirkby, and Prof. G. 8. Brady (pp. i—iii, 57—92, pls. vi, vu, and title-page). 
ORRIN ea ieeve The Carboniferous Trilobites, Part II, by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 89—86, pls. vii—x 


and title-page). 

Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. V, Part III, by Dr. Davidson (pp. 243—476, 
pls. xvili—xxi, and title-page). 

The Lias Ammonites, Part VII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 441—480, pls. lxxviii—lxxxvii). 


1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one 
cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. 


Vol. XXXIX.! Issued for the 
Year 1885 


ap 2b 53 
~ XL} e 
s. OSLO 5 
5 2 GbIDUIG: * 
” XLIV: ” 
55 SGI 0 


1887 


1888 


1890 


1891 


24. 


CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. 


The Eocene Flora, Vol. IH, Part III, by Mr. J. S. Gardner (pp. 91—159, pls. 
Xxi— xxvii, and title-page). 

The Stromatoporoids, Part I, by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. i—iii, 1—130, pls. i—xi). 

The Fossil Brachiopoda (Bibliography), Vol. VI (pp. 1—163), by the late Dr. Davidson 
and Mr. W. H. Dalton. 

The Lias Ammonites, Part VIII, by the late Dr. Wright (pp. 481—508, pl. lxxxviii, and 
title-page). 


The Morphology and Histology of Stigmaria Ficoides, by Prof. W. C. Williamson 
(pp. i—iv, 1—62, pls. i—xy). 

The Fossil Sponges, Part I, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 1—92, pls. i—viii). 

The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 1, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 1—56). 

The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part I, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 1—24, pls. i—vi). 

The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part VI, by Prof. Boyd Dawkins (pp. 1—29, pls. i—vii). 


The Fossil Sponges, Part II, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 983—188, pl. ix). 
The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part I, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 1—72, 
pls. i—xil). 


The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 2, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 57—136, pls. 
i—vi). 
The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part IJ, by Mr. S. S. Buckman (pp. 25—56, pls. 


vil—xiv). 


The Stromatoporoids, Part II, by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. 131—158, pls. xii— 
X06))c 

The Tertiary Entomostraca (Supplement), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Mr. C. D. 
Sherborn (pp. 1—55, pls. i—iii). 

The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 3, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 137—192, pls. 
vil—xi). 

The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part III, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 57—144, pls. xv, 
Xxlll A). 

The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part I, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne 
(pp. i, u, 1—46, pls. i—iv). 

Title-pages and Prefaces to the Monographs on the Reptilia of the Wealden and 
Purbeck (Supplements), Kimmeridge Clay, and Mesozoic Formations, and 
on the Cetacea of the Red Crag. 


The Cretaceous Entomostraca (Supplement), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Dr. G. J. 
Hinde (pp. i—viii, 1—70, pls. i—iv). 

The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 4, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 193—224, pls. 
Xli—Xv1). 

The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part IV, by Mr. S.S. Buckman (pp. 145—224, pls. 
XX1V—XXXvVl). 

The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne 
(pp. 47—154, pls. v—viil, vill A, ix—xv). 


The Stromatoporoids, Part III, by Prof. Alleyne Nichoison (pp. 159—202, pls. xx—xxv). 

The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part I (Asteroidea), by Mr. W. Percy 
Sladen (pp. 1—28, pis. i—viui). 

The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part V, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 225—256, pls. 
XxxXvii—xliv). 

The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part III, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne 
(pp. 155—250, pls. xvi—xxiv). 

Title-pages to the Supplement to the Fossil Corals, by Prof. Duncan. 


The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 5, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 225—272, pls. 
XVli—xx). 
The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VI, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 257—312, pls. 
xlv—lvi). 
The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part IV (Conclusion of Vol. I) 
(pp. 251—344, pls. xxv—xxxi, and title-page). 
Vol. II, Part I, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 1—56, pls. i 


—v). 


1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one 
cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. 


25 


CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. 


The Stromatoporoids, Part IV (Conclusion), by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. 2083— 
234, pls. xxvi—xxix, and title-page). 

The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part II, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 73— 
124, pls. x1iI—xvul). 

The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 6, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 273—324, pls, 
XXI—xXxVi). 

The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VII, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 313—344, pls. 
lvu—lxxvi). 

The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. 
Whidborne (pp. 57—88, pls. vi—x). 


The Fossil Sponges, Part II], by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 189—254, pls. x—xix). 

The Fossil Hchinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part II (Asteroidea), by Mr. W. Percy 
Sladen (pp. 29—66, pls. ix—xvi). ; 

The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VIII, by Mr. 8S. 8. Buckman (pp. 345—376, pls. 
lxxvli—xcii). 

The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part III, by the Rev. G. F. 
Whidborne (pp. 89—160, pls. xi—xvii). 


Vol. XLVI.! Issued for the 
Year 1892 


op SSUES oy SB 


XXVil—XxXxil). 

Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—80, pls. 
i—x1). 

The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part IX, by Mr. 8.8. Buckman (pp. 377—456, pls. 
XClil—Clil). 

The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 1, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 68— 
90, pls. xv——xvull). 


sp SIENA? » 1894. 


The Crag Foraminifera, Part I, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. 73—210, pls. v—vii). 

The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 8, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 391—444, pls. 
XXxXUi—x]). 

Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 81—170, pls. 
X11—xx). 

The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part 1V, by the Rev. G. F. 
Whidborne (pp. 161—212, pls. xviii—xxiv). 


», XLIX.! » 1895 


The Crag Foraminifera, Part II], by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. 211—314). 

The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 9, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 445—514, 
pls. xli—xliv, and title-page). 

Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part III, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 171—182, 
pl. xxi, and title-page). 

The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—80, pls. i, ii). 

The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part 1, by the Rev. G. F. 
Whidborne (pp. 1—112, pls. i—xvi). 


The Crag Foraminifera, Part IV, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. vii—xv, 315—402, and 
title-page). 
The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 81—208, pls. iii 


Xv) 


| The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 7, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 325—290, pls. 


op ole m USE The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part I, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 1—22, 
pls. i—vil). 
The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. 
Whidborne (pp. 113—178, pls. xvii—xxi). 
The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part III, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 125 
—176, pls. xvuii—xxv). 
The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part III, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 209—276, pls. 
XVI—XXV). 
ich Lied » 1898 The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part X, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. i—xxxii, Suppl. 


pls. i—iv). 

The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part II, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 28—48, 
pls. vili—xvii). 

The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part III, by the Rev. G. F. 
Whidborne (pp. 179—286, pls. xxii—xxxviil). 


1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one 
cover ; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. 


d 


26 


CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. 


The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part IV, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward 
(pp. i—xv, 175, 176, 177—211, pls. xxvi—xxxi, and title-page). 


d The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part I, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 1—72, pls. i—xiv). 
vel ie Issued for the | ye Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part IV, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 277—360, pls. 
Year 1899 XXVI—XXxix). ; 
The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XI, by Mr. S. S. Buckman (pp. xxxiii—lxiv, pls. 
VvV—XIyv). 
The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part II, by Mv. H. Woods (pp. 73—112, pls. xv—xix). 
The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part V, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 361—476, pls. xl 
—liv). 
ine , 1900 The peseigee ak of Ireland, Part III, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 49—126, 
es British Pleistocene Mammalia, Title-page for Vol. I, by Messrs. Dawkins and 
Sanford. 
The Structure of Carboniferous Plants, Title-page, by Mr. E. W. Binney. 
The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part III, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 113—144, pls. xx— 
XXvl). 
The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—34, 
pls. i—vi), Title-page and Index for Vol. I. 
‘ The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part LV, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 127— 
» LY. + _ Igo oi pe 
146, pls. xxxilli—xxxix). 
British Graptolites, Part I, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth 
(pp. 1—54, pls. i—iv). 
Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations—Part I, Paleoniscide, No. 2, 
by Dr. Ramsay H. Traquair (pp. 61—87, pls. vili—xvili). 
The Cave Hyena, by Prof.S. H. Reynolds (pp. 1—25, pls. i—xiv). 
The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part I, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 1—56, pls. 
i—xiii). 
ee ivele » 19024 The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part IV, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 145—196, pls. xxvii 
—XXXVlll). 
British Graptolites, Part I, No. 2,, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lap- 
worth (pp. i—xxvill, 55—94, pls. v—xii). 
The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part II, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 57—96, 
pls. xiv—xx). 
The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part V, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. i—xliii, 197—232, 
pls. xxxix—xli), Title-page and Index for Vol. I. 
The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 35—124, 
LVII 1903 pls. vii—xxi). 
# : B The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part V, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 147—234, 
pls. xl—xlix), Title-page and Index. 
The Lower Paleozoic Trilobites of Girvan, Part I, by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed (pp. 1— 
48, pls. i—vi). 
British Graptolites, Part III, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth, 
(pp. xxix—li, 103—134, pls. xiv—xix). 
The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 2, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 
91—118, pls. xix—xxvi). 
The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part I, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 1—56, pls. 
i—vii). 
The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Part III, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 125— 
LVI} 1908 216, pls. xxii—xxv). 


The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XII, by Mr. 8S. 8. Buckman (pp. lxv—elxviii, 
ls. xv—xix). 
The Lower Paleozoic Trilobites of Girvan, Part II, by Mr. F. R. Cowper -Reed 
(pp. 49—96, pls. vii—xiii). 
British Graptolites, Part IV, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth, 
(pp. lii—Ixxii, 1835—180, pls. xx—xxv). 


1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one 
cover ; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. 


27 


CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. 


The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part III, by Mr. W. K. Spencer 
(pp. 67—90, pls. xvii—xxvi). 
: The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part Il, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 57—96, 
Vol. LIX.) Issued for the pls. viii—xi). 
Year 1905 | The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. IT, Title-pages and Index, by Dr. W. Hind. 
The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XIII, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. clxix—ceviii, 
ls, Xx—xxiv). 
The Cornbrash Fauna, Part I, by Rev. J. F. Blake (pp. 1—100, pls. i—ix). 


1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one 
cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. 


Dates of Issue of the Annual Volumes of the 
Palzeontographical Society. 


T (1847), March, 1848. 
II (1848), July, 1849. 
III (1849), August, 1850. . 
IV (1850), June, 1851. 
V (1851), June, 1851. 
VI (1852), August, 1852. 


VII (18538), December, 1853. 


VIII (1854), May, 1855. 
IX (1855), February, 1857 
X (1856), April, 1858. 


XI (1857), November, 1859. 


XII (1858), March, 1861. 


XIII (1859), December, 1861. 


XIV (1860), May, 1863. 

XV (1861), May, 1863. 

XVI (1862), August, 1864. 
XVII (1863), June, 1865. 
XVIII (1864), April, 1866. 


ne 1865), December, 1866. 


( 
X (1866), June, 1867. 
a (1867), June, 1868. 
XXII (1868), February, 1869. 
XXIIT (1869), January, 1870. 
XXIV (1870), January, 1871. 
XXV (1871), June, 1872. 
XXVI (1872), October, 1872. 
XX VII (1873), February, 1874. 
XXVIII (1874), July, 1874. 


XX1X (1875), December, 1875. 
XXX (1876), December, 1876. 


Vol. 


” 


XX XI (1877), February, 1877. 
XXXII (1878), March, 1878. 
XX XIII (1879), May, 1879. 
XXXIV (1880), May, 1880. 
XXXYV (1881), May, 1881. 
XXXVI (1882), June, 1882. 
XX XVII (1883), October, 1883. 


XXX VIII (1884), December, 1884. 


XX XIX (1885), January, 1886. 
XL (1886), March, 1887. 
XLI (1887), January, 1888. 

XLII (1888), March, 1889. 
XLIII (1889), March, 1890. 
XLIV (1890), April, 1891. 

XLV (1891), February, 1892. 
XLVI (1892), November, 1892. 
XLVII (1893), December, 1893. 

XLVIII (1894), November, 1894. 
X LIX (1895), October, 1895. 
L (1896), October, 1896. 

LI (1897), December, 1897. 

LII (1898), December, 1898. 

LIII (1899), December, 1899. 

LIV (1900), December, 1900. 

LV (1901), December, 1901. 

LVI (1802), December, 1902. 

LVII (1903), December, 1903. 
LVIII (1904), December, 1904. 

LIX (1905), November, 1905. 


[Palaontographical Society, 1905. 


ey MR OBNGONGe ya eet 


ON THE 


BRET ES Het OS rr 


HCHINODERMATA 


FROM 


THE CRETACEOUS FORMATIONS, 


VOLUME SECOND. 
DEE AS Le Ow DRA 


BY 


W. K. SPENCER, B.A, F.G.S. 


PART THIRD. 


Paces 67—90; Pratrs X VII—XXVI. 


LO NDOwW: 
PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 


1905. 


PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, LONDON AND DORKING. 


MITRASTER. COMPACTUS. 67 


of length to breadth are in the case of the interradial supero-marginal plates as 
06 mm. is to 3°7 mm. Further, the tuberculation in this specimen may or may 
not extend over the whole of the abactinal area, the variations being on adjacent 
plates, and the abactinal gibbosity is not strongly developed. In the example 
figured on Pl. IX, fig. 3, the proportions of length to breadth in the case of the 
interradial supero-marginal plates are as 4°5 mm. is to 3°6 mm.; the granulated 
areas more generally stop short of the distal edge of the supero-marginal plate and 
the abactinal gibbosity is well pronounced. In view of these considerable variations 
it is difficult to refer these forms to more than one species. 


3. Mirrastur compactus, Forbes, sp. Pl. XVII, fig. 2; Pl. XXVI, figs. 3, 3a, 3b, 3c. 


GonIASTER compactus, Forbes, 1848. Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. ii, p- 468. 
= — Forbes, 1850. In Dixon’s Geology and Fossils of the Ter- 

tiary and Cretaceous Formations of Sussex, London, 
p. 333, pl. xxu, fig. 3. 

AsTRogonium compactum, Dujardin et Hupé, 1862. Hist. Nat. Zooph. Echin. 
(Suites 4 Buffon), p. 399. 

GontasTER compactus, Forbes, 1878. In Dixon’s Geology of Sussex (new edition, 
Jones), p. 366, pl. xxii, fig. 3. 


Specific Characters.—Outline pentagonal, slightly cycloidal. Hight supero- 
marginal plates on each side of the pentagon. Supero-marginal plates form a broad 
margin, and the breadth of each is about four times its length. Base of ultimate 
paired supero-marginal plate twice as long as the other, more proximal, supero- 
marginal plates. Ten corresponding infero-marginalia. 


Material —Only one specimen of this species is known. This formed a portion 
of Mr. Willett’s collection and is now preserved in the Brighton Museum. It 
apparently escaped the observation of the late Dr. Wright, for the figure on Plate 
XVII is copied from that in Dixon’s ‘ Geology of Sussex.’ As this figure is shehtly 
inaccurate I have had it redrawn and further details added on Plate XXVI. 


Description.—Vhe dorsal surface of the disc is covered with a number of small, 
subequal, closely-fitting plates. It is considerably sunk in the specimen known. 

The supero-marginalia bounding the disc form a uniform margin 5°15 mm. 
broad. They are eight in number along each side, exclusive of the odd terminal 
or ocular plates. The six middle plates are about 1:2 mm. long. Their breadth 
is rather more than four times their length, a feature which distinguishes them 


Tt 


68 FOSSIL ASTEROIDEA. 


from Mitraster Hunteri and M. rugatus. A further distinctive feature is the size 
of the distal paired plate. This plate is triangular. The base of the triangle 
measures 2°7 mm., giving the plate twice the length of the more proximal plates. 
The plate is gibbous at its outer extremity as in M. Hunteri. All the plates are 
ornamented with a single or double marginal row of small spinelets. The ocular 
is a small conical plate barely visible in abactinal view. It fits into notches on 
the lower surface of the distal paired plates, and is, as usual, notched on its 
inferior surface for the purpose of protecting the unpaired terminal tube foot. 

The median infero-marginal plates are rather longer than the corresponding 
members of the superior series. The first two, reckoning from the median inter- 
radial line, are 1°85 mm. long, and 8°5 mm. broad. The third is only 1°8 mm. long 
and not quite as broad. The fourth has approximately the same length but is 
subtriangular in form. The fifth is a small triangular plate. Two infero-marginals 
and a portion of a third are situated underneath the distal paired supero-marginal 
plate. 

The ventro-lateralia visible are small hexagonal plates covered with a fine uniform 
granulation. The adambulacralia are small oblong plates. The margin of the disc 
is very abrupt, but the transition from infero-marginalia to the actinal surface is 
more gradual than that of the supero-marginalia to the upper surface. A number 
of small granules are irregularly distributed between the plates. 


Remarks.—Unfortunately, the specimen is slightly distorted, so that the pro- 
nouncedly cycloidal appearance im the figure is partially due to the unnatural 
position of the marginal plates, which has brought the inferior series into the dorsal 
view. ‘The supero-marginal plates appear to have been straight and the inferior 
series but shghtly cycloidal. This, together with the large comparative size of 
the ultimate paired plate, would bring the species very near to the genus Meto- 
paster. Forbes remarked upon the fact that it appeared to be intermediate between 
Gontaster (Metopaster, Sladen) wicatus and Groniaster (Mitraster, Sladen) rugatus. I 
have therefore considerable doubt as to the validity of the separation of these two 


genera. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position.—Upper Chalk of Haughton, Sussex. 


COMPTONIA COMPTONTI. 69 


Genus—COMPTONIA, Gray. 


Gray, 1840. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. vi, p. 278. 
— 1866. Synopsis of Starfishes in the British Museum. 


Body depressed, with produced tapering rays. Dise covered abactinally and 
actinally with numerous polygonal plates which possess a uniform granulation. 
Marginal plates numerous. Supero-marginal plates equal in number to the infero- 
marginals, and forming a moderately broad border to the disc. Infero-marginal 
plates (as well as all other plates) devoid of spines. Radialia present throughout 
length of ray. 

This genus apparently differs from Stellaster only in the absence of spines on 
the infero-marginalia. It is thus similar to, as well as prior to Ogimaster (von 
Martens, 1865) and Dorigona (Gray, 1866). 


1. Compronia Comprtoni, Forbes, sp. Pl. XVII, figs. 3, 3a, and 3b; Pl. XVIII, 
fies. 2, 2d, 20, 2c, Zid. 


STELLASTER comprTonl, Forbes, 1848. Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. 11, p. 476. 

—- — Forbes, 1850. In Dixon’s Geology and Fossils of the 
Tertiary and Cretaceous Formations of Sussex, 
pl. xxi, fig. 8, p. 335. 

= — Dujardin et Hupé, 1862. Hist. Nat. Zooph. Echin. (Suites 
i Buffon), p. 408. 

-— -- Forbes, 1878. In Dixon’s Geology of Sussex (new edition, 
Jones), pl. xxii, fig. 8, p. 368, 370. 


Specific Characters.—Disc large and interbrachial arcs wide, giving the disc a 
distinctly pentagonal appearance. Major radius rather more than twice the length 
of the minor radius. Arms elliptical in cross section. Large valvate pedicellariz 
present. 


Material.—T wo specimens (the two cotypes) of this species are in existence. 
One (formerly in the Bowerbank Collection) displays the actinal aspect (Pl. XVII, 
fig. 3), and is preserved in the British Museum of Natural History (34311). 
The other (Pl. XVIII, fig. 2), which shows the dorsal aspect, is preserved in the 
Northampton Museum. This is the specimen figured in Dixon. 


Description The large pentagonal disc is covered dorsally with numerous 


70 FOSSIL ASTEROIDEA. 


small closely-fitting plates. In the radial areas these plates are polygonal and are 
about 1‘8 mm. in diameter. In the interradial areas the plates measure only 1 mm. 
in diameter and are rhomboidal. All the plates are covered with a fine uniform 
granulation (Pl. XVIII, fig. 2a). Upon very many of the plates are valvate 
pedicellarize. Post-mortem changes have produced a sinking in of the plates over 
the interradial areas. Depressions, doubtless due to similar causes, appear in 
recent forms when dried, as also in CU. elegans. I have been unable to distinguish 
either the madreporite or the anus. 


The arms are not so much produced as in C. elegans. 
R:r:: 62mm. : 29mm. in the specimen at Northampton. 
R:r:: 556mm. : 25°8mm. in the British Museum (Natural History) 
specimen. 
The width of the arms at the sixth supero-marginal (reckoning from the inter- 
radius) is 11°5 mm. 


The supero-marginalia are oblong in shape. In the interradial areas they are of 
fairly constant size, measuring 5°2 mm. in breadth and 2mm. in length. They 
diminish in size distalwards. They are eighteen in number, and often bear one 
or more valvate pedicellariz. The margin is rounded and is about 8 mm. high. 

The infero-marginalia are equal in number and similar in appearance to the 
superior series. 

The actinal interradial areas are large and filled proximally with a number of 
small rhomboidal plates about 1:2 mm. in average breadth. The more distal 
plates are crowded, smaller, and polygonal in appearance. ‘Traces of a fine 
granulation are visible. 

The adambulacrals are a series of small oblong prominent plates. The largest 
are about 1°6 mm. in length and 1:2 mm. in breadth. Remains of their armature 
are still present. The mouth-angle plates are small and but shghtly prominent. 
They also bear traces of armature. Valvate pedicellariz are scattered apparently 
irregularly over all these various plates. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position—Upper Greensand of Blackdown. 


Remarks.—Forbes considered this species was equivalent to Asterias Schultzia, 
Roemer.’ In this latter species, however, the superomarginalia meet across the 
dorsal surface of the ray, which would disprove Forbes’ statement. 


1 Roemer, ‘ Versteinerungen des Norddeutschen Kreidegebirges,’ pl. vi, fig. 21. 


COMPTONIA ELEGANS. 71 


2. CoMPTONIA ELEGANS, Gray. Pl. XVII, figs 4 and 4a. 


CoMPTONIA ELEGANS, Gray, 1840. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vi, 
p- 278. 

STELLASTER ELEGANS, Forbes, 1848. Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. u, 
p. 476. 


-- — Forbes, 1850. In Dixon’s Geology and Fossils of 
the Tertiary and Cretaceous Formations 
of Sussex, London, p. 336, pl. xxii, fig. 9, 
CoMPTONIA ELEGANS, Morris, 1854. Catalogue of British Fossils, 2nd ed., 
p- 00. 
— == Dujardin et Hupé, 1862. Hist. Nat. Zooph. 
Kehin. (Suites 4 Buffon), p. 408. 
STELLASTER ELEGANS, Forbes, 1878. In Dixon’s Geology of Sussex 
(new edition, Jones), pp. 369, 870, 
Planes Oo. 


Specific Characters.—Dise strongly convex, covered with small polygonal 
plates. Actinal interradial areas large. Arms well produced, the major radius 
being at least three times as long as the minor radius. Interbrachial arcs 


paraboloid. 


Material—The specimen figured by Dixon, at that time in the Bowerbank 
Collection, is now preserved in the British Museum of Natural History (KE. 2567). 
Both dorsal and ventral aspects are exposed. Another specimen showing an 
impression of the ventral surface exists in the Oxford University Museum. 

Dixon’s specimen, however, can hardly be the type, since Gray (1840) stated that 
the specimens described by him were in the British Museum or in the collection 
of the Zoological Society. Forbes (1848) refers only to specimens in the British 
Museum and the collection of the Marquess of Northampton. No part of the 
Bowerbank Collection is known to have come to the British Museum before 1865. 
The type specimen therefore must be either lost or still unrecognised in the 
national collection. Since it was never figured it could never be identified with 
certainty. It is therefore advisable to take the specimen H. 2567 as type. 


Description.—The dise is high in the central and radial regions. In the inter- 
radial areas, however, post-mortem changes have caused a collapse of the test 
and the consequent production of deep triangular depressions. The plates 
covering the dise are minute, polygonal, and closely fitting. The centrale is the 


72 FOSSIL ASTEROIDEA. 


only plate of the dorsal surface which is larger or more conspicuous than the 
remainder; all are covered with a minute uniform granulation of a quite charac- 
teristic appearance. The anus is almost central in position. It is surrounded 
by a circlet of plates, amongst which is the centrale. The madreporite is, as 
usual, situated in the next (clockwise) interradius, almost halfway between the 
centrale and the margin. It is a triangular plate, the apex of the triangle being 
a markedly acute angle. 

The arms are well produced. R:r::30mm.+:9 mm. Their breadth at the 
base is 9mm. Radialia, adradialia, and dorso-lateralia extend into the base of the 
arms. The dorso-lateralia soon disappear, but the adradialia persist as far as the 
seventh or eighth supero-marginal plate. When the adradials disappear the radialia 
become larger. They are at this point 1 mm. broad and 1:1 mm. long and 
therefore appear almost square. 

The supero-marginalia are oblong plates of curiously uniform size in the portions 
of the specimen preserved. They are 1°6 mm. long and from 1°2mm. to 1:3 mm. 
broad. The infero-marginalia are of the same length and are opposite to the 
supero-marginalia. In lateral view the supero-marginalia appear higher than the 
inferior series. Both series are ornamented with a number of small, fine granules 
which are uniformly distributed over their surfaces. 

The ventral surface is concave. The ventro-lateral plates are rhomboidal in 
the region of the mouth. They become polygonal and crowded as they approach 
the margin. Some of these plates extend into the base of the arms. Around the 
edges of the plates spinelets are visible. The spines of the adambulacral plates are 
still present. Unfortunately, it is not possible to make out their exact distribution. 
The mouth-angle plates are not prominent. 

There is no trace in this species of such valvate pedicellariz as characterise 
C. Compton. 


Remarks.—Gray compared this species with Cwlaster, Agassiz.’ The rather 
vague diagnosis of Calaster given by Agassiz renders exact identification impossible. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position—Upper Greensand of Blackdown. Also 
in the Upper Greensand at Folkestone (observed by Forbes). 


1 Agassiz, ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ 1837. Translated in ‘Annals and Magazine of 
Natural History,’ vol. 1, 1838. 


PENTAGONASTER ROBUSTUS. 73 


Genus—NYMPHASTER, Sladen, 1885. (See p. 14.) 
4, NYMPHASTER RADIATUS, n. sp. Pl. XXV, figs. 1, 1a, 15. 


Specific Characters—Arms very much produced. R:r:: 150 mm. : 10 mm. 
Supero-marginalia in contact almost the whole length of arm. 


Material.—The only specimen of this species, formerly in the collection of Mr. 
J. Starkie Gardner, is preserved in the British Museum of Natural History (E. 375). 
The plates have, unfortunately, disappeared from the disc. Practically all that 
remains is the greater portion of one arm. 


Description.—At the base of the arm the supero-marginalia are oblong. Hach 
measures 2°8 mm. in breadth, 2 mm. in length, and 3 mm. in height.  Distally 
these plates become almost square. They are ornamented by small granules 
which tend to run together transversally to the length of the arm (Pl. XXV, 
fi. 1), and articulations for spines and deep depressions for pedicellariz are also 
present. They are about twenty-five in number. The infero-marginalia equal 
in number and size and oppose the supero-marginaha. Further they are about 
the same height in marginal view. 

The breadth of the arm at the fourth supero-marginal is 6 mm. 


Stratigraphical Position—Lower Chalk. Locality uncertain. 


Genus—PENTAGONASTER, Linck. (See p. 24.) 
3. PENTAGONASTER ROBUSIUS, n. sp. Pl. XXI, figs. 2, 2a. 


Specific Characters.—Dise covered with small rounded plates. Margin high. 
Rays short, high and robust. R:r::21°5mm.:9°9 mm. The supero-marginal 
plates meet along the median line throughout almost the whole length of the arm, 
and form a broad border to the disc. Interbrachial ares paraboloid. 


Material.—The only specimen of this species is the one here described, formerly 
in the Mantell collection and now preserved in the British Museum of Natural 
History (48085). The locality from which it was derived is stated rather 


74 FOSSIL ASTEROIDEA. 


vaguely as Upper Chalk, Sussex. The specimen is somewhat imperfect, consisting 
only of the dorsal view of three arms and a portion of the disc. 


Description.—The dise appears to have been covered on its dorsal surface by a 
large number of small, rounded, closely-fitting plates. Mostly they are subequal 
in size and have an approximate diameter of 2 mm. An uncertain number of 
even smaller granule-like plates exist scattered between these. 

Both radialha and adradiala extend into the base of the arms, but only as far 
as the third supero-marginal plate, counting from the median interradial line. 
The arms themselves are short and high. The height of the specimen in the 
interradius is 9°2mm. From this point the height gradually diminishes to the 
extremity of the ray, where it is 5 mm. 

The supero-marginalia are about twelve in number. ‘They form a_ broad 
marein to the disc and rays. Hach supero-marginal plate is high, and is very 
convex dorsally. Hence every plate is very distinct. The six proximal supero- 
marginals diminish only slightly in size distalward along the ray. The next six, 
however, diminish much more rapidly. The supero-marginal nearest the imter- 
radius has the following measurements: height, 5°75 mm.; breadth, 4°5 mm. ; 
length, 5 mm. 

The ocular plate has broken away, and there is no trace of a madreporite. 

The infero-marginalia alternate with the supero-marginal series. They are 
not so high and much squarer in appearance. They decrease in size much more 
rapidly than the upper series (see Pl. XXI, fig. 2a). The infero-marginal plates, 
nearest the interradius, measure 4°5 mm. high and 3:2 mm. in length. Any orna- 
ment that may have existed has disappeared from all parts. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position.—Upper Chalk, Sussex. 


4. PENTAGONASTER oBTUsUS, Forbes, sp. Pl. XXII, figs. 1, 1 a, 1b, 2, 2a, 3a, 36, 
OC, Od, @ Cy Oy, OG 


OREASTER oOBTUSUS, Forbes, 1848. Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. 1, p. 468. 

= — Forbes, 1850. In Dixon’s Geology and Fossils of the Tertiary 
and Cretaceous Formations of Sussex, London, p. 330, 
pl. xxi, fig. 12. 

— — Dujardin et Hupé, 1862. Hist. Nat. Zooph. Kchin. (Suites a 
Buffon), p. 389. 

== — Forbes, 1878. In Dixon’s Geology of Sussex (new edition, 
Jones), pl. xxi, fig. 12, pp. 364, 370. 


PENTAGONASTER OBTUSUS. 


“J 
Or 


Specific Characters.—Dise slightly convex. Majority of the plates covering 
the disc of subequal size and closely set. R:r::25mm.:12 mm. Extremities 
of arms obtuse. Interbrachial arcs only slightly rounded, giving the disc a 
distinctly pentagonal appearance. 


Material_—The two extremities of the arms from which Forbes originally 
described the species when in the Dixon collection, are now preserved in the 
British Museum (Natural History}. They are not on the same slab of chalk as 
represented by Forbes, but are and probably always have been two independent 
specimens, H. 5038 (Pl. XXII, figs. 3 b,c, d), and E. 5039 (fig. 3 a). More complete 
specimens have since been added to the collection (40400, Pl. XXII, fig. 1 ex 
J. Simmons’ Coll., and 35481, Pl. XXII, fig. 2, ee H. W. Taylor’s Coll.). Two 


extremities of arms are also preserved in the Brighton Museum. 


Description.—The disc is high and distinctly pentagonal. At the edge of the 
dise the dorsal covering plates are crowded and polygonal in appearance. Towards 
the centre they become shghtly smaller and rounded. The average diameter of 
these plates is 1:7 mm. 

The madreporite is subcentral in position. It is about the same size as the 
other plates of the disc and is pentagonal in shape (Pl. XXII, fig. 1a). 

The arms are stoutly built. A triple row of polygonal plates enters their 
bases. The adradial series soon disappears, leaving the single radial series, which 
appears to persist until it reaches that part of the ray which is obtuse. From this 
point the supero-marginal plates may or may not be adjunct up to the end of the 
ray. Considerable variation appears to exist as to this pomt in the single 
specimen examined. The arms are distinctly obtuse in their distal half. This has 
given the species its name. 

The supero-marginalia form a rather broad border to the disc. There 
are nine supero-marginals from the median interradius to the extremity of the 
ray. ‘Towards the end of the ray the plates of this series become narrower, more 
oblong in appearance, and distinctly convex. 

The infero-marginalia are equal in number and situated generally alternating 
with the supero-marginal series. They are distinctly square in shape, especially 
at the obtuse extremities of the ray. Their ornament is in some specimens not 
so coarse as that of the supero-marginals. 

The actinal interradial areas are very distinct and are occupied by four series 
of ventro-lateral plates. As usual, the actinal plates near the mouth are larger and 
more rhomboidal than the distal plates. Ventro-lateral plates only extend 
throughout about a quarter of the length of the arm. 

12 


76 FOSSIL ASTEROIDEA. 


The mouth-angle plates are not prominent. The adambulacral plates possess 
a triple row of spines. 


Dimensions.—Specimens 35,481 and 40,400.—The greatest width of the ray 
varies from 8°3 to 6°5 mm., and the least width from 7:2 to 5'7 mm. The supero- 
marginal plates are 3°2 mm. broad near the interradu. 


Specimen EH. 5038.—Greatest width of ray 10°5 mm. 
Specimen in Brighton Museum.—Greatest width of ray 9°2 mm. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position.—Upper Chalk, Lancing, Sussex, and 
also from the Upper Chalk of Kent. 


Family—PENTACEROTID AH (Gray) emend. Perrier, 1884. 


Phanerozonate Asteroids with unequally developed marginal plates, the superior 
series bemg frequently masked or hidden in membrane. Abactinal skeleton 
reticulate. Plates with large isolated tubercles, or spinelets, or granulose, or 
covered with membrane. Actimal interradial areas with large pavement-like 
plates which bear unequal-sized granules. 


PENTACEROS, Schulze, 1760. 


Genus 


PENTACEROS, Schulze, 1760. Betrachtung der versteierten Seesterne und ihrer 
Theile, Warschau u. Dresden, p. 50. 

GONIASTER (pars), Agassiz, 1835. Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, t. 1, p. 191. 

PENTACEROS, Gray, 1840. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vi, p. 276. 

OREASTER, Miller and Troschel, 1842. System der Asteriden, p. 44. 


Generic Characters.—Form stellate, marginal plates conspicuous, defining the 
ambitus. Abactinal plates regular, with more or less definite intermediate papular 
areas. Prominent localised mammillated tubercles or spines present. 

All the fossil species of this genus possess intermarginalia, but do not other- 
wise approach Sladens’ genus Pentaceropsis which possesses this character. In 
view of the fact that intermarginalia may occur as a variation in unmistakable 
recent species of Pentaceros this character cannot invalidate the admission to the 
present genus of the species about to be described. 


PENTACEROS BULBIFERUS. hie 


1. PENTACEROS BULBIFERUS, Forbes, sp. Pl. XX, figs. 1,1a, 1b, and 1c; figs. 2, 2a, 
and: 2b Pl xx fies. flea, lb; 35 a, 
A, Aas Pl. XXII, fies. 2, 2:a: 


OREASTER BULBIFERUS, Forbes, 1848. Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. ii, p. 468. 

— — Forbes, 1850. In Dixon’s Geology and Fossils of the 
Tertiary and Cretaceous Formations of Sussex, 
pp. 328, 329, pl. xxiv, fig. 7. 

— — Dujardin et Hupé, 1862. Hist. Nat. Zooph. Echin. (Suites 
i Buffon), p. 389. 

— — Forbes, 1878. In Dixon’s Geology of Sussex (new 
edition, Jones), pp. 863, 370, pl. xxiv, fig. 7. 

= ae P. H. Carpenter, 1882. Geol. Mag., p. 12. 


Specific Characters.—Dise and arms very convex. The centrale and primary 
interradiaha large and tuberculiform. The major radius approximately twice the 
minor radius. Radialia of the arm conspicuous. Hxtremities of the arms swollen. 


Material—The specimens figured and described are all preserved in the 
British Museum (Natural History). EH. 5040 (Pl. XXI, fig. 1), 40175 (Pl. XX, 
fig. 1), 48748 (Pl. XX, fig. 2), and EH. 5041 (Pl. XXI, fig. 3), which were bought 
from J. Simmons, and 40399 (Pl. XXT, fig. 4), from the collection of H. Charlesworth, 
are all labelled as coming from the Upper Chalk of Bromley, Kent, which, 
however, seems to be an inexact dealer’s locality, probably intentionally mis- 
leading. EH. 5042 (Pl. XXIII, fig. 2), also bought of J. Simmons, is labelled 
“Upper Chalk, Charlton, Kent.” 

Other specimens are known in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge, Northamp- 
ton Museum, and Brighton Museum. Specimens have also been described by 
Valette from the South of France. 


This seems to be much the commonest as well as the most graceful of the 
Chalk Pentacerotide. 


Description—The general aspect of the plates of the dise gives this species a 
very characteristic appearance, for the five primary interradialia and the centrale 
are very prominent. ‘They have a lobed widely-spreading base, and are swollen 
on the upper surface into an almost spherical form. Their weathered surfaces 
are pitted in a very regular manner, the pits indicating the former presence of 


78 FOSSIL ASTEROIDEA. 


granules. Sometimes the granules are still present iu situ. The pits are 
separated in the example figured Pl. XXI, fig. 1, on an average rather less 
than their own diameter apart. There may or may not be a slight margin to the 
plate. The centrale in a specimen R:r:: 40: 20 measures 8°5 mm. in diameter. 
The primary interradialia are rather smaller, being 6°7 mm.in diameter. Radially 
the most conspicuous plates of the disc are the proximal radialia. They have a 
very characteristic appearance, their general shape reminding one of a breastplate. 
The remainder of the plates of the dise are of very various sizes and distributed 
in a fairly regular manner. The general arrangement of these plates is given in 
the general account at the conclusion of these volumes. 

The madreporite is a conspicuous plate lying at the distal end of a primary 
interradial. The two neighbouring adradialia are notched for its reception. 

The arms are moderately produced, the major radius being about twice the 
minor radius. Measurements of five specimens give the following : 


R Yr 
Wipe =) Sinun 
Share 9 | aan, 
| a BO: ; Osi * 
vers 50 mm ai 25 mm. 
ar “BOamin: ' 20 mm. 


At the base of each arm there are five series of plates visible on the dorsal 


surface—the radialia, adradiaha, and supramarginalia. All the plates at the base 
of the arm overlap. They are of a type which may be derived from the breast- 
plate shape mentioned above. They gradually become narrowed in length and 
increased in breadth until they are shaped somewhat lke an inverted T (Pl. XX, 
fig. 2b). The granulation is generally confined to the central region of each plate. 

The arm about halfway along its length becomes swollen and the plates no 
longer overlap but are contiguous. They lose their L-shaped form, become 
almost oblong, and at the same time rather tumid. This is especially noticeable 
in the case of the radialia. The form of the plates is, however, rarely absolutely 
regular, but one which is generally derivable from the breastplate shape. 

If we examine a cross-section of the arm, we see that the base of the plates 
of the dorsal intermediate series is prolonged inwards (and ventralward), so that 
a single isolated plate appears club-shaped. 

All the plates are pitted for granules except at the extreme margin. 

The supero-marginal plates are from twelve to thirteen in number, the infero- 
marginals from thirteen to fourteen in number. The arm is very high and both 


PENTACEROS BULBIFERUS. 79 


infero- and supero-marginal plates appear in dorsal view. In fact, the infero- 
marginal plates do not take any part in the formation of the actinal surface. This 
is parallelled in modern species of Pentaceros, e.g. P. clavatus. In marginal view 
the supero- and infero-marginals at the extremity of the ray very distinctly 
alternate. This alternation persists at the base of the arms, but here it is not 
always so obvious. 

The supero-marginals are much higher than the infero-marginals, and also more 
oblong in shape. Both supero- and infero-marginal plates are regularly but 
coarsely pitted for granules. 

In specimen figured on Pl, XX, fig. 1, we obtain the following measurements : 


Breadth of fifth infero-marginal from the extremity of ray  . 5°8 mm. 
Leneth ” f = a r a ‘p 
Breadth  ,, supero-marginal _,, - as Sw Osea ae 
Length os * Ws - - a poe eas 
Breadth ,, radialia a a - a OL 
Length ss A » es ,. GAP AR x. 
Width of ambulacral groove —. $7 : : 4 AOR 


The ocular is visible in this specimen. It is about 1:6 mm. in length and 
breadth. The extremity is shgehtly pointed, and its ventral surface is hollowed out. 

A ventral view is figured on Pl. XXI, fig. 1. Ventro-lateral plates extend 
almost to the extremity of the arms. These are, as usual, rather greater in breadth 
than in length. The adambulacral plates appear to be about half the length of 
the bordering actinal plates. Their armature consists of several rows of spinelets 
arranged in pairs. 

A few intermarginalia are present in the interradu. They, as usual, press the 
supero- and infero-marginalia on to the abactinal and actinal surfaces of the dise 


respectively. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position—Upper Chalk, Bromley, Kent; according 
to Dr. Rowe, probably from the Chislehurst caves near that locality. 


Variations.—Variations occur amongst al] the specimens, especially with 
regard to the ornamentation of the plates and the madreporite. The British 
Museum specimens, 48748, which occur together in a slab, are especially note- 
worthy, inasmuch as the lowest situated individual possesses on the disc no plate, 
which is bulbiform or raised conspicuously above the remainder. 


80 FOSSIL ASTEROIDEA. 


2. Pentaceros Boysu, Forbes, sp. Pl. XXII, figs. 4, 4a, 4b, 4c; Pl. XXIII, 
figs. 1, la, 103, Pl. XV, tes) 25 2703 2h: 


OreEastER Boysit, Forbes, 1848. Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. ii, p. 468. 
— — Forbes, 1850. In Dixon’s Geology and Fossils of the Tertiary 
and Cretaceous Formations of Sussex, p. 328, pl. xxi, 
fig. 6. 
— — Dujardin et Hupé, 1862. Hist. Nat. Zooph. Echin. (Suites A 
Buffon), p. 389. 


— — Forbes, 1878. In Dixon’s Geology of Sussex (new edition, 
Jones), pp. 362, 370, pl. xxi, fig. 6. 


Specific Characters—The primary radialia and interradialia are large hemi- 
spheroid punctate tubercles. R:r::80 mm.:18°mm. Rays well produced, steep- 
sided, almost square in section, and tapering gradually to the extremity. Only a 
few of the plates of the disc enter the base of the arm. Supero- and infero- 
marginal plates adjunct, the intermargimalia being represented only by a few 
scattered granules. 


Material—The type specimen was said by Forbes (1848) to be in the collection 
of the Marquess of Northampton. The specimen figured and described in Dixon’s 
‘Geology of Sussex’ (see reference) was said by Forbes to have been “ discovered 
by Major Boys and formed part of his interesting collection.” This statement 
does not preclude the hypothesis that the specimen figured was also the type 
specimen. Neither specimen (if there were two) can now be traced. The following 
description is based chiefly on a specimen in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge 
(Pl. XXVI, fig. 2), which shows the actinal surface of the arms and a portion 
of the disc. It is supplemented by reference to a less nearly perfect specimen 
preserved in the British Museum of Natural History (J. Simmons’ Coll., 46600), 
which presents views of isolated rays (Pl. XXII, fig. 4), and an isolated ray seen 
from the dorsal surface (Pl. XXIII, fig. 1) in the same museum (Dixon Coll., 48083). 


Description —The dise is covered with a number of rounded or irregularly- 
shaped plates. A circlet of large tubercles is very distinct and characteristic of the 
species. These tubercles are hemispherical and not so swollen as those of 
P. bulbiferus. They are smooth, and possess a fine distinct ornament, thus 
distinguishing them from the circlet of P. coronatus. Their diameter is about 
8°5 mm., and they seem to be arranged radially and interradially, making a total 
of ten. The madreporite was figured by Forbes. It is roughly triangular in shape. 


PENTACEROS BOYSII. 81 


The arms are well produced. R=80 mm. and r==18 mm., the major radius 
being thus about four and a half times the mimor radius. They taper gradually 
to the extremity. The breadth of the ray about the fourth supra-marginal plate 
is 68 mm. The height of the ray at the same spot is almost exactly the same. 
The rays are steep-sided, and consequently appear almost square in cross section. 

The supero-marginalia are adjunct throughout almost the whole length of the 
ray, for only one or two single radialia enter the base of the ray. At the base of 
the ray they are flat and shghtly rhomboidal. They possess an anterior indenta- 
tion on their inner surface and are about 3°5 mm. in breadth. They gradually 
diminish in size distally and at the same time become distinctly swollen. They 
number about twenty-eight. 

The infero-marginal plates are approximately of the same size and number as 
the supero-marginals. Both series imbricate shghtly. The ornament of these 
plates consists of a number of fine granules in the centre, while there is a distinct 
margin without granulations. 

Between the supero- and infero-marginal plates a few scattered granules repre- 
sent a slight development of the intermarginalia. 

The adambulacrals are a series of small oblong plates. They border the infero- 
marginals from about the eleventh supra-margial onward. They are much worn, 
and but slight traces of their armature remaim. About five adambulacrals occupy 
the same length as two infero-marginal plates. Proximally there is a single row of 
small plates which separate the two series. 

Only a few scattered ossicles of the actinal surface of the disc remain. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position—Upper Chalk, Kent. 


Remarks.—Valette (‘ Bull. Soc. Yonne,’ 1902) has described a number of 
species of starfishes from the Senonian of the South of France. The remains are 
found as scattered ossicles. Some of these are grouped by Valette as a new 
species which he calls P. senonensis. They are noticed by the author to resemble 
P. Boysii except that they are smooth and therefore do not have the ornament 
possessed by P. Boysit. Valette regards this absence of ornament as rendering 
them specifically distinct from P. Boysti, as other ossicles found in close 
proximity still possess the ornament. In view of the vagaries of the way in 
which solution may occur, I cannot admit this contention and consider that it 
is much more probable that the ossicles at one time possessed ornament and 
were identical with P. Boysii. All the other ossicles except those of the so-called 
Arthraster senonensis (vide infra, p. 92) were identified with English Cretaceous 
genera, which would support this contention. 


82 FOSSIL ASTHROIDEA. 


3. PenTAcEROS coronaTus, Forbes, sp. Pl. XIX, figs. 1, la; Pl. XXIV, figs. 2, 
2:0, 2:0, 2.63 Pl. XO tie 9: 


OREASTER CoRONATUS, Forbes, 1848. Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. ii, p. 467. 

— — Forbes, 1850. In Dixon’s Geology and Fossils of the Ter- 
tiary and Cretaceous Formations of Sussex, pp. 327, 
328, pl. xxi, fig. 7 a—d. 

— — Dujardin et Hupé, 1862. Hist. Nat. Zooph. Echin. (Suites 
i Buffon), p. 389. 

— — Forbes, 1878. In Dixon’s Geology of Sussex (new edition, 
Jones), pp. 362, 370, pl. xxi, figs. 7, 7 a—d. 


Specific Characters.—Disc large, with conspicuous nodular primary radialia and 
interradiaha. The major radius is about five times the length of the mimor radius. 
Sides of arms very steep, so that the arm appears to be square in cross section. 
A triple row of intermarginalia present in the interbrachial areas. 


Material—The type specimen of this species is preserved in the British Museum 
of Natural History (Dixon’s Coll., 35480). Unfortunately, only one arm and a 
portion of the disc are preserved. A further specimen, registered H. 2562, from the 
cabinet of Mrs. Smith, of Tunbridge Wells, is preserved in the same museum, and 
another example is to be seen in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. 


Description.—The most conspicuous feature of the disc is the circlet of ten 


29] 


“large, more or less polygonal nodose pyramidal tubercles. These are the 
primary radialia and interradiaha. The interradial tubercles are rather larger 
than the radial tubercles, the former measuring 9°2 mm., the latter 7°7 mm. in 
diameter. The remainder of the disc is covered by irregularly shaped plates. 

The madreporite has been broken away from the disc of the specimen no. 35480. 
It is figured Plate XXV, fig. 9. 

R:r::58 mm.: 19 -+ mm. in the type specimen where the simgle arm is 
broken short. In specimen no. H. 2562 R:r:: 100 mm.: 20 mm. The arms 
are 30 mm. broad at the base. Their surface is flat, and the sides slope away 
at right angles, so that a cross section of the arm is square. 

Both radial and adradial plates are present in the base of the ray. The 
adradials are irregular in shape and soon disappear. The radials are roughly 
oblong in appearance, and exist throughout that portion of the arm preserved. 
They diminish in size, however, distally. 

The supero-marginal plates are indented on their anterior median surface. 


1 Forbes, in Dixon’s ‘ Geology of Sussex,’ p. 327. 


PENTACEROS SQUAMATUS. 83 


They appear to imbricate slightly at their margins. The breadth of the fourth 
supero-marginal is 7 mm., the length 4 mm., and the height 3°5 mm. The height 
of the ray at this point is 12-2 mm. 

The infero-marginal plates are opposite to the supero-marginals. They are 
approximately about the same size and number. Between the supero- and infero- 
marginal series a triple series of intermarginalia occurs in the interradial areas. 
The inner and larger intermarginals persist throughout the greater part of 
the length of the arm. It is this intercalated series which gives to the arm its 
great proportionate depth. The outer and smaller series disappear at about the 
seventh and ninth infero-marginal plates. 

The ornamentation of the plates appears to have been worn away, although 
upon many of the plates a distinct marginal area may be seen. 

Upon most of the plates there occur small entrenched pedicellariz which are 
very characteristic of this species of Pentaceros. They consist of a small pit from 
which radiate two fine entrenchments (see Pl. XXIV, fig. 2 a). 

One of the rows of specimen no. E. 2562 is distorted so as to bring the ventral 
surface into view. This shows that the ventro-lateral plates extend well towards, 
and perhaps all the way to, the extremities of the arm. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position.—The locality of the type specimen is 
given as Lower Chalk, Washington, Sussex. The specimen registered H. 2562 is 
from the Lower Chalk, Burham, Kent, and the specimen in the Museum of 


Practical Geology is from the Lower Chalk, Dover. 


Remarks.—The specimen registered E. 2562 presents only one or two pedi- 
cellariz, which are so characteristic and numerous on the other two specimens. 


4, PENTACEROS squaMmatus, Forbes, sp. Pl. XXV, figs. 3, 3a, 3, 3c. 


ORFASTER squamatus, Forbes, 1848. Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. ii, p. 468. 

= — Forbes, 1850. In Dixon’s Geology and Fossils of the 
Tertiary and Cretaceous Formations of Sussex, 
p- 328, pl. xxiii, fig. 7. 

— — Dujardin et Hupé, 1862. Hist. Nat. Zooph. Echin. (Suites 
i Buffon), p. 389. 

— — Forbes, 1878. In Dixon’s Geology of Sussex (new edition, 
Jones), pp. 363, 370, pl. xxiii, fig. 7. 


Specific Characters.— Dise high, with conspicuous primary radialia, inter- 
ie 


84 FOSSIL ASTEROIDEA. 


radialia and centrale. Major radius about four times the length of the minor 
radius. Only radialia enter the base of the arm. Dorsal surfaces of arms flat, 
sides slope away at an obtuse angle from this. Ossicles distinctly imbricating. 
A few intermarginalia present. 


Material.—The only specimen of this species is preserved in the Brighton 
Museum. The specimen consists of the disc and a portion of three arms. On the 
whole little displacement of the ossicles has taken place. 


Description.—The dise is strongly convex, and is covered with the circlet of 
primary radialia and interradialia which are disposed around the centrale. All 
these ossicles appear shaped like a breast-plate. The centrale has a diameter 
of 42 mm. The primary interradiala are larger, possessing a diameter of 
5°3 mm., whilst the primary radialia are the smallest of the series, measuring only 
3°7 mm. across. Between the centrale and the primary interradialia a number 
of irregularly distributed plates appear. In the next right-hand interradius 
to the madreporite a number of these appear to have surrounded an anal opening. 
The primary interradialia almost touch one another, and the radialia consequently 
rest on the bases of pairs of ossicles. A few adradialia are present, but they are 
confined to the disc. A pair of them help to enclose the madreporite, which 
is a polygonal plate 9 mm. in greatest diameter. The ornamentation of the 
ossicles is rather coarse when present, but usually it 1s very much worn away. 

The arms are well produced. R:r::30-+mm.:7°8mm. They are 1-3 mm. 
in breadth at the base. After the fourth or fifth radiale the remainder become 
minute but persist throughout the length of the arm preserved. 

The supero-marginaha are finger-shaped; they, as also the infero-marginalia, 
distinctly imbricate. The dimensions of the third supero-marginal, reckoning 
from the median interradial line, are as follows: length 2°3 mm., breadth 3°1 mm. 
The long axes of the supero-marginal plates slope away distally, thus causing 
pairs of plates to assume the shape of arms of a V. They are at least thirteen 
in number. 

The infero-marginal plates are similar im size and number to the supero- 
marginal series. In the interradu a few intermarginalia are present. These force 
the supero-marginal series to the surface of the disc. 

Nothing is known of the ventral surface. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position.—Upper Chalk, Woolwich. 


PENTACEROS OCELLATUS. 85 


5. PENTACEROS OCELLATUS, Forbes, sp. Pl. XXV, figs. 4, 4a. 


OREASTER OCELLATUS, Forbes, 1848. Mem. Geol. Surv. Great Brit., vol. ii, 
p. 468. 
— = Forbes, 1850. In Dixon’s Geology and Fossils of the 
Tertiary and Cretaceous Formations of Sussex, 
p. 329, pl. xxi, fig. 13. 
— -— Dujardin et Hupé, 1862. Hist. Nat. Zooph. Echin. 
(Suites 4 Buffon), p. 389. 
-— a Forbes, 1878. In Dixon’s Geology of Sussex (new edition, 
Jones), pp. 364, 370, pl. xxi, fig. 3. 
PENTACEROS — McPherson, W., 1902. Rep. Brighton Nat. Hist. Soc. 


Specific Characters.—Ventro-lateral plates (as probably also the dorsal plates) 
depressed and finely striated on their truncated surface so as to simulate the 
surface of a madreporite, with sides rugged and ocellato-punctate. Between these 
plates smaller ossicles of a similar character are interspersed. 


Material—But one specimen of this species was known to Forbes. This is 
preserved in the British Museum of Natural History (Dixon Coll., E. 2571). It is 
a mass of ossicles which look as if they were derived from the dorsal surface of the 
disc. They are more spheroidal and somewhat larger than the ossicles of the 
ventral surface of the more nearly perfect example discovered by Mr. William 
McPherson in the Senonian Marsupites band at Brighton. This he presented 
to the British Museum (Natural History) in 1901 (H. 5012). 


Description.—The dise and arms are unknown. The specimen no. H. 5012 shows 
a well-preserved portion of the ventral surface. The mouth-angles were occupied 
by single initial rhomboidal ossicles. To these succeed the ventro-lateral ossicles 
which border the ambulacral groove. These are pentagonal ossicles of very 
uniform size. The length of the exposed sides of the ossicles bordering the 
eroove is 44mm. and the greatest breadth of an ossicle 442mm. The remaining 
ventro-lateral plates are hexagonal, but of almost the same dimensions, although 
the plates appear to become a little larger distally. 

The plates overlap one another considerably, rendering precise measurement 
difficult. Between the larger plates are interspersed large numbers of smaller 
and more irregular ossicles which fill up the angles between their sides. The 
whole test would be thus very strongly built. 

Both larger and smaller plates are curiously similar in appearance. The 


86 FOSSIL ASTEROIDEA. 


madreporiform striations on the truncated summits and the ocellato-punctate sides 
give a most characteristic appearance and render the species unmistakably distinct 
from all known species of Pentaceros. 

The ambulacral groove is 3°5mm. wide. The adambulacrals are difficult of 
recognition and have probably for the most part been lost, but a large number of 
the hour-glass shaped ambulacrals may be seen. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Hovizon—Upper Chalk, Kent; Upper Senonian, 
Brighton. 


6. PENTACEROS ABBREVIATUS, n. sp. PI. XXIV, figs. 1, 1a, 16, le. 


Specific Characters.—Body of medium size. Arms moderately produced, but 
their breadth making them appear stumpy, rounded at the extremities, and hemi- 
spherical in cross section. Five series of dorsal ossicles enter their base. Of these 
the radialia and adradialia persist throughout the length of the arm. <A few small 
intermarginalia are present. 


Material.—There is only one specimen known of this species, and of this 
practically all that remains are two arms. It is preserved in the British Museum 
of Natural History (J. Tennant’s Coll., 57538). 


Description.—These arms are characteristically wide, the width of the arm at 
the base being 31mm. They narrow very gradually towards the extremity. 
Throughout the ray the ossicles, except for the differences noted below, are very 
similar in appearance. Atthe base of the ray, where dorso-lateralia also enter into 
the composition of the dorsal skeleton, they are rounded and possess interspaces 
of considerable extent. These imterspaces are often filled by smaller granules 
arranged irregularly. At times, however, between two radialia or adradialia one 
of the smaller ossicles is arranged in a very regular and alternating manner. Both 
large and small ossicles are finely granulated, and the large ossicles alone are 
perforated for pedicellariz. The average size of the larger ossicles at the base of 
the arms is about 6 mm. Towards the extremity of the ray the radialia, adradialia, 
and marginalia become hexagonal, and fit very closely so as to make a compact 
skeleton. The terminal ocular plate is hexagonal and conspicuous. It has a 
flattened articulation which undoubtedly was originally occupied by a spine. 
Several of the other dorsal plates in the distal portion of the ray also possess 
similar articulation. 


PENTACEROS BISPINOSUS. 87 


The supero-marginalia and infero-marginalia are equal in number. ‘There 
were probably thirteen of each in the space between an interradius and an 
extremity of an arm. 

In the interbrachial arc there is a series of minute granular intermarginalia. 

The traces of the dise which are present suggest that the ossicles of this region 
were oval in shape and minute in size. I exposed a portion of the ventral surface 
of the arm, but, unfortunately, little trace of structure was shown. ‘The ventro- 
lateralia extended to the extremity of the ray. The ridges of the adambulacral 


armature are lost. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position.—Upper Chalk, Charlton, Kent. 


7. PENTACEROS BISPINOSUS, n.sp. Pl. XXIII, figs. 3, 3a, 30, de. 


Specific Characters.—Disc large. Arms moderately produced. Single isolated 
marginal ossicles vertebra-shaped with biconcave extremities. Ventro-lateral 
plates with strongly marked sockets for two or more spines. 


Material.— The only specimen of this species is that preserved in the British 
Museum of Natural History (H. W. Taylor’s Coll., 35482). Only the ventral 
surface is exposed, and this is very much distorted. 


Description.—The dise appears to have been large. Its actinal surface is 
covered with a number of sub-equal oblong or polygonal plates, which possessed 
sockets in which fitted spmes (Pl. XXIII, fig. 3c). These plates are 4°8 mm. 
long, and 3:1 mm. wide. 

The arms are moderately broad, and at least four series of ventro-lateral plates 
enter at the base. R:r:: 60 mm.: 20 mm. (approximately), the major radius 
therefore measuring about three times the minor radius. The marginal ossicles 
are shaped very much like the centrum of a vertebra, and are biconcave. They 
possess a distinct granulation in their central region, which is surrounded by a 
wide margin. The infero-marginals at the base of the ray are about 3°2 mm. wide 
and 21 mm. long. There were probably sixteen of them from the interradius to 


the extremity of the ray. 
The specimen is otherwise so distorted that little can be made of its structure. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position— Upper Chalk, Sittingbourne, Kent. 


88 FOSSIL ASTEROIDEA. 


The following are placed provisionally in the genus Pentaceros : 


8. PENTACEROS PUNCTATUS, n.sp. Pl. XXVIJ, figs. 1, La, 10. 


Specific Characters.—Body of large size. Marginal series of plates possessing 
well-developed foraminate pedicellariz. Intermarginalia present. 


Material——The only example of this species is a fragmentary portion of an 
arm preserved in the British Museum (Natural History) and bearmg the 
registered number EH. 2561. 


Description.—The body of the starfish must have been of large size. The 
supero-marginals are in contact in the extremity of the arm, although interspersed 
granular plates occur. Proximally, at least, radial plates were present. The 
largest supero-marginal present is 11°2 mm. high and 6°5 mm. long in its widest 
point. It is of rather irregular shape and possesses two foraminate pedicellariz. 
The infero-marginal plates alternate with the supero-marginals. They are of the 
same height as the supero-marginals but only 5 mm. broad. They are oblong in 
shape; the two interior corners of the oblong, however, are cut away, making the 
ossicles six-sided. The foramina once occupied by the pedicellariz are deep and 
often situated in a depression. From the foramen itself ridges may run out, 
which probably served for the attachment of muscles. 

The infero-marginal series border only the side of the arm and take but little 
part in the formation of the ventral surface. 

An intermarginal series of rounded granular plates occurs. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position.—Upper Chalk. 


9. PENTACEROS PISTILLIFERUS, Forbes sp. Pl. XXV, fig. 5. 


OREASTER PISTILLIFERUS, Forbes, 1848. Mem. Geol. Surv. Great Brit., vol. ii, p. 467. 
== — Forbes, 1850. In Dixon’s Geology and Fossils of the 
Tertiary and Cretaceous Formations of Sussex, 
p. 329, pl. xxi, fig. 15. 
— PISTILLIFORMIS, Dujardin et Hupé,1862. Hist. Nat. Zooph. Echin. (Suites 
a Buffon), p. 389. 
_ PISTILLIFERUS, Forbes, 1878. In Dixon’s Geology of Sussex (new edition, 
Jones), pp. 363, 370, pl. xxi, fig. 15. 


PENTACEROS. 89 


Specific Characters.—Primary radiaha (or interradialia) large with a dilated 
summit which possesses no ornament and is excavated into pits. ‘* Ossicles of the 
arm are narrow, shuttle-shaped, tumid in the centre and shghtly impressed 
towards each extremity”? (Forbes). 


Material.—Several fragmentary remains of this species are known. ‘The most 
nearly perfect remains are those in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn 
Street. Other specimens are in the British Museum (Natural History), registered 
HE. 5037, 57624, H. 2564 (all Pl. XXV, fig. 5), 7600, E. 25637, EH. 2565. 


Description.— Nothing is known further than the description given in the 
diagnosis. Forbes’ description reads as if he had described the species from the 
specimen in the Museum of Practical Geology. This originally was in the collec- 
tion of the Marquis of Northampton. Forbes seems to have described the large 
ossicles upside down. He also says they were in a circlet of five, which is not 
apparent in any specimen known. The roughened and pitted surface recalls in 
some respects the primary radiaha and interradialia of P. coronatus. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position—Upper Chalk, Kent and Sussex. 


IO EENTACHROS, Sp. Jel XOX, tie. *7. 


This specimen is preserved in the British Museum of Natural History (no. 5514). 

It consists of five marginal plates which are 12°3 mm. high, and have an 
average length of 55 mm. The plates are rugged in appearance and the orna- 
ment 1s worn away. A cirral of a crinoid (probably Bourguetiocrinus) has become 
fixed between two of these plates. 


iS Penraceros, sp. Pl. XXV, fig. 8. 


The only specimen is preserved in the Brighton Museum. It consists of a few 
marginal plates. The supero-marginals are rather irregular in shape, some being 
almost wedge-shaped. On an average they are 4 mm. high and 3:2 mm. long. 
The infero-marginals are opposite and equal in length to the supero-marginals. 
They are only 2°9 mm. high. The plates possess a distinct margin, but the 


90 FOSSIL ASTEROIDEA. 


ornament otherwise is worn away. ‘There are a few small granular inter- 
marginaha. 

With these plates is associated a large plate which appears to be a worn radial 
or interradial of P. Boysit. 


Family—ASTROPECTINID AS (Gray, 1840), emend. Sladen, 1886. 


Phanerozonate Asteroids with large marginal plates bearing spines or spiniform 
papillae. Abactinal skeleton with true columnar papille. Actinal interradial areas 
small, interradial plates when present spmose. Ambulacral plates short and more 
or less compressed. Superambulacral plates present. Aproctuchous. Pedicellariz 
rarely present. 


Genus—ASTROPECTEN, C. F. Schulze, 1760. 


Adambulacral plates touching the infero-marginal plates along the ray. 
Marginal and adambulacral plate not correspondent in length and number. Supero- 
marginal plates more or less well developed. Marginal plates long and more or 
less quadrate. Superior and inferior series subequal. 


As?RoPECTEN, Sp. Pl. XXYV, figs. 2, 2 a. 


Material.—There is one specimen in the Sedgwick Museum at Cambridge, which 
looks like an Astropecten. It is figured on Pl. XXV, figs. 2 and 2a. Practically 
only the marginal plates are preserved. 


Description.—R :r::45 mm.: 15 mm. The interbrachial ares are well rounded. 
The supero-marginaha are remarkably uniform im size throughout the greater 
portion of the ray. Their breadth is 4 mm. and length 1°77 mm. About thirty of 
these are present from the interradius to the extremity. At the apex of the ray 
these plates are adjunct. The upper surface of each plate is rounded. 

The infero-marginalia are equal in size, opposite to, and, as far as one can 
judge, similar in appearance to, the superior series. There is a distinct groove 
between the two series. 


Locality and Stratigraphical Position.—Upper Greensand, Blackdown (?). 


PLATE XVII. 
Moeropaster Manrenit, Morbes, sp. (Page 38.) 


From the Upper Chalk. 


Fie. 


i. 


( 


2. 


9 


oO. 


4., 


Actinal aspect; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 40402.) 
.. Infero-marginal plate; magnified 4 diameters. 


Mirraster compactus, Forbes, sp. (Page 67.) 
From the Upper Chalk. 
Actinal aspect ; copied from Forbes in Dixon’s ‘Geology of Sussex,’ pl. xxu, 
fig. 3. 
Compronia Comptont, orbes, sp. (Page 69.) 
From the Upper Greensand. 
Actinal aspect; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 34511.) 


a. Infero-marginal plate; magnified 5 diameters. 
b. Lateral view of interbrachial are ; natural size. 


CoMPTONIA ELEGANS, Gray. (Page 71.) 
From the Upper Greensand. 


Abactinal view ; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., H. 2567.) 


a. Actinal view of same specimen ; natural size. 


Afi.Searle del, at hth 


A. 


Pitcher L** imp 


CRETACEOUS ASTEROIDEA 


PLATE XVIII. 


ARTHRASTER Dixont, Forbes. (Page 91.) 


From the Lower Chalk. 


Fic. 


if (Coll. Brit. Mus., 47000.) 


Actinal aspect; natural size. 
a. Supero-marginal plate ; magnified 3 diameters. 


ComprontaA Compront, Lorbes, sp. (Page 69. 
; » Sp 8 


From the Upper Greensand. 


(Coll. Northampton Mus.) 


2. Abactinal view; natural size. 
a. Isolated plate of interradial portion of disc; magnified 6 diameters. 


b. Isolated radial; magnified 6 diameters. 
c. Lateral view of interbrachial arc ; natural size 
d, Supero-marginal plate; magnified 3 diameters. 


Pia, av Uy. 


a 
oe 


ee. oe 
Ne 


ren 


fee 


PACs 
‘A 


AQeee, 


2b 


A HSearle del et, hith Pitcher L“% imp 


CRETACEOUS ASTEROIDEA 


PLATH XX. 


PENTACEROS CoRONATUS, Lorbes, sp. (Page 82). 


From the Lower Chalk. 


Fic. 
1. Abactinal aspect; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., EH. 2562.) 


a. Lateral view of arm; natural size. 


Meropaster Parkinson, Morbes, sp. (Page 31.) 


From the Upper Chalk. 


(Coll. Brit. Mus., E. 5027.) 


Actinal aspect ; natural size. 


a. Lateral view ; natural size. 
b. Ventro-lateral plate ; magnified 5 diameters, showing entrenched pedicellaria. 


bo 


Supero-marginal plate; magnified 3 diameters. 


Nympuaster Coomsil, Forbes, sp. (Page 15.) 
From the Upper Greensand. 


3. <Actinal aspect; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 48620.) 


Pi. ALK, 


A.H.Searle del.et hth 


Pitcher Ltd imp 


CRETACEOUS ASTEROIDEA . 


“ Fe We 
ws -. : ‘ i ’ 3 aehede © hs nr 


yy 


PLATE XX. 
PENTACEROS BULBIFERUS, Horbes, sp. (Page 77.) 


From the Upper Chalk. 
Fia. 
1. Abactinal view; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 40175.) 
a. Plate from dorsal part of disc ; magnified 5 diameters. 
b. Supero-marginal plate; magnified 3 diameters. 
c. Plate from dorsal part of disc ; magnified 2 diameters. 
2.  Abactinal view of two specimens; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 48748.) 
a. Madreporite; magnified 6 diameters. 
}. Proximal supero-marginal plate ; magnified 4 diameters. 


A.H.Searle del.et lith . 


CRETACEOUS ASTEROIDEA 


PLATE XXI. 
PENTACEROS BULBIFERUS, Forbes, sp. (Page 77.) 


From the Upper Chalk. 


Fie. 
1. View of the extremities of three arms and portion of disc; natural size- 


(Coll. Brit. Mus., H. 5040.) 
a. Ventro-lateral plate; magnified 6 diameters. 
b. Actinal view of the extremities of two of the above arms; natural size. 


PENTAGONASTER ROBUSTUS, n. sp. (Page 73.) 
From the Upper Chalk. 


2.  <Abactinal aspect; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 48085.) 
a. Lateral view of an arm; natural size. 


PENTACEROS BULBIFERUS, Morbes, sp. (Page 77.) 
From the Upper Chalk. 


3. Abactinal aspect; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., H. 5041.) 
a. Madreporite ; magnified 6 diameters. 

4. Abactinal aspect; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 40399.) 
a. Madreporite; magnified 6 diameters. 


Ry 


AH .Searle del et lith . 


RE TACHOUS 


Cc 


4. 


a. 
b. 


C. 


PLATE XXII. 
PENTAGONASTER oBTUSUS, Forbes, sp. (Page 74.) 
From the Upper Chatk. 


Abactinal aspect; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 404.00.) 


. Madreporite ; magnified 10 diameters. 
. Lateral view of margin, abactinal side upwards ; natural size. 


Actinal aspect of two specimens; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 35481.) 
Lateral view of extremity of arm of the underlying specimen; natural size. 
Dorsal view of extremity of arm; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., H. 5039.) 
End view of extremity of arm; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., E. 5038.) 
Side view of extremity of same arm; natural size. 


. Ventral end of extremity of same arm ; natural size. 


Supero-marginal plate; magnified 3 diameters. 
Infero-marginal plate; magnified 5 diameters. 
Adambulacral plate ; magnified 5 diameters. 


Prnracrros Boysu, Forbes, sp. (Page 80.) 
From the Upper Chalk. 


Abactinal view; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 46600.) 
Isolated ossicle of disc; magnified 4 diameters. 

Isolated ossicle of disc ; magnified 4 diameters. 

Lateral view of arm; natural size. 


imp 


PIA XXEEuE 


Prntacrros Boys, Forbes, sp. (Page 80.) 


From the Upper Chalk. 


Fig. 
al 


(Coll. Brit. Mus., 48083.) 


Supero-marginal plate ; magnified 4 diameters. 
a. Lateral view of extremity of arm from which the above supero-marginal plate 


was drawn; natural size. 
b. Dorsal view of extremity of same arm ; natural size. 


PENTACEROS BULBIFERUS, Morbes, sp. (Page 77.) 


From the Upper Chatk. 
(Coll. Brit. Mus., E. 5042.) 


2. Abactinal aspect; natural size. 
a. Madreporite ; magnified 5 diameters. 


PENTACEROS BISPINOSUS, n. sp. (Page 87.) 


From the Upper Chalk. 


3.  Actinal aspect; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 35482.) 


a. Actinal view of extremity of arm; natural size. 
b. Infero-marginal plate ; magnified 3 diameters. 
c. Ventro-lateral plate; magnified 4 diameters. 


PL. XXIII 


1b 


la 


AM oe pp 


A.H. Searle del.et lth. Pi 


CRETACEOUS ASTEROIDEA 


PA Sexe 
PENTACEROS ABBREVIATUS, n. sp. (Page 86.) 


From the Upper Chalk. 


Fie. 
1. Abactinal aspect ; natural size. 


a. Lateral view of arm; natural size. 


b. Radial plate; magnified 3 diameters. 
c. Two succeeding supero-marginal plates; magnified 3 diameters. 


(Coll. Brit. Mus., 57538.) 


PENTACEROS CoRONATUS, Forbes, sp. (Page 82.) 
From the Lower Chatk. 
Abactinal aspect; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 35480.) 
Plate of disc; magnified 3 diameters. 
b. Supero-marginal plate ; magnified 3 diameters. 


c. Lateral view of arm; natural size. 


[See also Pl. XXV, fig. 9. ] 


bo 


PL. 2A. 


26 


—" 


AH.Searle del.et hth 


NADrpy m7 aN pa iaNnT aT AGC TE DOlth h 
CRE ue \ OWS Lene Al A EK OUD IE [ 


aS a 


PLATE XXV. 
NYMPHASTER RADIATUS, n. sp. (Page 73.) 


From the Lower Chalk. 
Fic. 
1. Abactinal view; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., E. 375.) 


a. Lateral view of margin; natural size. 
Supero-marginal ossicle ; magnified 4 diameters. 


oa 


ASTROPECTEN ? n.sp. (Page 90.) 
From the Upper Greensand. 


bo 


Abactinal view; natural size. (Coll. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge.) 
a. Isolated marginal ossicle ; magnified 4 diameters. 


Prnraceros squamatus, Porbes, sp. (Page 83.) 
From the Upper Chatk. 
3.  <Abactinal view; natural size. (Willett Coll., Brighton Mus.) 
. Madreporite ; magnified 6 diameters. 


b. Marginal view of arm; natural size. 
c. Supero-marginal ossicle; magnified 6 diameters. 


—_ 
~ 


PENTACEROS OCELLATUS, Forbes, sp. (Page 85.) 
From the Upper Chalk. 


4,  Actinal view; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., E. 5012). 
a. Ventro-lateral ossicle; magnified 4 diameters. 


~ 


PENTACEROS PISTILLIFERUS, Morbes, sp. (Page 88.) 
From the Upper Chalk. 
5. Ossicles of disc; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus.; from left to right the 
register numbers are H. 5037, 57634, H. 2564.) 
Nitsa seat 5 ¢ 
Genus? sp.? (Page 93.) 
From the Chalk. 
6.  Ossicles; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus.) 
a. Isolated ossicle ; magnified 4 diameters. 
ENTACR ROS : ( 
PENTACEROS P n. sp. (Page 89.) 
From the Chalk. 


7. Marginal view of ossicles of arm; natural size. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 5514.) 


PENTACEROS? n.sp. (Page 89.) 
From the Chalk. 


8. Marginal view of ossicles; natural size. (Willett Coll., Brighton Mus.) 


Penracrros coronatus, Morbes sp. (Page 82.) 


9. Madreporite; magnified 4 diameters. (Coll. Brit. Mus., 35480.) 


AH. Searle del.et lith 


Pitcher tid imp 


CRETACEOUS ASTEROIDEA 


Fia. 
Ik 


a. 


b. 


2 


a. 


b. 


NS 
= 


oO 
. 


PLATE XO i, 
PENTACEROS PUNCTATUS, n. sp. (Page 88.) 
From the Upper Chalk. 


Abactinal view of remains of arms; natural size. (Coll. Brit. 
Lateral view of margin; natural size. 
Enlarged view of single ossicle ; magnified 2 diameters. 


Pentaceros Boysu, Forbes, sp. (Page 80.) 


From the Upper Chalk. 


Mus., E. 2561.) 


Actinal view ; natural size. (Coll. Sedgwick Mus., Cambridge.) 


Lateral view of margin; natural size. 
View of isolated ossicle; magnified + diameters. 
a fo) 
Mrrraster compeactus, forbes, sp. (Page 67.) 
From the Upper Chalk. 


Abactinal view ; natural size. (Willett Coll., Brighton Mus.) 
View of end of arm; magnified + diameters. 


Lateral view of supero-marginal ossicles ; magnified 4 diameters. 


Lateral view of infero-marginal ossicles; magnified 4 diameters. 


CALLIDERMA MOSAICUM, Horbes, sp. (Page 9.) 
From the Lower Chalk. 


Actinal view of ambulacral groove; magnified 4 diameters. 
Museum, Cambridge.) 

Actinal view ; natural size. 

Infero-marginal ossicle ; magnified 4 diameters. 


(Coll. Sedgwick 


oe 


sib. ©. 4A 


A.H.Searle del.et lith . 


CRETACEOUS ASTEROIDEA 


Palexontographical Society, 1905. 


aA MONOGRAPH 


CRETACKOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA 


ENGLAND. 


HENRY WOODS, M.A. 


PALZOZOOLOGY 


VOL. Wy, PARTI 


Paces 57—96; Piares VITI—XI. 


LONDON: 
PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 
1905. 


PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, LONDON AND DORKING. 


PTERIA. 57 


This species was figured from the Norwich Chalk by 8. Woodward (1833) as 
Plagiostoma granuloswm, but apparently he was unaware that it had been previously 
described and figured by Nilsson under the similar name P. granulatum. 
Woodward’s figure seems to have been overlooked by later writers. 

Distribution.—Actinocamax quadratus zone of East Harnham, Salisbury. 
Belemnitella mucronata zone of Alderbury, Clarendon (near Salisbury), and various 
localities near Norwich. Chalk of Trimingham. 


Fanily—PTERITDA, Meek. 
Genus—Prenta, J. A. Scopoli, 1777." 
(‘ Introd. Hist. Nat.,’ p. 397.) 


Sub-genus—Oxytoma, Meel:, 1864. 


(‘Check List Invert. Foss., N. America,’ p. 39; Meek and Hayden, ‘Paleont. U. Missouri,’ 1864, 
Part I, p. 79.) 


Prrria (Oxytoma) Cornuruiana (d’Orbigny), 1846. Plate VIII, figs. 1, 2,3 a, b, 4-7. 


1836. AvrcuLaA macropTERA, F. A. Rimer. Die Verstein. nord-deutsch. Oolith.- 
geb., p. 86, pl. iv, fig. 5 (non Avicula 
macroptera, Lamarck, 1819). 


1841, — = — Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreide- 
geb., p. 64. 
1846. —  Cornvexiana, A.d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 471, 
pl. ecelxxxix, figs. 3, 4. 
1846, — prEcrinata, d’Orbigny. Ibid., p. 473, pl. ecexci, figs. 1—3. 
1850. — CoRNUELIANA, — Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 82. 
1850. —  PpECTINATA, — Ibid., p. 82. 
? 1868. —  Cornveuiana, EL. Hichwald. Lethea Rossica, vol. 11, p. 508, pl. 
Saul ate A 
1869. — — F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. 


Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), 
p. 66, pl. cli, figs. 1—4. 


1877. -- — G. Bihm. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. 
Xxix, p. 237. 
? 1883. = — W. Keeping. Foss., etc., Neoc. Upware and Brick- 
hill, p. 109, pl. v, fig. 2. 
1884. — — O. Weerth. Die Fauna des Neocom. im Teutoburg. 
Walde (Paleont. Abhandl., vol. ii), 
p. 50. 


1 Syn, Avicula, Bruguiére, 1791. 


8 


98 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


1889. AvicuLa InmQUIVALVIS, G. W. Lamplugh. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xlv, 


p. 615. 
1895. —  Cornveriana, G. Maas. Zeitschr. der deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. 
xlvii, p. 267. 
1895. — — F’. Vogel. Hollandisch. Kreide, p. 55. 
1896. — | — A. Wollemann. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., 
vol. xlviii, p. 842. 
1900. — -- --- Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. 


holland. Neocoms (Abhandl. d. k. 
preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., pt. 
31), p. 52. 
1901. OxyroMA INHQUIVALVE var. MACROPTERA, L. Waagen. Jahrb. d. k.-k. geol. 
Reichsanst., vol. li, pp. 12, 
15, pl. i, figs. 7, 14, 15. 


Description.—Shell obliquely oval, rounded. Height a little greater than length. 

Left valve moderately convex. Anterior ear triangular. Posterior ear larger 
and longer than the anterior. Surface of valve with from 12 to 21 main ribs which 
are rounded, and form projections on the margin of the valve. Between the main 
ribs are broad flat interspaces in the middle of each of which a smaller rib occurs, 
and between these secondary ribs and the main ribs one or more still smaller ribs 
are found. On the middle and posterior parts of the valve the ribs are nearly 
straight, but on the anterior part they curve forward. Similar ribs occur on the 
anterior ear; on the posterior ear much smaller ribs are present, and growth 
lines are seen. Fine concentric ridges cross both ribs and interspaces. 

Right valve nearly flat, with many small, sometimes irregular ribs, which may 
be alternately large and small. Anterior ear rather small, with a well-marked 
byssal sinus. Posterior ear large, pomted, with small radial ribs. 

Measurements : 


(1) (2) (3) 
Length ; 26 ; 24 : 13 mm. 
Height ; 27 : 25 : Se se; 


(1, 2) Speeton Clay (D 1), Speeton. 
(3) Claxby Ironstone, Claxby. 


Affinities —P. (Ovytoma) Cornueliana is distinguished from the other Cretaceous 
species of Orytoma by the broad interspaces on which several smaller ribs occur. 
It belongs to the persistent and variable series of forms, ranging from the Rheetic 
to the Chalk, of which Pteria inequivalvis (Sowerby) is the type, and it is regarded 
by L. Waagen as only a variety of that species. 

In most of the English specimens the main ribs are more numerous but less 
prominent than in the examples figured by d’Orbigny and by Pictet and Campiche. 


PTERIA. 59 


But the number of those ribs varies considerably, and our specimens agree per- 
fectly with the figures given by Waagen. The specimens from Farimgdon are 
smaller than those found in the Speeton Clay, and they present some resemblance 
to P. pectinata (see below), but the presence of several smaller ribs in the inter- 
spaces connects them with P. Cornueliana. 

Types.—From the Hils-thon of Elligser Brink. The specimen from Upware 
figured by Keeping is in the Sedgwick Museum ; it is imperfectly preserved, but 1s 
probably an example of this species. 

Distribution —Speeton Clay (zone of Belemnites lateralis, D1) of Speeton. 
Claxby Ironstone (zone of B. lateralis) of Claxby. Tealby Clay (zone of B. jaculum) 
of Claxby. Lower Greensand of Faringdon. Gault of Folkestone.’ 


Prerta (Oxyroma) pectinata (Sowerby), 1836. Plate VIII, figs. 8a,b, 9, 10a, b, 
11-13, 14a, b. 


1836. AvicuLa pectinaTA, J. de C. Sowerby. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. iv, pp. 
128, 338, pl. xiv, fig. 3. 


1854. — — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 163. 
1869. — -- F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. 
Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), 
p. 70. 
Non 1846. — — A. @Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. ii, p. 473, 


pl. eeexei, figs. 1—3. 


Description.—Shell small, obliquely oval, with evenly rounded margin. Height 
a little greater than length. 

Left valve convex, ornamented with numerous slender ribs often having sharp 
summits. Frequently the ribs are of two sizes—larger and smaller, alternating in 
a more or less regular manner. But im some cases the ribs near the margin of the 
valve are of equal or nearly equal size. The interspaces are flattened and con- 
siderably broader than the ribs. Anterior ear moderately large, triangular, the 
outer angle nearly a right angle; surface with ribs similar to those on the rest of 
the valve. Posterior ear much longer than the anterior, wing-like, with concave 
erowth-lines; on the dorsal part a few slender ribs occur but are often indistinct 
or absent near the valve. 

Right valve moderately convex dorsally, flattened ventrally, surface smooth or 
with very fine radial and concentric ribs. Posterior ear large, not distinctly limited. 
Anterior ear small. 


1 The only specimen seen from this horizon is in the British Museum, No. L. 16,880. 


60 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Measurements : 
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 
Length : 16 . 10 : Oe yn tae 9 5 8mm. 


Height? ‘ 17 : 1) ; 10 ' abi : 9 


29 


(1) Hythe Beds (Bargate Stone), St. Katherine’s Chapel, Guildford. 
(2—5) Folkestone Beds, Folkestone. 


Affinities—The shell in this species is smaller than in P. Cornueliana (see 
above); also the main ribs on the left valve are closer together, more numerous, 
and between them not more than one small rib is found. ‘The ornamentation on 
the right valve is very much finer than in P. Cornueliana. See also Pteria 
(Oxytoma) tenuicostata (below). 

T'ype.—Vhe type came from the Folkestone Beds of Risborough, but appears to 
have been lost. Another specimen, however, from the same locality is in the 
Fitton Collection in the Museum of the Geological Society. 

Distribution—Hythe Beds (Bargate Stone) of St. Katherine’s Chapel, Guild- 
ford. Sandgate Beds of Parham. Folkestone Beds of Folkestone. Recorded by 
Topley from the Hythe Beds of Hythe. Gault of Folkestone (British Museum, 
No. L, 4926).2 Upper Greensand of Ventnor, and Crook Hill, Cheddington 
(Dorset). 


Preria (Oxyroma) sp. Plate VIII, fig. loa, b. 


Some very small examples of a Pteria similar to P. pectinata are found in the 
Totternhoe Stone of Hitchin. They are not well preserved, but appear to be dis- 
tinguished from P. pectinata by the presence of transverse ribs placed at regular 
distances in the spaces between the radial ribs. 


Preria (Oxytoma) puBia (Htheridge), 1881. Plate VIII, fig. 16 a, b. 


1881. Avicuna pusiA, R. Etheridge. In Penning and Jukes-Browne, Geol, Cam- 
bridge, p. 145, pl. u1, figs. 4, 4a. 


Remarks.—Vhis is known only by the two type specimens—one being a right 
valve separated from the matrix, the other a left showing the interior only. The 
surface of the right valve is smooth. Since the exterior of the left valve is un- 

1 Measured obliquely to the hinge-line. 


2 The species recorded from the Gault of Folkestone as Avicula Rauliniana, d’Orbigny (see Jukes- 
Browne, ‘Cretaceous Rocks of Britain,’ vol. i, p. 465), is probably Pteria pectinata. 


yes  - 


PTERIA. 61 


known, the characters and affinities of this “species”? cannot be determined. The 
left valve has a length of 6 mm. 

Types.—In the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. 

Distribution.—Totternhoe Stone (zone of Holaster swhglobosus) of Burwell.’ 


Prerta (Oxytoma) renuicostata (Rémer), 1841. Plate VIII, figs. 17 a-d, 18, 
19a, 6, 20a, b, 21a, b, 22, 23. 


1841. Avicuna tineaTa, F'. A. Romer. Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreidegeb., 
p- 64, pl. viii, fig. 15 (A. tenwicostata on 


pl. viii). 

1850. —  suBiineaTa, A, d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 249. 

1869. —  tenuicosta, F, J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. 
Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), 
p. 73. 

1878. —  tTeENvicostata, J. F. Blake. Proc. Geol. Assoc,, vol. v, p. 259. 

1882. — — H. Schrider. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., 

vol. xxxiv, p. 271. 
1888. — —- A. Peron. L’Hist. du Terr. de Craie, p. 153, pl. i, 
figs 1, 12: 
1904. —- — A. W. Rowe. Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. xvii, p. 266. 
Non 1845. — — A. d Orbigny, in Murchison, de Verneuil, and Keyser- 


ling. Géol. de la Russie d’Europe, 
vol. u, p. 490, pl. xliii, figs. 5—7. 
— 1854. = LINEATA, J, Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 163. 


Description.—Shell obliquely oval, usually longer than high. 

Left valve moderately convex ; with evenly convex margins, except the postero- 
dorsal, which is shghtly concave. Hars large, the anterior indistinctly limited, and 
with its outer angle rectangular or shehtly obtuse. Posterior ear longer and more 
distinctly limited than the anterior, with the dorsal portion extended and wing- 
like. 

Ornamentation of left valve consists of numerous (sometimes as many as 100) 
narrow, well-marked, evenly rounded ribs separated by broad, flat interspaces. 
The anterior ribs are shghtly less prominent than the others; those near the pos- 
terior border are often closer together, At the margin of the valve the ribs usually 

1 Another specimen from the same locality and horizon was described by Etheridge as Avicula 
filata (Penning and Jukes-Browne, ‘Geol. Camb.,’ p, 144, pl. ii, fig. 3). I am unable to accept the 
generic position assigned to this species by Etheridge ; it may be an Ostrea, but appears to be closely 
allied to the shell described as Anomia subradiata by Reuss (‘ Die Verstein. der bdhm. Kreideformat.,’ 
pt. 2, 1846, p. 45, pl. xxxi, figs. 18, 19). The type and three other specimens of Avicula jilata are in 
the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. 


62 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


show a more or less regular alternation in size, but sometimes two or three of the 
larger ribs occur in proximity without the intervention of smaller ribs. In some 
cases between the large and small ribs a rib of still smaller size is found. Some of 
the large ribs start from near the umbo; others start at some little distance from 
it but soon reach the same size as the primary ribs; still other ribs are intercalated 
at a greater distance from the umbo and do not attain the same size as the 
earlier ribs. The anterior and posterior ribs have a slight curvature; the others 
are more nearly straight. Occasionally the anterior and posterior ribs have a 
faintly marked nodose appearance. The interspaces are smooth, or have a very 
faintly marked radial ribbing. ‘I'he anterior ear is ornamented with ribs similar to 
those on the remainder of the valve, but they are of uniform or nearly uniform 
size. ‘The posterior ear is marked with growth-lines parallel to its posterior con- 
cave border ; radial ribs also occur, and are rather larger and more widely separated 
on the dorsal portion than on the part near the junction with the rest of the valve. 

Right valve much smaller than the left; flattened, but convex in the median 
dorsal part. Anterior ear with a deep sinus. Posterior ear much larger, but not 
marked off from the rest of the valve. Surface smooth, or with very faint concen- 
tric lines. 

Measurements of left valves : 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 
Length 20 26 26 20pm 1g 19 13°5 12 mm: 
Height (oblique) 25°5 = 23 22 19 18 17 14°75 11°25,, 
(1, 8) A. quadratus zone, West Harnham. 


(2, 5) 55 ,, Coddenham. 
(4) Upper Chalk, Ruston Parva. 
(3, 6, 7) 3 Wells. 


Affinities —Pteria danica (Ravn)' is similar im outline and the general 
character of its ornamentation to Pteria tenuicostata, but appears to be dis- 
tinguished by the possession of fewer ribs and by their absence in the neighbour- 
hood of the umbo. 

In the character of its ornamentation P. tenwicostata closely resembles P. 
pectinata (see p. 59), but is distinguished by its larger size, relatively greater 
length, and smaller convexity; also the ribs are more numerous, the ears are 
relatively larger, and the anterior left ear is less distinctly limited. 

The specimen from Simbirsk figured by d’Orbigny (1845) as Avicula tenwi- 
costata differs from that species in the possession of fewer and stronger ribs. It 
was subsequently regarded by d’Orbigny” as an example of Avicula laripes, Morton.’ 

1« Mollusk. i. Danmarks Kridtaflej,’ i. (1902), p. 79, pl. i, Agesadz 


*«Prodr. de Pal.,’ vol. 11 (1850), p. 249. 
3 «Synopsis Org. Remains Cret., U.S.’ (1834), p. 63, pl. xvii, fig. 5. 


PTERIA. 63 


Remarks.—In England this species has, up to the present time, been definitely 
recognised in the Actinocamax quadratus zone only. 

The specimen figured by Rémer is relatively higher than most of the English 
examples, but in other characters there is close agreement. 

Pteria seminuda (Dames)' resembles Pteria tenuicostata, but appears to differ 
in the ribs on the left valve being of more nearly uniform size, and in the presence 
of distinct ornamentation on the right valve. 

Type.—The type is stated by Rémer to have come from the Lower Chalk of 
Lindner Berg, near Hanover, but according to Dr. J. Bohm the horizon is really 
the quadratus Chalk. 

Distribution.—Zone of Actinocamax quadratus of West Harnham, near Salisbury, 
and Sewerby (Yorkshire). Upper Chalk (? A. quadratus zone) of Coddenham 
(Suffolk), Wells (Norfolk), and Ruston Parva (Yorkshire). 


Sub-genus—Psrvporprera, F. B. Meek, 1873. 


(‘6th Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey of the Territories,’ p. 489; Meek, ‘ Invert. Cret. and Tert. Foss. 
U. Missouri’ (Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey, vol. ix, 1876), p. 29.) 


Preria (PSEUDOPTERA) SUBDEPRESSA (@’Orbiqny), 1850. Plate IX, fig. la, b. 


1845. AvicuLa pEpREssA, HL. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. i, p. 247, pl. iii, 
fig. 7 (non A. depressa, Miinster, 1841). 


1850. - SUBDEPRESSA, A. d’Orbiqny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 119. 

1854.. — DEPRESSA, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 163. 

1855. — SUBDEPRESSA, G. Cotteau. Moll. Foss. de l’Yonne, p. 104. 

1869. -- —- F. J. Pictet and G.Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. 
Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), 
p. 70. 

1871. — — F’. Stoliczka. Paleeont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, 


vol. i, p. 398. 

Iemarks.—This species is very imperfectly known at present. It resembles 
P. haldonensis from the Upper Greensand of Haldon (see below) but is easily dis- 
tinguished by the strong concentric ridges; it also appears to be relatively longer 
and less convex. 

Type.—In the Museum of the Geological Society (No. 2050). 

Distribution.—Lower Greensand (Crackers) of Atherfield. Recorded by Topley 
from the Atherfield Clay of Peasmarsh and Shalford. 

1 «Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch.,’ vol. xxvi (1874), p. 765, pl. xxi, fig. 3; Noétling, ‘Die Fauna 
d. baltisch. Cenoman.’ (Paleont. Abhandl., vol. ii, 1885), p. 21, pl. i, figs. 7, 8. 


64 CRETACHOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Prerta (PsEvDOPTERA) ANOMALA (Sowerby), 1836. Plate IX, figs. 2a—-d, 3a, b, 4a, b. 


1836. AvicuLa ANomALA, J. de C. Sowerby. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. iv, pp. 
240, 342, pl. xvii, fig. 18. 


? 1846. — — A. EH. Reuss. Die Verstein. der bohm. Kreideformat., 
pt. 2, p. 22, pl. xxxii, figs. 1—3. 
? 1842. GerviLLia — 4H. B. Geinitz. Char. d. Schicht. u. Petref. des siichs. 
Kreidegeb., pt. 3, p. 80, pl. xx, fig. 38. 
? 1845-6. AvictLa — — Grundriss d, Verstein., p. 459, pl. xx, 
fig. 5. 
? 1850, — == — Das Quadersandst. oder Kreidegeb. in 
Deutschland, p. 170 (partim). 
1854. — — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 163. 
1868. -— — A. Briart and F. L. Cornet. Descript. Mineralog. Géol. 


et Pal. de la Meule de Bracquegnies (Mém. 
cour. et Mém. des Sav. ¢trangers, vol. xxxiv), 
DP, O2, plo iv, fiend: 


1869. ~- — F.J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. 
Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 
>); pa CL. 

1871. — —  F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, 

vol. iii, p. 398. 
? 1873. — — 4H. B. Geinitz. Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen (Palzonto- 


graphica, vol. xx, pt. 1), p. 207, pl. 
xlvi, figs. 5, 6. 
1893. — — RR. Michael. Zeitschr. der deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. 
xlv, p. 235. 


Non 1846. — — A. d’Orbigny. Pal. France. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 478, pl. 
ecexcul, figs. 1—3. 
— 1850. — —  dOrbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 167. 
? — 1877. — — A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreideformat. : 


II, Weissenberg. u. Malnitz. Schicht., p. 
128, fig. 108. 
—— 1883. = = — Ibid., III, Iserschicht., p. 109. 


Description.—Shell rather large; outline (without the ears) triangular, very 
oblique ; anterior margin convex, forming a rounded angle with the sinuous postero- 
ventral margin. Umbo of left valve pointed, acute, near the anterior extremity. 
Apical angle about 45°. 

Left valve very convex, with a strong, rounded ridge extending from the 
umbo to the postero-ventral extremity. In front of this ridge the shell curves 
rapidly downwards, and becomes nearly vertical to the plane of the valves near 
the anterior margin and near the anterior ear. Behind the ridge the valve is 
flattened and slopes dorsally (fig. 2a); but this part is sometimes divided into two 


PTERIA. 65 


by a median step-like fold (fig. 3a). A narrow part adjoiing the posterior ear 
slopes rather rapidly. 

Anterior ear of moderate size, convex, much higher than long. Posterior ear 
large, united to the whole of the postero-dorsal margin of the valve; posterior 
margin of ear slightly concave or sinuous, forming an obtuse angle with the hinge- 
line and also with the postero-ventral margin. 

Ornamentation consists of numerous radial ribs which are straight or shghtly 
undulating, and extend over the larger part of the valve. On the posterior ear the 
ribs are narrow and separated by broad, flat or slightly concave interspaces. On 
the flattened part of the valve the ribs are rather more rounded and become less 
distinct towards the postero-ventral margin in large specimens. In front of the 
main ridge the ribs are closer together and the interspaces very narrow; on the 
anterior part of the valve and on the anterior ear, ribs are either absent or 
indistinct. Numerous, close-set, regular, concentric linear ridges cross both ribs 
and interspaces. 

In small specimens (figs. 4a, 4) having the ornamentation well preserved, the 
ribs on the flattened part of the valve are narrow, rounded, distinctly limited, 
and separated by broad interspaces; new ribs are introduced in the middle of 
some of the interspaces. The ribs and interspaces are crossed at regular intervals 
by concentric ridges which form squares or oblongs with the ribs. On the posterior 
ear similar ornamentation occurs, but the concentric ridges cut the ribs obliquely. 

Right valve not seen. 

Measurements : 


(1) (2) 
Umbo to postero-ventral extremity 86 75 mm. 
Length of hinge-lme 49 54 


9 


(1, 2) Blackdown. 

Affinities —The specimen from the Cenomanian of Le Mans figured by 
@Orbigny as Avicula anomala appears to be distinct from Sowerby’s species on 
account of its larger apical angle and its fewer, stronger, and more spiny ribs. See 
also P. (Pseudoptera) haldonensis (below). 

The character of the hinge in this and the other species here included in the 
sub-genus Pseudoptera is unknown ; consequently their systematic position cannot 
be regarded as definitely determined. 

Remarks.—The only examples which I have seen are the type specimen, six 
specimens in the British Museum, and two in the Museum of Practical Geology. 
Those from Haldon have the ornamentation very perfectly preserved. 

T'ype.—In the Bristol Museum, from Blackdown. 

Distribution.—Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Blackdown 
and Haldon. 


9 


66 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Preria (PSEUDOPTERA) HALDONENSIS, sp. nov. Plate IX, figs. 5, 6a, b, 7,8 a-c, 9, 10. 


Description.—Shell of moderate size, triangular, very oblique. Anterior margin 
shehtly convex, forming a rounded angle with the postero-ventral margin. Umbo 
pointed, acute, near the anterior extremity. Apical angle about 43°. 

Left valve very convex, with a sharp carina extending from the umbo to the 
postero-ventral angle. The part of the valve in front of the carina is_ bent 
sharply downwards along its whole length, and is ornamented with from ten 
to eighteen slender, linear ribs, which are separated by broad flat interspaces. 
The number of ribs increases with age owing to the intercalation of new ribs 
in the imterspaces. The space between the carma and the first rib, and 
sometimes also between the first and second rib, is greater than the space 
between the ribs near the middle of the anterior part of the valve. Minute 
spiny projections are present on the ribs in well-preserved specimens. <A similar 
but rather stronger rib, also with spiny projections, occurs on the carina. 
Behind the carina two short ribs, extending from near the middle to the margin of 
the valve, are sometimes seen. ‘The larger part of the valve behind the carina is 
flattened and smooth except for numerous, slightly curving growth-ridges, which 
are continued on to the posterior ear, and are sometimes seen in front of the carina, 
where they may become more prominent. 

Anterior ear small, with rounded margin, indistinctly separated from the 
remainder of the valve, ornamented with radial ribs similar to those on the 
adjoining part of the valve. 

Posterior ear compressed, very large, separated from the remainder of the 
valve by a very shallow depression. Growth-ridges concave and parallel with 
the posterior margin. 

Right valve not seen. 

Measurements : 


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 
Height (oblique) . 28 . 26 . 26 Zid). Camm. 
Length of hinge-lme> 19° = 165. a3) = fo a ee 
(1—5) Upper Greensand, Haldon. 


Affinities. —This species is closely allied to Pteria (Pseudoptera) raricosta (Reuss),? 
from the Gosau Beds of St. Wolfgang (Salzburg), but is distinguished by the 
smaller obliquity of the shell, by the angle formed by the anterior and postero- 

1 This measurement is approximate only, since the posterior wing is usually imperfectly preserved. 

2 Reuss, ‘Char. d. Kreideschicht. in den Ostalpen,’ etc. (Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, 
Math.-nat. Cl., vol. vii, 1854), p. 147, pl. xxvii, fig. 16; K. A. Zittel, ‘Die Bivalven d. Gosaugeb.’ 
(Ibid., vol. xxv, pt. 1, 1866), p. 90, pl. xii, fig. 6; A. glabra, Geinitz, ‘Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen’ 
(Paleontographica, vol. xx, pt. i, 1873), p. 208, pl. xlvi, fig. 7, and pt. ii, pl. xi, fig. 2?; Notling, ‘ Die 
Fauna d. baltisch. Cenoman.’ (Paleont. Abhandl., vol. 1, 1885), p. 22, pl. iu, fig. 9. 


PTERIA. 67 


ventral margins being smaller, and by the shorter postero-ventral margin. — It also 
resembles P. (Pseudoptera) ignabergensis (Lundgren),' from the Senonian of 
Tenaberga. 

P. (Pseudoptera) haldonensis is distinguished from the young of P. (Pseudoptera) 
anomala (see above) by its sharp carina; by the part of the valve behind the carina, 
and the posterior wing, being smooth; also by the strong and more widely sepa- 
rated ribs in front of the carina. 

Types.—In the British Museum and the Sedgwick Museum. 

Distribution.—Upper Greensand (zone of Pecten asper) of Haldon. 


Preria (PSEUDOPTERA) GAULTINA, sp. nov. Plate IX, figs. lla, b, 12a, b. 


Description.—Shell small, very oblique. Umbo acute, near the anterior 
extremity. Apical angle 26° to 32°. 

Left valve moderately convex, with the median triangular part raised but 
flattened ; in front of this the valve bends sharply to the anterior margin ; behind, 
it bends rather sharply to join the posterior ear, which is distinctly demarcated. 
Anterior ear small. Posterior ear moderately large, united to the greater part of 
the postero-dorsal margin of the valve ; its posterior margin concave. 

A few narrow, well-defined radial ribs occur on the anterior part of the raised 
triangular portion and just in front of it. In some cases less distinct ribs with 
spiny projections are present on the whole of the triangular part of the valve. 
Growth-ridges are often well-marked, and are continued on to the posterior ear. 

Measurements : 

Hinge-line. : : ; s J2 mm, 
Height (oblique) etl es 
Black Ven. 


Affinities—This species is distinguished from Pteria (Pseudoptera) haldonensis 
(see above) by (1) the greater obliquity of the shell, (2) the smaller apical angle, 
(8) the absence of the sharp carina, (4) the distinctly limited posterior ear. 

Types.—In the Museum of Practical Geology (No. 10,780) and the Sedgwick 
Museum. 
Distribution.—Gault of Black Ven. 


Prerta (PsEUDOPTERA) C@RULESCENS (Nilsson), 1827. Plate IX, figs. 13-16, 17 a, b, 
18, 19a, b. 
1827. AvicuLA ceRULEscENS, S. Nilsson. Petrif. Suecana, p. 18, pl. iii, fig. 19. 
? 1836. — — A. Goldfuss. Petref. Germ., vol. ii, p. 132, pl. exviii, 
fig. 6. 
1* Mollusk. i Mammilatus och Mucronata Zonerna i Nordéstra Skane’ (1894), p. 44, pl. i, fig. 2. 


68 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


? 1841. AvicuLA c@RULESCENS, fF. A. Rimer. Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreide- 


geb., p. 64. 
1850. — — A, dOrbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. 11, p. 249. 
1888. —  c#RuLEScENS A. Peron. Hist. Terr. de Craie, p. 155, pl. 1, fig. 14. 
? 1889. —  c@ruLescens EF. Holzapfel. Die Mollusk. Aachen. Kreide (Pale- 
ontographica, vol. xxxv), p. 227. 
1897. — — A, Hennig. Revis. Lamell. i Nilsson’s ‘ Petrif. 


Suecana,’ p. 54, pl. ii, figs. 25—27. 


Description.-_Shell rather small, oblique, triangular. Anterior margin slightly 
convex or nearly straight. Umbo rather near the anterior extremity, sometimes 
curved slightly backwards. Anterior ear small, not distinctly marked off from the 
rest of the valve. Posterior ear large, triangular, its inner margin not limited, its 
posterior margin sheghtly concave and continuous with the postero-ventral margin 
of the valve. Median part of the valve raised, extending obliquely backwards, some- 
times subcarinate anteriorly. In front of this raised part the valve is bent more or 
less sharply; behind, it is compressed gradually. Surface with weak radial ribs, which 
are straight or shghtly undulating, and bear small spiny or scaly projections some- 
times close together, sometimes more or less widely separated. The ribs may 
occur on the anterior part only, or may be present over the entire shell, including 
the ears. Often on the anterior part they are closer together than elsewhere. The 
number of ribs and the width of the flat imterspaces vary in different specimens. 
New ribs may be introduced in the interspaces at varying distances from the umbo. 
In some specimens numerous fine concentric lines are seen. 

Measurements : 


(1) (2) (3) 
Length . ’ tae é Tit ; 10> mm: 
Height . 13 12 HOPS op 


(1) A. quadratus zone, East Harnham. 
(2) B. mucronata zone, Norwich. 
(3) s ,» Clarendon. 


Affinities —The imperfect specimen from the Lower Senonian of Brunswick 
figured by G. Miller’ as Avicula sp. may perhaps be an example of P. cwrulescens. 

Avicula glabra, Reuss,? resembles in form P. cerulescens, but is distinguished 
by the absence of radial ribs. 

Avicula subnodosa, Hagenow,* from the Senonian of Rigen, is perhaps iden- 
tical with P. cwerulescens, but in the absence of a figure of the former I am unable 
to make a comparison. 

1 «Mollusk. d. Untersen. v. Braunschweig u. Isede’ (1898), p. 39, pl. v, fig. 10. 
2 «Die Verstein. der bohm. Kreideformat.’ (1846), pt. 2, p. 22, pl. xxxii, figs. 4, 5. 
> ‘Neues Jahrb. fiir Min.,’ etc. (1842), p. 559. 


AUCELLA. 69 


Remarks.—The English specimens have the median part of the valve apparently 
less sharply marked off from the anterior and posterior parts than it isin the 
examples figured by Hennig, but they agree in this respect with the figure given 
by Peron. 

The specimens show some variation in obliquity and in their relative height 
and length. The differences seen in the ornamentation are probably due, in part, 
at any rate, to imperfections in the preservation of the surface layer of the shell. 
Like Peron, I have seen no specimen of the right valve. 

Examples of this species are preserved in the Norwich Museum, in Dr. Black- 
more’s collection, and in Mr. Brydone’s collection. 

Distribution.—Zone of Actinocamae quadratus of Kast and West Harnham 
(Salisbury). Zone of Belemnitella mucronata of Clarendon (Salisbury) and Norwich. 
Chalk of Trimingham. 


Genus—AvcELLA, A. Keyserling, 1846. 
(‘ Reise in das Petschora-Land,’ p. 297.) 


AUCELLA VOLGENSIS, Lahusen, 1888. Plate X, figs. 1 a—c, 2 a-c. 


1888. AvcELLA voteENsIs, J. Lahusen. Ueber die russischen Aucellen (Mém. du 
Comité géol. Russ., vol. viii, No. 1), p. 
38, pl. iii, figs. 1—17. 
1896. — — A. P. Paviow. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. lii, p. 549, 
pl. xxvii, fig. 1. 
1896. — — var. RADIOLATA, Pavlow. Ibid., p. 550, pl. xxvii, fig. 2. 


Description.—Shell large, obliquely ovate, much higher than long, moderately 
inflated, with regularly curving margin. 

Right valve of moderate convexity, flattened. _Umbo relatively small, and 
curving only slightly. Anterior ear triangular, with a deep, narrow byssal sinus. 
Posterior ear indistinctly limited. 

Left valve very convex and rounded, the dorsal portion continued into a large 
and prominent umbo which curves anteriorly. Postero-ventral part of valve pro- 
duced and somewhat compressed. 

Surface of valves with concentric growth-ridges, sometimes produced into 
lamelle, and forming regular curves. 

Measurements : 


(1) (2) 
Length 45 36 mm. 
Height of left valve (oblique) 66 ; : 20) 5 
Thickness (both valves) : 32 : : pL ae 


(1, 2) Spilsby Sandstone, Donnington. 


70 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Affinities—The shell in this species is larger, relatively higher, more oblique, 
and less inflated than in A. Keyserlingiana (see below). The right valve is more 
flattened, and its umbo is only shghtly curved. The umbo of the left valve is 
larger and more prominent. 

Remarks.—The only specimens I have seen are internal casts from the Spilsby 
Sandstone. The example of this species described by Pavlow as var. radiolata 
shows faint radial ribs on the internal cast of the right valve, and a shght 
depression on the left valve extending from the umbo to the postero-ventral 
margin (Plate X, fig. 2). 

Types.—From the Upper Volga beds of Kaschpur (Simbirsk), Staraja-Rjasan, 
and Olenek. The specimens figured by Pavlow are in the Sedgwick Museum and 
are here re-figured. 

Distribution.—Spilsby Sandstone (zone of Belemnites lateralis) of Donnington. 


AvceLta Kryseriinciana, Trautschold, 1868. Plate X, figs. 3a—d, 4a, b, 5. 


1837. InocrRamus concentricus, G. Fischer de Waldheim. Oryctographie du 
gouvernn. de Moscou, p. 177, 
pl. xx, figs. 1—3. 
1846. AvUcELLA CONCENTRICA, var. RUGOSA, A. Keyserling. Reise in das Petschora- 
Land, p. 300, pl. xvi, fig. 16. 
1850. Avicuta (Bucuta) n. sp., Ff. Rémer. Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., etc., p. 393. 
1868. AvceLta Keysertineiana, H. Trautschold. Verhandl. d. russisch-kaiser- 
lich. mineral. Gesellsch. in Peters- 
burg, ser. 2, vol. iii, p. 250. 
1874. = CONCENTRICA, var. RUGOSA, F. Toula. Mesozoisch. Verstein. v. d. 
Kuhn-Insel (Die zweite deutsch. 
Nordpolf., in 1869, 1870, unter 
Kapitan K. Koldewey), vol. 1, 
p- 503, pl. ui, figs. 2, 3. 
1874. = —- var. RUGOSISSIMA, F’. Towla. Ibid., p. 504, pl. i, 
fig. 4. 
1875. Prrna mmpricatus [{ Bean MS.], J. Phillips, Geol. Yorks., pt. 1, ed. 3, p. 247. 
— —  veENustULUSs | Bean MS.], Phillips. Ibid., p. 247. 
1884. AvicULA? TEUTOBURGIENSIS, O. Weerth. Neocom. im Teutoburg. Walde 
(Paleont. Abhandl., vol. ii), 
p.100;jplssixs tig 9) 
1886. AucreLita Keyserurerana, J. Lahusen. Mém. Acad. Imp. St. Pétersbourg, 
ser. vil, vol. xxxili, No. 7, p. 4. 
1888. —  Keryserurnat, J. Lahusen. Ueber die russischen Aucellen (Mém. 
Comité géol. Russ., vol. viii, No. 1), 
pp. 21, 40, pl. iv, figs. 18—23. 
1889. Inocrramus vENUsTULUS et ImBRIcATUS, G. W. Lamplugh. Quart. Journ. 
Geol. Soc., vol. xlv, p. 615. 


AUCELLA. 71 


1896. AvcELLA Keyseruinal, A. P. Pavlow. Ibid., vol. li, p. 550, pl. xxvii, fig. 3. 


1899. — -- G. Maas. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. 
li, p. 249. 
1900. — — A. Wollemann. Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. 


holland. Neocoms (Abhandl. d. 
k. preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., 
pt. 31), p. 56, pl. ui, figs. 6—9. 
1901. — — J. F. Pompeckj. Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., etc., Beil.- 
Bd. xiv, p. 319, pl. xv, figs. 3, 6, 
8—10, 18, 14, 17, 18, 20, 21. 
1903. — — A. Wollemann. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., 
vol. lv, p. 34 (Briefl. Mitteil.). 


Description.—Shell of moderate size, oblique, with more or less triangular out- 
Ime and rounded margins, higher than long, inflated. Umbones prominent, at the 
anterior end of the hinge-line, almost touching, curved inwards and forwards. 

Right valve convex in the neighbourhood of the umbo, but usually flattened 
elsewhere. Anterior ear close to the umbones, triangular, convex, narrow where 
united to the rest of the valve, with a deep and narrow byssal sinus. Posterior 
ear longer, but indistinctly limited. 

Left valve much more convex than the right valve, especially in the dorsal part, 
somewhat compressed posteriorly; greatest convexity between the umbo and the 
postero-ventral extremity. Umbo more prominent than in the right valve. Ears 
indistinctly limited. 

Both valves ornamented with many narrow, concentric lamelle which are 
placed more or less vertically to the surface and are separated by broad, flat 
interspaces. The lamellz occur at fairly regular intervals, but the distance 
between them varies on different parts of the shell. They curve gently on the 
median part of the valve, but bend more sharply in passing on to the anterior 
and posterior parts, where they become closer to one another. The lamell 
have often disappeared from the parts near the umbones. 

Measurements : 


(1) (2) (3) (4) 
Length . ; 31 ; 28 ; 24, : 18 mm. 
Height . 39 32 30 : 24 ,, 
Thickness. ~s i 16 ‘ 16 : fa. 


(1—4) Claxby Ironstone, Claxby. 
Affiinities—See Aucella volgensis (p. 69). 
T'ype.-—The specimens figured by Pavlow are in the Sedgwick Museum. 
Distribution.—Claxby Ironstone (zone of Belemnites lateralis) of Claxby. 


Speeton Clay (zone of Beleminites jaculum) of Speeton. 


72 


CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Genus—AvceLiina, J. F. Pompeckj, 1901. 


(‘Neues Jahrb. fiir Min.,’ ete., Beil.-Bd. xiv, p. 365.) 


AUCELLINA GRYPHHOIDES (Sowerby), 1836. Plate X, figs. 6a—d, 7a—c, 8a, b, 


1836. 


1841. 


1846. 


1850. 
1853. 


1854. 
1856. 


1864. 
1869. 


1875. 


1882. 


1893. 


1895. 


1899. 


1901. 


1902. 


Non 1829. 


? Non 1847. 


9a—c, 10—13. 


AVICULA GRYPHHOIDES, J. de C. Sowerby. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. iv. 
pp. 156, 335, pl. xi, fig. 3. 
— — F. A. Romer. Die Verstein. d. nord - deutsch. 
Kreidegeb., p. 64, pl. viii, fig. 16. 
Inoceramus Coquanpianus, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, 
p- 505, pl. cecciii, figs. 6—8. 
— = == Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 139. 
AUCELLA GRYPHHOIDES, A. v. Strombeck. Zeitschr. der deutsch. geol. 
Gesellsch., vol. v, p. 509. 
AVICULA — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 163. 
AUCELLA — A. v. Strombeck. Zeitschr. der deutsch. geol. 
Gesellsch., vol. viii, p. 488. 
— — H. Bilsche. Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., etc., p. 669. 
Inoceramus Coquanpiants, F’. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. 
Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, 
ser. 5), p- LI, pl clx, figs. 9°10: 
AvicuLA GRryPHmoIDES, A. J. Jukes-Browne. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soce., vol. 
XXXI, Pp. 298; 
— — R. Windmiller. Jahrb. d. k. preussisch. geol. 
Landesanst. fiir 1881, pp. 20, 21. 
— = A. v. Strombeck. Zeitschr. der deutsch. geol. 
Gesellsch., vol. xlv, pp. 490, 493. 
= — EF. Tiessen. TZeitschr. der deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., 
vol. xlvui, p. 478. 
AvuceLta Coquannt, D. J. Anthula. WKreidefoss. des Kaukasus (Beitr. z. 
Paliont. u. Geol. Osterr.-Ungarns u. 
d. Orients, vol. xi1), p. 78. 
AUCELLINA GRYPHHOIDES, J. F. Pompeckj. Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., etc., 
Beil.-Bd. xiv, pp. 354, 365, 
pl. xvi, figs. 6—8. 
— — A, Wollemann. Liineburg. Kreide (Abhandl. d. 
k. preussisch. geol. Landesanst., N. F., 
Heft 37), p. 64, pl. iu, figs. 2, 3. 


AVICULA = J. de C. Sowerby. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. 
ii, p. 119 [Pseudomonotis 
speluncaria (Schlotheim) }. 

— — J. Miller. Petref. der Aachen. Kreidef., pt. 1, 
p. 29. 


AUCELLINA. 73 


Description.—Shell oval, very oblique, very inequivalve ; dorsal part of posterior 
margin more or less straightened, the remaining margins forming a regular curve. 

Right valve flattened, but convex near the umbo; height and length nearly 
equal. Umbo small, near the middle of the hinge-line, curving slightly. Hinge- 
area obtusely triangular. Anterior ear long, triangular, with a very deep, narrow, 
curved byssal sinus on each edge of which is a row of tubercles. Posterior ear 
usually of about the same length as the anterior ear, but indistinctly limited, with 
the outer angle obtuse. 

Left valve convex, especially the dorsal part, more compressed postero-ven- 
trally, sometimes with a shallow suleus extending from the umbo to the postero- 
ventral extremity. Dorsal portion of the valve produced into a large, prominent, 
much curved umbo. Hinge-area obtusely triangular. Posterior ear larger than 
the anterior, with a rounded depression between it and the umbo; anterior ear 
short, triangular. 

Ornamentation consists of numerous concentric growth-lines which sometimes 
become lamellar, and are separated by flat interspaces. Small, close-set, radial 
ribs occur, especially in the neighbourhood of the umbo. 

Measurements of left valve : 


(1) (2) (3) (4)’ 
Length . 22 , 21 : 18 14 mm. 
Height (oblique) 29 ; 27 ; 25 ; bile ee 


(1—4) Cambridge Greensand. 

Affinities —The probable relationship of this species to Aucella has been 
pointed out by von Strombeck, Stoliczka, and Jukes-Browne. Recently its 
affinities to Pseudomonotis and Aucella have been fully discussed by Prof. 
Pompeckj, by whom the genus Awcellina has been established to include Avicula 
aptiensis, dOrbigny, and Avicula gryphxoides, Sowerby. Aucellina is very closely 
allied to Aucella, but differs from it in the absence of an articulating groove in 
the hinge-area of the left valve. 

Tnoceramus Coquandianus, V Orbigny, was regarded by Jukes-Browne as identical 
with Aucellina grypheoides, and I agree with that view. The identity is also sup- 
ported by the fact that Pictet and Campiche referred the specimens found in the 
Cambridge Greensand to Inoceramus Coquandianus. 

T'ypes.—I have not seen the types; Fitton stated that they were in the 
collection of Mrs. Murchison, and came from the Upper Greensand of Nursted 
and Cambridgeshire (? Cambridge Greensand). 

Distribution.—Upper Gault of Folkestone and Eastbourne. Red Limestone of 
Hunstanton and Speeton. Cambridge Greensand (derived). 

Upper Greensand (zone of Schlaenbachia rostrata) of Hampshire, Devizes, and 
near Didcot; (zone of Pecten usper) of Okeford Fitzpaine and Warminster. Cam- 

10 


74 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


bridge Greensand (indigenous). Chloritic Marl of Maiden Bradley, Devizes, 
Isle of Wight, Urchfont (Wilts), Holybourne (Hants), and Hastbourne. Chalk 
Marl (zone of Schlanbachia varians) of the Isle of Wight, Folkestone, Hunstanton, 
Lincolnshire, and Yorkshire. Totternhoe Stone of Fulbourn and Burwell. Zone 
of Holaster subglobosus (above Totternhoe Stone) of Eversden (Cambs.). 


Family—PERNIDA, Zittel. 


Genus—GurvitliaA, M. J. L. Defrance, 1820. 
(‘ Dict. Sci. nat.,’ vol. xviii, p. 502.) 


GERVILLIA SUBLANCEOLATA (d’Orbigny), 1850. Plate X, figs. 1416; Plate XI, 
fig. 1. Text figures 7, 8: 


1826. GerRvi_Lia avicuLorpEs, J. de C. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. vi, p. 16, pl. 
dxi, figs. 1, 2, 3, 5 (not 4), [non Perna 
aviculoides, Sowerby, 1814]. 


1845. — — HE. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. i, p. 246. 
—  AVICULA LANCEOLATA, — Ibid., p. 247, pl. iui, fig. 8. 
1850. —  suBpiancreoLata, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 119. 


1853. Gervitia aLpina, F. J. Pictet and W. Roux. Moll. Foss. Grés verts de 
Gentve, p. 496, pl. xli, fig. 3. 
1854. Gurvitiia anceps, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. ii, p. 167. 
— Avicuna LANcEOLATA, Morris. Ibid., p. 163. 
1858. Gerrvitia anceps, I’. J. Pictet and HE. Renevier. Foss. Terr. Aptien (Matér. 
Pal. Suisse, ser.1), p. 121, 


pl. xvii. 
1865. — —  H. Coquand. Mon. Aptien de Espagne, p. 145. 
1869. — ALPINA, I’. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix 


(Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), 
p: 83, pl. clv, figs. 2—4. 
1902. GerviLiera anceps, FP’. Frech. Centralb. fiir Min., etc., p.612 (text-figure). 


Description.—Shell elongate, very oblique, slightly imequivalve, the left valve 
rather more convex than the right. Posterior extremity lanceolate, but rounded. 
Postero-dorsal margin slightly sinuous. Antero-ventral marginal parts nearly per- 
pendicular to the plane between the valves and shghtly concave. Umbones incon- 
spicuous, almost terminal. Only a very small portion of the valve is seen in front 
of each umbo; on the left valve this portion is bounded by a linear depression, but 
on the right valve it is not limited. The median part of each valve is convex, but 
becomes compressed towards the posterior extremity. Between the convex portion 
and the hinge-line (posterior to the umbo) is a long, triangular, compressed, wing- 
like portion, of which the inner boundary is not limited, and the posterior margin 


yt 


“J 


GERVILLIA. 


is shghtly convex or sometimes almost straight; on this part the growth-lines are 
convex posteriorly and curve towards the umbo, except in young specimens where 
they curve posteriorly as they approach the hinge-line. 

Hinge-line long, forming rather less than half the greatest length of the valve, 


Fra. 7.—Gervillia sublanceolata (VOrbigny.) Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. Sedgwick Museum. 
x 4. a, left valve; b, antero-dorsal view of another specimen; c, left valve of another specimen. 


and making an obtuse angle with the posterior margin. Ligament pits large, 
usually from six to nine in number, placed at nearly equal distances, and usually of 
nearly equal size, except the anterior and posterior, which may be smaller than the 
others. 

Surface of valves ornamented with growth-lamellz only. 


76 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Measurements 5 
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) @) (8) (9) 
Hinge-line . , : . 92 86 86 838 4 66 Al 54 s40nom 
Umbo to posterior extremity 182 200 182 163 152 149 89 110 86 
(1—7) Crackers, Atherfield. 
(8, 9) Greensand, Blackdown. 


99 


Affinities —Gervillia sublanceolata is closely allied to G. anceps, Deshayes,' of 
which the types are from the Neocomian of Aube. The English specimens have 
usually been referred to the latter species, but Pictet and Campiche regarded them 
as distinct. 

The characters which separate the two species are (1) the antero-ventral margin 
is concave in G. sublanceolata, whereas in G. anceps it is shghtly convex or almost 
straight; (2) the posterior margin of the posterior wing-like part is convex, or in 
some cases nearly straight, and the growth-lnes on this part of the shell are convex, 
whilst in G. anceps the corresponding margin and growth-lines are concave, and the 
wing-like part is more distinct; (3) the line of greatest convexity—extending from 
the umbo posteriorly—is near the middle of the valve in G. sublanceolata, but near 
the antero-ventral margin in G. anceps ; (4) it is possible that G. sublanceolata is less 
inequivalve than G. anceps,” but at present this point cannot be proved, since only 
a few specimens of the latter species showing both valves have been found. All the 
examples known of G. anceps appear to be larger and to have thicker shells than 
G. sublanceolata. 

Pictet and Campiche thought that G. anceps could be distinguished by the second 
and third ligament pits being close together, whereas in G. sublanceolata the pits 
are nearly equidistant. An examination of specimens of the former shows that the 
position of the second and third pits, shown in d’Orbigny’s figure, is an individual 
variation,’ and is not usually found. Pictet and Campiche mention as another 
distinction the sharp line of separation between the posterior wing and the rest of 
the valve in G. anceps ; although this feature is shown in d’Orbigny’s figure it is not 
evident in the specimens. 

G. sublanceolata differs from G. cosnenis, de Loriol,*in the rapid tapering of 
the shell towards the posterior extremity and in the less extensive development of 
the posterior wing-like part. 

Remarks.—Hxamples of this species from Atherfield were described and figured 
as Gervillia alpina, Pictet and Roux, by Pictet and Renevier and by Pictet and 

1 *Mém Soc. géol. de France,’ vol. v (1842), p. 9, pl. x, fig. 3; D’Orbigny, ‘Terr. Crét.,’ vol. iii 
(1846), p. 482, pl. ecexciv; Pictet and Campiche, ‘ Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (1869), p. 82, pl. clv, fig. 5. 

2 See Deshayes’ fig. 3c. 

3 The probability of this has been mentioned by E. G. Skeat and V. Madsen, ‘Jur. Neoc. and 


Gault Boulders in Denmark’ (‘ Danmarks geol. Undersog.,’ vol. ii, No. 8, 1898), p. 163. 
4 «Gault de Cosne’ (1882), p. 83, pl. ix, figs. 21, 22. 


GERVILLIA. Ch 


Campiche. The specimen figured by Pictet and Roux is not sufficiently perfect to 
enable us to state whether it is specifically identical with G. sublanceolata, but since 
Pictet, Renevier, and Campiche were acquainted with the type and other specimens 
of G. alpina, and had also good specimens from Atherfield, we may feel every 
confidence in their judgement in this matter. 


Fia. 8.—Gervillia sublanceolata (@’Orbigny). Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. Sedgwick Museum. 
Right and left valves of the same specimen. x 4. 


A young individual of this species from Atherfield was described and figured 
by Forbes as Avicula lanceolata. This name, however, had previously been em- 
ployed by Sowerby (1826) for a species from the Lias, and consequently d’ Orbigny 
altered the name of Forbes’ species to Avicula sublanceolata. Goldfuss (1836) had 
also used the name Gervillia lanceolata for a species from the Middle J urassic of 
Wiirttemberg. Since d’Orbigny’s name has priority over Gervillia alpina of Pictet 


78 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


and Roux, the species now under consideration must be known as Gervillia sub- 
lanceolata (V Orbigny). 

The young individuals of G. sublanceolata differ from the adults in that the 
anterior part of the shell is relatively longer and more wing-like, the posterior ear 
is more sharply limited and its growth-lines are concave posteriorly, and the valves 
are more unequal (Plate X, figs. 14, 15). 

t. sublanceolata belongs to Frech’s ‘Group of G. aviculoides. Frech gives a 
figure of the hinge and interior of a specimen from Atherfield. 

IT am greatly indebted to Professor Douvillé for the opportunity of seeing a 
specimen of Gervillia anceps from Aube, and also for his kindness in comparing (. 
sublanceolata with the specimens of G. anceps in the Kcole des Mines, Paris. 

T'ypes.—One of the specimens figured by Sowerby (fig. 5) is in the British 


© 


3) cannot be traced. Sowerby’s fig. 4 is from the 


Museum; the others (figs. 1 
Corallian of Shotover, and does not belong to this species. <Avicula lanceolata, 
Forbes, from the Lower Greensand (probably Crackers) of Atherfield, is in the 
Museum of the Geological Society (No. 2057). The type of Gervillia alpina came 
from the Gault of Saxonet. 

Distribution.—Lower Greensand (Crackers and Fitton’s Beds 20 and 45) of 
Atherfield. Atherfield Beds of Sevenoaks. 

Recorded by Topley from the Atherfield Beds of Haslemere, Peasmarsh, Shal- 
ford, and Redhill; from the Hythe Beds of Hythe, Lympne, Maidstone, and 
Pulborough; and from the Sandgate Beds of Sandgate, Folkestone, and Parham. 

Upper Greensand (zone of Schlenbachia rostrata) of the Isle of Wight, Black- 


down, and Haldon. 


GERVILLIA TLINGULOIDES, Forbes, 1845. Plate XI, figs. 2-8. 


1845. GERVILLIA LINGULOIDES, H. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. i, p. 246, 
pl. in, fig. 9. 
—  AVICULA EPHEMERA, Forbes. Ibid., p. 247, pl. iii, fig. 6. 
1846. GeERVILLIA LincuLOIDES, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 
485, pl. ecexevi, figs. 1—4. 
1850. — — @Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 119. 
—  AVICULA EPHEMERA, — ibid Sap. fg: 
1854. GERVILLIA LINGULOIDES, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 167. 
—  AvicuLA EPHEMERA, Morris. Ibid., p. 163. 
1858. GERviILLIA LincuLorpEs, F. J. Pictet and E. Renevier. Foss. Terr. Aptien 
(Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 1), 
p. 128, pl. xvii, figs. 3, 4. 
1869. — — FJ. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. 
Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, 
ser. 5), p. 91. 


GEHRVILLIA. 79 


Description.—Shell small, thin, elongate, compressed, very oblique, angular 
anteriorly, truncated posteriorly. Left valve more convex than the right. Um- 
bones almost terminal. Ligament area narrow, with four or five pits, one of which 
is under the umbo. Anterior part of the shell very small, compressed. Median 
part flattened. Postero-dorsal part relatively large, compressed, wing-like. On 
the left valve a rounded ridge extends from the umbo to the postero-ventral angle ; 
below this ridge the shell is bent sharply. 

Surface smooth, or ornamented with concentric lines. 

Measurements : 


(1) (2) (3) 
Length of hinge. , Ores, 15 ; 13 mm. 
Umbo to postero-ventral angle 23 29 ZO. 45 


(1—3) Crackers, Atherfield. 


Affinities. —G. recta, Meek and Hayden,’ from the Fox Hill Beds of the Upper 
Missouri, is closely allied to this species. The imperfectly known Gervillia Reichi, 
Romer,’ resembles G. linguloides, but appears to have the posterior wing more 
distinctly limited. 

In the form of its shell G. linguloides resembles some of the species of Pteria 
which belong to the sub-genus Pseudoptera (see p. 63), but the presence of liga- 
ment pits proves it to be a Gervillia. 

Remarks.—Pictet and Renevier showed that Avicula ephemera, Forbes, is only 
an internal cast of Gervillia linguloides. 

This species occurs commonly in the Crackers of Atherfield and is gregarious. 

l'ypes.—F rom the Crackers of Atherfield, in the Museum of the Geological 
Society (Nos. 2040, 2054). The types of Avicula ephemera, also from Atherfield, 
are in the same collection (Nos. 2051, 2052). 

Distribution.—Lower Greensand (Crackers) of Atherfield. Recorded by Topley 
from the Atherfield Clay of Peasemarsh and Shalford. 


GERVILLIA ALEFORMIS (Sowerby), 1819. Plate XI, figs. 9a-d, 10a-d, 11. Text- 
figures 9-14. 
1819. Moprona? anmrormis, J. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. iii, p. 93, pl. celi. 
1835. Perna auirormis, Sowerby. Ibid., vol. vi, systematical index, p. 243. 


1845. — ALm#rormis, H. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe., vol. i, p. 246, pl. iii, 
fie. 2. 


1 «Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.’ vol. xiii (1861), p. 441. F. B. Meek, ‘Invert. Cret. and Tert. Foss. 
U. Missouri’ (1876), p. 66, pl. xxix, fig. la, b. 

* «Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreidegeb.’ (1841), p. 64, pl. viii, fig. 14 (named G. Cotte on 
pl. viii). 


80 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


1846. GerviLia AL“rormis, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p- 484, 
pl. ccexev, figs. 1—3. 
1850. — — @Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 82. 
1852. Avicuta Ruopant, F. J. Pictet and W. Roux. Moll. Foss. Grés verts de 
Genéve, p. 494, pl. xh, 
fig. 2. 
1854. GeERVILLIA ALEZFoRMIS, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 167. 
1353. Gurvriia ativormis, F. J. Pictet and E. Renevier. Foss. Terr. Aptien (Matér. 
Pal. Suisse, ser. 1), p. 
120, pl. xviii, figs. 1, 2. 
1865. — = H. Coquand. Mon. Aptien de Espagne, p. 144. 
1869. — — FF. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. 
Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 
5), p. 86, pl. elvi, fig. 1. 
1871. GeERvILLEA — F’. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, 
vol. ili, p. 399. 


Description.—Shell thick, large, much inflated, triangular or rhombic, oblique. 


Fic. 9.—Gervillia aleformis (Sowerby). Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. Sedgwick Museum. 
Dorsal view, showing the ligament area of the right valve. Natural size. 
Anterior parts of both valves more or less nearly vertical to the plane of the valves. 
Around the byssal opening the marginal parts of the valves are sometimes concave. 
Umbones near the anterior extremity. Hinge-area large with large hgament pits 
—usually five or six. Numerous narrow transverse teeth. 

Left valve larger and more inflated than the right, with its umbo strongly 
incurved. A very prominent, convex portion extends from the umbo to the 
rounded postero-ventral extremity ; dorsally it bends anteriorly; ventrally it has 
a slight posterior curvature. This convex part is separated by a shallow depres- 


GERVILLIA. 8] 


sion from a small anterior portion, and by a linear depression from a very large 
triangular posterior portion, which is flattened in small specimens but moderately 
convex in older examples. This posterior portion has a wing-like projection in 
young specimens, but in older forms its posterior border is nearly straight and 
forms an obtuse angle with the hinge-line. 

Right valve similar to the left, but smaller, less convex, with the posterior 
portion more flattened, and with the umbo not incurved. 

Ornamentation in the adult shell consists of numerous growth-lamelle. On 
the earlier part of the shell, and in young examples, there are a few rather strong, 
broad, rounded radial ribs with a few smaller ribs between. 


Fia. 10.—Gervillia aleformis (Sowerby). Left valve of specimen shown in Fig. 9. x §. 


Measurements : 


(1) (2) (3) 
Length of hinge ad 90) 85 mm. 
Height (oblique) - 122 | 1350 5 LGN 


(1—3) Crackers, Atherfield. 


Affinities —This species presents some resemblance to G. allaudiensis 
(Matheron') but is more inflated, less inequivalve, and less oblique. 

Pictet and Campiche regarded the form figured as G. aleformis by d’Orbigny as 
distinct from Sowerby’s G. alxformis, and they believed that the former was limited 
to the Neocomian whereas the latter occurs in the Aptian. Some specimens from 
the Perna-bed of Atherfield agree almost exactly with d’Orbigny’s figure, and I 

1 «Catal. Foss. des Bouches-du-Rhone’ (1842), p. 175, pl. xxvi, fig. 1; Pictet and Campiche, ‘ Terr. 
Crét. Ste. Croix’ (1869), p. 81, pl. elv, fig. 1. 

1] 


82 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Fia. 11.—Gervillia alexformis (Sowerby). Right valve, and umbo and ligament area of the left valve 
of the specimen shown in figs. 9,10. x 4. 


X 


; ye , \ \ 
Koa) ) 
\ ie 


in 
it 


il 
nt 
\\ ' i 


‘H 


Fras. 12, 13.—G@ervillia aleformis (Sowerby). Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. Sedgwick 


Museum. 12. Left valve. 13. Right valve. x 3 


GERVILLIA. 83 


cannot regard them as more than a variety in which the central convex part is 
rather narrower and more elevated than usual (fig. 14). 

Remarks.—G. aleformis belongs to Frech’s! ‘ Group of Gervillia Hartmanni,’ in 
which the shell is obliquely rhombic and has numerous small teeth. 

Young specimens of G. alxeformis differ from older examples in having well- 
marked radial ribs, in the valves being less inflated, and in the occurrence of a 
wing-like projection on the posterior ear. ‘They resemble the form described by 
@Orbigny as Avicula Cottaldina, but in the latter the radial ornamentation and 
well-marked posterior wing are retained in the adult state, whereas they soon 
become obsolete in G. alxformis. Iam not acquainted with the character of the 
hinge of Avicula Cottaldina. 


Fria. 14.—Gervillia aleformis (Sowerby). Lower Greensand (Perna-bed), Atherfield. Sedgwick Museum. 
Left valve of a narrow variety. x 3. 


T'ype.—The type cannot be found; it came from the Lower Greensand (prob- 
ably the Perna-bed) of Sandown, Isle of Wight. 

Distribution —Perna-bed of Atherfield and Sandown. Crackers and Bed 11 
(of Fitton) of Atherfield. Atherfield Clay of Haslemere. Hythe Beds of Hythe 
and Lympne. 


GERVILLIA ROSTRATA (Sowerby), 1836. Plate XI, figs. 12 a, b, 13-23. 


1836. Perna rostrata, J. de C. Sowerby. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. iv., pp. 
241, 342, pl. xvii, fig. 17. 
1846. AvicuLA cenomaneEnsis, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Cret., vol. iii, p. 
476, pl. ecexci, figs. 11—13. 
1850. — — @ Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 167. 


1 *Centralb. fiir Min.,’ ete. (1902), p. 613. 


84 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


1850. Prrna rostrata, d’Orbigny. Ibid., p. 168. 
1854. Gervinti1a — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 168. 
1871. Mernina — F’. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India, 
vol. 111, p. 400. 
? 1895. Avicua cf. cENOoMANENSIS, I’. Tiessen. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., 
vol. xlvii, p. 479. 


Description.—Shell rather small, of moderate convexity, often very oblique, 
triangular. Ventral and posterior margins rounded. Hinge-line long. 

Left valve more convex than the right, with the umbo moderately incurved. 
The large, central, very convex portion is indistinctly separated from the large, 
anterior, triangular, wing-like ear and from a narrow, flattened, obtusely triangular 
posterior part. 

Right valve similar to the left but less convex and with the umbo only slightly 
incurved, and with the anterior ear more distinctly limited. 

Surface of valves with narrow, regular growth-layers. 


Measurements : 
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 
Length of hinge . 2ilt : 20 . 20 : 18 : 15 mm. 
Height (oblique) . 25 28 24. 20 1 daa 


(1—5) Greensand, Blackdown. 


Affinities—Avicula cenomanensis, d’Orbigny, from the Cenomanian of Le Mans, 
appears to be identical with G. rostrata. In all the specimens of the latter which 
I have seen, the terminal portion of the posterior wing is more or less imperfect, 
but the growth-lines show that the posterior margin must have had the same form 
as in d’Orbigny’s fig. 11. 

Gervillia rostrata presents some resemblance to the young forms of G. aleformis 
(p. 79) but is more oblique and without radial ribs, also the central convex 
portion is less sharply marked off from the lateral parts, and the anterior ear is 
larger. 

G. rostrata is allied to G. tenuwicostata, Pictet and Campiche (see below), but the 
right valve is less flattened, and the concentric ornamentation appears to be less 
developed—this, however, may be due to difference of preservation, since some 
of the Blackdown specimens are nearly smooth whereas others show distinct 
concentric ridges. 

Remarks.—This species is moderately common at Blackdown but is usually 
imperfectly preserved. An example from the Gault of Folkestone, recorded by 
Price as Avicula cenomanensis, is probably referable to this species, but the greater 
part of the shell has disappeared, leaving a mould of the right valve ; the specimen 
is now in the Museum of Practical Geology (No. 1624). 

The examples of G. rostrata show a considerable amount of variation in obliquity, 


GERVILLIA. 85 


and some of the less oblique specimens (Plate XI, figs. 17, 18) appear at first 
sight to be distinct from the more abundant oblique forms, but there is a complete 
transition between the extremes. 

Distribution.— Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Blackdown, 
Haldon, and ? Devizes. ? Upper Gault (zone xi) of Folkestone. 


GERVILLIA, sp. Plate XI, figs. 24, 25. 


Specimens from the Ferrugmous Sands of Shanklin, which were collected by 
the late C. J. A. Meyer and are now in the Sedgwick Museum, resemble closely 
G. rostrata and G. tenuicostata (Pictet and Campiche),’ but the material at present 
available is hardly sufficient to justify a definite conclusion as to their relationship. 
The specimen from the Lower Greensand of Upware figured by Keeping’ as 
Perna sp. nov. resembles still more closely some examples of G. rostrata; the 
original is in the collection of Mr. J. F. Walker. 


Gervinttia Forpestana, d’ Orbigny, 1846. Plate XI, figs. 26, 27. Plate XII, figs. 1-5. 


1826. GERVILLIA SOLENOIDES, J. de C. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. vi, p. 14, pl. dx, 
figs. 1—3 (not 4). 


1845. — — EH. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. i, p. 246. 

1846. — Forzesiana, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 
486, pl. ecexevi, figs. 5, 6. 

1850. -— “= @’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 119. 

1854. — SOLENOIDES, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 168 (partim). 

1897. —_— Forsersiana, R. B. Newton. Proc. Dorset. Nat. Hist. and Antiq. 


Field Club, vol. xviii, p. 87. 


Description.—Shell compressed, slender, greatly elongated, sabre-shaped, taper- 
ing posteriorly to a rounded or subtruncate extremity. Dorsal margin slightly 
concave ; ventral margin convex, with a rather greater curvature than the dorsal 
margin. Near the dorsal margin the valves are compressed rather abruptly, but 
ventrally to this they are compressed gradually, giving rise to a knife-like edge. 
Umbones terminal, acute. Posterior ear large, triangular, with its dorsal margin 
straight or very slightly concave and its posterior margin curving backwards so as 
to form an acute angle with the dorsal margin of the valve. The ear is marked by 
fine growth-lines parallel with its posterior border. 

1 «Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (1869), p. 88, pl. clvi, figs. 4, 5. 
> «Foss. Neoc. Upware and Brickhill’ (1883), p. 109, pl. v, fig. 3. 


86 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Surface of valves smooth except for growth-ridges, of which the curved portions 
near the dorsal margin are more distinct than the other portions. 

Hinge with small transverse teeth at the anterior end and six or seven long 
narrow oblique teeth near the posterior end—the latter decreasing in length 


posteriorly. 
Measurements : 
(1) (2) (3) (4) 
Height ' 31 24 15 : 8 mm. 
Length? . 182 . 125 74. ~ 800 ts 


(1—4) Gault, Folkestone. 


Affinities—This species belongs to Frech’s* ‘ Group of Gervillia solenoides.’ 

The only localities given for G. Forbesiana by @Orbigny are Shanklin and 
Atherfield, and apparently his figured specimen came from the latter place. All 
the examples from Shanklin are in the form of casts of which the posterior part is 
usually missing; it is consequently difficult to make out their real characters, but 
they probably belong to this species. 

The examples found in the Gault and Upper Greensand differ somewhat from 
the specimen figured by d’Orbigny. In the former the shell is less slender and 
tapers more quickly posteriorly ; the posterior ear, however, agrees with d’Orbigny’s 
figure. 

A considerable number of examples of Gervillia from different localities and 
horizons have been referred by various writers‘ to G. solenoides, Defrance,’ but 
without seeing a large collection of those forms it is impossible to determine their 
relationship to one another and to the examples here described. ‘The figures given 
by Defrance do not enable us to form a satisfactory idea of the characters of the 
species ; in his original account (1820) he gave “ Ile d’Aix”’ as the locality, but im 
his later remarks (1824) he states that the specimens came from the department 
of Le Manche. 


The Senonian specimens figured by d’Orbigny® as G. aviculoides (non G. 


' From posterior end of hinge-line to opposite margin of valve. 

2 From umbo to posterior extremity. 

> «Centralb. fir Min.,’ ete. (1902), p. 615. 

4 Sowerby (1826), Goldfuss (1836), Reuss (1846), Miller (1847), @Orbigny (1847), Alth (1850), 
Zittel (1866), Favre (1869), Stoliczka (1871), Geinitz (1873), Brauns (1876), Fritsch (1877-93), 
Notling (1885), Griepenkerl (1889), Holzapfel (1889), Lindgren (1894), Vogel (1895), Miller (1898), 
G. oblonga, Bohm (1885). 

5 ‘Dict. Sci. nat.,’ vol. xviii (1820), p. 503; vol. xxxii (1824), p. 316, pl. lxxxvi, fig. 6. 

6 «Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét.,’ vol. iii (1846), p. 489, pl. eccxevii, fig. 2 (and perhaps fig. 1). Prof. 
M. Boule informs me that the original of fig. 1 cannot be found in the d’Orbigny collection, and that 
the original of fig. 2 comes from Valognes (Manche). 


PERNA. 87 


aviculoides, Sowerby) were afterwards' referred by that writer to G. solenoides, 
Defrance, whilst the Cenomanian forms from Le Mans, also figured as (. solenoides, 
were named? G. subaviculoides. 

The examples of (7. solenoides from the Senonian of Aachen figured by Holzapfel ® 
differ from our specimens of G. [orbesiana in the greater height of the posterior 
ear and in its indistinct separation from the rest of the valve, also in having a larger 
apical angle. 

Types.—Two of the specimens figured as G. solenoides by Sowerby (figs. 2, 3) 
are in the British Museum and came from Shanklin. Another specimen figured by 
Sowerby (fig. 1), from the Upper Greensand of Lyme Regis, is in the Museum of 
the Geological Society of London (No. 1555), but is not recorded in Mr. Blake’s 
“List of Types.” D’Orbigny’s type of G. Forbesiana apparently came from the 
Crackers of Atherfield, but Professor Boule informs me that the specimen cannot 
now be found in the @’Orbigny Collection. 

Distribution.—Perna-bed, Atherfield Clay, and Crackers of Atherfield. Fitton’s 
Bed 36 of Blackgang. Ferruginous Sands of Shanklin. Atherfield Beds of Peas- 
marsh. Hythe Beds of Pulborough. Sandgate Beds of Parham Park. 

Gault (zones 11 to vil, and vii) of Folkestone. Zone of Hoplites interruptus of 
Okeford Fitzpaine (Dorset). Cambridge Greensand (derived). Upper Greensand 
of Blackdown. 


Genus—Parna, J. G. Bruguiere, 1789. 
(‘Encyce. Méthod., Vers,’ vol. i, p. xiii.) 


Perna Munrert, Deshayes, 1842. 'Text-figure 15. 


1842. Perna Muuett, Deshayes in A. Leymerie. Mém. Soc. géol. de France, ser. 
2, “Ol. v, p. 8; pl. xi, figs: 


1—3. 
18465. — — FE. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. i, p. 246, pl. i, 
figs. 1-—4. 
1846. — Mouern, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 496, pls. 
ceee, cecci, figs. 1—3. 
1848. — Mutter, C. L. Koch. Palxontographica, vol. i, p. 171, pl. xxiv, 
figs. 14—17. 


1 «Prodr. de Pal.,’ vol. ii, 1850, p. 250. 

* Tbid, vol. iii (1852), p. 72 (index) ; d’Orbigny, ‘Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét.,’ vol. iii (1846), p. 489, 
pl. eecxevil, figs. 3, 4,5. Prof. Boule informs me that these are from Le Mans, and are now in the 
d’Orbigny collection. 

> *Mollusk. Aachen. Kreide’ (1889), p. 228, pl. xxiv, figs. 11, 12. 


88 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


1850. Perna Mutertt, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 82. 


1854. -- Mouttett, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 179. 
1855. — Motertt, G. Cotteaw. Moll. Foss. de l’Yonne, p. 106. 
1869. — Mover, FJ. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix 


(Mater. Pal. Suisse, ser. 
5), p. 97, pl. elviii. 

—  Forssst, Pictet and Campiche. Ibid., p. 99, pl. clix. 

1871. Mertina Motuett, F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, 


vol. ii, p. 400. 
1883. Perna Muniert, W. Keeping. Foss. etc., Neoc. Upware and Brickhill, 
p. 150. 
1884. — = O. Weerth. Die Fauna des Neocom. im Teutoburg. Wald. 
(Paleont. Abhandl., vol. ii), p. 49. 
1886. — (Motretta) Muuuerr, P. Fischer, Manuel de Conch., p. 956, 
fig. 725. 
1895. — Mouutert, F. Vogel. Hollindisch. Kreide, p. 55. 
=e = _— G. Maas. Zeitschr. der deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. 
xlvii, p. 267. 
1896. == = A. Wollemann. Ibid., vol. xlviii, p. 843. 
1900. — - —- Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. hol- 


land. Neocoms (Abhandl. d. k. preus- 
sich. geol. Land., N. F., pt. 31), p. 60. 


Description.—Shell large, thick, compressed, more or less quadrilateral, with 
unequal angles. Hinge-line long. Umbones almost terminal. Anterior part of 
the shell sharply bent, and more or less nearly perpendicular to the plane of the 
two valves ; anterior marginal part more or less deeply concave. From the umbo 
start two strong, broad, rounded folds; the anterior of these is near the anterior 
margin and curves anteriorly, its extremity forming the antero-ventral angle; the 
posterior fold at first curves ventrally and afterwards posteriorly, and its termina- 
tion forms the postero-ventral angle. The part of the shell behind the posterior © 
fold is compressed and flattened and produced into a wing of varying length. 
The junction of the two valves is sinuous, the anterior, the ventral, and the 
posterior margins (between the angles) being concave on the right valve and 
convex on the left. 

The shell is ornamented with distmet growth ridges which bend ventrally in 
passing over the folds and form a semicircular or semi-oval curve near the 
hinge-line. 

Measurements : 


(1) (2) (3) 
Length of hinge-line .. -. 128 : 120 5 95 mm. 
Height (from umbo to postero- 
ventral angle). : > d14 : 135 130 ,, 


(1—3) Perna-bed, Atherfield. 


PERNA. 89 


Affimties—The forms found in the Lower Greensand of England which had 
been referred to Perna Mulleti by earlier writers were regarded as distinct by 
Pictet and Campiche, and were named by them Perna Forbesi. They considered 
that the latter were distinguished by the more prominent folds, the shorter and 
more deeply concave anterior margin, and the longer posterior wing. An 
examination of a number of specimens shows that these characters are variable, 
and I am led to agree with Wollemann in thinking that the forms described by 
Pictet and Campiche cannot be regarded as more than varieties of a variable 
Species. 


Fria. 15.—Perna Mulleti, Deshayes. Lower Greensand (Perna-bed), Sandown. Sedgwick Museum. Left 
valve x }. (The posterior wing is broken. Forbes gives a figure of a specimen in which the wing is 
perfectly preserved.) 

Perna Mulleti is the type of Fischer’s section Mulletia. 

T'ype.—From the Neocomian of Vendeuvre. I have not seen the specimens 

figured by Forbes. 

Distribution.—Perna-bed of Atherfield and Sandown. Atherfield Beds of 
Haslemere, Peasmarsh, Shalford, Redhill, Sevenoaks, and Hythe. Hythe Beds 
of Hythe (fide Topley). Lower Greensand of Potton and Upware. Tealby 
Limestone (zone of B. brunsvicensis) of North Willingham. Speeton Clay of 
Speeton. 


90 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Perna Ricorpgeana, d’Orbigny, 1846. Text-figures 16-18. 


1846. PrErna Ricorprana, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. ili, p. 494, 
pl. ecexcix, figs. 1—3. 


1850. — — @ Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 82. 

1854. == as J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 179. 

1855. — — G. Cotteau. Moll. Foss. de ’Yonne, p. 107. 

1858. — _ FJ. Pictet and BE. Renevier. Foss. Terr. Aptien (Mater. 
Pal. Suisse, ser. 1), p. 125. 

1869. _ F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. 


Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 
5), p. 93, pl. clvii, fig. 1. 


1869. —  Frrront, Pictet and Campiche. Ibid., p. 95, pl. elvii, fig. 2. 

1883. —  Rrcorpiana, W. Keeping. Foss., ete., Neoc. Upware and Brickhill, 
p- 150. 

1900. —  Ricorprana, A. Wollemann. Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. 


hollind. Neocoms (Abhandl. d. k. 
preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., pt. 
SL), ps Of. 


_ 
-— 
ame ee ee 


Fia. 16.— Perna Ricordeana, @Orbigny. Lower Greensand (Perna-bed), Atherfield. Museum of Practical 
3 


Geology, No. 12851. Left valve. x 4. 


Description.—Shell large, thick, sub-quadrate, compressed; left valve more 
convex than the right. Posterior margin slightly convex or nearly straight and 
forming with the hinge-line an angle which is rather greater than a right-angle. 


PERNA. 91 


Ventral margin curved regularly. Dorsal part of anterior margin concave. 
Valves moderately convex near the anterior margin, but flattened elsewhere. 
Dorsal half or more of the anterior marginal parts concave and depressed. Umbones 
sharp, close together, projecting beyond the rest of the anterior margin of the 
valves. 

Surface with growth-lamellz at more or less regular intervals. 


Measurements : 
(1) (2) (3) 
Length of hinge 105 wl 75 mm. 
Height of valve ; ; 140 ; 106 : TOL 
(1—3) Perna-bed, Atherfield. 


_ 


-_- eo 


Fic. 17.—Perna Ricordeana, d’Orbigny. Lower Greensand (Perna-bed), Atherfield. Sedgwick Museum. 
Right valve and anterior view of both valves. x 4. 


Affinities —Examples of this species from the Lower Greensand of the Isle of 
Wight were regarded by Pictet and Campiche as distinct from P. Ricordeana and 
were described as Perna Fitton. According to those writers the former is 
distinguished from the latter chiefly by the wide separation of the umbones; this 
separation, however, seems to me to be due tothe thickening of the valves in old 
age, such as may be seen not infrequently in Gervillia and other allied forms. 
The postero-dorsal angle of the valve, according to d’Orbigny’s figure, appears to 
be rather smaller in P. Ricordeana than in P. Fittoni, but the difference is not 
great, and moreover, the outline of the shell and the size of this angle vary in 
different specimens of P. Mittoni. P. Germarwi, Pictet and Campiche, is very 
closely allied to P. Ricordeana. 


92 CRETACKOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Types.—From the Neocomian of Seignelay, near Auxerre. The type of 
P. Fittoni is from the Perna-bed of the Isle of Wight. 

Distribution.—Lower Greensand (Perna-bed) of Atherfield. Tealby Limestone 
(zone of Belemnites brunsvicensis) of North Willingham. 


Fig. 18.—Perna Ricordeana, d’Orbigny. Tealby Limestone, North Willingham. Sedgwick Museum. 
Left valve. x 3. 


Perna Ravuintana, d’Orbigny, 1846. Plate XII, figs. 6, 7a, b, 8, 9. : 


1846. Perna Ravuriniana, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét., vol. iti, p. 497, 
pl. eccci, figs. 4, 5. 


1850. -— —- @Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ui, p. 138. 

1852. — — F. J. Pictet and W. Roux. Moll. Foss. Grés verts de 
Gentve, p. 497, pl. xli, fig. 4. 

1854. — — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 179. 

1855. = = G. Cotteau. Moll. Foss. de l’Yonne, p. 107. 

1869. — _ FJ. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. 


Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 
5), p. 100, pl. elx, figs. 1, 2. 


Description.—Shell of moderate convexity, valves nearly equal, compressed 
posteriorly, sub-rhomboidal, oblique, much higher than long; postero-ventral 
margin rounded, anterior margin slightly concave, posterior margin slightly convex, 


A 


a ai a eee ee ae ee a, Oi 


PERNA. 93 


forming an obtuse angle with the hinge-lne. Umbonal portion angular. Apical 
angle small. Surface with growth-lmes. 
Measurements :1 


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 
Length . ny. COD e cosy eRe R24 os 82a) / 8) 1 mm: 
Height : a hor, @ ey © OD) ge Oe ee AO er 


(1—3, 5) Cambridge Greensand. 
(4) Lower Gault, Folkestone. 


Affinities—This species is closely allied to P. Ricordeana (see above), but 
appears to differ (1) in being relatively shorter and higher; (2) in its more obtuse 
postero-dorsal angle; (3) in the less prominent umbones; (4) in the anterior 
marginal parts (near the byssal opening) being less depressed; (5) in the smaller 
size of the shell. 

Remarks.—This species occurs commonly in the Cambridge Greensand in the 
form of internal casts; these differ in outline from specimens with the shell pre- 
served on account of the fact that the postero-dorsal part is missing—probably 
owing to the two valves being in contact or almost in contact at this part. Even 
when the shell is preserved, as in specimens from the Gault, some portion of the 
postero-dorsal margin is frequently missing. 

Types. —From the Albian of Avocourt (Meuse) and Escragnolles. 

Distribution.—Cambridge Greensand (derived, internal casts). Lower Gault of 
Folkestone. 


Perna opnonaa, Seeley, 1861. Text-figure 19 a. 


1861. Prrna opionaa, H. G. Seeley. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. vii, p. 121, 
pl. vi, fig. 6. 


Remarks.—This species is known only from internal casts, and apparently 
differs from P. Rauliniana in having a larger apical angle and in the smaller angle 
formed by the hinge-line and the posterior margin. Some of the specimens, how- 
ever, agree very closely with the figure of a cast of P. Rauliniana given by Pictet 
and Campiche (pl. elx, fig. 2). 

Seeley compared P. oblonga with P. subspathulata, Reuss,’ and P. lanceolata, 
Geinitz (see below). It is distinguished from the former by its relatively greater 
height, and from the latter by its larger apical angle. 

1 The height in this case is measured from the umbo to the postero-ventral margin, and the 


length is taken at right angles to the height. 
* «Die Verstein. der bohm. Kreideformat.,’ pt. ii (1846), p. 24, pl. xxxii, figs. 16, 17. 


94, CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Rounded depressions which are found commonly on the casts of this and some 
other species of Perna from the Cambridge Greensand are regarded by Seeley as 


evidence of the occurrence of pearls. 
A specimen from the Gault (Plate XII, fig. 10) resembles P. oblonga, but is 


more convex between the umbo and the postero-ventral extremity. 
T'ype.—In the Sedgwick Museum. 
Distribution Cambridge Greensand (derived). 


Fia. 19.—Perna. Cambridge Greensand (derived). Internal casts. Sedgwick Museum. Natural size, 
except fig. r.—a. Perna oblonga, Seeley. The Type.—z, c, Perna, sp. (referred to P. lanceolata, Geinitz, 
by Seeley).—n, Perna semielliptica, Seeley. The Type.—z, Perna, sp. (regarded by Seeley as a variety 
of P. lanceolata, Geinitz) x $—r, Perna, sp. (referred to P. subspathulata, Reuss, by Seeley). 


PERNA SHMIELLIPTICA, Seeley, 1861. Text-figure 19 p. 


1861. Perna semieuiptica, H. G. Seeley. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. vii, 
p. 121, pl. vi, fig. 7. 


Remarks.—This is distinguished from P. Rauliniana (p. 92) by its relatively 
greater length, larger apical angle, and more rounded outline. 


PERNA. 95 


Measurements : 
(1) (2) (3) 
Length ; 58 46 : 32 mm. 
Height : 87 : 70 : A, 
(1—3) Cambridge Greensand. 
Type.—F rom the Cambridge Greensand. Inthe Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. 


Distribution—Cambridge Greensand (derived, internal casts). 


Perna, sp. ‘Text-figures 19, B c. 


1861. Prrna Lanceouata, H. G. Seeley. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. vii, 
p- 122. 


Remarks.—This species (figs. 198, ¢) was referred by Professor Seeley to 
Perna lanceolata, Geinitz,' and it presents a general resemblance to the examples 
figured by Reuss and by d’Orbigny, but is less oblique. No satisfactory com- 
parison, however, can be made, since the specimens from the Cambridge 
Greensand are in the form of internal casts. 

Some examples (fig. 198) were named Perna lanceolata, var., by Seeley ; they 
differ from Geinitz’s species in the postero-ventral part being more produced and 
less rounded, so that the outline of the valve becomes more distinctly quadrate. By 
this quadrilateral outline they are distinguished from P. Rauliniana. 

Distribution.—Cambridge Greensand (derived, internal casts). 


Perna, sp. Text-figure 19 r. 


1861. Perna supspatnunata, H. G. Seeley. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 
vil, p. 124. 


Remarks.—Internal casts were regarded by Professor Seeley as examples of 
P. subspathuata, Reuss,’ but they appear to differ from the latter in their 
greater convexity. The height is less and the length greater than in P. oblonga. 

Distribution.—Cambridge Greensand (derived). 

* «Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen,’ pt. i (1873), p. 210, pl. xlvi, fig. 8. References to other figures 
are given by Geinitz. 

2 «Die Verstein. der bohm. Kreideformat.,’ pt. 1 (1846), p. 24, pl. xxxii, figs. 16, 17. 

3 Avicula cuneata, Seeley, may be a Perna. Perna lissa, P. plana, and P. transversa, Seeley, 


appear to be Inocerami. All four come from the Red Limestone of Hunstanton. Seeley, ‘Ann. Mag. 
Nat. Hist.,’ ser. 3, vol. xiv (1864), p. 277, and vol. xvii (1866), pp. 178, 179. 


CRETACEOUS 


LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 


Fanuly—PINNIDA, Gray. 
Genus—Pinna, Linneus, 1758. 


(‘Syst. Nat.,’ ed. 10, p. 707.) 


Pinna Rosrinanpvina, d’Orbigny, 1844, Plate XII, figs. 11-15; Plate XIII, fig. 1. 


1839. Pinna rucosa, fF. A. Romer. 


? 1892. 


P 1895. 
1896. 


1899. 


1900. 


Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Oolith.-geb. 
Nachtrag., p. 32, pl. xvii, fig. 37 (non 
rugosa, Schlotheim). 

Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreidegeb., 
p. 65. 

Ropinaupina, A.d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 251, 

pl. cecxxx, figs. 1-3. 

RESsTITUTA, H. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. i, p. 248. 

Rosinaupina, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 80. 

suBRUGOSA, d’Orbigny. Ibid., p. 80. 

SULCIFERA, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 180. 

Rosrnaupina, G. Cotteaw. Moll. Foss. de l’Yonne, p. 89. 

— F. J. Pictet and E. Renevier. Foss. Terr. Aptien 
(Matér. Pal. Suisse, 
ser. 1),- tp.7e alee 
pl. xvi, fig. 5. 

Mem. geog.-agric. de Castellon, 
pl am, fie: 17. 

--- H. Coquand. Mon. Aptien de l Espagne, p. 143. 

—_ FJ. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. 

Croix (Matér. Pal. 
Suisse, ser. 4), p. 532, 
pl. exxxix, figs. 3-6. 
Gault de Cosne, p. 82, pl. x, figs. 3-5. 
Foss., etc., Neoc. Upware and Brick- 
hill, p. 110. 
Die Fauna des Neocom. im Teutoburg. 
Walde (Paleont. Abhandl., vol. ii), p.48. 
= O. Behrendsen. Zeitschr. der deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., 
vol. xliv, p. 25. 
-- F’. Vogel. Hollandisch. Kreide, p. 55. 
A. Wollemann. Zeitschr. der deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., 


— FF. A. Romer. 


a J. Villanova-y-Piera. 


— P. de Loriol. 
= W. Keeping. 


— O. Weerth. 


vol. xlviii, p. 845. 
Zeitschr. der deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., 
vol. li, p. 248. 

Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. 
(Abhandl. d. 
k. preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., 
pt. 3d); pa: 


— G. Maas. 


— A. Wollemann. 
holland. Neocoms 


PLATE ‘Vile, 


Genus—Preria, Scopolt. 
Sub-Genus—Oxytoma, Meek. 


Fias. 


1—7. P. (Oxytoma) Cornueliana (VOrb.). 1—6. Speeton Series (D, 1), 
Speeton. 7. Claxby Ironstone, Claxby. (P. 57.) 


. Sedgwick Museum. Left valve. 

. York Museum. Left valve. 

. Sedgwick Museum. a, left valve; b, postero-ventral portion x 3. 

. Mr. Lamplugh’s Collection. Left valve, portion near ventral margin x 3. 
. Mr. Lamplugh’s Collection. Right valve. 

. York Museum. Right valve. 

. Sedgwick Museum. Right valve. 


a1 Ot Ee WD DPD = 


8—14. P. (Oxytoma) pectinata (Sow.). (P. 59.) 


8—10. Folkestone Beds, Folkestone. Sedgwick Museum. Left valves, 8a, x 11; 
8b, portion of 8a x 6. 10a, x 2; 108, portion of 10a x 8. 

11, 12. Hythe Beds (Bargate Stone), Busbridge. Sedgwick Museum. Right valves. 
x 1. 

13, 14. Gault, Folkestone. British Museum, No. L, 4926. 18, left valve. 14a, right 
valve; 146, portion of 14a x 8. 


15. P. (Oxytoma) sp. Totternhoe Stone, Hitchin. Left valve. Museum of 
Practical Geology, No. 2338. 15a x 3; 156, portion x 9. (P. 60.) 


16. P. (Ovytoma) dubia (Eth.). Totternhoe Stone, Burwell. Sedgwick 
Museum. One of the Types. Exterior (a) and interior (0) of right 
valve: C22) KE O0%) 


17—23. P. (Owytoma) tenuicostata (Romer). Upper Chalk. (P. 61.) 


17,18. A. quadratus zone, West Harnham. Dr. Blackmore’s Collection. 17 a, left 
valve; 6, portion near mid-ventral margin x 4; c, interior; d, hinge x 3. 
18, left valve x 2. 

19, 20. Coddenham. Museum of Practical Geology, Nos. 10788, 12620. 19a, left 
valve; b, portion near the mid-ventral margin x 6. 20a, left valve; b, pos- 
terior ear xX 2. 

21—23. Wells. Norwich Museum. Nos. 3249, 3250, 3251. 21a, left valve ; 216, portion 
near mid-ventral margin x 3. 22, left valve. 23, right valve and interior of 


the marginal part of the left valve. 


PALE ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1905. 


Vol.ll PLATE Vill 


(1M 


we" 


FIGS, 


1. 


5—10. 


11, 12. 


13—19. 


PLATE IX. 


Preria (continued). 


Sub-Genus—Psrvuportera, Meek. 


P. (Pseudoptera) subdepressa (d’Orb.). Lower Greensand (Crackers), 


Atherfield. The 


Type. Museum of the Geological Society, No. 


2050. a, left valve; b, portion of posterior ear x 4. (P. 63.) 


P. (Pseudoptera) anomala (Sow). Upper Greensand. 2,3, Blackdown. 
4, Haldon. (P. 64.) 


2. The Type. Bristol Museum. a, left valve; b, postero-dorsal view; c, portion 


of ridge x 4 


; d, portion of posterior ear x 4. 


3. British Museum, No. L, 16876. a, left valve; 6b, antero-ventral view. 
4, British Museum, No. L, 16869. a, left valve x 2; b, portion near the middle 
of the valve x 8. 


P. (Pseudoptera) haldonensis, Woods. Upper Greensand, Haldon. 


Left valves. (P. 


66.) 


5. British Museum, No. L, 16800. 


6 a. ” 9 
lie ” 9 
8 a. ” 9 


» L, 16759; 6, ventral portion x 3. 

» L, 16868. 

» L, 16868; b, antero-ventral view; c, middle part of 
antero-ventral side x 6. 


9, Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. 
10. British Museum, No. L, 16805. x 2. 


P. (Pseudoptera) gaultina, Woods. Gault, Black Ven. Left valves. 


(P. 67.) 


11 a. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 10780; 11 6, median portion x 6. 
12 a. Sedgwick Museum ; 12 6b, median portion x 3. 


P. (Pseudoptera) caerulescens (Nilsson). Upper Chalk. Left valves. 


(P. 67.) 


13—15. Zone of A. quadratus, Hast Harnham. Dr. Blackmore’s collection. 13 x 13. 


15, median part x 4. 
16. Zone of B. mucronata, Clarendon. Dr. Blackmore’s collection. 
17—19. Zone of B. mucronata, Norwich. Norwich Museum. 17a x 2; 176, median 


portion x 6. 


19a, x 14; 196, portion with ribs x 4. 


TA Brock, del 


PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1905. 


CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA 


Vol. PLATE 1X 


Pe ieccione y 
LONGON Otereascopic Uo. imp 


PATE xe 


Genus—AvcELLA, Keyserling. 


FIGS. 
1,2. <A. volgensis, Lahus. Spilsby Sandstone, Donnington. Sedgwick 
Museum. (The specimens figured by Pavlow.) la, left valve; 
10, anterior view; lc, right valve. 2a, left valve; 20, right valve ; 
2c, posterior view. (P. 69.) 


3—5. A. Keyserlingiana, Trautsch. Claxby Ironstone, Claxby. Sedgwick 
Museum. 34a, left valve; 3b, right valve; 3c, posterior view; 3d, 
anterior ear and umbo of right valve x 3. 4a, left valve; 40, right 
valve. 5, left valve. (P. 70.) 


Genus—AUCELLINA, Pompeck). 


6—13. <A. gryphxoides (Sow.). Cambridge Greensand, except figs. 11, 12, 13. 
Sedgwick Museum. (P 72.) 
. a, left valve; b, posterior view; c, right valve; d, part of right valve x 4. 


. a, left valve; 6, right valve; c, dorsal view. 
. a, left valve; 6, right valve. 


Oo on oD 


. a, unbo and anterior ear of left valve x 3; 6, dorsal view showing areas, etc. 
x 3; c, area of right valve x 3. 

10. Anterior ear of right valve x 3. 

11. Lower Chalk, near Cambridge. Right valve x 1}. 

12. Lower Chalk, Reach. Portion near the middle of the right valve x 6. 

13. Red Limestone, Speeton. Left valve. 


Genus—GeERVILLIA, Defrance. 


14—16. G. sublanceolata (VOrb.). Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. 
Sedgwick Museum. (P. 74.) 
14. Right valve of a young individual. 


15. Left valve of a young individual with only three ligament pits. 
16. Left valve of an immature specimen. 


T A Brock. del 


PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, I905. 


CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA 


re 


Vol.ll PLATE X 


e = py > 
London Stereoscopic Lo. imp 


i ark ms: 
pa te Aisi ite Ds 


' 


PLATE XI. 


GERVILLIA (continued). 


Fics. 
1. G. sublanceolata (d’Orb). Upper Greensand, Blackdown. Sedgwick 
Museum. Interior of part of a right valve. (P. 74.) 


2—8. G. linguloides, Forbes. Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. 
Figs. 2—4, 6—8, Sedgwick Museum; fig. 5, York Museum. (P.78.) 


@ 
2. Left valve x 14. 

3. Hinge of left valve x 3. 
4. Right valve x 1i. 

5. Left valve x 1}. 

6—8. Left valves. 


9—11. G. aleformis (Sow.). Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. Sedg- 


wick Museum. Figs. 9, 10, young specimens. (P. 79.) 


9 a, left valve ; b, portion near umbo x 3; ¢, right valve; d, dorsal view. 

10 a, left valve x 13; 6b, ribs near the middle of the left valve x 3; c, hinge of 
same valve x 3; d, area and ligament pits of right valve of the same 
specimen xX 3. 

11. Hinge of adult specimen. Perna-bed, Atherfield. 


bo 


12—23. G. rostrata (Sow.). Upper Greensand, Blackdown. 12—19, left valves. 
20—22, right valves. Sedgwick Museum, except figs. 13, 15, 22, 28. 


(P. 83.) 


12 b, interior of 12 a, x 14. 

18. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 10784. 

15. British Museum, No. L, 16872. 

19: Hinge x 2: 

22. Haldon. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 10783. & 
23. Dorsal view of the Type. Bristol Museum. 


24,25. G.,sp. Lower Greensand (Ferruginous Sands), Shanklin. Sedgwick 
Museum. Left valves. 24 x 14. (P. 85.) 


26, 27. G. Forbesiana, V@Orb. Right valves. Sedgwick Museum. (P. 85.) 


26. Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. 
27. Gault, Folkestone. 


PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, !905, 


PAL/AKONTOGRAPHICAL SOCLE'TY. 


INSTITUTED MDCCCXLVIT. 


MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH CARBONIFEROUS 
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. 


Vous ir 


ORDER OF BINDING AND DATES OF PUBLICATION. 


PAGES PLATES | ace ee PUBLISHED 
Title-page and Index _- 1905 November, 1905 
1— 34 | I—VI 1901 December, 1901 
| 
35—124 | VII—XxXI 1903 December, 1903 
125—216 XXII—XXV 1904 December, 1904 


A MONOGRAPH 


OF THE 


BRITISH CARBONIFEROUS 
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. 


BY 


WHEELTON HIND, M.D., B.S.Lonp., F.R.C.S., F.G.S., 


MEMB. SOC. GEOL, BELG. 


VO. 2: 


LON DONG 
PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 
1901—1905. 


PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, LONDON AND DORKING, 


Actinopteria ... 


fluctuosa 
persuleata 
sulcata ... 


Allorisma Ansticei 


Amusium 


Ancylus Vinti 


Anomia 


concentricum 


(?) deornatum 
planicostatum 


Sowerbu 
tenue 


antiqua 


corrugata 


Anthracomya calcifera 


Anthracosia robusta . 


Avicula angusta 


Bosquetiana 
Buchiana 
cycloptera 
gibbosa 
hemispherica 
informis 
laminosa 
leevigata 
lunulata 
papyracea 
plicata 
radiata 
recta 
Samuelsi 
simplex 
squamosa 


sublobata 


INDEX TO VOLUME II. 


PAGE 


22 


ae =A 
11, 126 
1] 
51 


110 


| Avicula tessellata 


Thompsoni ... 
tumida 
Valenciennesiana 


Aviculopecten... 


anisotus 
blandus 


Bosquetianus ... 


Boueli ... 
Cairnsii 
cancellatulus . 
Carrolli 
clathratus 
celatus 
concavus 


concentrico-costatus ... 


constans 
decussatus 
deornatus 
dissimilis 
docens... 
Dumontianus 
dupliciradiatus 
ellipticus 
Eskdalensis 
exunius 
fallax cy. 
fibrillosus 
fimbriatus 
flexuosus 
Forbesii 
gentilis 
eranosus 


hemisphvericus 


PAGE 
63 

Il¥/ 

126 

. 65 
66, 165 
104 

57 


PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, LONDON AND DORKING. 


ir 


Actinopteria ... 
= fluctuosa 
— persuleata 
= suleata ... 
Allorisma Ansticei 
Amusium 


—- concentricum 


— (2?) deornatum 


— planicostatum 

— Sowerbi 

= tenue 
Ancylus Vinti 
Anomia antiqua 

—  corrugata 
Anthracomya calcifera 
Anthracosia robusta ... 
Avicula angusta 

—  Bosquetiana 

—  Buchiana 

—  eycloptera 

—  gibbosa 

—-  hemispheerica 

—  informis 

—  laminosa 

—  levigata 

—  lunulata 

—  _papyracea 

—  plicata 

— radiata 

— recta 

—  Samuelsi 

— simplex 

—  squamosa 

—  sublobata 


INDEX TO VOLUME IL. 


PAGE 
22 


25 


45 

ll 

a A 
11, 126 
11 

51 

73 

55 

11 

54 

39 

16 

110 


Avicula 


tessellata 
Thompsoni 
tumida 
Valenciennesiana 


Aviculopecten... 


anisotus 
blandus 
Bosquetianus ... 
Bouei ... 
Cairnsii 
cancellatulus ... 
Carrolh 
clathratus 
ceelatus 


concavus 


concentrico-costatus ... 


constans 
decussatus 
deornatus 
dissimilis 
docens... 
Dumontianus 
dupliciradiatus 
ellipticus 
Eskdalensis 
exunius 
ENIEB 550 
fibrillosus 
fimbriatus 
flexuosus 
Forbesii 
gentilis 
eranosus 


hemisphzericus 


PAGE 
63 

17 

126 

65 

66, 165 
104 


108 
130 
79 
100 
70 
69 
65 
39 
103 
74 
59 


70 


86, 106 


93 
165 
83 


ie.8) 


wm oT 
Ox ST 


218 


Aviculopecten illegalis 


incrassatus 
inequalis 
ingratus 
interlineatus ... 
intermedius 
interstitialis ... 
Jonesil : 
Knockonniensis 
levigatus 
Losseni 
macrotis 
megalotis 
Mosensis 
Murchisoni 
nobilis 
nodulosus 
ornatus 
papyraceus 
pera 
perplicatus 
perradiatus 
planoclathratus 
planoradiatus. .. 
plicatus 
proteus 
quinquelineatus 
Ruthveni 
Sedgwick 
segregatus 
semicostatus ... 
Sowerbii 
stellaris 
subconoideus ... 
sublobatus 
tabulatus 
tenuilineatus ... 
tessellatus 
textilis 
villanus 


Aviculopinna ... : 


dOrbignyi 


spatula 


Axinus obovatus 


INDEX. 


PAGE 
69, 89 
89 

99 

88 
101 
81 
94. 
129 
84. 

48 


91 


67, 165 


73 
122 
93 
97 
101 


| 
69, 165 
118 | 


88, 131 
76 

110 
67, 165 
91 


Belgium, Carboniferous Limestone fossils of 190 
D ’ 


British Paleozoic Fossils, M‘Coy 


Camptonectes... 
Carbonicola Vinti 
Cardiomorpha Nysti... 
— obliqua 
-- radiata 
Clidophorus ... 
Conchyliolithus af 
~- flabelliformis 
— nudus 
Crenipecten . 
— semicircularis 
Ctenodonta 
as Halli 
— leevirostris 
— lirata 
= pentonensis 
— sinuosa 
Cypricardia 
os cylindrica 
— oblonga ... 
—- socialis 


Distribution ... 


Edmondia acuta 

— amena 

— Lyell 

= oblonga 

— punctatella 

— senilis 

a truncata ... 
Entolium Le 

—  awviculatum... 

—  Sowerbii 

—  tenue 
Estheria punctatella ... 
Euchondria 
Eumicrotis se 

— hemisphericus 

= ovalis 


_ Fleming, History of British Animals 


Geology of Coalbrookdale, Prestwich 


116 

118 

118, 122 
123 

147 

67 

43 

45 

46 


Geology of Londonderry, Portlock ... 
— of Yorkshire, pt. 11, Phillips 
Gervillia laminosa 
—  lunulata 


squamosa 
Grammatodon 


History of British Animals, Fleming 


Inoceramus auriculatus 
Isodietic line ... 


Jenkinson, E.... 


Lanistes obtusus 
—  rugosus 
Leda 500 
Leiopteria 
= divisa 
—_ emaciata ... 
— grandis 
=: hirundo 
— laminosa ... 
—  longirostris 
= lunulata, -. 
= modiolaris 
— obtusa 
- rostrata 
= squamosa 
—  Thompsoni 
—  trigonalis 
Leptodesma 
Life-zones 
Lima alternata 
— concinna 
— decussata 
— levigata 
— obliqua... 

— prisca 
Limatulina 
= alternata 
= desquamata 
a radula 
— scotica 
selecta 


Lucina 


INDEX. 


| 
) 


219 
PAGE 
Lucina antiqua 163 
— du Noyeri 163 
Lyriopecten :. 61 
— orbiculatus 61 
Macrodon 164 
Malleus orbicularis ; 60 
Martin, Petrefacta Derbiensia 165 
M‘Coy, British Palaeozoic Fossils 172 
— Synopsis of the Carboniferous Fossils 
of Ireland 168 
Megambonia ... i 133 
—= carbonifera 133 
Meleagrina levigata ... 48 
— rigida 60 
— tessellata 63 
| Mineral Conchology, Sowerby 165 
Modiola Macadamii ... 164 
—  megaloba 164 
—— obtusa 21 
—— impolite 131 
— rostrata 20 
— Wright 132 
Mytilomorpha angulata 164 
Mytilus Koninckianus 131 
Nothamusium : 159 
= radiatum 160 
a transversum ... 161 
Nucula cuneata 139 
—  levirostris 164 
—  lunulata 164 
Nuculites 140 
Obliquipecten 114 
— leevis 115 
Orthis umbraculum ... 60 
Ostrea nobilissima 126 
Pachypteria ios 125 
-- nobilissima 126 
Paleolima oo 38 
-- Buchiana ... 26 
— levis 40, 127 
—  obliquiradiata 40 
— simplex 39 


Palzoneilo 
== carbonifera 
=: lirata 
Paracyclas ai 
— du Noyeri 
Parallelodon ... 
—~ angustus 
= divisus 
— elegans... 
— elongatus 
= Haimeanus 
— normalis 
Pecten eequalis 
— anisotus 
—  arenosus 
— Bathus 
= |oalllis ... 
== [ROWE ... ye 
—  cancellatulus ... 
—~ cingendus 
— clathratus 
— ceelatus 
— cognatus 
—  concavus 


— concentrico-striatus ... 


—  conoideus 

— consimilis 

—  deornatus 
depilis 

—  dissimilis : 

— Dumontianus ... 

—  ellipticus 

— elongatus 

== ER 550 

= il agus eee 

— fimbriatus 

— flexuosus 

— Forbesii 

—  gentilis 

—  gibbosus 

— granosus 

— Hardingi 

— hemispheericus 

=e hian sien 

— incrassatus 


— intercostatus ... 


INDEX. 
PAGE 
140 | Pecten interstitialis 
142 | — Jonesii 
143 | — Knockonniensis 
162 | — Kokcharofi 
163 — lineatus 
164 —- Losseni 
137 —— macrotis 
22 — _ meleagrinoides 
135 —— micropterus 
138 — Murchisoni 
136 — nobilis 
136 —  orbiculatus 
90 = OULOMISSeE 
104 — ovatus 
70 | — _ papyraceus 
118 — pera : 
84. — Phillipsianus ... 
94 | — _ planicostatus ... 
90 — planoclathratus 
108 — plicatus 
82 — pretenuis 
70 —  quinquelineatus 
90 — rugulosus 
54 —  scalaris 
70 | — Sedgwicki 
37 —  segregatus 
104 —  semicircularis... 
100 —  semicostatus ... 
108 — _ sibericus 
70 — simplex 
65 —  Sowerbi 
103 —  stellaris 
108 —  subfimbriatus... 
75 — subpapyracea 
108 — tabulatus 
3 —  tripartitus 
69 — undulatus 
83 — Valdaicus 
86 — variabilis 
.. 106 — villanus 
57,97 | Pernopecten ... she 
84 | Petrefacta Derbiensia, Martin 
45 | Phillips, Geology of Yorkshire, pt. 11 
(ol |ebannapers Fe ae 2 Bs - 
89 — costata . 
82) == flabellitormis’ 


PAGE 
94 

129 

84 

94. 

80 

80 

84. 

62 

73 

98 

90 

83 

70 

98 

51 

78 

90 

123 

ee 
69, 73 
106 

93 

70 

86 

101 

94. 

113 

69 

104 

39 

118 

88 

70 
pol 
67, 165 
79 

70 

118 
104 

a 188 
112, 117 
165 
166 

1 

1 

] 


Pinna flabelliformis, var. inequicostata 


—  flexicostata 


— inequicostata ... 


—  Jvaniskiana 


— mutica 


— spatula 


—  subspatula 


Pinnites 


—  flabelliformis 


Pleuronectites preetenuis ee 
Portlock, Geology of Londonderry ... 


Posidonia 


= Becheri 


var. tuberculata ... 


== lateralis 


== sunilis 


= tuberculata 


Posidoniella 


Posidonomya 


Prestwich, G 


suleata ... 


Becheri 

corrugata 
hemispheerica ... 
lamellosa 

lateralis 

membranacea ... 
obliqua 

punctatella 

radiata 

similis ... 

tuberculata 5a8 
eology of Coalbrookdale 


Protoschizodus magnus 


Pseudamusium 


anisotum 
auriculatum... 
Bathus aoe 
concentrico-lneatum 
ellipticum 

fibrillosum 

gibbosum 
Redesdalense 
sublobatum ... 


Pterinea desquamata 


-— intermedia ... 


--  levigata 


== = Ihbwal 


uata 


INDEX. 
PAGE 
1 Pterimea Thompsoni 
2 Pterimopecten 
2 | —- carbonarius 
4 | — concavus 
4 — cyclopterus 
2,4 | -- Dumontianus 
4 -— eximius 
] — eranosus 
1 = meleagrinoides 
106 | — papyraceus 
168 — pustulosus 
26 = radiatus 
27 -— rigidus 
28 | — tessellatus 
27 | Pteronites 
28 — angustatus 
OW | _ fluctuosus 
134 --- latus 
26 -— naviformis 
27 = persulcatus 
30 | -—— _ regularis 
45 — subventricosus 
B4 — suleatus 
27 | Pullastra elegans 
33 | 
34 | Rutotia ; 
147 | —  hemispheerica 
31 —  lenticularis 
28 — ornithocephala 
28 —_ ovalis 
167 
164  Sanguinolites 
102 -— angulatus 
104. = contortus 
108 = hibernicus 
118 — monensis 
111 — plicatus 
103 = vexillum 
106 | Sealdia minuta 
106 Schizodus obovatus ... 
109 Smith, John 
110) | Solen <.. 
37  Solenomorpha 
81 _ major ... 
it) — minor ... 
11 | Solenopsis 


222 


Sowerby, Mineral Conchology : 
Sowerby, J. de C., in Prestwich’s Geology of 


INDEX. 


5 Streblopteria ornata ... 


prelineata —... oe oa 
Coalbrookdale ... =r re LO _— Renardi ae nee t 
Spathella fe ee ..  ... 1538  Syneyclonema se 
— cylindrica ... wet uh . 164 — -earboniferum... ..: a: 2207 
—  tumida re ee on gee UGS) — Sowerbyi we vet ree 
Streblopteria ... Ne Be he ee RAG — Witryi fi a 
= Buchiana os te ... 127. Synopsis of the Carboniferous Fossils of 
— concentrica —... a8 Rey aloud Ireland, M‘Coy .. oP 
— elongata hes =a ne 103 
-— levigata ns sa . 48 . Part, D. 
ERRATA. 


Page 168, line 23, right-hand column, for Spathella read Paracyclas. 
Plate IV, line 12, for Killalu read Killala. 
Plate IX, line 5, omit “of the last figure.” 
Plate XXIII, lines 9, 10, omit “ and Redesdale, Northumberland.” 


Paleontographical Society, 1905. 


A MON OG HAP EH 


ON THE 


INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES 


THE BRITISH ISLANDS. 


BY 


S. S. BUCKMAN, F-.G.S., 


HONORARY MEMBER OF THE YORKSHIRE PHILOSOPHI CAL SOCIETY. 


PART X01. 
SUPPLEMENT. 


PaGeEs clxix—cevill; PLATES XX—XXIV. 


LONDON: 
PRINTED FOR THE PALMHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 
1905. 


PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, LONDON AND DORKING. 


SUPPLEMENT.—POLYMORPHID AS. clxix 


i REVISION OF, AND ADDITIONS TO, THE POLYMORPHID A: 


Family—POLYMORPHIDA, Haug. 
1891. Potymorruips, This Monogr., pp. 251, et seq. 


The principal character which distinguishes the members of this family from 
the Hildoceratidee is the suture line, with its immer lobes poimting obliquely across 
the whorl towards the periphery. There are cases, however, in which this 
character fails—for example, in degenerate species of Dumortieria, and in the 
genera Catulloceras and T'metoceras. In style of ribbing most of the members of 


this family may be distinguished from the Hildoceratidae—the ribs run straight, or 
nearly straight, across the whorl, having little of that lateral bend which is often 
so conspicuous in the Hildoceratidee, and little of the ventral projection (rostration) 
which is sometimes so marked in that family. 

The manner of phyletic development, however, is the chief point to be noticed. 
Whereas the Hildoceratide attain to a marked tuberculate stage with a well- 
e.g. Lillia, Haugia, Denckmaunia, Chartronia, Kiliania, ete. 


anc 


developed carina 
then show the stages of decline through a costate to a smooth stage, the Polymor- 
phidee only attain to a parvituberculate stage when the carina has not been de- 
veloped, or is only feeble; examples, J'imetoceras, no carina, sulcate periphery ; 
Uptonia, costate periphery ; Acanthoplewroceras (Cycloceras), feeble carina; while in 
Dumortieria and Catulloceras there is no evidence of a tuberculate stage haying been 
attained: it seems as if the anagenetic costate stage passed direct into the cata- 
genetic, and the carma is a feature developed in the catagenetic costate stage. 
But in the Hildoceratide, on the evidence of ontogeny and analogy with the 
Arietide, the carina is developed even before the anagenetic costate stage com- 
mences. 

When the members of this family were described in the body of the work, only 
Dumortierta and Catul- 


a few localities were known to yield the principal genera 
loceras; and the examples were mostly poor. Much addition has been made 
since. Mr. Charles Upton found in Penn Wood, near Stroud, a rich fauna of 
Dumortieria. This locality, and Buckholt Wood, near Frocester, have yielded to 
him and to myself many good specimens. Dursley also afforded me a good series 
in nice condition—mostly from the Moorei beds. The late Mr. HE. Wilson, F.G.S., 
and Dr. Vaughan, F.G.S., have sent me various species from the neighbourhood of 
Bath and Bristol. Mr. Bloomfield showed me two localities in the Yeovil Sands, just 
out of Yeovil, rich in Dumortieria and Catulloceras—mostly of a type distinct 
: 


clxx INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


from those of the Cotteswolds: they are apparently earlier biogenetically, if not 
geologically. Of course all this additional material has yielded many new forms ; 
but only a few of the more conspicuous and important of them can be dealt 
with now. 


IT. Genus—Tmertoceras, S. Buckman. 


1892. Tmertocreras, This Monogr., p. 269. 


Remarks.—Species of this easily recognised genus mark, with one exception, a 
from the Dorset coast to 
Northamptonshire. The exception is 7'm. Hollandx, the date of which is Mur- 


well-known horizon—the strata of the scissi hemera 


chisonx hemera. 

At Burton Bradstock and Chideock Quarry Hill, on the Dorset coast, species 
of T'metoceras are found in the stratum capping the “Sands”—the bed with 
Liocerata (see p. Xxxv). 

In Gloucestershire, in the Cotteswolds around Stroud, at Robinswood Hull 
(Mr. L. Richardson), at Andoversford, species of the genus have been found in the 
“Sandy Ferruginous Beds.” 

The “Northampton Sands” of Northamptonshire have yielded specimens 
which I have verified: they are doubtless the Am. niortensis mentioned by Sharpe. 

The Paving Bed of Bradford Abbas (date Murchisone ») has yielded two 
species: one, 7J'm. Hollandex, is indigenous; the other, aff. Tm. circulare, is derived 
presumably—the matrix in the whorls differs from that enclosing the specimen. 

There are specimens in my cabinet from Italy and Normandy, and the genus 
has been found in South America (Gottsche). 


1. T'mevoceras circuLtare, S. Buckman. Plate XLVIII, figs. 1—8. 
1892. Tmerocrras sctssum, This Monogr., Pl. xlviii, figs. 1—3; p. 273 (pars). 


Description.—Substeno- (on the line, 50 per cent.) subpachygyral; perlatum- 
bilicate ; costate; periphery sulcate, the sulcus mterrupting the coste, of which 
each one terminates in a tubercule on the edge of the sulcus. 

Distinction.—Very like A. scissus, Benecke, in proportions and appearance, but 
the whorl is rounder, and more inflated. 


2. Tmeroceras scissum (Benecke). Plate XLVIII, figs. 4—7. 


1892. 'TmErocuras scissuMm, This Monogr., Pl. xlviii, figs. 4—7; p. 273 (pars). 


SUPPLEMENT.—CATULLOCERAS. clxxi 


10. 


3. Tmetoceras Recneyt (Thiolliere). Plate XLVITI, figs. 8 


1892. TmeEtocreras scrssum, This Monogr., Pl. xlviii, figs. 8—10; p. 273 (pars). 


Note. 
Gottsche. 
Remarks.—The stout whorls, and general characters show close agreement 


Place here the reference to Dumortier, and with a query that to 


with Dumortier’s delineation. These features separate this form from the others. 
Localities and Strata.—Dorset: Broad Windsor. Gloucestershire : Penn Wood, 
near Stroud, top of Sandy Ferruginous Beds. Foreign: Normandy; Feuguerolles, 
“ Murchisone,” from Dr. L. Brasil. 
Date of Haistence. 
probably the correct date for the other examples 


For the Penn Wood specimen, scisst hemera; and this is 


the strata of the sciss? hemera 


having been often reckoned as base of Murchisonx zone. 


IL. Genus—Caruttoceras, Genmellaro. 


1892. Carunnoceras, This Monoer., p. 276. 


1. Caruttoceras Lersperal (Branco). Plate XXXIX, figs. 10, 11. 


1891. Caruntoceras Lrrsperer, This Monoegr., Pl. xxxix, figs. 10, 11; 1892, 
p- 279. 


Remarks.—A good specimen of this rare and distinct species was found by Dr. 
A. Vaughan, at the tunnel shaft, Sodbury, Gloucestershire. It is larger than the 
example figured. I desire to thank him for adding it to my collection. 

Note.—The want of carina in the specimen figured is due partly to ill preserya- 


tion. 


9. CATULLOCERAS PSAMMINUM, S. Buckman. Plate XUI, figs. 7, 8. 
1891. DumorviERIA RADIANS, This Monoer., Pl. xh, figs. 7, 8. 


Description.—Subplaty-subleptogyral ; latumbilicate : spissicostate ; periphery 
convex, parcicarinate. 
Distinction.—From Catull. Leesbergi, fewer whorls and a smaller umbilicus. 


elxxii INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


From Dumortieria radians, stouter whorls, a flatter periphery, a less definite 
carina. 

Remarks.—The absence of the paucicostate stage (the evidence is furnished by 
other specimens), which is so noticeable in Dumortieria, even when more degenerate 
than this species, and the association of spissicostation with quadrate whorls and an 
open umbilicus, suggest that the generic position is Catulloceras. 

Localities and Stratum.—Dorset: neighbourhood of Bradford Abbas, Yeovil 
Sands. Somerset: Furzey Knaps, near Yeovil, in the same beds, associated with 
several new allied species. 


In the following species the periphery shows more or less definite furrows 
beside the carina. Place here also Ammonites Perroudi, Dumortier et Fontannes, 
and Catull. avatum, 8. Buckm. 


3. CaTULLOCERAS suBARATUM, Brasil. Plate XXXIX, figs. 1, 2. 
1891. Dumortierta arata, This Monogr., Pl. xxxix, figs. 1, 2. 
1892. CaruLLoceras ARATUM, This Monoer., p. 280 (pars). 
1895. CaruLLocERAS suBARATUM, Brasil, Ceph. nouy., Bull. Soc. Géol. Normandie, 


vol. xvi, Pl. iv, figs. 1, 2. 


Remarks.—Dr. L. Brasil has found this species in Normandy, and has rightly 
corrected me by separating this from the compressed form under a distinct name. 


ILL. Genus—Dunortimria, Hang. 
1891. Dumortierta, This Monogr., p. 231. 
RECTIRADIATE. 


Paucicostate. 


1. Dumortirria Prisca, S. Buckman. Plate XXXVII, figs. 9—11. 
1891. Dumorrierta prisca, This Monoer., Pl. xxxvii, figs. 9—11, p. 236. 


Localities and Strataa—Somerset: Hendford Hill, Yeovil, in “the Sands.” 
Gloucestershire: Penn Wood, Cephalopoda Bed, middle (“ Dumortieria Beds”). 
This specimen, 68 mm. im diameter, has last whorl sparsicostate to smooth, failure 
of costation beginning about 55 mm. in diameter. 


Date of Wxistence—Dumortierie. 


sree ee ee eee ee 


ee 


—_e 
=r 
_ 


SUPPLEMENT.—DUMORTIERIA. celxx 


2. Dumortrerta Novata, S. Buckman. Suppl., Fig. 163 in text. 


1885. AMMONITES FALCOFILA SPARSICOsTA, Quenst., Amm. Schwiib. Jura, PI. liv. 
fig. 29 (not 35). 
1895. Dumortrerta prisca, Brasil, Ceph. nouv., Bull. Soc. Géol. Normandie, 
Tol xvi, Pl i, fos3: 


Distinetion—From D. prisca, the costs in the early whorls are less coarse and 
less distant, the umbilicus is smaller, degenerative changes begin earlier. 


h 


Fie. 168.—Dumortieria novata. 


Description.—(Young) Subplatysubpachygyral, latumbilicate, paucicostate to 
costate ; (adult) subplatyleptogyral, perlatumbilicate, costate to leevigate; sub- 
pauciseptate, sublongi-subangustilobate ; periphery penetabulate, parvicarinate, 
degenerating to convex, obsoleticarinate. 

This seems to be one of the forms which Quenstedt called A. falcofila sparsicosta ; 
but Haug, considering that form as identical with a species he figured, used the 
name sparsicosta for that species—his Dumortieria sparsicosta (q. v., p. 239). But 
this form, Quenstedt’s fig. 29 of Plate LIV, has thicker whorls and a broader, more 
convex, periphery than Haug’s species. 

Localities and Strata.—Gloucestershire : Penn Wood, Cephalopod Bed, middle 
(“ Dumortieria Beds”’), several young specimens; Wotton-under-Hdge, similar 


clxxiv INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


position; Cam Down. Normandy: Tilly-sur-Seulles, two specimens in my col- 
lection from Mr. Brasil. He says (p. 7) it is abundant at Tilly-sur-Seulles and at 
Fontenay-le-Pesnel in the upper part of the zone of Lytoceras jurense, associated 
with species of Dumortieria, which he names; it occurs in England in similar 
association. 

Date of Heistence.-—Dumortierix hemera. 


3. DuMmorrrerta FALCOFILA (Quenstedt). Fio. 164 in text. 
(4 g 


1885. AMMOoNITES FALCOFILA, Quenstedt, Amm. Schwab. Jura, PI. liv, fig. 31, and 
? fig. 28. 


Remarks.—Quenstedt figured a series of species as A. falcofila, A. falcofila spar- 
sicosta, and A. falcofila macer (Plate LIV, figs. 28—35). Of these Fig. 31 agrees 
exactly with our Englsh example, Fig. 28 is near, but may 
be a thinner form, Fig. 30 is a form allied to Dumortieria 
pseudoradiosa (v. p. 246); of Figs. 29, 35, falcofila sparsicosta, 
Fig. 29, is D. novata, sp. nov. (p. elxxii), Fig. 35 is allied to 
D. Mumeri (v. p. elxxv); of Figs. 32 


32, 34, appear to be Catulloceras aff. Dumortieri, and mieht 
’ ’ PI ) ro) 


34, falcofila macer, Figs. 


therefore be inscribed Catulloceras macrum ; Fig. 33 is a smooth 
Fic. 164—Dumortieria Species upon which I venture no opinion. 
ia Distinction.—Shows little of the coarse distant ribbing 
characteristic of the early whorls of the two preceding species. Is stouter whorled 
than D. novata. 
Localities and Strata.—Somerset: Furzey Knaps, near Yeovil, “Sands.” 
Foreign ; Normandy : Tilly-sur-Seulles, “ Jurense zone,” from Mr. L. Brasil. 


Date of Heistence—Dumortierie hemera. 


4 DUMORTIERTA SUB soLARIS, S. Buckman. Pl. XX XVII, figs. 6—8. 


1831. AmmonrrEs sonaris? Zieten, Verst. Wirtt., Pl. xiv, fig. 7 (non solaris, 
Phillips). 

1891. DumortrertaA Levesquet, This Monoer., Pl. xxxvii, figs. 6—8. 

1902. Dumorrerta sonaris, S. Buckman, Hmend. Amm. Nom., p. 6. 


Distinction—From A. Levesquei, dV’ Orbigny, coste less definite, closer together, 
less persistent; whorl more compressed ; periphery narrower, more acute. 
Remarks.—Is Am. solaris, Zieten, but not Phillips (‘ Geol. Yorkshire,’ Pl. IV, 


SUPPLEMENT.—DUMORTIERIA. clxxv 


fig. 29), which belongs to a different genus and a different family. As Zieten’s 
name 1s a synonyin, it cannot be used in the present case. 


5. Dumorrierta pauctserrata, S. Buckman. Fig. 165 in text. 


Description.—Subplatysubleptogyral; sublatumbilicate ; pauciseptate, sublongi- 
subangustilobate; subpaucicostate to subcos- 
tate; periphery subfastigate, parvicarinate. 

Distinction.—From young LD. novata, 
the more compressed whorl, the narrower 
periphery, the less paucicostate character. 
From D. sparsicosta, more definitely cos- i 
tate; the septa more distant, their lobes 
larger. 

Locality and Stratwin.— Gloucestershire : 


Bowcott Wood, near Dursley, in the Cepha- 
lopod Bed. 


re oe F Fig. 165.—Dumortieria pauciseptata. 
Date of Hvistence.—Moorer hemera. 


7. Dumortizrta costuLa (Heimecke). Pl. XXXVII, figs. 12, 13, 18, 19; Suppl., 
Fig. 166, p. excvi. 
1818. Navurinus cosruna, Reinecke, Maris prot., figs. 33, 34. 


1891. Dumorrreria costua, This Monogr., Pl. xxxvu, figs. 12, 13 only. 
1891. Dumortierta, sp., Ibid, Pl. xxxvu, figs. 18, 19. 


Notes.—-At a little larger size than that of the specimen figured in Pl. XX XVII, 
figs. 18, 19, the ribs degenerate rapidly, becoming close-set but sub-obsolete, 
somewhat after style of those in Plate XL, fig. 7. 

Localities and Strata.—Gloucestershire: Cam Down, Buckholt Wood, Bowcott 
Wood, ete., Cephalopod Bed, upper part ( Mooreit Beds”). Somerset : Stoford, 
Yeovil Sands. 

Date of Hvistence—Moorei hemera. 


8. Doumortiria MUNIERI (Haug). Plate XXXVII, figs. 14, 15. Suppl., Fig. 167. 


1884. Harroceras MunriERI, Haug, Nouv. Amm. du Lias sup., Bull. Soc. Géol. 
France, 3 Sér., vol. xii, Pl. xii, fig. 3. 
1885. AMMONITES STRIATULOCOSTATUS, Quenstedt, Amm. Schwab. Jura, Pl. li, 
fig. 8. 
1891. Dumortirria cosruta, This Monogr, Pl. xxxvii, figs. 14, 15. 


elxxvi INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


Note-—The example which I have figured has great resemblance to Haug’s 
type, both in general proportion and in manner of costation. It only differs in 
degree of costation, being more strongly ribbed, especially in the umbilical whorls. 


9. DumortieRiA sp. Plate XLV, figs. 15, 16. 
1891. Dumorriera Levesquer, This Monogr., p. 241, 1892, Pl. xlv, figs. 15, 16. 


Remarks.—Not much can be said about this fragment. The umbilicus is not 
large enough for A. Levesquet (?Orbigny). It seems to have some likeness to 


D. Munieri. 
Paucicostate to Costate. 
The inner whorls show more or less of the paucicostate or D. prisca stage, but 
the costate stage and decline of that stage are the chief characters in this series of 
species. 


10. Dumorrinria munricostata, S. Buckman. Suppl. Fig. 168 in text. 


Fie. 168.—Dumortieria multicostata. 


Description.—Subplatyleptogyral, lat-, almost perlatumbilicate, densiseptate ; 
subbrevi-subangustilobate ; subpaucicostate to costate; periphery subtabulate, 
parvicarinate. 

Remarks.—The D. prisca stage is evident in the inner whorls. The later 
development is much more definitely costate than in D. novata. Quenstedt figured 


SUPPLEMENT.—DUMORTIERIA. celxxvii 


a series of species under the name striatulocostatus.' To one of these the present 
species has much likeness, but it cannot be exactly identified therewith. The coil- 
ing of the umbilicus does not correspond; the ribs of the present species are more 
pronounced, more approximate, and more persistent; and apparently the whole 
shell is stouter. 

Locality and Stratwm.—Gloucestershire: Penn Wood, near Stroud, in the 
middle part of the Cephalopod Bed. 

Date of Hxistence.—Dumortierix hemera. 


11. Dumorrrerta exrernicostata (Branco). Plate XL, figs. 1, 2. Suppl., Fig. 169, 
Deexewal: 


1879. HarpocreRAs SUBUNDULATUM, var. EXTERNE costatuM, Branco, Unt. Dogger, 
Abh. Geol. Spez. Karte Elsass-Lothringen, Bd. ii, Pl. i, fig. 3 only. 

1891. DumortieriIaA striatuLocosrata, This Monogr., Pl. xl, figs. 1, 2. 

1902. — EXTERNIcostata, S. Buckman, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 5. 


Note.—Smaller umbilicus and finer costation than D. striatulocostata, as now 
defined. 


12. Dumortierta murans, S. Buckman. Plate XL, figs. 3—8. Suppl. Fig. 170, 


oS 


Pp: CXCVI. 


1891. DumortieRIA sTRIATULOCOsTATA, This Monogr., Pl. xl, figs. 3—8, p. 243. 
Description.—Sublatumbilicate ; costate declining to obscuricostate ; periphery 
narrow, fastigate, parcicarinate. 
Distinction.—From Am. striatulocostatus, Quenstedt,? smaller umbilicus and 
less coarsely costate. From Harp. evternicostata, Branco, thinner, with earlier 


degeneration of costae. 


13. Dumortrerta pecuinans, S. Buckman. Plate XL, figs. 1O—12. Suppl., Fig. 
70 exe vie 


1891. DumorrieriaA stRIATULOcosTATA, This Monogr., Pl. xl, figs. l1O—12. 
1902. — DECLINANS, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 6. 


Description.—Sublatumbilicate ; subcostate declining to almost striate ; peri- 
phery narrow, subtabulate, parvicarinate. 
1 Amm. Schwiib. Jura, Pl. lii, fig. 7; taken as type, see this Monogr., p. 244, 


lod 


2 Amm. Schwiib. Jura, PI. lii, fig. 7. 


elxxviii INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


Distinction.—From Dum. mutans, costae in umbilicus less coarse, and not declin- 
ing so rapidly, a more distinct carina on a more definite periphery. 

Localities and Stratum—Gloucestershire: Penn Wood, Buckholt Wood, 
Cephalopod Bed, Middle (Dumortieria Beds). Largest specimen 113 mm, in 
diameter, with last half-whorl smooth. 


14. Dumortierta YEovILENsIS, S. Buckman. Plate XXXVII, figs. 16,17. Suppl. 
> ) to) 
Mig. 1725 p. exeva 


1891. Dumorrreria strratuLocostata, This Monogr., Pl. xxxvui, figs. 16, 17. 
1902. — Yrovitensis, Hmend. Amm. Nom., p. 6. 


Description.—Sublatumbilicate ; costate changing to sublevigate; periphery 
fastigate, subcarinate. 

Distinetion.—More strongly costate and with a more acute periphery than either 
D. mutans or D, declinans. 


Locality and Stratum. — Dorset-Somerset border, Yeovil Junction, Sands 
(Mr. D. Stephens). One specimen measures 114: mm. in diameter. 


15. Dumorvieria Merita, S. Buckman. Plate XLII, figs. 11, 12. Suppl., Fig. 173, 
p. €XCVi. 


1874. AmmMmonrres rRADIosuS, Dumortier (non Seebach), Pal. Bassi Rhone, vol. iv, 
Pl. xiv, fig. 2 only. 
1891. Dumorrreria rapians, This Monogr., Pl. xli, figs. 11, 12. 


1902. — metita, Hmend. Amm. Nom., p. 5. 


Description.—Subplaty-subleptogyral ; latumbilicate ; subpauciparvicostate peri- 
phery convex to fastigate, parvicarinate. 

Localities and Strata.—Gloucestershire : Cam Down, Penn Wood, Cephalopod 
Bed, middle part (Dumortieria Beds). Foreign: France, ‘“ Le Bernard (Vendée) 
Lias supérieur” (Mr. L. Chartron). 


Date of Huistence.x—Dumortieria hemera. 


16. Dumortierta recutaris, S. Buckman. Plate XLI, figs. 4—6. 


174, p. cxcvi. 


Suppl, Fig. 


1890. Dumorrieria rapians, This Monoer., Pl. xli, figs. 4—6. 


Description.—Subplatysubleptogyral ; latumbilicate ; spissiparvicostate ; peri- 
phery subtabulate, parvicarinate. 


SUPPLEMENT.—DUMORTIERTA. clxxix 


Costate to Spissicostate. 
17. Dumortrertia RHODANICA, Hang. 
1874. Ammonites RAprIosus, Dumortier (non Seebach), Depots Jurassiques, vol. iv, 
Pl. xiv, figs. 3, 4 only. 
1887. Dumortrerta RHopANICA, Haug, Potymoren., N. Jahrb. f. Mineral, etc., 
Bd. 11, p. 138. 

Remarks.—Dumortier figured two specimens under the name of Aim. radiosus ; 
one he called “compressed variety,” the other “the stout form.” To both of these 
Haug subsequently gave the name Dumortieria rhodanica. As Dumortier called 
the latter the commoner form it 1s advisable to take it as the type. 

The combination of stout whorls with numerous cost brings this form nearest 
to D. pseudoradiosa, bat the whorls are thinner and the costz are more numerous 
in the present species. 

Distinction.—From D. veqularis, stouter whorls, more numerous smaller coste, 
larger umbilicus. 

Locality and Stratwm.—Gloucestershire : Penn Wood, near Stroud, in the middle 
part of the Cephalopod Bed, where several examples have been obtained by Mr. 
C. Upton and myself. 

Date of Haistence.—Dumortierie hemera. 


18. DumorTIERIA RADIANS (Reinecke). Plate XLII, figs. 8—10; woodcut, fig. 2 


f =; 
p. 187. Suppl. Plate XXII, figs. 31—33; 
Fig. 175, p. exevi. 
1891. Dumortrerta RADIANS, This Monogr., Pl. xli, figs. 8—10; p. 248 (pars). 
Description.—Sublatumbilicate ;  subspissiparvicostate ; periphery subtabulate, 
carinate. 
Remarks. 


The example figured in the present Supplement, Pl. XXII, figs. 
31—53, has closer agreement with Reinecke’s original delineation than any other 
specimen. It will form a basis from which to work in understanding this species. 

Localities and Strata.—Gloucestershire : Penn Wood, near Stroud, and Cam 
Down, near Dursley, Cephalopod Bed, Dumortieria horizon; Somerset: Maes 
Knoll (Dundry) (l. Richardson), presumably from clays of ill flank. 


Date of Hvistence.—Dumortierix hemera. 


19. Dumortrerta stanata, S. Buckman. Plate XLII, figs. 6,7. Suppl., Fig. 176, 
Pp: €XCYI. 
1891. DumortiertIaA RADIANS, This Monogr., Pl. xlii, figs. 6, 7 only. 
1902. DumortrerIA stanata, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 6. 
Description.—Sublatumbilicate ;  subplaty-subleptogyral ; — spissiparvicostate ; 
periphery fastigate, subcarinate. 


clxxx INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


Distinetion.—From Dum. radians, thinner whorls; more acute, less carinate 
periphery ; finer smaller costz. 

Localities and Strata.—Gloucestershire : Cam Down, near Dursley, Cephalopod 
Bed, Dumortieria horizon. Foreign: France, Le Bernard (Vendée), Lias supérieur 
(submitted by Mr. Chartron). 

Date of Hxistence.— Dumortierix hemera. 


Costate to NStriate. 


The costate stage is sometimes omitted altogether. 


20. Dumortrerta pipHyES, S. Buckman. Plate XLIII, figs. 5,6 (Type), fig. 7. 
Plate XLII, figs. 18, 14. 


1891. Dumortierta rRApDIOSA, This Monogr., Pl. xli, figs. 18, 14; Pl. xl, figs. 
5—7. 


Description—Subplatyleptogyral, latumbilicate ; costate declining to striate ; 
periphery convexifastigate, parcicarinate. 

Distinction —F rom Am. radiosus, v. Seebach. Mr. EH. Mascke, Assistant at 
Géttingen Museum, who is making a special study of Inferior Oolite Ammonites, 
has very kindly compared my figures with Seebach’s original specimen, which is in 
that collection. He writes: “The identification of Dumorhieria radiosa appears to 


me not to agree, for there is a whole series of differences.” ' 


He gives a table of 
comparative measurements which show that Seebach’s shell has stouter whorls and 


a smaller umbilicus. 


21. Dumortisria tncLusa, S. Buckman. Plate XLV, figs. 13, 14. 


1891. DuMorRTIERIA RADIOSA, var. GUNDERSHOFENSIS, This Monoer., p. 254 
(pars); 1892, Pl. xlv, figs. 13, 14. 


Description.—Platysubleptogyral ; subangustumbilicate ; spissicostate to striate 
to spissiparvicostate ; periphery subtabulate, carinate. 

Distinction.—F rom D. vadiosa, var. gundershofensis, the umbilicus being costate 
and not showing the tendency to expand noticeable in Haug’s figure. 


22. DumortiERIA sp. Plate XLII, figs. 1, 2. 


1891. Doumorrrerta raptans, This Monogr, Pl. xii, figs. 1, 2. 


‘Tn litt., August 29th, 1902, 


SUPPLEMENT.—DUMORTIERIA. clxxxi 


23. DuMmorTIERIA PENEXIGUA, S. Buckman. Plate XLII, figs. 3—5. 


1891. Dumorrtrerta rapians, This Monogr., Pl. xlii, figs. 3—5 only. 
1902. A PENEXIGUA, Hmend. Amm, Nom., p. 5. 


Description.—Subplatysubleptogyral ; sublatumbilicate ; striate ; periphery sub- 
tabulate ; subearinate. 
Distinction—From 1). signata, much finer ornament; shehtly stouter whorls, 


broader, flatter periphery. 


24, DUMORTIERIA EXTERNICOMPTA (Branco). 


1879. HarpockRAS SUBUNDULATUM, var. EXTERNE ComPTUM, Branco, Unt. Dogger, 
55 
Abh. Geol. Spez. Karte Elsass-Lothringen, Bd. ii, Pl. i, fig. 5 only. 


Remarks.—This species has in the inner whorls rather coarse distant ribs, 
which change rapidly to fine striae; these are slightly bunched towards the inner 
margin. The umbilicus is smaller and the whorl broader than in D. diphyes. 

Localities and Stratum.—Gloucestershire : Bowcott Wood, Cephalopoda Bed, 
upper portion (Moorei Beds); Buckholt Wood. 


Date of Heistence.—Mooret hemera. 


25. Dumortimria suprasciaTa, S. Buckman. Plate XXX, fig. 18. Suppl., Fig. 
177, p. exevi,and Fig. 178 in text. 


1890. Dumorrrerta RADIOSA, This Monogr., Pl. xxx, fig. 18. 
1891. — —- var. GUNDERSHOFENSIS, p. 254 (pars). 


Description.—Platysubleptogyral, sublatumbilicate, the umbilicus bordered by 
definite margin; striate, with tendency to more prominent 
distant striation at about 30 mm. diameter. Periphery conyexi- 
fastigate, carinate. 


Note-—The strizw are irregular along the inner edge of the 


(2) 

Fra. 178.— Dumor- 
tieria subfasciata. 
Section of whorl. 


whorl, as if gathered into small bunches. This character suggests 
the trivial name. 

Distinction—From D. gundershofensis, Haug, thinner, more finely striate, 
with a less tabulate periphery. 

Localities and Stratum.—Gloucestershire: Frocester Hill and Bueckholt Wood, 
in the Cephalopod Bed. 

Date of Haistence.—Moorei hemera. 


celxxxii INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


26. Dumortreria Moorei (Lycett), Wright. Plate XLIV, fig. 9. Fig. 179 in text. 
1857. Ammonrres Moore, Lycett, Cotteswold Hills, p. 122, description partly, 
and dimensions (PI. i, fig. 2a ?). 
1883. Harpocrras AALENSE, Wright (non Zieten), Lias Amm. (Pal. Soc.), Pl. 
lixxx, figs: 152. 

Remarks.—The evidence about the type-specimen and Wright’s figure is given 
in p. 255. One piece of evidence about the Jermyn Street example has been over- 
looked.  Lycett in the explanation of his plate speaks of his figured example as a 
“small specimen.” ‘This is against the Jermyn Street fossil bemg the type. But 
Lycett’s figure looks lke an adult specimen, 
reduced, and Wright says: “ the large shell 
which .. . Dr. Lycett figured in his hand- 
book” (p. 459). 

Under the circumstances it is best to take 
Wright’s figure as representing the type. That 
agrees so closely with the specimen referred to 
by Lycett as the largest example—of which 
he gives dimensions (p. 122); it is probably a 
figure of the same shell, which is most likely 
the Jermyn Street specimen, and that has 
always been considered as Lycett’s type. 

I have given a figure of another example 
here for two reasons—to illustrate the species 


better, and to emphasize the remarkable de- 

Ee NS ee ceptions of homceomorphy. This figure 
should be compared with that of Cotteswoldia bifawx, p.cxxxvi, and the difference in 
the radial line noted. The two fossils are in the same stage of decline—from 
costate to striate—and show about the same amount of costate umbilicus; in fact, 
they are in every way most similar. Such differences as they present might be 


regarded as individual variation were it not for the differences in radial line, which 


differences they share with their respective alles. 
This is a good example of the trouble in Ammonite identification. 


27. DumortiErRiIA suBexcentrica, S. Buckman. Plate XXX, fig. 19, Plate XLIV, 
figs. 7, 8. Suppl., Fie. 180; p.cxeva: 
ef. 1851. Ammontres opatinus, Bayle and Coquand (see p. 255). 
1890. Dumortirr1aA Mooret, This Monoer., Pl. xxx, fig. 19; 1891, PI. xliv, figs. 
7, 8, p. 255 (pars). 
1902. = SUBEXCENTRICA, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 6. 


1Two pieces of body-chamber, making another half-whorl, belong to this specimen, but C. bifax 
is complete. 


SUPPLEMENT.—DUMORTIERIA. celxxxiii 


Description.—Subexcentrumbilicate ; striate (a small costate stage im inner 
whorls) ; periphery fastigate, parcicarinate. 

Distinction —From D,. Moorei, the earlier loss of coste and the peculiar 
umbilicus. 

Remarks.—This species seems to have great likeness to the Chili fossil figured 
by Bayle and Coquand; but in face of what is known about homcoeomorphy it 
would be hazardous to suggest identity. 


28. Dumorriria Linearis, S. Buckman. Plate XXX, figs. 15—17. Suppl., Fig. 181, 
p- CXevl. 


le 


1890. Dumortirrt1a Mooret, This Monogr., Pl. xxx, figs. 15 


Description.—Subplatyleptogyral, sublatumbilicate, with definite inner margin ; 
striate ; periphery fastigate, parvicarinate. 

Distinction.—From D. Moorei, the want of a costate stage ; the definite inner 
margin (Lycett says of his species “inner border of whorls not truncated,” p. 122). 
From D. subexcentrica, the want of costz in the umbilicus, the more definite peri- 
phery and carina. 

Localities and Strata.—Dorset: Bradford Abbas, Yeovil Sands, upper part ; 
Chideock Quarry Hili, Bridport Sands—specimens at a fossiliferous horizon 50 feet 
from top of sands and from where opalinoid Ammonites occur, 110 feet from base 
of sands, and 180 feet from first appearance of Dumortierie im so-called Upper 
Lias clay. 

The strata on Dorset coast (sands and clay) which yield Dumortierix are about 
200 feet in thickness. 


Date of Hxistence.-—Moorei hemera. 


29. DumortizRia sp. Plate XLIV, figs. 4—6. Suppl., Fig. 182, p. cxevi. 
1891. Dumorriuria Moore, This Monogr., Pl. xliv, figs. 4—6. 

Remarks.—VThis form lacks the costate umbilicus of D. dJ/ooret, the excentrum- 
bilicus of D. subeacentrica ; the definite inner margin of D. linearis. It has also a 
less definite periphery than the typical D. linearis, a shghtly larger umbilicus, and 
is thinner. 

Widely umbilicate species. 
Compare with D. subsolaris for the costate ally. 

30. Dumorrreria tara, S. Buckman. Plate XLIV, figs. 1—3. Suppl. Fig. 185, p. exevi. 


1885. AmmMonirEs cf. RADIANS, Quenstedt, Amm. Schwiib. Jura, Pl. liv, fig. 19. 
1891. DumortieriaA RADIANS, var. ExIGuA, This Monogr., PI. xliv, figs. 1—3 only. 


clxxxiv INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


Description.—Subplatyleptogyral ; latumbilicate ; spissiparvicostate ; periphery 
subacutifastigate, parcicarinate. 

Distinction.—From Dum. siqgnata, the larger umbilicus, as mentioned in p. 252. 
The coste are also rather more distant and distinct. 


31. Dumorrigria exicua, 8S. Buckman. Plate XLIII, figs.11,12. Suppl., Fig. 184, 
Waexcwil, 


1891. DumorvTreRtIA RADIANS, var. Ex1agUA, This Monogr., Pl. xlin, figs. 11, 12. 


Description. — Subplaty-subleptogyral; latumbilicate; spissiparvicostate to 


striate ; periphery fastigate, parvicarinate. 


32. Dumorrimria sp. Plate XLITI, figs. 1—4. 
1891. Dumortiertia rapians, This Monogr., Pl. xlin, figs. 1—4. 


Remarks.—A young example depicted to show the ontogeny. It has a larger 


umbilicus than the last species. 


SUBFLEXIRADIATE. 


In this group the radial line has a shght curve on the lateral area ; the umbili- 
cus is large, and considerable compression is attained even while a strongly costate 
stage is present. These are all factors of distinction from true Dumortieria, where 
the radial line is straight, at least until the striate stage is well advanced, where the 
umbilicus tends to contract as soon as compression commences, and where such com- 
pression does not become pronounced until costal degeneration has nearly attained 
the striate stage. 

The comparative development may be expressed somewhat in this way: In 
the flexicostate series the prisca style of distant ribbing and wide umbilication are 
found persisting until considerable whorl compression has been reached. So in the 
recticostate series the prisca style of ribbing is associated with circular whorls, in 
the flexicostate series with compressed elliptical whorls. 

The present group admits of division into two series, but only in regard to 
size : 

(1) Latescens series, large forms. Dum. latescens, Dum. arenaria, which is 
perhaps young of a larger form, and the species called Dum. subundulata, var. 
striatulocostata by Haug in ‘ Polymorphidey,’ N. Jahrbuch f. Mineral., 1887, Bd. II, 
PI We igs A 

(2) Subundulata series, all seem to be dwarf forms, Dum. subundulata and its 


allies. 


SUPPLEMENT.—DUMORTIERIA. clxxxv 


A. The Latescens series. 


33. DUMORTIERIA LATESCENS, S. Buckman. Plate XLIII, figs. 8—10. Suppl. Fig. 
185, p. excvi. 


1890. Dumorrrerta supunpDULATA, This Monogr., Pl. xliii, figs. 8—10. 
1902. — LATESCENS, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 5. 


Description—Subplatyleptogyral ; latumbilicate; parvicostate (with an inter- 
mediate striate stage) passing to somewhat smooth (with irregular obscure ribs). 
Periphery subacutifastigate to convex, parci- to obsoleticarinate. 

Remarks.—In other specimens the intermediate striate stage is more pro- 
nounced. 

Localities and Strata—Somerset: Stoford, shelly beds of Yeovil Sands; North 
Stoke, near Bath (Cotteswold district) sandy strata im Cephalopod Bed, collected 
by the late E. Wilson, F.G.S. 


Date of Hxistence—Mooret, or Dumortierix hemera. 


34. DumorTierta ARENARIA, S. Buckman. Suppl., Plate XXII, figs. 834—36. 


Description.—Subplatyleptogyral ; latumbilicate; costate declining to parvicos- 
tate and to irregulari-subcostate ; periphery acutifastigate, parvicarinate. 

Distinction—From D. latescens, coarser, more distant, coste, sharper periphery. 

Locality and Stratum.—Dorset : Bradford Abbas, in the Yeovil Sands. 

Date of Hxistence-—Mooret hemera, presumably. 


B. The Subundulata (or dwarf) series. 


35. Dumortierta TaBuLaTa, S. Buckman. Suppl., Plate XXII, figs. 25—27. 


Description.—Subplatysubleptogyral (almost subpachygyral) ; latumbilicate ;- 
costate; periphery tabulate, parvicarinate. 

Locality and Stratum. — Gloucestershire : Penn Wood, Cephalopoda Bed 
(“ Dumortieria Beds ”’), KE. Wilson. 


30. 


36. DuMoRTIERA EXPLANATA, S. Buckman. Suppl., Plate XXII, figs. 28 


Description.—Subplatysubleptogyral (almost leptogyral) ; latumbilicate ; costate ; 
periphery subtabulate, parvicarinate. 
Distinction — From D. tabulata, the thinner whorls, and less tabulate periphery. 
AA 


clxxxvi INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


Localities and Strata.—Gloucestershire: Penn Wood, Cephalopoda Bed 
(““ Dumortieria Beds ”’) ; Cam Down, similarly. 
Date of Existence.-—Dumortierix hemera. 


37. DuMoRTIERIA SUBUNDULATA (Branco). Plate XLV, figs. 1—3. 


1879. HarpocEeRAs SUBUNDULATUM, Branco, Unt. Dogger, Abh. Geol. Spez. Karte 
Elsass-Lothringen, Bd. ii, Pl. iii, 
fig. 4 only. 

1892. DuMorTIERIA sUBUNDULATA, This Monogr., Pl. xlv, figs. 1—3. 


Distinction—From D. explanata, the more acute periphery, the more distant 
ribs. 

Localities and Strata— Gloucestershire : Buckholt Wood, Mooret Beds ; Bowcott 
Wood. 


38. Dumortreria rustica, S. Buckman. Plate XLV, figs. 4, 5 (type), figs. 10—12. 


1892. Dumorrreria suBuNDULATA, This Monogr., Pl. xlv, figs. 4, 5, 1O—12. 
1902. — rustica, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 5. 


Description.—Subplatysubleptogyral, latumbilicate ; costate passing to spissi- 
parvicostate ; periphery fastigate, subcarinate. 

Distinction —From D. subundulata, more numerous and closer set coste ; thinner 
whorls. From D. explanata, decline to parvicostate stage, sharper periphery. 

Localities and Strata.—Gloucestershire : Penn Wood, Cam Down, in the Cepha- 
lopod Bed. 


39. Dumortierta MuNDA, S. Buckman. Plate XLIV, figs. 10—12. 


1891. Dumortrerra suBpuNDULATA, This Monogr., Pl. xliv, figs. 10—12 only. 
1902. — muNbDA, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 5. 


Description.—Subplatysubleptogyral, sublatumbilicate; subcostate passing to 
striate ; fasciate; periphery fastigate, parvicarinate. 
Distinction —From Dum. rustica, the finer ornament, the smaller umbilicus. 


40, Dumorrierta Brancot, S. Buckman. Plate XLV, figs. 8, 9. 


1879. Harpocrras psEUDORADIOSUM, Branco, Unt. Dogger, Abh. Geol. Spez. 
Karte Elsass-Lothringen, Bd. ii, 
Pl. ii, fig. 3 only. 

1892. Dumortieri1a suBuNDuLATA, This Monogr., Pl. xlv, figs. 8, 9. 

1902. — BRANCOI, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 5. 


SUPPLEMENT.—FONTANNESIA. c]xxxvii 


Description.—Subplatysubleptogyral, latumbilicate; spissiparvicostate; peri- 
phery fastigate, parvicarinate. 

Distinction.—From Dum. munda, the costation, the larger umbilicus. 

Localities and Strata.—Gloucestershire: Frocester Hill, Cephalopod Bed ; 
Dorset: Chideock Hill, Bridport Sands with D. linearis. 


4]. Dumortierta exacta, S. Buckman. Plate XLV, figs. 6, 7. 


1892. Dumorrreria susunpDULATA, This Monogr., Pl. xlv, figs. 6, 7. 


1902. — Exacta, Hmend. Amm. Nom., p. 5. 
Description. — Subplatyleptogyral ; latumbilicate; subspissi-subparvicostate ; 


periphery subacutifastigate, subcarinate. 

Distinction.—From D. Brancoi, more definite costation, thinner whorls, more 
acute periphery. 

Localities and Strata.—Gloucestershire: Buckholt Wood, Cam Down, Penn 
Wood, Cephalopod Bed, upper part (“ Moorei Beds”’). 


IV. Genus—Fontannestal, S. Buckman. 
(Type: Dumortieria grammoceroides, Haug.). 


1891. Dumorrrerta, pars, This Monoer., p. 231. 
1902. Fonrannesia, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 6. 


Definition.—Subplatysubleptogyral ; latumbilicate; subdensiseptate ; sublongi- 
angusti-ornati-lobate ; laterally subflexiradiate ; peripherally latanguliradiate ; 
convex, parcicarinate. (Radial line, fig. 186, p. exevi.) 

Notes.—Such are the characters of the typical series, modifiable according to 
the degree of development. But there are other series which do not quite conform, 
even allowing for developmental variation. ‘Thus a periphery convex and carinate 
is found, and a costation varying from subflexirursiradiate to subrectiversiradiate 


is shown. 

Distinction—From Dumortieria, the more ornate suture-line, and the longer 
peripheral projection of the radial Ime. The cost lack that annular appearance 
so noticeable in Dumortieria. 

Remarks.—The species of this genus are interesting for the likeness in certain 
cases to species of Sonninia,’ from which, however, they are separable by the 
suture-line with dependent inner portion. This suture-line is of the type of that 


! In honour of F. Fontannes, collaborator with E. Dumortier. 
> See p. 339, and footnote 1, p. 340. 


celxxxvVili INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


found in the family Polymorphidze, but is more ornate than in other genera, except 
Uptonia. It has a certain likeness to that of Hammatoceras, and curiously enough 
certain species of this genus have some outward resemblance to certain, as yet un- 
described, species of that genus which occur in the same bed: the species of Mon- 
tannesia may, however, be distinguished by lacking the pronounced carina, which 
is also a septicarina, of the species of Hammatoceras. 

No foreign locality, so far as I am aware, has yielded any species of this genus. 
Hitherto nearly all the specimens have come from a small area within about two 
miles’ radius of Bradford Abbas, Dorset; only one or two have come from places a 
little more distant. Much interest therefore belongs to a specimen of this genus 
found by Mr. J. W. Tutcher so far away as Dundry, Somerset, which is not only 
more than 30 miles from Bradford Abbas, but is separated therefrom by the 
Mendip axis. 

The earliest species to be named was called Harpoceras Boweri; the next was 
designated Dumortierta graimmoceroides, named by Dr. Haug from a British 
example of which he has very kindly sent me a plaster cast. Before this, species 
of the genus had long been known by the name Am. Levesquet. 


Typical series. 


1. Fonrannusia ExpLaANatA, S. Buckman. Plate XLVI, figs. 6, 7. Suppl., Fig. 187, 
Pp. Cxevi. 


1892. DumorTreRIA GRAMMOCEROIDES, This Monogr., PI. xlvi, figs. 6, 7. 
1902. Fonrannesia EXPLANATA, Hmend. Amm. Nom., p. 6 (xlvii misprint). 


Description.—Subplatysubleptogyral, latumbilicate ; subpaucicostate ; periphery 
fastigate, subcarinate. 

Localities and Stratum.—Dorset: Bradford Abbas, Fossil Bed ; Louse Hill, near 
Halfway House. 

Date of Hxistence.—Discite hemera. 


2. FONTANNESIA GRAMMOCEROIDES (Haug). Plate XLVI, figs. 1—3. Plate XLVII, 
figs. 15—17; Suppl., Fig. 186, p. exevi. 


1892. DuMoRTIERIA GRAMMOCEROIDES, This Monogr., Pl. xlvi, figs. 1—3; Pl. xlvui, 
figs. 15—17, p. 262. 
1902. FonTannesia — Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 6. 


Distinction —From font. ewplanata, the broader, flatter periphery, also the 
somewhat smaller umbilicus and the rather stouter whorls. 


SUPPLEMENT.—FONTANNESIA. clxxxix 


3. FonTannesia Lucutenta, S. Buckman. Plate XLVI, figs. 4, 5 (type), fig. 8. 
Plate XLVII, figs. 10—12. 
1892. Dumortieria GramMMocerorpEs, This Monogr., Pl. xlvi, figs. 4, 5,8; Pl. 
xlvui, figs. 10O—12. 
1902. Fonrannesia LucuLENTA, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 6. 
Description.—Sublatumbilicate ; — subspissi-subparvicostate; periphery — sub- 
fastigate, subcarinate. 
gate, 
Distinction.—F rom Font. grammoceroides, the somewhat smaller umbilicus, 
the smaller, more closely set, coste. 


4, Fonrannesia opruta, 8S. Buckman. Suppl., Plate XXIV, figs. 8—11. 
1892. Dumorvrrerta sp., This Monogr, p. 340, footnote. 
Description.—Sublatumbilicate, parvi- to obsoleti-costate; periphery subfastigate, 
parvicarinate. 
Distinction.—From Lont. luculenta, the more degenerate style of costation. 
Locality and Stratum.—Dorset: Bradford Abbas, in the Fossil Bed. 
Date of Heistence.—Discite hemera, presumably (by matrix). 


Carinate series. 
5. FoNTANNESIA CARINATA, S. Buckman. Plate XLVLII, figs. 18, 14. 


1892. DumorTIERIA GRAMMOCEROIDES, This Monogr., Pl. xlvii, figs. 15, 14. 
1902. Fonrannesta carinata, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 6. 
Description.—Rursi- and subcrassicostate ; periphery rounded to subtfastigate, 
subcarinate to carinate. 
Remarks.—In the inner whorls of the specimen depicted in Plate XLVII, fig. 
13, the ribs are not shown coarse enough. 
Localities and Strata—Dorset: Bradford Abbas, Fossil Bed; Halfway House, 
from equivalent bed. 
Date of Hxistence.—Discite hemera, presumably. 


Dwarf series. 
A. Rursicostate (with lateral auricles). 
A. Flexicostate. 


6. Fonrannesia curvata, S. Buckman. Plate XLVII, figs. 1, 2 (type), figs. 3, 4, 5. 
Plate LXV, Figs. 6, 7. 
1892. DumorTIERIA GRAMMOCEROIDES, This Monogr., Pl. xlvii, figs. 1—5; Pl. lxv, 
figs. 6, 7. 
1902. Fonrannesia curvata, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 6. 


cxe INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


Description.—Latumbilicate, flexi-rursi-costate : periphery rounded, practically 
non-carinate. 

Remarks.—Vhe figured specimens show lateral (mouth-border) lappets, or signs 
thereof, at 16, 32, 836 mm. diameter. Other examples show them at 28 mm. (two) 
and at 32 mm. 

Localities and Stratum.—Dorset: Bradford Abbas, Fossil Bed; Somerset: 
Stoford. A not uncommon species. 

Date of Heistence.—Discite hemera. 


b. Subflewicostate. 


7. Fonrannesia Bowerr (J. Buckman). Suppl. Plate XXIV, figs. 1—4 (type 
refigured). 


— Ammonites BoweErt. J. Buckman, MS. 
1883. Harpocreras Bowert, S. Buckman, New Spp. Amm.; Proc. Dorset Club, 
vol. iv, p. 145, woodcut. 
1889. Sonninra Bowerr (pars), This Monoger., p. 119. 
1902. Fonrannesta Bower, Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 6. 


Remarks.—This is a most noteworthy species. The type form was at one time 
thought to be the same as Sonmmnia Zurcheri (Douvillé), which, however, it precedes 
by two years; and so the name Sonninia Bowert was used. But itis nota Sonninia; 
the suture-line, which can be seen obscurely through the test, has a dependent 
inner portion. Also Boweri differs from Zurcher in not having such flexed coste, 
nor the sulci beside the carina, nor so distinct a carina. 

The name was suggested by my father in honour of his friend the Rev. — 
Bower, of Closeworth, Somerset, a geologist. 

Distinction From F. luculenta ; a smaller umbilicus and less distinct costee. 

Locality and Stratum.— Dorset : Bradford Abbas, Fossil Bed. 

Date of Existence.—Discite hemera. 


c. Subrecticostate. 
8. Fontannesia avrita, 8S. Buckman. Suppl., Plate XXIV, fig. 7. 


Description.—Sublatumbilicate ; crassicostate; periphery rounded, _ parvi- 
carinate, with area each side of carina slightly depressed. 

Distinction —From F'. Boweri, more costate, more umbilicate, and thinner. 

Locality and Stratum.—Dorset : Halfway House (Compton), near Sherborne, 
presumably from bed equivalent to the Bradford-Abbas Fossil Bed. 

Date of Evistence-—Concavi or Discite hemera, presumably. 


ee 


SUPPLEMENT.—FONTANNESIA. exci 


9. FonrannesIA concentrica, S. Buckman. Suppl., Plate XXIV, figs. 5, 6. 


Description. — Subplatysubleptogyral; sublatumbilicate, concentrumbilicate ; 
costate, periphery convex, parcicarinate. 

Distinction—From IF’. aurita, less strongly costate, and barely carinate. 

Locality and Stratwm.—Dorset: Louse Hill, near Halfway House (Compton), 
presumably from strata equivalent to Bradford-Abbas Fossil Bed. 

Date of Hexistence.—Concavi or Discite hemera, presumably. 


B. Versi- or prorsicostate (without lateral auricles, so far as evidence shows). 


10. Fontannusia TorTIVA, S. Buckman. Plate XLVII, figs. 8, 9. 


1892. DuMmorRTIERIA GRAMMOCEROIDES, This Monogr., Pl. xlvii, figs. 8, 9. 
1902. Fonrannesia TorTIvVA, HEmend. Amm. Nom., p. 6 (figs. 6, 7 misprint). 


Description.—Latumbilicate; subrectisubyersi- (to subprorsi-) costate ; periphery 
convex, parcicarinate. 

Locality and Stratum.—Dorset: Bradford Abbas, upper part of Fossil Bed. 

Date of Haistence.-—Discite hemera. 


11. Fonrannesta pespecta, S. Buckman. Plate XLVII, figs. 6, 7. 
1892. DumortrerIA GRAMMOCEROIDES, This Monoer., Pl. xlvii, figs. 6, 7. 


Description.—Subplatysubleptogyral ; latumbilicate ; subrecti- prorsi- parvicos- 
tate; periphery subtabulate, parcicarinate. 

Distinction.—From D. tortiva, the more numerous, smaller cost. 

Remarks.—A. common form at Bradford Abbas, but it seems always to be small. 
The largest of 16 specimens is 37 mm. in diameter. 

Localities and Strata.—Dorset: Bradford Abbas, upper part of Fossil Bed ; 
Somerset : Dundry (Mr. J. W. Tutcher), presumably from below the White Iron- 
shot. 

Date of Heistence.—Discitx hemera. 


Norr.—Since the above articles were written, a specimen of this genus has 
been found in the Lower Trigonia-Grit (discite ») of the Cheltenham district. 
I have recorded it as I’. ef. tortiva in ‘Handbook Geol. Cheltenham,’ by L Richard- 
son, 1904, p. 2350. 


excii INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


III. REVISION OF, AND ADDITIONS TO, VARIOUS FAMILIES. 
Family—AMALTHEID As. 
Sub-family—Sonnininm. 
Genus—Zurcuerta, Dowvillé. 
ZURCHERIA PUGNAX (Vacek). Suppl., Fig. 188 in text. 


1892. Zurcner1a pueNnax, This Monogr., p. 298. 


1895. —- puanax, Brasil, Ceph. Nouv.; Bull. Soc. Géol. Normandie, 
vol. xvi, Pl. 11, figs. 4, 5. 
1902. = puenax, S. Buckm., Emend. Amm. Nom., p. 7. 


This was noticed as a foreign species at p. 298. It can now be recorded as 
British. A specimen in beautiful preservation, 53 mm. in diameter, was obtained 
by me from the workmen at Stoke Knap, Dorset, some years ago. It came evi- 
dently from the Building Stone, and by its matrix perhaps from the lower part ; 
that would make its date Bradforden- 
sis hemera ; but it may be later. 

This example is a whorl larger 
than Vacek’s, and shows on this 
whorl! decline of the bispinous stage 
—in fact, the ornament on this 
whorl is just that of Haploplewro- 


ceras. ‘The periphery, however, is 
quite convex, shows no carina nor 
furrows ; but the small coste pass 

eo over this periphery, making lingui- 
Fie. 188.—Zurcheria pugnaz. form figures. 


This specimen is most interesting in its bearing on my remarks as to the 


genealogy of Haplopleuroceras, p. 299. My thanks are due to Mr. J. W. Tutcher 
for the two photographs. 


Genus—Dorsntensta, S. Buckman. 


1m OE eOOOLl Gm ahy 


DorserensiA Lennieri, Brasil. Plate LI, figs. 1—3. 


1892. Dorsrrensta sp., This Monogr., Pl. li, figs. 1—8, p. 304. 
1895 — Lewnnreri, Brasil, Ceph. Nouv., Bull. Soc. Géol. Normandie, 
vol. xvi, Plo i, figs, 101 10; 


Found in Normandy by Mr. L. Brasil. 


SUPPLEMENT.—WITCHELLIA. exClii 


Genus—Pacitomorpuus, S. Buckman. 


This genus should be removed from the family Hildoceratidze, and placed with 
the Sonninine. See the excellent remarks hereon by EH. Haug, Amm. Et. Moyens, 
Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 3rd série, t. xx, p. 297, 1893. 


Genus—Sonninia, Dayle. 
Dwarf Sonniniex, series allied to the genus Pacilomorphus. 


SonniniA sutcata (S. Buckman). Plate XXII, figs. 32, 33; Plate XXIII, fig. 1. 


1889. Liixr1a sutcata, This Monogr., Pl. xxii, figs. 32, 33, Pl. xxiii, fig. 1, p. 109. 
1893. Sonninza sutcata, Haug, Amm., Bull. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 3, vol. xx, 
p. 290. 


Dr. Haue’s correction is justified—the species certainly belongs to the Sonninine. 


Sonninia, aff. Buckmant, Haug. Plate XXIII, figs. 7, 8; Plate XXII, fig. 34, 
p. LOd218s89: 
This species is closely allied to Sonnima Buckman, Haug, Amm. Et. Moy., 
Bull. Soc. Géol. France, sér. 3, vol. xx, Pl. IX, fig. 4, 1893. 


SONNINIA DUNDRIENSIS, S. Buckman. Plate XXIII, figs. 5, 6. 
1889. Sonninta sp., This Monogr., Pl. xxiii, figs. 5, 6. 


Description.—A compressed form with small but excentrically coiled umbilicus. 
Coste faleate and connate, not much projected peripherally. Periphery with a 
small carina bordered by shght furrows. 

Locality and Stratum.—Somerset : Dundry, Tronshot Oolite. 

Date of Heistence—Sauzei hemera. 


Note-——The three species just mentioned illustrate two series of dwarf 
Sonniniz, whereof there are many undescribed forms. Sonn. sulcata and Sonn. 
aff. Buckmant belong to the stout-whorled series; while Sonn. dundriensis shows 
what are the characters of the compressed forms. 


Fenus—WitcHeELia, S. Buckman. 


WircHeLiia sp. Plate XXIII, figs. 2—4. 


1889. _Lupwiera sp., This Monogr., Pl. xxiii, figs. 2—4, p. 107. 
BB 


exciv INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITHS. 


The present is most hkely the more correct position—at any rate, it belongs to 
the Sonnininz. Since it was described I have been able to work certain disused 
quarries around Sherborne, and I can therefore judge that the horizon of this 
species 18 probably Witchellia beds, certainly not Murchisone or Concavus beds. 
See Baj. Sherborne Dist., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xlix, p. 480. 


Family—OPPELID As. 
Genus—Cicorraustes, Waagen. 


(Type: Gcotraustes gencularis, Waagen.) 

1869. Oxxorraustes, Waagen, Formenreihe Am. subradiatus ; Geol. Pal. Beitrige, 
Bd. ii, Heft 11, p. 251. Spelt “ Oecotraustes” in 
explanation of Plates. 

CicoTRAUSTES, AUCT. 


That the Hectici were related to Ludwigia was the opinion of several paleeonto- 
logists. The species called Cicotraustes were figured in Plates XX, XXI as beimg 
related to the Hectici, which is perhaps correct, and hence to Ludwigia. But 
before they were described the Ludwigia connexion was seen to be untenable; 
these species belonged to the Oppelidee, though the idea that the Hectici were 
related to Ludwigia was still clung to. Bonarelli, however, considers that the 
Hectici belong to the Oppelidee, and that seems to be most likely. 

As the specimens of Gicotraustes that happened to be figured have not been 
described in the body of the work, it is advisable to consider them here. 


(Kcorraustes ruGosus, S. Buckman. Plate XXI, figs. 1,2. Suppl., Fig. 189, p. exevi. 
1889. (£corraustres rucosus, This Monogr., Pl. xxi, figs. 1, 2. 


Description.—Subplatysubleptogyral ; subangustumbilicate ; costate; periphery 
subconvex, parvicarinate. 

Note.—Plain costate stage until 29 mm. diameter, then begins a stage with 
nodate-ended costee. 

Locality aud Stratum.—Somerset : Hast Coker, from the upper beds. 

Date of Haistence. 


Probably hemera T'ruellit. 


(Hcorraustes costicer, S. Buckman. Plate XX, figs. 15—17. Suppl., Fig. 190, p.cxevi. 
1889. (corraustes consuneENsS, This Monogr., Pl. xx, figs. 15—17. 


Description.—Platysubleptogyral; excentrumbilicate ; parvicostate, coste quite 


SUPPLEMENT.—Q@COTRAUSTES. cxcV 


feeble on inner area; periphery subfastigate to convex, carina small to nearly 
obsolete. 

Note.—The plain costate stage until 35 mm. diameter ; stage with nodate-ended 
coste to 39 mm. diameter; then relapse to plain costate stage. 

There are three stages in last whorl : 

(1) Costate, with nearly straight radial line. 

(2) Nodate, cost ending in blunt knobs near carina; radial line much 
curved. 

(3) Post-nodate, the knobs have gone, the cost are declining. 

Stages 1, 2 are carinate; in stage 3 the periphery is rounded, the whorl swollen, 
the inner margin receding from centre. 

Distinction —From Oec. rugosus, the smaller coste, the umbilicus, and the 
general proportions. 

Locality and Stratum.—Dorset: Bradford Abbas, from the White Beds. 

Date of Haistence—Probably hemera fusce. 


(Hicorraustss NopirEer, S. Buckman. Plate XX, figs. 18,14. Suppl., Fig. 191, p. exevi. 


1889. (corraustEs consunaENS, This Monogr., Pl. xx, figs. 13, 14. 
And compare 
1869. OrcorraustEs consuNGENS, Waagen (non Mayer), Formenreihe Am. subra- 
diatus, Geol. Pal. Beitrige, Bd. 1, Heft ii, 
Pl. xx, fig. 5. 


Description.—Platygyral ; excentrumbilicate ; semicostate, the inner area nearly 
smooth; nodi when developed, strong ; periphery subfastigate, parvicarinate. 

Note.—Plain costate stage to 27 mm. diameter; then follows the stage with 
coste ending in nodi. 

Distinetion—From Am. conjungens, Mayer,’ smaller umbilicus, more distinct 
ornament, more definite carina. From Oec. costiger, the smooth inner area, the 
greater excentricity of umbilicus, the more definite carina and nodi on the peri- 
phery. 

Localities and Strata.—Dorset: Bradford Abbas, from the White Beds ; Burton 
Bradstock, from the Upper Beds. 

Date of Hxistence.—Probably hemera fusce. 


1 «Journ. Conchyliologie,’ vol. xiii, Pl. vili, fig. 6, p. 322, 1865. 


SUPPLEMENT, LAB IE nV: 


Radial lines.—PotymorPHipm, OPPELID”®. 


a 


166 h 
a 7 170 I71 172 173 
169 
IX 
i : } 
18! 
174 175 176 177 183 184 
180 182 
| : 189 a 191 
135 186 187 190 


Fig. 166—Dumortieria costula, p. clxxv. (a, from specimen figured in Pl. XX XVII, figs. 12, 13; 
b, from that in Pl. XX XVII, figs. 18, 19.) 

Fig. 167.—Dumortieria munieri, p. clxxv. (From specimen in Pl. XX XVII, figs. 14, 15.) 

Fig. 169.—Dumortieria externicostata, p. elxxvii. (From specimen in Pl. XU, figs. 1, 2.) 

Fig. 170.—Dumortieria mutans, p. clxxvii. (From specimen in Pl. XU, figs. 3—9.) 

Fig. 171.—Dumortieria declinans, p. clxxvii. (From specimen depicted in Pl. XL, figs. 10—12, at 
two stages: a, subcostate; 6, degenerate subcostate. ) 

Fig. 172.—Dumortieria yeovilensis, p. clxxvili. (From example in Pl. XXXVIL, figs. 16, 17.) 

Fig. 173.—Dumortieria metita, p. clxxviii. (From specimen shown in Pl. XLII, figs. 11, 12.) 

Fig. 174.—Dumortieria regularis, p. clxxviii. (From example in Pl. XLI, figs. 4—6.) 

Fig. 175.—Dumortieria radians, p. elxxix. (From example in Pl. XLII, figs. 8—10.) 

Fig. 176.—Dumortieria signata, p. elxxix. (From specimen in Pl. XLII, figs. 6, 7.) 

Fig. 177.—Dumortieria subfasciata, p. clxxxi. (From specimen depicted in Pl. XXX, fig. 18.) 

Fig. 180.—Dumortieria subexcentrica, p. clxxxii. (From example figured in Pl. XXX, fig. 19, and 
Pl. XLIV, figs. 7, 8.) 

Fig. 181.—Dumortieria linearis, p. elxxxiii. (From specimen shown in Pl. XXX, figs. 15—17.) 

Fig. 182.—Dumortieria, sp., p. clxxxiii. (From specimen figured in Pl. XLIV, figs. 5, 6.) 

Fig. 183.—Dumortieria lata, p. clxxxiii. (From example drawn in Pl. XLIV, figs. 1—3.) 

Fig. 184.— Dumortieria exigua, p. clxxxiv. (From specimen in Pl. XLII, figs. 11, 12.) 

Fig. 185.—Dumortieria latescens, p. clxxxv. (From specimen in Pl. XLIII. figs. 8—10.) 

Fig. 186.—Fontannesia grammoceroides, p. clxxxvili. (From a plaster cast of Dr. E. Haug’s holo- 


Fig. 187.—Fontannesia explanata, p. clxxxviii. (From the specimen in Pl. XLVI, figs. 6, 7.) 

Fig. 189.—Gicotraustes rugosus, p. exciv. (From example depicted in Pl. XXI, figs. 1,2; a, costate 
stage; b, middle of nodate stage.) 

Fig. 190.—icotraustes costiger, p. cxciv. (From specimen in Pl. XX, figs. 15—17; a, costate 
stage; b, end of nodate stage.) 

Fig. 191.—icotraustes nodifer, p. exev. (From example in Pl. XX, figs. 13, 14; a, costate stage ; 
b, end of nodate stage.) 


exevl 


SUPPLEMENT.—TECHNICAL TERMS. excvii 


IV. CONCERNING TECHNICAL TERMS. 


In order to secure, so far as possible, a uniform value for the terms descriptive 
of the dimensions of whorl and umbilicus, it has been found advisable to use some 
definite standard of proportion. Such a standard is furnished by the radius—the 
length from the centre to the periphery 


This being taken as 100, the percentage 
of other dimensions may be approximately stated as follows : 


Perstenogyral, Subplatygyral, 
arr | : ey From 50 per cent. Dialed eas 
To 17 per cent. Perleptogyral, i Subpachygyral, 

: a to 66 per cent. |, eae 
Perangustumbilicate. Sublatumbilicate. 
Stenogyral, Plat ral, 
From 17 per cent. By From 66 per cent. aeons 
2 Leptogyral, Fs Pachygyral, 
to 34 per cent. a to 83 per cent. oe 
Angustumbilicate. Latumbilicate. 
Substenogyral, Perplatygyral, 


From 34: per cent. From 85 per cent. 


Subleptogyral, 
Subangustumbilicate. 


Perpachygyral, 


to 50 per cent. to 100 per cent. 


Perlatumbilicate. 


When the dimensions exceed 100 per cent. they may be denoted by affixing the 
word evtreme-. Thus certain species might be extremipachygyral, or extremilatum- 
bilicate, with further modification, when necessary, by per— and sub-. 

There is a certain arbitrarmess about the whole method, as when only a shght 
difference each side of a dividing line gives a different designation, while more differ- 
ence, if falling at beginning and end of a division, does not give a different term, 
although it would be desirable in specific distinction. When a dimension falls on 
the dividing line, it seems advisable to take the lower denomination as the term. 
Proportional triangles, such as those given by P. Reynés in the frontispiece of his 
Monograph, are suitable for taking the measurements. 

The descriptions from page xv onwards have been checked in accordance with 


this more exact scheme. 


V. GENERIC CLASSIFICATION. 


The following is a classification of the genera which have been described. 
They have been arranged in such order in their respective groups that, so far as 
possible, the sequence shall be from the least to the most modified form ; and the 
sequence of the groups themselves is on the same basis. 


excviii INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


Super-family—AMMONITACEA. 
Family—Anietipm. Hudlestonia. 


Family—Hi.poceRatTIp&. 


Sub-family—Hinpoceratin®.  Hildoceras, Pseudolioceras, Canavarella, Vacekia, 
Polyplectus. 


Sub-family—GRAMMOCERATINE. Grammoceras, Cotteswoldia, Pleydellia, Canavarina, 
Walkeria, Phlyseogrammoceras, Pseudogrammo- 


ceras, Asthenoceras. 


Sub-family—Havernm. Chartronia, Lillia, Denckmannia, Haugia, Phymatoceras, 
Brodiceras. 


Sub-family—GRAPHOCERATINE. Graphoceras, Pseudographoceras, Platygraphoceras, 
Braunsina, Crickia, Rheboceras, Ludwigella, 
Ludwigia, Kiliania, Wiltshireia, Apedogyria, 
Ludwigina. 


Sub-family—Lucyinm. Lucya, Paquieria, Paineia, Cylicoceras, Depaoceras, Lioceras, 
Cypholioceras, Ancolioceras. 


Sub-family—Hyartrewnn.! Strophogyria, Hyattina, Hyattia, Cosmoqgyria, Welschia, 
Geyeria, Manselia, Brasilina, Brasilia. 


Sub-family—DaretLewm. Braunsella, Reynesia, Darellina, Darellella, Reynesella, 
(dania, Hugia, Lopadoceras, Darellia, Stokeia, 
Dissoroceras, Deltotoceras, Deltoidoceras, Toxolioceras, 


Hyperlioceras. 
Family—AMALTHEID. 


Sub-family—Sonnininm. Zurcheria, Haplopleuroceras, Pecilomorphus, Dorsetensia, 
Sonninia. 


Family—Po.ymMorPaipe®. Polymorphites, Tmetoceras, Catulloceras, Fontannesia, Dumortieria. 


VI. AMMONITE DEVELOPMENT. 


For the better understanding of the revised system of Ammonite grouping now 
adopted, and in accordance with which this work has been revised, it may be 
desirable to recapitulate briefly certain phenomena of Ammonite development. 
Some reference has been made to them in various placesin the body of the work 


1 Spelt thus not to conflict with Hyattina. 


SUPPLEMENT.—AMMONITE DEVELOPMENT. cxcix 


(pp. 133, 288) ; they have been fully stated by Hyatt in his ‘ Genesis of the Arietidee,’ 
while similar phenomena of development have been proved for Cephalopoda 
generally by A. Hyatt, for various Ammonites by J. P. Smith, for Pelecypoda by 
R. T. Jackson, for Brachiopoda by Beecher, by Schuchert, by Cumings and others, 
and in both zoological and botanical series generally by Jackson. In fact, they are 
the phenomena of bioplastology. 

Such phenomena of development show a certain sequence—stages of elabora- 
tion (anagenesis) are followed by stages of simplification (catagenesis) ; and 
this applies not only to the ontogeny of the individual and the phylogeny 
of the race, but also to the ontogeny and phylogeny of the particular features 
or characters which distinguish one species, one genus, one race, from another. 
Variation in the characters themselves along their lines of progression or 
degeneration is a specific, but not a generic, distinction ; variation in the relative 
development of characters is generic, so that in such associations as A, b,c; a, B, c; 
a, b, C, indicating the characters of three species, the generic distinctions are the rela- 
tive development expressed as A to a, b to B, ¢ to C respectively. 

Working on such lines as these in regard to Ammonites, Hyatt made for the 
Arietidze some six genera, which with better knowledge would be increased perhaps 
to 8 or 9; but m the Hildoceratidze continued development has produced so much 
complication, that, by work on similar lines, the number of genera must be increased 
enormously. The fauna has, however, increased far more than proportionately in 
richness ; in Ammonites, the numerical acme and what may be called the acme of 
peecilomorphy—variety of form—is reached in the period called Inferior Oolite, so 
that the multitude of individuals and their great diversity of characters make the 
task of classification a matter of extreme complexity. 

In Ammonites it may be seen that there are five characters to deal with ; they 
may be stated as follows: 

(1) Whorl-shape. 

(2) Umbilication. 

(3) Suture-line. 

(4) Test ornament—transverse and longitudinal. 

(5) Radial curve, in which rostration plays so important a part. 

Hach of these characters has its definite ontogenetic and phylogenetic history. 
To each there is a stage of anagenesis and a stage of catagenesis, and between 
them an acme, or period of prime development. But the acmes of the various 
characters are by no means coincident ; and it is this diversity of incidence which 
produces diversity of form. With five characters, to each of which may be given, 
say, five stages of anagenesis and five of catagenesis, the possible number of 
different combinations that may be produced thereby is almost innumerable. 

Any approximate coincidence of the majority of acmes of characters does not 


ce INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


coincide with or produce the acme of a genetic series. For another factor comes 
individual bulk. The period of attainment of the largest individual growth 
by a particular species of a genetic line must be regarded as the genetic acme ; and 


in here 


although there is a certain relation between the acme of ornament-elaboration 
and the acme of bulk-development, yet they do not coincide. Rather the acme of 
ornament is reached before the acme of bulk—sometimes shortly, sometimes at a 
longer period, before—as if a certain economy in reduction of ornament were 
necessary and favourable to the attaimment of greatest individual growth. 

To take examples: Vermiceras Conybearti compared to Coroniceras, Stepheoceras 
compared to Caloceras Blagdeni, Sonninia dominans compared to SN. crassispinata, 
are all cases where the acme of size comes shortly after the acme of ornament. In 
Parkinsonia dorsetensis (Wright), the giant of the Inferior Oolite, the acme of size is 
long after the acme of ornament—for that must be reckoned as Coloceras- 
Blagdeni-equivalent in this series—a stage from which Park. dorsetensis has 
travelled far: it only shows the morphic representation thereof in its brephic 
whorls. In the Lytocerata, too, the growth-acme is long after the ornament-acme ; 
for Lytoceras fimbriatwm is about in the acme of ornament in this series; but it is a 
small species beside such giants as Lytoc. sigaloen, L. Wrighti, L. confuswm, which 
have left the ornament-acme so far behind that they only show, at a very youthful 
period, traces of a stage somewhat analogous to that of LD. fimbriatum. 

To consider the various characters and their morphogeny: In whorl-shape, 
inflation is anagenetic, and contraction is catagenetic. In suture-line, the greater 
elaboration and complication is anagenetic, the simplification is catagenetic. When 
suture-lines do not increase their complexity more than in proportion to the whorl- 
increase, but become more approximate—the individual becoming more densisept 
and less latisept—that must be regarded as a beginning of catagenesis. 

In test-ornament, elaboration is anagenetic, and simplification is catagenetic. 
The transverse ornament may show the following successive stages of morphogeny : 
in anagenesis, striation, subcostation, costation, unituberculation, bitubercula- 
tion, multituberculation; and, in catagenesis, the same stages in reverse order till 
all ornament is again lost, and smoothness is returned to. Or, after a period of 
decline, renewed elaboration may take place; thus a species which shows in its 
ontogeny catagenesis from tuberculate to subcostate may elaborate afresh ana- 
genetic stages from subcostate to tuberculate: Sonninia renovata is a notable 
example. 

Perhaps it would be correct to regard the tuberculate stage as due to the 
development of longitudinal ornament across the costate transverse ornament, so 
breaking up the coste into a row of tubercles in the line of intersection, which 
often is an angular portion of the whorl area. 

Longitudinal ornament is most frequently developed on the periphery where 


a 


SUPPLEMENT.—AMMONITE DEVELOPMENT. cci 


transverse ornament is weak; then it shows normal development in the following 
stages somewhat analogous to those of transverse ornament : a slight line (periphery 
angulate), a rib (periphery carimate), ribs and furrows (periphery carinatisulcate), 
and when the transverse ornament becomes stronger, knotted ribs and furrows 
(Paltoplewroceras). If, however, the area be already costate, the development of 
longitudinal ornament produces tuberculation directly. This would make tuber- 
culate peripheries analogous to tuberculate lateral areas—both produced by similar 
development, either transverse costation of a longitudinal rib, or longitudinal costa- 
tion of a transverse fold—depending on whether the transverse or the longitudinal 
ornament has progressed the most before the other begins, in regard to any given area. 

Examples of longitudinal ornament in its simple form on the lateral area are 
the longitudinal striz in Amaltheus, Strigoceras, etc., and longitudinal coste in 
Strigoceras trifurcatum and Str. Truellii; these developments take place when the 
transverse ornament is in advanced catagenesis. 

In regard to the radial curve, one of the principal features is the degree of 
rostration—the greater projection thereof must be regarded as anagenetic and 
reduction as catagenetic. This rostration is the outward projection of the median 
portion of the periphery—a part which in Nawtilus is curved inwards. In Ammo- 
nites the variation is from no projection at all (Graphoceras) to a very long forward 
projection (Amaltheus, Harpoceras, Schloenbachia). In a general way the greater 
projection is connected with greater development of the keel on the periphery ; but 
this rule only holds good when allied genera are considered by themselves. There 
may be considerable development without any keel (Zurcheria); when a keel 
appears the development attaimed then becomes still more pronounced. 

The projection of the rostrum is often associated with general catagenesis ; and 
not until catagenesis is in a very advanced stage is reduction of the rostrum usually 
found. Then it accompanies another extreme catagenetic feature—excentrum- 
bilication ; Ludwigia ambigua is a good instance. 

Lastly, with regard to umbilication it is difficult to say what is anagenetic and 
what catagenetic. It may be recognised that there are alternate stages of coiling 
in and coiling out. The former must, perhaps, be considered as anagenetic, though 
it usually occurs when the series is in general catagenetic—the character 
anagenetic when the series is catagenetic—which may be called morph- 
anagenesis in phylocatagenesis. This is very marked in regard to umbilication. 

From Orthoceras through Gyroceras to Nautilus clausus are the various degrees 
of incoilng—a cone coiling more and more on itself until no umbilicus is left. The 
Nautilus style of coilmg appears in Cymbites—a very simple Ammonoid; but from 
Cymbites to Coroniceras at its acme, or to Lchioceras the process is reversed— 
coiling in passes to coiling out; the umbilicus constantly enlarges. In catagenetic 
series of Arietide, Hildoceratide, etc., coiling out changes to coiling in—the 

G6 


ccii INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


umbilicus decreases; but sooner or later in catagenesis, depending on the series, 
the process changes—coiling in gives place to coiling out. When the change 
supervenes late, after considerable incoilmg has produced angustumbilication, then 
the coiling out is often rapid—it produces the phenomenon which I have called 
excentrumbilication—Hyperlioceras rudidiscites, for example. When carried to 
areturn to the Gyroceratan form. Carried 


excess, outcoiling produces Ancyloceras 
to an extreme, it produces Baculites—a return to the Orthoceras mode. There is, 
therefore, a cycle of development—from straightness to extreme mvolution and 
back to straightness again ; but in completing this cycle there are many periods of 
interruption—periods of renewed anagenesis'—while return may begin long before 
umbilical closing is obtained, and many Ammonite stocks die out without com- 
pleting the cycle. 

It will be seen from the foregoing remarks how different are the times of 
development of the various characters—how different are the morphogenetic 
aemes. ‘Thus elaboration of a suture-line (septal morphanagenesis) 1s frequently 
carried on till late phylocatagenesis. This is in obedience to mechanical 
necessities, which were discussed pp. 134, 138. Then development of longitudinal 
may be early or late mm a series, or it may 


ornament on the periphery—the carina 
be delayed altogether. And in regard to umbilication the morphanagenesis is so 
frequently associated with phylocatagenesis that one is inclined to look upon it as 
really a catagenetic feature. 

From the phases of development of characters which have been detailed it will 
be seen what changes may be expected in the various genetic stocks, bearing in 
mind two principles, ontogenetic repetition of phylogeny, and earlier inheritance 
(tachygenesis). Taking the Hildoceratide which show phylocatagenesis from 
tuberculate to costate, to subcostate, to smooth, there will be shown in the ontogeny 
of each species this sequence of events carried on to a certain degree. The more 
catagenetic is a species, the further it will carry out the sequence. Correlated with 
these characters of ornament there will be catagenesis of whorl shape—from infla- 
tion to compression; anagenesis of suture-line, with possible catagenesis at last; 
anagenesis of rostration, also with possible catagenesis ultimately ; catagenesis of 
such longitudinal ornament as carination,? with ultimate failure; anagenesis or 
closing of umbilicus, with, later, catagenesis or expansion of umbilicus (excentrum- 
bilication), especially correlated with catagenesis of rostrum and disappearance of 


carina. 


' Compare Spheroceras for stages of umbilical closing, and Morphoceras, a descendant of a 
Spheroceratoid, for stages of a closed umbilicus opening out more and more. In Morph. dimorphum 
the peculiar form is due to rapid umbilical catagenesis. 

* Increased prominence of the carina gaining at the expense of compression of periphery can 
hardly be accounted anagenesis. 


ae 


SUPPLEMENT.—AMMONITE DEVELOPMENT. cciii 


Numerically, anagenesis musters more than catagenesis: but the features which 
it affects are less important, and to the latter must be credited bulk-decline—a 
factor in which is whorl compression. For even if the same diameter should be 
attained, it 1s only gained by a great decrease in thickness. 

It is now necessary to show what bearing these considerations have on the 
interpretation of the generic definitions and the specific descriptions. 

The definition of the genus indicates the characters shown by a certain species, 
and by a particular specimen of that species, which is selected as the type of a 
certain genetic series. This type-species of the genus—the genotype—then becomes 
a kind of fixed point in the genetic line. The species leading up to the genotype 
—in a catagenetic series like the Hildoceratidze—will show in the main more, and 
those leading from it less, accentuated characters than the genotype.’ The onto- 
geny of the genotype, and of species of allied genera, will give evidence as to the 
course of development. If the genotype show a tuberculate stage in youth 
declining to costate and smooth stages in adult—expressed in the specific descrip- 
tion, which must be read with the generic definition, as tuberculate, to costate, to 
levigate—then the species leading up to the genotype should show more of the 
tuberculate and less of the subsequent stages, while the species leading from the 
type should show less of the tuberculate and constantly more of the subsequent 
stages (compare Sonninia and the Hildoceratide, passim). If the type show 
inflated whorls in youth, becoming compressed in adult, the species leading up to 
it should show a longer persistence of inflated whorls, and little or none of the 
compression, the species leading from it constantly less of the inflated period and 
more of the compression. And so with other features. These are the phenomena 
of morphic prefiguration and representation (p. 315). Under circumstances 
such as these the specific descriptions may often seem to contradict the generic 
definitions ; but they do not: they merely indicate the difference in the degree 
of development between the species and the type. The genotype of series 
X may be defined as sublatumbilicate, that of Y as angustumbilicate ; but a smooth 
species assigned to X may be described as angustumbilicate, indicating the change 
in the series ; but the smooth species of Y would probably by then be perangust- 
umbilicate unless excentrumbilication had commenced. 

If, however, the definition of the genotype of X be sublatumbilicate while a 
species assigned thereto be stated as latumbilicate, it indicates that such species is 
in an earlier stage of development, it may be ontogenetic, it may be phylogenetic, 
but it will be found to be the morphic prefiguration of a younger stage in the ontogeny 
of the genotype. In the specific descriptions some such correlation as this would 
be found: X 1 spinous to costate, latumbilicate, X 2 (the genotype) costate to levi- 


1 The opposite obtains in anagenesis. Compare Arnioceras. 


cciv INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


gate, sublatumbilicate. At the same time specimens of X 2 smaller than the actula 
specimen described should show, but in a reduced form, characters approximating 
to X 1 (morphic representation), and specimens larger than the type should show, 
but at a later date, characters which would be expected to belong to X 3—in a 
catagenetic series—(morphic prefiguration). 

There has been no space in the descriptions in this supplement to deal with the 
ontogeny of each genotype; but these rules will show what may be expected, and 
by placing series of allied genera side by side—in which one supplements stages 
lacking in another—the ontogeny and the phylogeny of the genotypes may be 
observed. 

When, as types of genetic series, species in different stages of development have 
been taken, the definition may not only show the difference between them—it may 
express more or it may indicate less. X smooth is angustumbilicate, Y costate is 
the same. If smooth X and costate Y be taken as the genotypes, the characters of 
umbilication appear in the definition as the same, so that apparently the umbilica- 
tion is nota character of distinction in this case. And yetit may be: the association 
in which the same umbilicus is found gives the distinction—in X angustumbilication 
is associated with the smooth stage, but in Y with the costate ; the difference then 
is between X angustumbilicate + smooth, Y the same + costate, or, comparing 
morphic equivalents, which should always be done, between smooth X angust- 
umbilicate and smooth Y perangustumbilicate. 

These remarks, it is hoped, will make clear the methods which have guided 
the arrangement of this supplement, wherein an immense series of species had to 
be dealt with in a limited space. In conclusion, one great difference in the point 
of view concerning a genus may be brought to mind. Formerly the genus 
embraced a series of so many homceomorphous species, now the genus comprises 
what may be called the heteromorphous stages of a phylogenetic series. The 
difference is most important. In simpler language, once the genus had a horizontal 
range, now it has a vertical extension. Now the genus indicates a phylogenetic 
series; and what is the course of that series is determined by the ontogeny of any 
one species in it. 


VII. GHOLOGICAL DETAILS. 


The title under which this monograph has been issued is “ Inferior Oolite 
Ammonites,” and yet in many cases the species are stated to come from the 
“Upper Lias.” This is not a contradiction ; it only means that the investigations 
carried on during the progress of this work for the elucidation of the Ammonite 
horizons have shown the contemporaneity of certain so-called “ Inferior Oolite”’ and 
certain so-called ‘‘ Upper Lias”’ strata. 

The title “ Inferior Oolite” was taken in the first place to denote the Inferior 


SUPPLEMENT.—GEOLOGICAL DETAILS. ccv 


Oolite Limestones, and also the Inferior Oolite Sands as they had often been called. 
In other words, it comprehended what has been termed by various authors “ the 
Inferior Oolite Series ”»—the strata which had been mapped by the Geological 
Survey as “ Inferior Oolite (G 5)” and “ Midford Sands (G 4).” 

However, as the Ammonite-fauna of the various facies of the so-called “ Midford 
Sands” became known, it was found that though certain developments of these 
Sands were rightly enough Inferior Oolite, yet other developments thereof 
were really contemporaneous with deposits termed “ Upper lias.” ‘This accounts 
for the appearance in this work of many species which properly belong to the 
“Upper Lias ” or what is termed the Toarcian stage. Strictly this work, though 
it deals with Ammonites from strata which have usually been called Inferior Oolite 
Limestone and Sands (or from their argillaceous equivalents) should be termed a 
monograph of the Ammonites of the Toarcian (pars), of the Aalenian, of the Bajocian, 
and of the Bathonian (pars) stages. 

The following table will illustrate this, and it will also show the hemeral 
classification which gives the dates for their deposits. 


Stratigraphi-) | : 
eal Terms | temeral Names. | Full Title of Distinctive Fossil. Ages. Stratigraphical 
used by the Terms. 
Geol. Survey. | | 
: 7 eee : cS Sl 
| dase . : . Oppelia (?) discus 
(coarctate ). | Dictyothyris coarctata . Bs 
| (maaillate ) . Terebratula maxillata g 
| | subcontracti . Macrocephalites subcontractus Pa DQ 
| | . . _ z Tl 
| | fusce . : . Oppelia fusca Nee ENS ONAN Le 
: f 5 3 GE iS 
zigzag . ; . Zigzagiceras zigzag aa Upper | 2 
al| Eruellii . Strigoceras Truellii Inferior | 4 
- |) Garantiani. . Strenoceras Garantianum : Oolite | 3 
©] niortensis . . Strenoceras niortense 
o : ; 
= || Blagden . . Cexloceras Blagdeni p f 
re . . . . 4 
<<) Sauzei ; . Emileia Sauzer : : : - Middle |.2 
; | Ol Witchellise Witchellia s SONNINIAN Beamer ||Ashase 
a | || Witchellie sp. | Watcnetha sp. - Naa ‘Inferior }.5 = 
0.0 On 10 ay . ear) 
et || oS | Sonninizx sp. . Sonninia sp. ; : ; ; Oolite |" dp 
nm | &|) discite . . Hyperlioceras discites . : d aa) 
| . 
# |) concavi ‘ . Ludwigella concava . : ‘ 
Eg | bradfordensis . Brasilia bradfordensis : : : We rosren ere 
ene Murchison . Ludwigia Murchison . : | LoupwiGtan area ¥ 
| of | sczsst . . Tmetoceras scissum : AGE rAECLIOY + © a3 
| & | ~* 1) opaliniformis . Cypholioceras opaliniforme . ; Oolite ge 
| 4 | OD] aalensis. . Pleydellia aalensis 3 
z | Moorei ; . Dumortieria Mooret | 
2 |) Dumortieriz sp. . ” sp. . . : . Upper 
|| dispansi . . Phlyseogrammoceras dispansum . Lias, | & 
S31! Struckmanni . Pseudogrammoceras Struckmanni . Sensu |2 
eI | striatuli . Grammoceras striatulum {| Harpocrra- || lato= a 
<= 1! wariabilis . . Haugia variabilis . : TAN AGE Upper [.8 
S| Dl. . | Lillia Lilli. Lias, | 2 
oi, 9 , sae hofty @ = 3 
bifrontis . Hildoceras bifrons ! Oppel, | 3 
faleiferi —. . Harpoceras faleiferu ete cs 
| acult . : . Arieticeras (?) acutum. F 


eevi 


INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


The next table is a guide to the localities mentioned in this work, and gives 


information concerning the correlation of the deposits, together with the distinctive 


names by which the strata may happen to be known. It will be a guide to the 


stratigraphical position of the beds which have been mentioned in the text. 


Fusce . 


Zigzag . 


Truellir 


Garantiani 


Niortensis 


Blagdeni 


Sauzet . 


Witchellix 


Dorset: Bridport . 


Bradford Abbas, Halfway House, 
ete. 


Dorset: Broad Windsor, Bridport 
Bradford Abbas, Halfway House, 
ete. 
Somerset: Crewkerne Station 
Dundry 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Cotteswolds 


Normanby: Port-en-Bessin 
GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Cotteswolds 
Somerset: Dundry 

Dorset: Halfway House 


Bridport 


GLoucESTERSHIRE: Cotteswolds 


Somerset: North Stoke, Midford . 


Dundry 
Dorset: Sherborne : ; 
Bradford Abbas, Halfway House, 
etc. 


Dorset: Oborne 


Dorset: Oborne 


GLoucksTPRSHIRE: Cleeve Hill 
Dorset: Sandford Lane 
Somerset: Dundry 


Dorset: Sandford Lane 
Chideock . 


“The scroff,’ a marly stone on top of lime- 
stones ; and some of the overlying clay. 

The upper part of the white stone which is 
burnt for lime. 


The upper limestones, or zigzag beds. 
The lower part of the white stone. 


The upper limestones. 

? The strata at Barnes Batch. The Coralline 
Beds. 

? Limestones above the Clypeus-grit. ? Upper 
part Clypeus-erit. 

Blue calcareous stone beds, about level of 
shore, east of the village. 


The Clypeus-grit (? lower part only). 

The Freestone. 

The fossil-bed with Strigoceras Truellii and 
Parkinsonia dorsetensis. 

A hard, bluish limestone. 


The Upper Trigonia-grit. 

The Upper Trigonia-grit. 

The Conglomerate-bed of Maes Knoll; the 
thin bed below the Freestone at other places. 

The Building Freestone. 

“Marl Bed” and adjacent strata. 


The upper part of the roadstone. 


The lower part of the roadstone. 


The Phillipsiana beds. 
The upper part of the Fossil bed. 
The Ironshot Oolite. 


The middle part of the Fossil bed. 
The upper part of the “ Red beds.” 


t- ore ¥ 


Pho’ 


Sonninize 


Discitee 


Concavi 


Bradfordensis . 


Murchisonee 


Scissi. . 


SUPPLEMENT.—GEOLOGICAL 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Cold Comfort, 
Cleeve Hill 
Somerset: Dundry 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Cotteswolds 


Dorset: Sandford Lane 
Somerset: Dundry. 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE : Cotteswolds 


Dorset: Bradford Abbas 
Sandford Lane 
Stoke Knap 

Somerset: Dundry. 


Horethorne Down, Seven Sisters . 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE : Cotteswolds 
Somerset: Dundry. 


Dorset: Bradford Abbas 
Sandford Lane 
Stoke Knap 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Cotteswolds 
Dorser: Bradford Abbas : 
Halfway House, Louse Hill, Mar- 
ston Road, ete. 
Chideock . 
Stoke Knap . 
SomerRsEr: near Corton 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Cotteswolds 
Somerset: Dundry. : 
Misterton, Haselbury, ete. 
Dorset: Bradford Abbas . 
Near Sherborne 
Stoke Knap 
Broad Windsor 
Chideock . 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Cotteswolds 
Dorser: Stoke Knap 
Burton Bradstock 


NorTHAMPTONSHIRE: Duston 
OxForDSHIRE: Otley Hill . 


DETAILS. ccvii 

An ironshot limestone, with Verebr. Wrighti 
and Witchellia. 

The Upper White Lronshot. 


The Notgrove Freestone, and the Gryphite-grit 
of Leckhampton, ete. 

The lower part of the Fossil bed. 

The Lower White Ironshot—the fissilobata- 
ovalis horizon. 


The Buckmani-grit, and the Lower Trigonia- 
erit. 

The upper part of the Fossil bed. 

Below the Fossil bed. 

Top of Building Stone. 

The upper part of the Grey Limestone and 
Mar! beds. 

Bluish clay with Brachiopods. 


The Snowshill Clay, and the Harford Sands. 

The lower part of the Grey Limestone and 
Marl beds. 

The lower part of the Fossil bed. 

A bluish sandy bed. 

Middle of Building Stone. 


‘he Upper Freestone, and the Oolite Marl. 
A marl bed associated with the Paving bed. 
The Rhynchonella ringens beds. 


Tronshot stone above Wild bed. 
The base of the Building Stone. 
The Rhyn. ringens beds. 


The Lower Freestone, and the Pea-grit. 
The hard, irony, massive beds. 

The ‘lower beds.” 

The Paving bed. 

Lower part of stone beds. 

The “ bottom bed.” 

The “lower beds.” 


The “ Wild bed.” 


The 
Hill known as the Bug-stone. 

The Brachiopod-beds in the Sands. 

The bed below that with “ Snuff-boxes.” 

Northampton Sands. 

Rhynch. subdecorata bed. 


Sandy Ferruginous Beds, at Frocester 


ceviii 


Opaliniformis . 


Aalensis 


Moorei. 


Dumortierix 


Dispansi 


Struckmanni 


Striatuli 


INFERIOR OOLITE AMMONITES. 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Frocester and 
Haresfield district 

Dorset: Bridport and Chideock 

GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Frocester and 
Haresfield district 

Somerset: Dundry. : 

Dorset: Chideock and Bridport 

GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Frocester dis- 
trict 

Somerset: Ham Hill 
Stoford 


Yeovil : , 
Dorset: Bradford Abbas . 

Chideock . 
GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Frocester dis- 
trict 


Somerset: Dundry 
Ham Hill and Yeovil district 


Dorset: Bradford Abbas district 


Chideock . 


Bridport . 
YorksHIRE: Blea Wyke 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Frocester dis- 
trict 
Somerset: North Stoke 
Near Cole, Somerset and Dorset 
Railway 
Ilminster district . 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Frocester dis- 
trict 

Somerset: Bath 
Dundry 
Cranmore . 

GLOUCESTERSHIRE: Frocester dis- 
trict 

Sodbury 


Hard ironshot stone capping the Cephalopod- 
bed. 
Upper part of Sand beds. 


Top of the Cephalopod-bed. 


A bluish clay stone. 
Towards upper part of Bridport Sands. 


A portion of Cephalopod-bed. 


Building stone. 

Upper part of Yeovil Sands, with some build- 
ing stone. 

Upper part of Sands. 

Upper part of Yeovil Sands, and the “‘ Dew Bed.” 

Rather above middle part of Bridport Sands. 


The middle part of the Cephalopod-bed—brown 
ironshot marl,a very Ammonitiferous horizon 
at Penn Wood, Dursley, ete. 

The Upper Clay beds. 

The Yellow Sands. 

Yellow and Blue Sands. 

Blue clay (“Upper Lias”’) of Down Cliffs 
about 70 feet, and about 100 feet of yellow 
sand above. 

Much of the Yellow Sands, ef. Chideock. 

The Yellow and Grey Sands below Dogger. 


About middle of Cephalopod-bed. 


A brown, ironshot, marly stone. 
Yellow sands, with hard sandstone, yielding 
Hammatocerata. 


Top of ‘ Upper Lias” clay, below Yeovil Sands. 


The lower part of the Cotteswold Cephalopod- 
bed. 

The lower part of the Midford Sands. 

Part of blue ironshot beds. 

P. 168. 


The base of the Cotteswold Cephalopod-bed. 


Yellowish sand and hard sandstones. 


SUPPLEMENT, PUATH XX. 


Discits hemera. 
Figs. 1—3.—Bravunsrina rastieata, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, ‘“‘ Fossil Bed.” (Page c.) 


Figs. 4—6.—BRrauNsIna CORNIGERA, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, ‘‘ Fossil Bed.” (Page c.) 


Figs. 7—9.—Bravunsina provecta, S. Buckman. 
Dundry (Somerset), ‘‘ Limestone and Marl Beds.” From the late Mr. E. Wilson. (Page ec.) 


Figs. 10—12.—Bravunsina ? supquaprata, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, ‘‘ Fossil Bed.’ Collection of Mr. Darell Stephens, F.G.S. (Page ci.) 


Figs. 13—15.—PsbupDOGRAPHOCERAS ? CARINIFERUM, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, “ Fossil Bed.” From my father’s Collection. (Page xciii.) 


Figs. 16—18.—PLatyGRAPHOCERAS CARBATINUM, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, ‘‘ Fossil Bed.” (Page xciv.) 


Figs. 19—21.—PuatyecrapuHoceras Latom, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, “ Fossil Bed.’’ (Page xciv.) 


Figs. 22—24.—GRAPHOCERAS DEBILE, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, “ Fossil Bed.” Collection of Mr. D. Stephens, F.G.S. (Page xevi.) 


Murchisone hemera ? 
Figs, 25—27,—LupwickELLa GLEVENSIS, 8S. Buckman. 
Cheltenham neighbourhood. Pea-grit Series? From the Collection of the late Dr. Thomas 
Wright, F.R.S. (Page Ixxxix.) 


Bradfordensis hemeyra. 
Figs. 28—30.—LupwicELia arcuata, S. Buckman. 
Stoke Knap (Dorset), “ Building Stone.” (Page Ixxxix.) 


Concavi hemera. 
Figs. 31—33.—Lupwieetia casta, 8S. Bucknan. 
Stoke Knap (Dorset), ‘Building Stone.” Collection of Mr. D. Stephens. (Page Ixxxix.) 


Bradfordensis hemera ? 
Figs. 34—36.—LupwiaELia ruaosa, S. Buckman. 
Stoke Knap, ‘“ Building Stone.” (Page xc.) 


Concavi hemera. 
Figs. 37—39.— LupwigELua TENUvIS, S. Buckman. 
Stoke Knap, “ Building Stone.” (Page Ixxxvii.) 


Discite hemera. 
Figs. 40—42.— Rrynesia ama@na, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, “ Fossil Bed.” (Page ciii.) 


ap 


ny 


ern Bros 


W.H.Crowther del. et ith 


SUPPLEMENT, PLATE XXI. 
Discitze hemera. 


Fios. 1—3a.—CHDANIA FALCIGERA, S. Buckman. 
oO b] 
Bradford Abbas, ‘“ Fossil Bed.” (Page evi.) 


Figs. 4—6.—(ipania Lepta, S. Buckman. 


Bradford Abbas, “ Fossil Bed.” (Page evii.) 


Figs. 7—9a.—Cpania Parvicostata, S. Buckman. 
Dundry [limestone and marl beds], from the late Mr. KH. Wilson, F.G.S- 
(Page cviti.) 
Figs. L1O—12.—panra penicara, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, “ Fossil Bed.” (Page eviii.) 


Figs. 13 —15.—(ipania inruata, S. Buckman. 


Bradford Abbas, “ Fossil Bed.” (Page cviil.) 


Figs. 16—18.—Lopapoceras rurcatum, S. Buckman. 


Stoke Knap (Dorset), ‘“‘ Building Stone.” (Page cx.) Front view not stout 
enough. 
Figs. 19 —21.—Lopapoceras arcuatum, S. Buckman. 


Stoke Knap, “ Building Stone.” (Page cxii.) 


Figs. 22—24,—Lopapoceras EurpEs, S. Buckman. 


Stoke Knap, “ Building Stone.” (Page exii.) 


Figs. 25—27.—Huvaia curva, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, “ Fossil Bed.” (Page exi.) 
(See Suppl. Pl. XVIII, figs. 19—21.) 

Figs. 28—30.—Huvera micoa, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, ‘ Fossil Bed.” (Page exi.) 


Figs, 31—33.—Toxotioceras tnctsum, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, “ Fossil Bed.” Collection of Mr. Darell Stephens, F.G.S. 


(Page cxxvi.) 
Figs. 34—36.—Hyprrtioceras 2? occtusum, S. Buckman. 


Bradford Abbas, “ Fossil Bed.” (Page exxy.) 


Figs. 37—39.—RuyNesetia inops, S. Buckman. 


Stoke Knap, “ Building Stone.” (Page cx.) 


DURE PAs oxen 


Fig. 17. Fig. 1G. 
Fig. 2 


Kigda. 
Fig.3 
Fig 1. 


FHMichael del.et hth. MinternBros.imp 


SUPPLEMENT, PLATE XXII. 
Discite hemera, 


Figs. 1—3.—Reynesia rurcitiata, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, ‘‘ Fossil Bed.” (Page civ.) 


Figs. 4—6.—Dareniina ? pocinis, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, ‘‘ Fossil Bed.” (Page cvii.) 


Figs. 7—9.—Danretiina pLanaris, S. Buckman. 


Bradford Abbas, “ Fossil Bed.” (Page evi.) 
(See Suppl. Plate XVII, figs. 22—24.) 


Figs. 10O—12.—Ruynusia pentona, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, “‘ Fossil Bed.” Collection of Mr. Darell Stephens, F.G.S. 
(Page cv.) 
Figs. 13—15.—Stoxeia Marmorza, S. Buckman. 
Stoke Knap, “‘ Building Stone.” (Page exxviil.) 


Opaliniformis hemera. 
Figs. 16—18.—CanavareELia ? roma, S. Buchman. 
Buckholt Wood (Frocester), Gloucester. Top of the ‘*‘ Cephalopod Bed.” 
(Page cxxix.) 
Figs. 19—21.—CanavareLLa ? sceLnta, S. Buckman. 


Burton Bradstock [Bridport sands and ? near the top]. Collection of Mr. D. 
Stephens, F.G.S. (Page exxix.) 


Scisst hemera. 
Figs. 22—24.—CaNaVaRELLA BELOPHORA, S. Buckman. 
Stoke Knap. Sandy Grits with Terebratula infraoolithica. (Page cxxix.) 


Dumortiertx hemera. 
Figs. 25—27,—Doumortiaria taButara, S. Buckman. 


Penn Wood (Stroud), Gloucestershire. From the late Mr. KE. Wilson, F.G.S. 
** Cephalopod Bed,” Dumortieria horizon. (Page clxxxy.) 


Figs. 22—30.—Dumortimria BXPLANATA, S. Buckman. 
Penn Wood (Stroud), “Cephalopod Bed.” Dumortieria horizon. (Page 
clxxxv.) 
Figs. 31—33.—Dumorrinria RADIANS (Reinecke). 
Penn Wood (Stroud), ‘‘Cephalopod Bed.’ Dumortieria horizon. (Page 
clxxix.) 
Moovei hemera. 
Figs. 34—36.—Dvumorvinra ARENARIA, S. Buckman. 
Bradford Abbas, Dorset, ‘‘ Shelly Beds” of Yeovil Sands. (Page clxxxv.) 


—— 


SUPPL. PLATE AAT. 


F HMichael del.et lith. Mintern Bros.imp 


SUPPLEMENT, PLATE XXIII. 
Moovrei hemera. 


Figs. 1—3 a.—Corrnsworpia paucicostata, S. Buckman. 
Fig. 1.—Side view of a fine specimen with test and body-chamber. (Page 
CXXXill.) 
Fig. 2.—Front view, outline. The periphery where it leaves the overlapping 
whorl] and at bottom should be more fastigate, and at the top more rounded. 
Fig. 3.—Suture-line. Fig. 3a. Radial curve. 


Figs. 5—7.—Correswotpia particostata, S. Buckman. 
Fig. 5.—Side view, with test and complete body-chamber. (Page cxxxiii.) 
Fig. 6.—Front view, outline. The periphery should be more rounded at top, 
the carina being almost obsolete. 
Figs. 7, 7 a.—Radial curves. 


Figs. 9—11.—Corrrswoipia cena, S. Buckman. 
Fig, 9.—Side view of specimen with test and complete body-chamber, the 
border with lateral lappet. (Page cxxxiv.) 
Fig. 10.—Front view, outline. 
Fig. 11.—Radial curve. 


Figs. 12—14.—Corrmswotpia artrita, S. Buckman. 


Fig. 12.—Side view, with test and the body-chamber almost complete. The 
costs are rather too definite and distinct. (Page cxxxiv.) 

Fie. 138.—Front view, outline. 

Fig. 14.—Radial curve. 


The above specimens were collected by myself from the Moorei-beds, a sub- 
division of the Cotteswold Cephalopod Bed, Buckholt Wood, near Frocester, 
Gloucestershire. For figures of allied species see Pls. XXX—XXXIII. 


Figs. 4, 8.—Suture- and radial-lines. 
Figs. 4, 4a.—CorreswoLpia costuLata (Zieten). 


Fig. 4.—Suture-lines. 4a. Radial-lines of the specimen figured in PI. 
XXXII, figs. 3, 4 as Grammoceras costulatum. (Page exxxiii.) 


Fig. 8.—Corrrswotvia pistans (S. Buckman). 
Fig. 8.—Radial-lines of the specimen figured in Pl. XXXIII, fig. 12, as 


Grammoceras distans. (Page cxxxvi.) 


——eEOEoO 


SUPPL, PIZATE Axa: 


F.H Michael del. et hith. Mintern Bras.imp. 


SUPPLEMENT, PLATE XXIV. 
Discitxe hemera. 
Fios. 1—4,—Fonrannesta Bowsri (J. Buckman). 


Fig. 1.—Side view of the type specimen refigured. Froma heap of stones on 
the roadside, Babylon Hill (Anbury Quarry), Bradford Abbas, Dorset. Collected 
by the late Mr. Frank Monk, and kindly lent by his father to be figured in this 
work. ‘The specimen is now in the British Museum—Natural History. (Page 
CXC.) 

Fig. 2.—The lateral auricle of the other side. 

Fig. 3—Apertural view. 

Fig. 4.—Peripheral view. 


Concavi or Discit# hemera. 
Figs. 5, 6.—Fonrannesia concentrioa, S. Buckman. 
Fig. 5.—Side view, showing lateral auricle. Louse Hill, Halfway House 
(Compton), Dorset. (Page exci.) 
Fig. 6.—Peripheral view. 
Fig. 7.—Fonrannesia Aurira, S. Buckman. 


Fig. 7.—Side view, showing large auricle. Halfway House (Compton), 
Dorset. Collected by Mr. D. Stephens, F.G.8. (Page exc.) 


Discitee hemera. 


Figs. 8—11.—Fonrannesta oprura, S. Buckman. 


_ 


Fig. 8.—Side view of a wholly septate example. “ Fossil Bed,” Bradford 
Abbas, Dorset. Collected by Mr. Stephens. (Page clxxxix.) 

Fig. 9.—Front view. 

Figs. 10, 11.—T'wo suture lines—one to supplement the other. Fig. 11 is 
about the fifth line beyond fig. 10. 


(For figures of allied species see Plates XLVI, XLVII, LXV.) 


SU SEN ARAMA BOI 


A.Gawan del.ethth., Bale & Danielsson [td inyp 


Palexontographical Society, 1905. 


A MONOG RAPE 


FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


REV J. Hs (BAKE. MALS RGee: 


LONDON: 
PRINTED FOR THE PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 


1905. 


PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, LONDON AND DORKING. 


WON OG RA EP Et 


OF THE 


FAUNA OF THE CORN DE AS EH. 


INTRODUCTION. 


Tue rock known in this country as the Cornbrash is reckoned as the uppermost 
member of one of the subdivisions of the Jurassic rocks which are, as a whole, 
termed the Lower Oolites. This classification, which is still in vogue in England,’ 
dates back to 1822, having been founded by Conybeare,’ who writes as follows in 
his ‘ Outlines’ : 

“The system of formations occupying the interval [between the Ironsand and 
the Red Marl] may be generally described as consisting of a series of oolitic lme- 
stones, of calcareous sands and sandstone and of argillaceous and argillo-calcareous 
beds alternating together and generally repeated in the same order, 7. e. a formation 
consisting of many beds of oolitic limestone, resting upon one of calcareo-siliceous 
sand and that again upon an argillo-calcareous formation. ‘Three of these systems 
comprehend all the beds. Hach is based on an argillo-caleareous formation of 
much thickness. Hence we may give a hypothetical view of the whole series as 
divided into the Upper, Middle, and Lower Systems.” 

This system is, therefore, founded on local lithology, and is characteristic only 
in the South-West of England, where it originated. 

On the other hand, Mr. H. B. Woodward, who at the present day holds an 
unrivalled knowledge of the Cornbrash in its stratigraphical bearings, states 
definitely that “the Cornbrash belongs to the zone of Ammonites macrocephalus. 
The zone may be said to extend upwards into the Lower Oxfordian strata.” 
Here is indicated a definite connection with the so-called Middle Oolites. This is 
so clearly the fact and comes out so definitely when the fauna is studied, as will 
subsequently be seen, that it must not be mistaken for a Lower Jurassic horizon— 


3 


a view which is only accepted as an “ hypothesis ” by Conybeare. 

1 See Marr, ‘Principles of Stratigraphical Geology, 1898, p. 280; Watts, ‘Geology for 
Beginners,’ 1898, p. 271. 

2 « Outlines of the Geology of England and Wales,’ 1822. 

8 «Jurassic Rocks of Britain,’ vol. iv, 1894, p. 434. 


2 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Dr. A. Oppel, in 1856-8, subdivided the “ Juraformation”’ into zones, but his 
observations on the Cornbrash were not very numerous, and he observed it only in 
Wiltshire, where it and the underlying strata are very similar and with difficulty 
distinguished except by the fauna. Thus he made the following statement : 
“The Forest Marble and the Cornbrash I join in one zone and name them after 
one of the most important fossils—the beds of Terebratula lagenalis.”! But neither 
Davidson in the study (a) nor H. B. Woodward in the field knows of any example 
of Waldheimia (“ Terebratula”) lagenalis in the Forest Marble (8). It may be 
taken therefore as unknown at that horizon. On the other hand, Oppel, finding 
no Ammonites macrocephalus at Stanton, Wilts, concluded that there were none 
anywhere in the Cornbrash (p. 456), and assigned the beds in which they were 
already known to occur in Yorkshire to the Kelloway Rock (p. 509). These 
misunderstandings have long since been rectified in this country, but, through the 
influence of Oppel and our own classification according to lithology rather than 
to paleontology, the English Cornbrash has long been supposed on the Continent 
to occupy a position below the zone of Ammonites macrocephalus; or rather, the 
strata below that zone have been identified with the Cornbrash of England.’ 

As it happens, the zone of Macrocephalites macrocephalus, as it is now called, 
is a very important one, and occupies a peculiar situation in the series of Jurassic 
rocks. As Neumayr explained some twenty years ago in a paper on “ Die 
Geographische Verbreitung der Juraformation,’* the whole series may be divided 
according to their geographic distribution into two parts—the Lower and the 
Upper. ‘The map which illustrates that paper shows the rocks which are referred 
to the Lower Jurassic from the Lias to the Bathonian inclusive, as occurring only 
in parts of Europe, the North of Africa, and the Caucasus range; but those 
referred to the Upper Jurassic from the Callovian to the Tithonic, as transgressing 
beyond these limits to Russia, eastwards to Cutch, the Salt Range, the Himalayahs, 
and northwards to Siberia. This is a result, confirmed as it is by deposits still 
further removed in the Arctic regions, im Western Australia, and in South 
America, of world-wide significance. In both these cases the lower strata of 
the subdivision are the most widely distributed. Hach series commences with a 
maximum and is gradually reduced to a minimum. The Upper Jurassic Series 
commences with the Macrocephalites beds represented by its various forms, as in 
Russia,* Cutch,’ Franz Joseph Land,*® and Bolivia,’ ete. 

1 «Juraformation,’ p. 453. (a) ‘British Fossil Brachiopoda,’ vol. i, p.99. (8) ‘ Lower Oolitic 
Rocks of England’ (‘Jurassic Rocks of Britain,’ vol. iv, p. 579). 

2 Renévier, ‘ Chronographie Géologique,” 1897. 

‘Denk. Math. Nat. Class. K. Acad. Wiss. Wien,’ vol. 1, 1885. 
| Nikitin, ‘Geol. Karte Russ.,’ 1885, pl. 17. 

Waagen, ‘ Pal. Ind.’ 

Newton, “ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soce.,”’ vol. liu. 

Steinmann, ‘‘ Neues Jahrb.,” 1881. 


2 


t 


- w 


a 


for) 


~ 


INTRODUCTION. 3 


When we turn to our own country the same phenomena of distribution are 
very clearly manifest, though on a small scale. The Lower Jurassic maximum is 
shown by the Lower Lias extending from Lyme Regis to Yorkshire and beyond to 
Dunrobin, Arran, and Antrim; and it is followed by the changing and decreasing 
strata of marine formations from the Oolites to the Forest Marble in the south, the 
Estuarine Clays and Northampton Sands in the centre, and the plant beds extending 
to the Coal of Brora in the north. Again, the Upper Jurassic maximum com- 
mences with the Cornbrash, whose constancy is only equalled by that of the 
succeeding Oxfordian strata, whose basal bed it forms, and extends with scarcely 
a noticeable change from Weymouth to Scarborough, and is represented at a 
slightly later date by the “roof-bed” of the Brora Coal. 

Such a change as this from constancy to variability would seem to indicate 
a true basis of classification into two parts—the Upper and the Lower, each 
representing a distinct cycle of deposits. In the presence of this coincidence of 
the development of certain types of Ammonites, with an almost world-wide 
expansion of the rocks containing them, the accidents of their local form or colour 
sink into insignificance. Such accidents seemed quite natural in the days of 
Conybeare and Quenstedt, though the line of division between the Lower and 
Middle Oolites of the former in no wise coincided with that between the Brown 
and White Jura of the latter. It was only when further travel introduced the 
knowledge of the wider distribution of the Upper Jurassic that the significance 
of the zone of Macrocephalites macrocephalus as the base of a new series of 
deposits was perceived, and the meaning of the constancy of the Cornbrash, as 
of that of the Rheetic, was indicated. 

Yet it is quite true, as indicated by Phillips, that in the South-West of England, 
where both series are equally developed, the fossils of the Cornbrash commonly 
observed are “not much different in general aspect from that of the Great Oolite 


below them.” ! 


This is because only the so-called ‘ demoid ” fossils are commonly 
observed, but when all the fauna is examined it may happen, and it does, that 
there are a crowd of new forms of a higher type, showing alliances with the strata 
above rather than with those below. To determine these forms is one of the 
objects of the present monograph. 

From the above considerations it appears that the critical line to draw is the 
basal line. Often the change of character in the strata below the Cornbrash is 


characteristic 


as clay in the central counties, or as estuarine sands in Yorkshire. 
In these cases there is no difficulty in recognising this line, but when limestone 
follows limestone, as in the south-western portion of its course, where the highest 
bed of the Lower Oolites is the Forest Marble, more care is required to distinguish 
between the two. Consequently I have accepted as belonging to the Cornbrash 


' «Geology of Oxford,’ 1871, p. 155. 


4, FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


only those forms represented by specimens obtained from above the base line 
assumed either by myself or where there is no confusion possible. 

This line is recognised as being the basal bed which shows two or more of 
the following characters: It 1s rubbly, nodular, or without regular minor strati- 
fication; it is an “aggregate” crowded with fossils, many of which may be 
heterochthonous ; it is often ferruginous or phosphatic. Such are recognised as 
basal beds, often unconformable on a large scale, as in the cases of the Cambridge 
Greensand, the roof-beds of the Brora Coal, or the nodular beds at the base of the 
Speeton Clay. Similar beds are found associated with Mac. macrocephalus or Clyd. 
discus at various localities on the Continent and in England, and the base of the 
rubble beds with Avicula echinata is taken in any case of doubt as the base of the 
Cornbrash. 

The exact definition of the upper limit is not of so great importance, for the 
change of the matrix from limestone to clay will of itself cause some change in the 
fauna; but, as H. B. Woodward observes, ‘ there is no paleontological break in 
the South of England or elsewhere between the Cornbrash and the Oxfordian 
series, for in the Kelloway Rock we find more or less abundantly some of the 
characteristic fossils of the Cornbrash.” Mac. macrocephalus has, however, been 
recorded to ascend to the Kelloway Rock in Wiltshire, but the evidence is not 
satisfactory to me, for in many places where the lowest Oxford Clay is exposed 
the first Ammonites to occur are always of the varieties koenigi, gowerianus and 


modiolaris. 


CriticaAL EXAMINATION OF THE SECTIONS WHICH HAVE YIELDED CoRNBRASH FossILs. 


The following is a description of the localities which have yielded Cornbrash 
fossils, together with critical reasons for the rejection of others which have been 
supposed to yield them. Jt will be seen that in most of the former cases the basal 
rubble beds are exhibited, below which no fossils are recognised as belonging to 
the Cornbrash. 

1. Raprrorz, Weymouth backwater.—This is the well-known locality where 
the end of the backwater faces the town, exposing the whole sequence, from the 
Oxfordian downwards. The highest bed on the east of the section is only exposed 
on the foreshore, beneath the supports of the drain-pipes; it is characterised by 
species of Goniomya and Pholadomya (Bed a). On the other side of the 
bounding wall the following series can be made out : 


Ft. in. 
1. Solid blue limestone . ; ; : : = = 30 
2. Soft and brashy, with irregular thin doggers : ; > 010 


3. Lenticular compact white limestone : é 3 ; SNS 


INTRODUCTION. 5 


Ft. in. 

4. Soft sub-laminated yellow weathering brash, with large white compact lenticular 

doggers and large Pholadomya deltoidea oa 8 

5. Coarsely crystalline pure limestone, varying greatly in tl hese mith Modiola 

lonsdalet E ; ; . : : say 1 0 

6. Blue soft sublaminated brash i 

7. Solid compact limestone, not weathering lenticular Te 116 

8. Sandy fucoid flag with irregular surface : say O 6 

(Resembles the Oxfordian starfish bed, and fou the ion est continuous scar 
rising to westward and overhanging. ) 

9. Blue shaly material (resembles Bed a) lets 
10. Continuous earthy limestone 3 10099 
11. Very brashy material, full of small eaten and MW re seml- snail say!) LO 
12. Softer brash, with many oysters 1 8 
13. Compact earthy limestone with root-like hollows : 0 10 
14. Obscure, probably brashy, and possibly containing another had band . 2 0 
15. Solid crystalline limestone : ; 2 Or3 
16. Great rubble beds, without stratification, cu with many Avic 8 echinata and other 

fossils and parts hardened or concretionary : ; ~~ So 
26 10 


Beyond the end of the cliff the coast suddenly recedes for some distance, and 
nothing is seen till near the road are found, on the slope at the water’s edge, some 
flagey, thin beds, quite unlike any of those recorded above. 

In this section it 1s to be noted that a large proportion of the lower beds are 
brashy or irregular, and that the extent of the beds above is at the expense of 
the Oxford Clay. Nevertheless, the first Ammonites represented in these beds are 
A, koenigi, A. gowerianus and A. modiolaris. 

On the opposite side of the backwater several beds of the series can be 
recognised in the scanty exposures; but below them, on the northern side of 
a small depression, thin, hard slabs are found, with small oysters and Lima 
cardiiformis, like the typical beds of the Forest Marble, and farther on, doggery 
yellow sands, like the Hinton Sands of Wilts. The contents of these latter 
beds, though mapped as Cornbrash, are not therefore included in its fauna. 

2. East Frurr.—At the west end of the same range of Cornbrash we find 
somewhat the same sort of beds exposed in separated parts. The first section 
shows a downward succession with Macrocephalites tn situ, begmning with the 
basal Oxfordian beds at the far side, followed by : 


Ft. in. 
1. The Goniomya bed, like a of Radipole lL 6 
2. Softer purplish flaky rock 4 2 og 
3. Hard, pale, gritty limestone, with small fossils sind tetragonal Serpule cre 
4. Hard and soft bands with round doggers alternating Oy 2% 
5. Massive hard yellow limestone : ‘ 2 1 
6. Low continuous reef of crystalline whitish limestone with largish Macrocephalites 3 0 
7. Broken, brashy rock with large doggers 1-6 


6 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Further on the downward succession seems to be: 


1. Grey-purplish, fucoid, gritty limestone, with fragments of Macrocephalites and 
Trigonia : : 2 
. Disintegrated purplish soft brash : ; 1 
. Hard band, top only seen, with doggers in an interval below. : say 4 
. Weak purplish flaky stone, harder below, with tetragonal Serpule . say 1 
. Massive limestone, level at the top, cavernous below : : 1 ft. to 1 
. Softer flaky brash with large septate nodules 1 
3 


NIG Or B® GW bo 
SEP DDO S DD 


. Massive limestone, only upper part seen . 


None of the Avicula echinata brash is yet seen. For this we must go farther 
west to the “ Passage” on the old Ordnance map. After passing some isolated 
bands we reach some massive irregular limestone full of Avicula echinata with 
many Pholadomya underlain by brashy, rubbly rock; this is the base of the 
Cornbrash, and the Forest Marble follows, thrown out by a spring in clay. 

3. Bucxtanp Rivers to Lancron.—The strata in this neighbourhood being 
thrown into an anticlinal, we see the Cornbrash again on the northern side of it. 
At first it forms a low crag on the south side of the stream at Buckland Ripers 
Farm. This consists of imbedded rock with abundance of Avicula echinata 
and Myacide corresponding to No. 16 of the Radipole section, with flaggy rock 
of the Forest Marble type behind, and no doubt dipping beneath it. At. the 
quarry in the farmyard (A) the rubble bed is overlain by 6—8 ft. of softer brash, 
with bands of rubbly clay, the outcrop at the crag being thrown back to the top 
of the hill slope. To the west, however, beyond Buckland Ripers the Cornbrash 
outcrop expands, and the Oxford Clay, indicated by its large septaria, succeeds in 
due course; accordingly on the slopes leading down to this we find representatives 
of the higher beds in the Cornbrash. On approaching Langton Herring the outcrop 
rapidly narrows, and the basal beds are almost confined to the north side of the 
road. On the south side of the road, at the turning to the Rectory, the basal 
rubble is seen crossing the flaggy Forest Marble which lies in the same bank. As 
there are many other exposures of Forest Marble, and all of these are fossiliferous, 
great care 1s necessary in quoting fossils from Langton as Cornbrash, unless 
proved by the nature of the matrix. There is also an exposure in Rodden Lane, 
just beyond Langton. A fault passes through a sand-pit at the summit of the 
hill, and on the north side of this fault is some yellowish brash capped with 
harder stone containing Cornbrash fossils and dipping rapidly northwards. On 
the other or west side of the road the same is exposed in temporary excavations, 
but more resembling that at Buckland Ripers. 

4, Apporspury Watt Down.—This affords the most westerly exposure known 
in this district, but is rather obscure both at the top and at the bottom, and the 
low ledges forming a promontory which bounds the swannery are not suitable for 
accurate measurement. After some flaggy beds and loose doggers with large 


INTRODUCTION. 7 


Pholadomya comes a hard band with very large and thick fucoidal markings on 
the surface, 1 ft. 8in., followed downwards by alternations of soft and brashy 
bands and harder bands for a space of 15ft. Round the corner of the promontory 
is seen hard nodular material, becoming rubbly below and containing Avicula 
echinata through 8 ft., beyond which, as the promontory widens, the slabs of 
true Forest Marble are seen. In this series we can recognise the basal bed as the 
equivalent to No. 16 of Radipole, and the overlying series as generally equivalent 
at the two ends. Speaking generally of the deposits, they appear to be divided 
into two groups: the lower is the specially rubbly bed, about 8 ft. in thickness, 
without internal stratification, but characterised by abundant Avicula echinata ; 
the upper is an irregular alternation of hard and soft calcareous brashy beds, about 
18 ft. in thickness in all, and containing in one bed or another most of the 
known Ammonites of the Cornbrash of this district. 


In many districts, both in South and North Dorset, whence Cornbrash fossils 
have been quoted, it is not safe to rely upon them in cases where Forest Marble 
occurs in the same quarry, or where the basement bed of the Cornbrash is not 
seen. Those in South-west Dorset records from Punchnowl and Swyre are 
scarcely available, and any from North Hull, Burton Bradstock, and even 
Bothenhampton require great caution. In North Dorset, Rampisham now shows 
only a deserted quarry in Oxford Clay, but any Cornbrash seen there would be 
available. Nearly the same kind of quarry occurs at Melbury Osmond, but 
the base is there said to reach the Forest Marble. This is the case also with 
Corscombe and the quarry at the corner of the road leading up to Closeworth. 
Similar difficulties appear at Hartington, Hast Coker, Ryme and Yetminster. 
We get into contact again with the stratigraphy at Alveston on the road 
from Sherborne to Holwell. Here a gradient leads down from the Cornbrash 
to the Oxford Clay, the strata dippimg ata higher angle. Along the cross-road 
from Alveston to Folke is seen a rubbly mass full of Avicula echinata, and in 
the slope leading down to the Oxford Clay are two hard dogger bands with 
intervening soft rubble, eight feet thick in all. These, then, definitely repeat 
the higher strata of the Weymouth district. 

5. Honwett.—This is an important and imstructive quarry situated half a 
mile west-north-west of the village on the rise of the road leading to Bishop’s 
Caundle. From it a large number of fossils from the Cornbrash, collected 
by Rev. H. H. Wood, were obtained, which are now deposited in Sherborne 
School Museum. In it the following strata may be made out: 


Ft. in. 
1. Fine brecciated rubble with solid lumps, Macrocephalites and Terebratule ~ Hh 
2. Solid white limestone with autochthonous fossils, Macrocephalites, ete. ey Al 


3. Rubbly rock in several indistinct beds, Avicula echinata, Pholadomya deltoidea, 
and Terebratula intermedia 


Or 
oO 


8 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 

Ft. in 

4, Junction bed of shelly shale. 4 : ‘ . 2 Ores 

a. Hard blue shelly band 1 +0 

b. Soft oyster marls liege 

c. Hard band, fissile at the top ; ; : 5 0) 10) 

d. Soft shelly material . 3 ; ; ; 5 + Les 

e. Hard blue rock : 1 4 

Talus to the base of quarry. : : : say 4 0 


This quarry has a long face from west to east, the beds as a rule rising 
towards the east. The top bed (No. 1) is in the upper level at the west end 
and No. 2 vertically below it in another level. From this spot the beds, rising, 
form a continuous face, the upper part of which is No. 3. The beds below 
the junction bed (No. 4) are of a different character, more massive, and though 
shelly they are not rubbly. These are taken to represent beds on the horizon 
of the Forest Marble, and not of the Cornbrash. JI cannot make the beds 
below the rubble correspond in thickness with those recorded by H. B. Woodward, 
but, as the face is long and the basal rubble thick, this probably represents 
the characteristic variation of Forest Marble. The fact that a very large series 
of fossils was here obtained by Rey. H. H. Wood, seems to be due to all the 
beds having been taken as Cornbrash. Amongst his collection are found numerous 
Gasteropods not known elsewhere, which have not been here included as Cornbrash 
fossils for this reason. 

6. Stourton CaunpLte to Wincanton. — There are two quarries between 


Bishop’s and Stourton Caundle with Cornbrash confined to the top layers, 


and more massive beds below; they require caution therefore in collecting. 
There were also recorded a quarry at Stalbridge Weston and others along the 
ridge that runs vid Templecombe to Wincanton. But I could neither find them 
nor hear of them, and conclude they were temporary exposures or even railway 
cuttings. The road sections at Wincanton are peculiar, and their character as 
Cornbrash I was unable with certainty to recognise. 

7. Frome District.—The neighbourhood of Frome shows the Cornbrash perhaps 
reduced to its minimum; it scarcely makes a feature below the flat surface of 
the Oxford Clay. There is seldom more than three or four feet of it, and when 
the rubble of which it is made is extracted, the openings are again closed. 
Such may be spoken of as “shallow openings.” There is seldom a chance 
of including any Forest Marble fossils with theirs, for the openings seldom sink 
so far. One such has been made on the north-west of Berkeley. At Road the 
sides of the two roads leading down from the village to the river show a 
thicker mass of very loose rubble, but the quarry on the west side of the river, 
about half a mile north of the village, is in “blue shelly limestone” and is 
not, therefore, free from doubt. Chatley, whence some of Sowerby’s fossils 


INTRODUCTION. ) 


were obtained, is about a mile and a half north-west of Road, and here, opposite 
the lodge, is an overgrown quarry in Forest Marble, but a little further up the 
hill the surface of the ground is strewn with Cornbrash fossils. At Trowbridge 
all the openings are now closed, and those available in 1850 (¢ Quart. Journ. 
Geol. Soc.,’ vol. vi) are no longer so, which is unfortunate, for three species of 
Ammonites were recorded therefrom. At Hilperton all the former openings 
are now covered with market gardens. Probably most of the fossils there 
obtained belong to the Forest Marble. The rocks at Laycock, whence Mr. 
Walton, of Bath, recorded many fossils, are now referred on the survey maps 
to the Forest Marble likewise. But at Westwood there is a broad spread of 
Cornbrash all over the village, seen in the roadside banks, especially towards 
the west, where six feet of rubble is shown. At Thingley also, nearer Chippenham, 
there is a shallow opening of the usual type. 

8. At Fouty Farm, opposite the ninety-sixth milestone on the road from 
London to Bath, is a very instructive quarry showing a long face of considerable 
depth, referred to by E. Hull (Geol. of Parts of Wilts and Gloucestershire,’ 
Geol. Surv. Sheet 34). In this the following section is seen : 


Ft. in. 
1, Hard brown denticles of stone (weathered) on the west side only » OF 10: 
2. Brash mixed with clay es 
3. Broken up, very irregular, brash », 0 20 
4 More solid brashy limestone : 2 0 
5. More solid limestone, with a base of mingled material full of Myacites casts aie ky 
a. Brown laminated carbonaceous clay with drift-wood 
2 in. at each end, increasing at the west to : - 2 2 
b. Shelly layers of Forest Marble with intervening clays characterised by Mevebrabala 
maxillata and Lima cardiiformis ; ; - 10, 0 


The most remarkable features in this section are the thinning out of the 


clay Bed « in so short a space, suggesting a local unconformity, and the 


absolute distinction of the fossils of Bed ) from those of Nos. 1—5. ‘These 


latter alone, which are all of a brashy character and contain abundance of 
Avicula echinata, are taken to represent the Cornbrash, and the quarry is 
considered as a justification for a similar separation elsewhere. ‘The Beds Nos. 
I 


more solid and less fossiliferous. In the numerous shallow openings of the 


3 are the most easily broken up and the most fossiliferous, and Nos. 4 and 5 


neighbourhood and elsewhere the Comers is sometimes of the character of 
Nos. 1 
beds have probably been washed away, as, ago instance, in the shallow opening 
at Biddestone close by. 


3 and sometimes of Nos. 4 and ! In the latter case the upper three 


CHIPPENHAM is a name often used, but there are at the time of writing 
few satisfactory openings, and these are usually only temporary.' Nevertheless, 


' Since the above was written one has been opened up. 


10 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


the matrix of most of the fossils is most lke that found at Sutton Benger, of 
grey colour with narrow black specks. In this case they are probably Cornbrash 
specimens, but there is the possibility that when brought from excavations they 
may be taken as Oxfordian instead. 

10. Surron Bencur is the name applied to many specimens, but there is no 
Cornbrash at the village itself. It was the home of Wm. Buy, a well-known 
collector who distributed many fossils obtained by him in the neighbourhood. 
There is, however, a spot in the middle of the area marked Oxford Clay in the 
Geological Survey Map where a clay pit is sunk, at the base of which the Cornbrash 
is reached. It is on the road to Heath Farm, and the section here exposed is : 


Oxford Clay with an 18-in. basement bed composed of fragments of shells, mostly 
Terebratula. 


1. Crystalline solid shell limestone of peculiar brashy aspect — . : » Sa 


2. Dark blue brash, weathering brown to the base of the quarry _— 


This last bed corresponds, no doubt, to the usual brash, but it is here seen 
unweathered. It is full of Avicula echinata. Below this there are said to be ten 
feet or so of stone-bands, below which is reported salt and then some more stone. 
No doubt some of the fossils recorded by Wright and others have come from this 
pit, as well as some labelled generally Chippenham. 

11. Crtppennam to Matmessury.—Between Stanton St. Quintin and Lower 
Stanton there are two deserted quarries showing both Cornbrash and Forest 
Marble. The one west of the main road to Malmesbury is mainly of the latter rock. 
Another, by the side of the road leading past Lower Stanton, is interesting as the 
locality observed by Oppel. It is not entirely Cornbrash. The long section here 


consists of : 


Ft. in. 
1. Hard brown-weathering lenticular band . 1G 
2. Soft yellow brash with few stones ; 0 8 
3. Contorted brash, harder pieces arranged in festoons . ae 
4. More regular brash, with darker and smaller pieces Irs 
5. Solid band . : 2in. to0 8 
6. Regular brash 3d O 
7. Dark blue brash, with argillaceous intervals : . OMG 
8. Clay and brash mixed, nodular, it weathers light. ear) 
a. Soft dark clay with hard Forest Marble band . 3990 
b. Solid shelly false-bedded Forest Marble . 7 LOG 


It is from Beds Nos. 7 and 8 that the dark bluish fossils from this locality have 
been obtained, and the Cornbrash must extend downwards at least as far as these. 
The strata below have the character of the Forest Marble. In this locality, 
therefore, the strata are continuous. 

The shallow opening at the sixth milestone from Chippenham, described by 


——E—————————— 


INTRODUCTION. 1] 


H. B. Woodward, has three feet of loose shelly material, with many small 
echinoderms at its base, with a lenticularly weathering band of hard storie above, 
about one foot. This and an opening at Corston, as also the beds at Hullavington 
Station, are fairly comparable to those at Sutton Benger; but the beds exposed 
at the Bradfield end of the railway cutting seem to belong to the Forest Marble, 
at least in part. 

12. Garspon anp Cuariton.—The only locality in these two quarries which 
can be compared to the Cornbrash is in the north-east corner of Garsdon Quarry, 
where the long face is worked back along the dip, thereby showing higher beds 


than any seen elsewhere : 


Ft. in. 
1. Clays without noticeable fossils. 
2. Loose rubbly mass of calcareous matter with numerous fossils, imeluding 
Macrocephalites and Microthyris lagenalis : : : 5 4 


Solid limestone for which the quarry is worked to the bottom. 


On turning the south-east corner the dip again appears, and then bedded, soft, 
and almost brashy beds rise from beneath. These are plentifully supplied with 
echinoderms of different species from those above (No. 2). The solid limestone is 
the main bed, and extends into the long worked and now deserted Charlton 


quarry. It doubtless forms part of the Forest Marble, as Terebratula digona has 


been quoted from it by Prof. J. Buckman. 

13. Murcorr.—At a distance of two miles due north from Garsdon, near 
Murcott Farm, there is a shallow opening of the ordinary type which is remarkable 
for the number of Astarte and Anabacia which it contains. The Forest Marble 
and other beds that should he below it are seen at a distance of half a mile at 
Hankerton Field Farm. At Pool Keynes and at Sandy Lane other beds corre- 
sponding to them are mapped as Cornbrash. 

14. Cirencester district was formerly much more fully exposed, but the 
exposures, mostly in railway cuttings, are not now available. The best of them 
from the Midland and South Western Junction Railway south of Watermoor 
was recorded by H. B. Woodward (op. cif., pp. 445, 444), who gives the following 


section : 


Ft. in. 

1. Earthy limestone, with an intervening marly clay . - 4 0 
2. Impure marly and sandy clay, with nodular limestones containing Am. macro- 

cephalus and Ostrea flabelloides, ete. : : : ~ Ik 

3. Hard earthy limestone, with few fossils . > 8 @ 

4. Earthy limestone and marl, with large ammonite. : . ol 
5. Earthy and shelly limestones, with seams of marly clay containing Nautilus and 

Avicula echinata, ete. ' : , 6 @ 


Here we find a repetition of the upper limestones with Macrocephalites at the 


top and the rubbly form with Avicula echinata at the base, as we have seen at 


12 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Weymouth. The various members of the Cornbrash are seen scattered about the 
neighbourhood, but their position relatively to the above can only be determined 
by the fossils. Thus there are two quarries on the roads leading from Driffield 
Cross to S. Cerney ; that on the northern road is probably high in the sequence as 
containing a species of Ammonite, that on the south may be lower as containing a 
Nautilus. 

15. Fatrrorp to Woopstock.—In all this flat country the Cornbrash appears to 
be reduced to its minimum, and forms a mere surface capping exposed in a series 
of shallow openings, and the fossils are principally composed of the larger and 
rougher sorts. Some of these shallow openings may be seen: between Fairford 
and Hathrop, between Fairford and Southrop, east of Southrop, and on Curbridge 
Down. It forms a capping only to lower strata in quarries at Alvescott, at the 
cross-road west of Shield Farm, at the side of the Woodstock Road near Whitney, 
probably the locality of Horton’s fossils (see p. 19, No. 27), and in the railway line 
at Handborough. The coral bed of Fairford has already been proved to belong 
to the Great Oolite (see Woodward, op. cit., p. 296). 

16. At Suieron-on-Cuerwett on the Woodstock Branch Railway, east of the 
Banbury Road, is seen a complete section from the Oxford Clay to the Forest 
Marble Clay, of which the following description is given by H. B. Woodward 
(op. cit., p. 44): 


Ft. in. 

1. Rubbly and fissile marly limestone, with lignite, Waldheimia lagenalis Il 

2. Impure limestones, with lignite, ete. ; 2 a 

3. Hard mottled limestones, Waldhetmia lagenalis : ; IG 
4. Soft earthy and shelly marl and mottled blue and grey limestone, Avicula 

echinata, ete. é 4 0 

5. Hard bluish limestones with marly patches, Avicula echinata, ete. 2 0 
6. Fissile marly beds and tough brown and grey shelly limestone, with Avicula 

echinata and Terebratula intermedia . : : : aa.) 


Forest Marble Clay, 6 feet, ete. 


The horizon of fossils obtained from the spoil-heaps when the railway was 
beimg made can only be judged from the matrix, which leaves m some cases room 
for error. Macrocephalites has been recorded from this section, but not from any 
definite position. 

17. Kipiineton, Kirkiineron, AnD Isiip. 


The exposure known as Kidlington 
is a now deserted pit by the side of a field path branching off to the north from 
the road leading from the village to the station. Many fossils have been recorded 


thence and may still be found. Woodward’s section may still be seen : 


Ft. in. 
1. Rubbly limestone, with Avieula echinata : : : 5 4h (0) 
2. Grey racy clay ; ; : : : , () 3 


3. Rubbly limestone, with Terebratula in the lower part . yo U 


eee 


INTRODUCTION. 13 


a. Gritty limestone, 6 ins. 
b. Laminated sands and clays, 1 ft. Forest Marble. 
c. Oolitic limestone, 3 ft. 


In this section the basal beds of Shipton-on-Cherwell are seen, but the under- 
lying Forest Marble has changed, in 2400 yards, from clay to fossiliferous lime- 
stone, and the greatest care is therefore necessary in examining the matrix of the 
recorded fossils. 

At larklington there is a very large quarry in the Bathonian limestone, with 
only a capping of not very fossiliferous Cornbrash, the records of which can only 
be received with caution. 

At Ishp likewise the fossils were obtained from a band of Cornbrash capping 
about five feet of Forest Marble Clay, underlain by Bathonian Oolite, but at the 
date when the fossils were collected by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves a wider meaning was 
given to the name of Cornbrash than is adopted here or generally received. 
Mr. Whiteaves, however, has kindly informed me which specimens he remembers 
to have been obtained from the lower strata, then associated with the Cornbrash, 
so that any source of error may be eliminated. 


Fra. 1.—Unconformity near Bicester. a. Cornbrash with Avicula echinata. b. Various members of the 
Forest Marble series. 

18. Bicester to Beprorp.—Two quarries are situated near Bicester Workhouse 
showing rubbly Cornbrash overlying more massive building stone. The farther 
one shows two sections along the sides of a re-entering angle, in which the lower 
beds change, while the upper, with Avicula echinata, remain constant (text-fig. bys 
thus the Cornbrash rides over a false-bedded section unconformably. 

At Blackthorn the rubbly Cornbrash is very distinct from the well-bedded 
Forest Marble strata, and yields many of the characteristic fossils. On the road 
to Buckingham only shallow openings are shown, and at Fringford it is only 
reached at the base of an Oxford Clay brickyard. At Akely brickyard there is 
now a very curious section, greatly affected by faults, the effects of which are hard 
to realise; but the Cornbrash itself seems to be represented by a limestone 
irregularly packed with fossils faulted between infra-Callovian clay and Great 
Oolite Clay. At Bedford the Cornbrash is only exposed by cutting beneath the 
Oxford Clay. Such was the case in an excavation made for the Midland Railway 
on the south side of the main line. Many fine fossils were thence obtained, and 
some of the stone is now placed in the wall adjoiming the entrance to the 


Ampthill tunnel. 


14 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


19. Steventon, Bourne Enp Buersor, AND Rusnupren.—lIn the first two localities 
the Cornbrash forms the base of Oxford Clay brickpits, which contain doggers of 
large size such as occur in the south. At Rushden, on the contrary, we see the 
underlying beds in abundance, and the Cornbrash is everywhere covered; only 
local traces of it can be recognised by the curious matrix of its fossils. This is in 
aspect very like the rock at Scarborough, and is sub-oolitic in character. <A large 
number of fossils were obtained while building was going on. 

20. Turapston.—The original quarry whence most of the recorded fossils were 
obtained is situated by the side of the Midland Railway station. It is not now 
worked and is somewhat obscured by age. It has been described by Woodward. 
There is now a newer quarry a mile and a half west of the town, opposite the 
Ishp furnaces, which may go by the name of Thrapston to save confusion with the 
Ishp in Oxfordshire. It shows a freshly worked face of about two hundred yards, 
yielding the following section : 


Boulder clay—derived from the Oxford Clay. 
1. Hard brashy limestone : : 
2. Loose and clayey brash, with broken shells | 


5 feet. 
3. Rather solid brash, with Macrocephalites . ; | sind 


4. Softer brash, with Waldheimia lagenalis . 


a. Great Oolite Clay, 12 feet. 
b. Massive Great Oolite Limestone, 11 feet. 


Here no confusion between one horizon and another is possible (except in the 
spoil heaps). It may be noted that the Macrocephalites is rather in the upper 
portion of the five feet to which the Cornbrash is limited. 

21. Barnwenn ann Ounpie.—On the north side of the village of Barnwell, 
Northants, beyond the Castle, there is a quarry worked for the Great Oolite. 
This is a massive rock, and is covered by about eight feet of blue-black clay. The 
surface of this is bent into a low festoon, having a maximum thickness of about 
two feet six inches, which is filled with a fossiliferous rubble of Cornbrash fossils, 
with harder bands at the top and bottom. At Oundle there appear to be no 
exposures of Cornbrash : the only quarry in work on the north side of the town 
shows nothing higher than the Great Oolite Clay—the others are all grassed over. 

22. Finrsnape.—tIn the railway cutting between Fineshade Abbey and Kings- 
cliffe there is an excellent section giving a complete view of the succession about 
this district, the beds dipping gently to the east : 


Feet. 

Oxford Clay, with doggers widely separated . 40 

1. Loose, dark-coloured brash, Alectryonia abundant . . : : 1 
2. Two courses of purplish massive limestone : a ok 
a. Clay : , > Ue 


b. Five courses of Great Oolite Limestone . : : : Sd 


ENERODUC TION: 15 


Thus the Cornbrash is isolated amongst clays. The upper part is here 
characterised by Alectryonia. 

23. YAXLEY or Stivton.—Under one or other of these names numerous and 
important fossils have been recorded, but nothing can be seen in the district at the 
present time. The fossils were obtained from an opening between the two places 
named, now grassed over, but originally sunk through Oxford Clay till it reached 
hard beds referred to the Cornbrash. ‘These do not seem to have been pierced, 
so that it resembles the pit at Sutton Benger, in Wilts. 

24. Prrersoroucu.—Along the sides of the united railways north of Peter- 
borough Station a considerable area of Cornbrash is exposed, three or four feet in 
thickness, but part of it is left as a floor, so that the base is not visible. It is 
probably thicker than when last seen at Fineshade, twelve miles to the west, as it 
spreads over an area at various deviations in the city and extends by the roadside 
as far as Walton. But the best exposure made in the area is near Castor, where 
is a quarry on the west side of Milton Park. Here is seen eight feet of pretty 
solid stone weathering in the usual irregular lenticles. This is said to rest upon 
clay. The rubbly character of the base is not shown, but the higher bed is 
indicated by the abundance of the Macrocephalites in it. 

25. AREA NORTH OF PuTrERBoROUGH.—In the undulating country north of Peter- 
borough to the neighbourhood of Lincoln numerous Cornbrash localities have been 
quoted, but they are mostly unverifiable at the present day, as was to be expected. 
I have not found in this area any locality yielding a section through the Cornbrash 
so as to show its complete development. All sections are only shallow openings. 
One is seen on the road towards Market Deeping, four miles out of Peterborough, 
behind an Oxford Clay pit. Signs of the Hanthorpe pit, where T'erebratula 
bentleyt was first found, are still recognisable. At Quarrington, on this side of 
Sleaford, a road-stone quarry still exists. At Roxholme a typical shallow opening 
is worked while it lasts. At Sudbrook, east of Lincoln, there is still the edge of 
the old working that has yielded so many fossils, and six miles further on a new 
shallow opening has been made, at Walton. 

26. OurLiers To THE West or tHE Continuous Rancu.—The outliers that are 
found near Northampton owe their position to having been let down by faults 
along with the strata on which they rest. In the case of Stowe Ninechurches 
these consist of a complete sequence of beds from the Oxfordian Clays to the 
Upper Hstuarine Beds. It is plain from this that the Cornbrash must be 
included. Mr. Beeby Thompson, who first described it, assigns a single bed to 
the Cornbrash, the upper part of which contains characteristic fossils, the lower 
part containing only the demoid forms which are common to more than one 
horizon. This exposure is also remarkable for the last presence of the Forest 
Marble, known by the quality of stone and the presence of vegetable remains, 
and still only demoid fossils—that is, fossils common also to the Cornbrash. Other 


16 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Cornbrash fossils have been obtained from well-sinkings at Roade, Woodford, and 
Quinton in the same county, known by their sequence in a vertical succession 
between two clays. 

27. Near Appresy.—At the Appleby Station (Lincolnshire) there are now 
only banks to be seen with stone at the base, containing loose fossils of no definite 
character. At a lower level on the opposite side of the road is a deep clay pit, 
and at a higher level there are large masses of sand, which may either be Kellaway 
Sand or derived from it by drift agencies. The lower clay must be ‘“ Great Oolite 
Clay,” “perhaps forty feet thick,” but there are no exposures of the Cornbrash 
between. It may be assumed, therefore, that the Cornbrash is very thin here, 
and that it ‘ occupies the surface of the ground,” or rather did so before it was 
removed from where the station now stands. 

Between Thornholme Priory and the old river Ancholme there is another area 
where excavations have been made in the level surface. In the sides of these 
excavations, now filled with water, a foot or two of rubbly Cornbrash is seen 
resting on a dark clay, which holds up the water. The Cornbrash is not very 
fossiliferous, but the underlying clay is full of small oyster fragments, apparently 
O. subrugulosa, heaped together by the entrance of new conditions. 

It will be noted that were it not for artificial openings neither of these 
exposures would be known. When, therefore, elsewhere, as farther south or 
across the Humber in the South of Yorkshire, no Cornbrash is known, the reason 
is Just as likely to be lack of artificial openings as absence of the stratum itself. 


Yorkshire Localities. 


28. Sronectirr Woop.—The succession of the Jurassic rocks on the south side 
of the Pickering Valley synclinal is less easily followed than on the north. Never- 
theless we have from the pen of Mr. Hudleston a very clear account of what is to 
be seen in Stonecliff Wood (‘ Proc. Geol. Assoc.,’ vol. i). The beds No. 8 of his 


section, called the Stonecliff Wood series, consist of three parts, viz. : 


Feet. 
1 (e). “A perfect mass of fossils ” ; 7 
2. “* Loosish red and white sand” : : . 18-20 
3 (d). “ Hard fossiliferous band ”’ ; ; 5 eee 


No. 1 is followed after a short interval by Kellaway (?) Sand, and that by the 
Oxford Clay. From the observed character and relations of the Cornbrash else- 
where, we should have no difficulty in recognising the Bed 1 (e) as its repre- 
sentative, unless the fauna forbade it. There is, however, no Macrocephalites or 
other Ammonite recorded in any bed, but U'rigonia signata is recorded, a species 
which nine years later Lycett (‘Suppl. Brit. Foss. Trigoniz’) recognised as 


OO OO 


INTRODUCTION. Li 


occurring in Yorkshire only at Cloughton, near Scarborough, though Wright 
had already recorded it from the Cornbrash of Scarborough. 

29. ScarporouGH.—The Cornbrash is here no longer to be seen. <A_ solitary 
block of it amongst the débris on the north side of the Castle was all I could 
recently find. In Bean’s days (1838) he described its range as easily observed ; 
and in Wright’s time (1860) he states ‘the rock has been worked out and will be 
shortly covered up.” When I first knew the locality the shore was largely strewn 
with its blocks, mingled with those of the Kellaway rock—now there is a roadway 
over all. We are, therefore, entirely dependent on the past. Fortunately the 
matrix, of purplish oolitic aspect, is very distinct from the only other fossilferous 
zone here, the yellow Kellaway Sandstone, and when recognised is absolutely 
decisive. ‘The fossils here have one great advantage over almost all localities in 
the south : they are autochthonous, and not mixed with any deposit made during an 
earlier epoch. 

30. Cayron Bay.—In this bay the position and composition of the Cornbrash 
are perfectly clear. At the north end it is faulted and spread out on the 
foreshore, but at the south end the following section is seen: 


Kellaway Sandstone in the chff— 


Ft. in 
1. Shales with Avicula bramburiensis, Crustacea, and Macrocephalites : . it) Oe 
2. Hard shaly band full of Ostrea marshii on the surface este 
3. Hard ferrugimous dogger band, with Macrocephalites forming a strong scar . 0.10 
4. Soft gritty rubble bed full of broken shales ' ; - W & 


a. Pale clay with a sharp boundary above and no sign of a fossil. 


The inclusion of the Avicula-shales with the ordinary fossil-bearing masses 
below is justified by the occurrence of Macrocephalites in them, and confirmed by 
the overlying rocks contaming the three characteristic Ammonites of the next zone, 
modiolaris, koenigi, and gowerlanus, but when this development is compared with 
that at Weymouth we learn the variation of lithological characters in general. 
Here the upper part of the Cornbrash is shale, at Weymouth largely limestone ; 
while the overlying beds are here of sandstone, at Weymouth largely clay. 

In this locality the bed here included with the Kellaway rock, beimg seen 
in situ, has not always been distinguished from the Cornbrash, but it is darker 


in colour, with lighter oolitic grains, and the fossils are not always identical. 


18 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


CHRONOLOGICAL LIST OF WRITINGS RECORDING SPECIES OF 
FOSSILS REFERRED TO THE CORNBRASH. 


The following list comprises those writings which are original authorities for 
the occurrence of fossils in the Cornbrash, whether figured, described, or named 
only, whether recorded before or not, whether rightly assigned to the Cornbrash 
or not, but not those which deal with corrections of nomenclature only or merely 
quote the lists of others. The numbers in brackets at the end of each item indicate 
the number of supposed additions to the fauna made by each. 


1. 1812-27. Sowrrsy, J. and J. de C., ‘The Mineral Conchology of Great Britain,’ vols. i—v (28). 
2. 1816. Smrru, W., ‘Strata identified by Organised Fossils’ (3). 
3. 1822. ConysBearez, W. D., ‘Outlines of the Geology of England and Wales’ (4). 
4 1832. Lonspaus, W., “On the Oolitic District of Bath,” ‘Trans. Geol. Soe.,’ ser. ii, vol. 11 (3). 
I. 1835. Puriures, J., ‘ Illustrations of the Geology of Yorkshire, Pt. I, 2nd ed. (29). 
6. 1839. Buran, W., “A Catalogue of the Fossils found in the Cornbrash Limestone of Scar- 
borough,” ‘Mag. Nat. Hist.,’ ser 2, vol. ii (79). 
Morris, J., “ List of Organic Remains obtained by Reginald N. Mantell, Esq., from the 
Railway Cutting above discussed” (near Trowbridge), ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ 
vol. vi (2). 
8. 1850. Lycerr, J, “Tabular view of Fossil Shells from the Middle Division of the Inferior 
Oolite in Gloucestershire,” ‘Ann. Nat. Hist.,’ ser. 2, vol. vi (1). 
9. 1851-4. Morris, J., and Lycerrv, J., “ A Monograph of the Mollusca of the Great Oolite,” ‘ Pal. 
Soc.’ (8). 
10. 1851-2. Davipson, T., “ British Fossil Brachiopoda,” vol. i, ‘ Pal. Soc.,’ (5). 
ll. 1851. Wruient, T., “On the Cidaridx of the Oolites,” ‘Ann. Nat. Hist.,’ ser. 2, vol. viii (3). 
12. 1852. Wrrient, T., “On the Cassidulidx of the Oolites,” ‘Ann. Nat. Hist.,’ ser. 2, vol. ix (2). 
13. 1853. Buckman, J., “On the Cornbrash of the Neighbourhood of Cirencester,” ‘Ann. Nat. 
Hist.,’ ser. 2, vol. xii (3). 
14. 1853. Morris, J., “On some sections in the Oolitic district of Lincolnshire,” ‘ Quart. Journ. 
Geol. Soc.,’ vol. ix (2). 
15. 1854. Morris, J., ‘A Catalogue of British Fossils, 2nd ed. (8). 
16. 1854. Harms, J., “ Déscription des Bryozoaires Fossiles de la Formation Jurassique,”’ ‘Mém. 
Soc. Géol. France,’ ser. 2, vol. v (1). 
We 1855. Wrieunt, 'T., “On a New Genus of Fossil Cidaride, with a Synopsis of the Species 
included therein,” ‘Ann. Nat. Hist.,’ ser. 2, vol. xvi (1). 
18. 1855. Lycrrr, J., ‘The Cotteswold Hills’ (8). 
19. 1856. Woopwargp,®S. P., “ Notes on British Fossil Diademas,” ‘ Mem. Geol. Surv.,’ Decade v (2). 
20. 1855-8. Wricur, T., “A Monograph of the British Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic,” vol. i 
(“ Echinoidea’’), ‘ Pal. Soc.’ (12). 
21. 1856-8. Opprt, A., “ Die Juraformation Englands, Frankreichs und des Siidwestlichen Deutsch- 
lands,” ‘ Wiirttemb. Naturw. Jahreshefte,’ xii—xiv (9). 
22. 1857. Huu, K., “The Geology of the Country round Cheltenham ” (Fossils by R. ErHerrper) 
‘Mem. Geol. Surv.’ (2). 
23. 1858. Buckman, J., “On the Oolitic Rocks of Gloucestershire and North Wiltshire,” ‘ Quart. 
Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. xiv (7). 


“JI 
—_— 
OO 
Or 
S 


Perey 


wo) mean «a 


24. 1858. 
25. 1859. 
26. 1859. 
27. 1860. 
28. 1860. 
29. 1861 
30. 1861. 
Bl. 186 

32. 1861 
33. 1862 
34. 1863. 
35. 1864. 
36. 1865. 
37. 1869 
38. 1871 
39. 1871. 
40. 1872. 
Al. 1872-9. 
42. 1878. 
43. 1874-6. 
44. 1875 
45. 1875 
46. 1875 
47. 1876-78 
48. 1877 
49. 1880. 


INTRODUCTION. 19 


Hutt, E., “ Geology of Parts of Wiltshire and Gloucestershire” (Fossils by R. 
Erneriper), ‘Mem. Geol. Surv.’ (sheet 34). 

Lecxensy, J., “On the Kellaway Rock of the Yorkshire Coast,” ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. 
Soc.,’ vol. xv (12). 

Hutt, E., “Geology of the Country round Woodstock” (Fossils by R. EruEerrpar), 
‘Mem. Geol. Surv.’ (9). 

Horton, W.S., “On the Geology of the Stonesfield Slate and its Associate Formations,” 
‘Geologist, vol. 11 (2). 

Wrrent, T., “On the Sub-divisions of the Inferior Oolite in the South of England, 
compared with the equivalent Beds of that Formation in Yorkshire,” ‘Quart. 
Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. xvi (11). 

Macanister, J. H., “ The Fossils of North Bucks and the adjacent Counties,” ‘ Geologist,’ 
vol. iv (2). 

Porter, H., ‘The Geology of Peterborough and its Vicinity’ (1). 

Wuirraves, J. F., “On the Oolitic Echinodermata of the Neighbourhood of Oxford,” 
‘ Geologist,’ vol. iv. : 

Wurteraves, J. F., “On the Invertebrate Fauna of the Lower Oolites of Oxfordshire,” 
‘Rep. Brit. Assoc.,’ 1860 (24). 

Orpen, A., ‘ Paleontologische Mittheilungen,” Pt. ITI, ‘Ueber Jurassische Cephalo- 
poden.’ 

Lycert, J., “Supplement to the Monograph of the Mollusca of the Great Oolite,” ‘ Pal. 
Soe.’ (35). 

Green, A. H., “The Geology of the Country round Banbury, Woodstock, Bicester, and 
Buckingham,” ‘Mem. Geol. Surv.’ (2). 

Houxuey, T. H., and Erurrivas, R., “A Catalogue of the Collection of Fossils in the 
Museum of Practical Geology,” ‘Geol. Surv.’ (18). 

Destonacuamps, H., ‘ Notes Paleontologiques, Monographie iv, Le Jura Normand’ (1). 

Nevumayr, M., “ Die Cephalopoden von Balin,” ‘Abh. k.k. Geol. Reichsanst.,’ 

vol. v (1). 

Pures, J., ‘The Geology of Oxford and the Valley of the Thames’ (8). 

Wrieut, T., “On the Correlation of the Jurassic Rocks in the Department of the 
Cote VOr, France, with the Oolitic Formation in the Counties of Gloucester and 
Wilts, England,” ‘ Proc. Cotteswold Nat. F. C.,’ vol. v. 

Lycert, J., “ A Monograph of the British Fossil Trigonie,” ‘ Pal. Soc.’ (6). 

SHarp, 8., “The Oolites of Northamptonshire,’ Pt. II, ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ 
vol. xxix (12). 

Hupurston, W. H., “The Yorkshire Oolites,’ Pt. I, ‘Proce. Geol. Assoce.,’ vol. iii: 
Pt. II, ibid., vol. iv (8). 

Jupp, J. W., “The Geology of Rutland,” ‘Mem. Geol. Surv.’ (11). 

Puiuuies, J., “ Geology of Yorkshire,” Pt. I, 3rd ed. (Fossils by R. Ernerrpar) (18). 

Cross, J. E., “The Geology of North-west Lincolnshire,” ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soce.,’ 


vol. xxxi (Fossils by R. Erneripar) (2). 


. Davipson, T., “Supplement to the Monograph of the British Fossil Brachiopoda,” 


vol. iv (‘‘ Oolitic’’) ‘ Pal. Soc.’ (8). 

Manset-Pieypent, J. C., “ Notes on a Gavial Skull from the Cornbrash of Closworth. 
With a description of the same by J. W. Hutxer,” ‘ Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. F. C.,’ 
vol. i (1). 

Waieut, T., “ A Monograph of the British Fossil Echinodermata,” vol. ii (*‘ Asteroidea ’’), 
‘Pal. Soe.’ (2). 


50. 1880-85. 


58. 


59. 


ba f 


} 
a. 


1883. 


1883. 


1883. 


1883. 


1884. 


1885. 


1885. 


1886. 


1886. 


1887. 


1888. 
1889. 


1889. 


1890. 


1890. 


1891. 


1891. 
1892. 
1893. 


1893. 


1894. 


FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Hupueston, W. H., “Contributions to the Paleontology of the Yorkshire Oolites,” 
‘Geol. Mag.,’ Dec. 2, vol. ii, and Dec. 3, vols. i and ii (8). 

Vine, G. R., “Third Report of the Committee on Fossil Polyzoa,”’ ‘Rep. Brit. 
Assoc.’ (3). 

Hrinpe, G. J., ‘ Catalogue of the Fossil Sponges in the Geological Department of the 
British Museum’ (1). 

Tomes, R. F., “On the Fossil Madreporaria of the Great Oolite of the Counties of 
Gloucestershire and Oxfordshire,” ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. xxxiv (22). 

Wuipeornge, G. F., “‘ Notes on some Fossils, chiefly Mollusca, from the Inferior Oolite,” 
‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. xxxix (1). 

Damon, R., ‘ Handbook to the Geology of Weymouth and the Island of Portland,’ new 
edition (8). 

Watrorp, E. A., “On the Stratigraphical Position of the Trigoniz of the Lower and 
Middle Jurassic Beds of North Oxfordshire and Adjacent Districts,” ‘ Quart. 
Journ. Geol. Soe.,’ vol. xli (1). 

Juxes-Browne, A. J., “The Geology of the South-West part of Lincolnshire, with 
Parts of Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire,” ‘Mem. Geol. Surv.’ (1). 

Woopwarp, H. B., “ Account of a Well-sinking made by the Great Western Railway 
Company at Swindon,” with lists of Fossils, by E. T. Newton, ‘ Quart. Journ. 
Geol. Soce.,’ vol. xli (5). 

Ving, G. R., ‘Jurassic Polyzoa found in the Neighbourhood of Northampton,” ‘ Journ. 
Northants Nat. Hist. Soc.,’ vol. iv (3). 

Puatnaver, H. M., “ On the Occurrence of Strophodus Rigauxi (Sauv.) in the Yorkshire 
Cornbrash,” ‘ Rep. Yorks. Phil. Soc.,’ 1886 (1). 

Ussner, W. A. E., “ Geology of the Country round Lincoln,” ‘Mem. Geol. Surv.’ 

LyprxKKer, R., ‘Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and Amphibia in the British Museum” 
(Natural History), vol. 1 (1). 

Woopwarp, A. 8., ‘Catalogue of Fossil Fishes in the British Museum (Natural 
History),’ vol. 1 (1) 

Ussuer, W. A. E., “The Geology of North Lincolnshire and South Yorkshire,” ‘Mem. 
Geol. Surv.’ (1). 

Woopwarp, A. §., and SuHerporn, C. D., “A Catalogue of British Fossil Verte- 
brata’ (1). 

Harker, AuiEn, “On the Geology of Cirencester Town, and a recent Discovery of 
the Oxford Clay in a deep Well-boring at the Waterworks,” ‘ Proc. Cotteswold 
Nat. ES Ce voltx. 

Tompson, B., “The Oolitic Rocks at Stowe-Nine-Churches,” ‘Journ. Northants Nat. 
Hist. Soe.,’ vol. vi (4). 

Fox-Srraneways, C., “The Jurassic Rocks of Britain,” vol. ii, Yorkshire. ‘ Mem. Geol. 
Surv.’ (10). 

Hinpe, G. J., “A Monograph of the British Fossil Sponges,” Pt. IIT, ‘ Pal. Soe.’ (1). 

Vine, G. R., “Notes on the Polyzoa, Stomatopora and Proboscina Groups, from the 
Cornbrash of Thrapston, Northamptonshire,” ‘Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. 
Soc.,’ new series, vol. xii, pt. iii (8). 

Woopwarp, H. B., “The Jurassic Rocks of Britain,” vol. iv, “ Lower Oolitic Rocks of 
England,” ‘Mem. Geol. Surv.’ (22). 


1895-96. Grecory, J. W., “ A Revision of the Jurassic Bryozoa,” ‘Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,’ 


ser. 6, vols. xv—xvil. repeated in ‘Catalogue of the Jurassic Bryozoa in the 
British Museum (Natural History)’ (17). 


Ll ee eee 


oO 9 OP es eee Ae =e 


a 


73. 
74. 


76. 


“JI 
“I 


1896. 
1901. 


1902. 


1904. 


1904. 


INTRODUCTION. 21 


Greeory, J. W., “ Stomatopora Smithii,” ‘Rep. Yorks. Phil. Soc.’ 

Winwoop, H. H., ‘‘ Excursion to the new G.W.R. Line from Wootton Bassett to Filton,” 
‘Proc. Geol. Assoc.,’ vol. xvii. 

Rrynotps, 8. H., and Vauenan, A., “On the Jurassic Strata cut through by the 
South Wales Direct Line between Filton and Wootton Bassett,” ‘Quart. Journ. 
Geol. Soe.,’ vol. lviii (1). 

Woopwarp, H. B., “Further Notes on the Cuttings along the South Wales Direct 


Railway,” ‘Geol. Surv., Summary of Progress for 1901.’ 


Nomenclature—General. 
Fox-Straneways, C., “The Geology of the Oolitic and Cretaceous Rocks south of 
Scarborough ” (Ist ed., 1880), 2nd ed., 1904, ‘ Mem. Geol. Survey.’ 
Lane, W. D., “ Jurassic Polyzoa,” ‘Geol. Mag.,’ Dec. 5, vol. 1, p. 515. 


\ 


DESCRIPTION- OF THE FAUNA. 


VERTEBRATA. 
Class REPTILIA. 


THe remains of reptiles from the Cornbrash are not numerous, the rubbly 
nature of the deposit not being suitable for their preservation. The following 
is a list of the records of this class that have hitherto been made.’ 

*Cimoliosaurus brevior. *Steneosaurus stephant (48). 
* Megalosawrus bucklandi (62). *T'eleosaurus subulidens (39). 
*Steneosaurus boutilieri (37). 

Cimoliosaurus brevior—The entry of this Kimeridgian type of Plesiosaur 
as a Cornbrash fossil seems to have originated in an error. The name is 
entered as Kimeridgian in Lydekker’s ‘Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia, ete.,’ 
Pt. II, p. 248, and on the same page are entered some vertebre as “ specifically 
indeterminate,” one of them beimg stated to be from the Cornbrash of Stilton ; 
but the two entries have no connection with each other. 

Megalosaurus bucklandi—In the British Museum, No. 47,169, there is a 
trunk vertebra said to be “from the Cornbrash, locality unknown.” It is “ pro- 
visionally ” referred to this species (see Lydekker, ‘Cat. Foss. Rept.,’ Pt. I, 
p. 161). It has no matrix and the only guide to its origin is that it formed 
part of the Sharp collection. This is not considered sufficient authority for 
the horizon of the fossil bemg Cornbrash. 

Steneosaurus boutilieri.—With regard to this name we have the following 
information (A. 8. Woodward, ‘Geol. Mag.,’ Dec. 3, vol. 11, p. 501, note): 
“Under this name M. Deslongchamps (‘ Notes Paléont.,’ p. 230, pl. xvi, fig. 2) 
mentions a plaster cast of a skull and mandible from the Cornbrash near Oxford 
received from the Bristol Institution, and labelled Crocodilus owoniensis Cony- 
beare. . . . But Mr. Edward Wilson .. . is unable to discover any such 
label in the collection and the present whereabouts of the original specimen 
seems to be unknown.” Nor is it mentioned under either name in Phillips’ 

1 In the following lists an asterisk denotes that the name is included in either or both of the 
lists given by H. B. Woodward and Fox-Strangways in the ‘Mem. Geol. Surv.’ The numbers in 
brackets refer to the foregoing list of publications. Names printed in capitals denote those which 


are adopted, those in italics those which are rejected. 


SAUROPTERYGIA. D: 


Qe 


‘Geology of Oxford.’ It will be necessary to wait for further imformation 
before admitting this into the known Cornbrash fauna. 

Steneosaurus stephani.—The specimen on which this record is founded was 
obtained from a quarry at Closeworth, in Dorsetshire. It is now in the British 
Museum, where it is labelled as from the Cornbrash and catalogued as such 
by Mr. Lydekker (Pt. I, p. 114). But the matrix does not resemble the ordinary 
Jornbrash in that district. On inquiry of the discoverer of the fossil, the 
late Mr. Mansel-Pleydell, he kindly informed me that the specimen was extracted 
by the fossil-collector, Mr. Reynolds, who gave him the following account of 


the quarry, now grassed over, in which it was found. 


Ft. in. 
Cornbrash ; . 0 49 
HKarthy matter HB 0) 
Rubbly ragstone . 5 5 il) 
Solid, dark, cream-coloured beds 2 eo 6 


It was in this last bed that the steneosaur lay, and the matrix of the fossil 
corresponds with the description. The three overlying beds also correspond to the 
usual Cornbrash, and a considerable thickness of stone similar to the fourth bed is 
seen on the opposite side of the valley near Yetminster, wiaderlying the Cornbrash. 
I conclude, therefore, that the fossil in question was not obtained from the 
Cornbrash as here restricted. A steneosaurian vertebra, in the Sherborne Museum, 
found at Stalbridge Weston, and included amongst Cornbrash fossils, is in the same 
position as this—its horizon is doubtful. (See locality 5, Holwell.) 

T'eleosaurus subulidens.—This entry is founded on the following extract from 
Philips’ ‘Geology of Oxford,’ p. 244: “ Teleosuurus subulidens Phil. G. O. 
Enslow Bridge, Kirklington Station Quarries, C. B. Kidlington.” However, on 
p. 184 of the same volume it is stated that teleosaurian teeth were found in the 
Great Oolite at Kidlington, but nothing is said about Cornbrash. None are found 
so labelled in the Oxford Museum, but the lower part of the quarry at Kidlington 
is composed of beds below the Cornbrash, which contain reptilian bones (see 
locality 23). On these grounds it is not safe to assume that the crocodile known 
under the above name survived into Cornbrash times. 

From this it would appear that there is no available evidence that any one of 
the reptiles hitherto recorded belong to the Cornbrash. 


Order SAUROPTERYGIA. 


Family Piunstosauripe. 
Liopleurodon ferox, Sauvage. Plate I, figs. 1, 2. 


1873. Lioplewrodon ferox, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Géol. France [3], vol. i, p. 378, pl. vii, fig. 1. 
1880. Polyptychodon ferox, Sauvage, loc. cit., vol. viii, p. 544. 


24, FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


1880. Pliosaurus ferow, Lydekker, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. v, p. 353; and Cat. Brit. Foss. Rept. B. M., 
vol. u, p. 145. 
1890. Pliosawrus ferox, Lydekker, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xlvi, p. 50, pl. v. 


Skiatype of species.'.—Described thus, /. c.: ‘“ At the base of the enamel the 
two diameters of the tooth are as 15 to 138. The root is entirely smooth and 
conically hollowed at the base. The enamelled portion is rather strongly curved 
and divided into two parts by a ridge extending to the summit on the anterior and 
posterior diameters. A strong ridge is also seen on each of the lateral faces, which 
continues the whole length of the enamel. The external face is divided into 
two by a strong keel reaching the summit; otherwise it is almost quite smooth, 
Elsewhere there are strong keels on the inner side, reaching various distances 
towards the summit.” From the lowest zone of the Oxford Clay of Le Wast, 
near Boulogne. 

Description.—T'wo teeth from the Cornbrash of Rushden showing the charac- 
teristic matrix are referred to this species. They do not agree absolutely with the 
above type, but more closely resemble specimens from the Oxford Clay of Peter- 
borough which have been referred to it, bemg there associated with more typical 
forms. In the specimen figured in PI. I, fig. 1 the section at the base of the 
crown is nearly circular, and the conical form is very regular; the fine ridges of 
the enamel proceed directly towards the summit, without showing the twist seen 
in more typical forms. The longitudinally convex side has very few ridges (7), 
and these not continuous. It is bounded by a continuous ridge on each side. 
The concave part has twenty-four more ridges of various lengths, but none 
especially central as in the type, and all are weak, giving a smooth aspect to the 
whole. In PI. I, fig. 2, the ridges are somewhat stronger and more numerous on 
both sides but have no twist. 

As we have only the teeth for examination, they are not sufficient for dis- 
cussing the genus of the whole animal, for which reason a temporary name, 
Inopleurodon, was given them by the author; at a later date he decided it was a 
Polyptychodon. The teeth certainly agree better with Owen’s definition of the 
latter genus, and disagree with his definition of Pliosawrus, so that as far as the 
teeth are a guide the name last adopted by Sauvage should be right. The asso- 
ciated bones, however, in this country have led to their being placed in Pliosaurus. 
If then the bones do not justify the use of the name Polyptychodon, neither do the 

1 Tf the original detinitien is defective or deals with a part only, the specimen is what may be 
called a sk1aTyPE (shadow-type), subject to the laws of priority, but if it be erroneous in any essential 
respect it ceases to be the definition of a real species at all, and by the same laws is barred from use. 

Type-specimens being the only ultimate units of fact, the union of associated specimens with them 
into a species and the union of several such species into a genus are matters of more or less certain 
inference only, which will naturally vary. Hence the bulk of the synonymy, long lists of which seem 
to me to be often little more than the substitution of one man’s inferences for another’s without 


reasons assigned. 


—————— 


HUMERUS OF PLESIOSAURIAN. 25 


teeth justify the term Pliosawrus, and we must fall back upon the first name used 
as non-committal. It may be that the want of twist or some other peculiarity 
of the enamel ridges may indicate as much as a specific difference from the Oxford 
Clay examples. 

Distribution—The two specimens from Rushden are in the Northampton 
Museum, and a small tooth from Kidlington in the collection of Mr. E. A. Walford 
may also belong here. The numerous fine specimens from the Oxford Clay of 
Peterborough are on almost exactly the same horizon as the type, but the Corn- 
brash is somewhat below that horizon. 


Vertebra of Murenosaurus. Plate I, fig. 3. 


The specimen thus interpreted is from Rushden, and contains in its neural canal 
some characteristic Cornbrash matrix. It is from the middle portion of the dorsal 
region. (See Seeley, ‘Q. J. G.S.,’ vol. xxxii, p. 545.) The centrum has the shape 
of a short dice-box, but is least concave longitudinally along the base; diameters 
45 mm. transversely and 37 mm. vertically. The articular surface is slightly 
concave in the peripheral portion, but round the perforated centre is a low, 
irregular swelling: on the lateral surface is seen on each side a vascular entrance. 
The neural arch is entirely united to the centrum, so that the vertebra is full 
grown. ‘The canal is large, somewhat triangular in shape. A peculiar feature is 
seen on the upper surfaces of the anterior zygapophyses, which are hollowed out 
somewhat deeply in the antero-posterior direction for articulation with the 
preceding vertebra—apparently limiting the principal motion to a vertical one. 

These features, particularly the articulation, seem to recall so much those 
described by Professor Seeley in Mwrenosaurus ((Q. J. G.S.,’ vol. xxx, p. 197), and 
the general build of the whole resembles so much that of Cryptocleidus oxoniensis as 
exhibited in the complete skeleton in the British Museum, and as drawn by 
Professor Phillips (‘ Geol. Oxford,’ p. 309), which is regarded by Professor Seeley 
as representing a sub-genus of Murenosaurus, that we seem justified in going so far 
as to say that this specimen belongs to that genus. 

Distribution.—Besides this Rushden specimen, which is im the collection of 
Mr. J. F. Walker, there are vertebre in the York Museum of which no more can 
be said than that they are Plesiosaurian. 


Humerus of Plesiosaurian. Plate I, fig. 4. 


In the Leckenby Collection in the Sedgwick Museum there is a specimen of the 
right humerus of a Plesiosaurian not actually labelled as from the Cornbrash, but 
showing the peculiar dark tint usual to fossils from that bed in Yorkshire, and 


a 


26 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


perhaps to be correlated with the vertebra mentioned above. Only the distal half 
is preserved: it has an elliptic cross-section throughout, the axes of which change 
from 38 mm. X 31mm. in the centre to 109mm. xX 23mm. at the distal end. Ina 
transverse direction the distal outline is uniformly curved with a sagitta of 24 mm. 
(in 109). The posterior outline being the most curved, the greatest thickness is 
nearer the anterior side. 

Specimens such as this are of comparatively little value by themselves palzeon- 
tologically, but they are of great interest as showing that the Reptilia of the 
Cornbrash mainly belonged to the great marine family that frequented the 
Oxfordian seas. 


Order CROCODILIA. 
Family TELEOSAURID®. 
Genus MACHIMOSAURUS, v. Meyer. 


This genus is defined by its author (‘ Neues Jahrb.,’ 1837, p. 560, where it is 
misprinted “ Mad;imosaurus,” an error corrected in 1838, p. 415) as “a saurian 
with strong, obtusely conical, and closely striped teeth,’ which is insufficient 
without his reference to Romer (“ Ichthyosaurus,” ‘ Verst. N. D. Ool.-gebirges,’ 
p- 12, pl. xu, fig. 19), who describes a tooth as “thimble-shaped, covered with 
about 100 fine, sharp, close-set longitudinal folds, which are wrinkled at the 
summit.” This defining description is of a specimen from the “ Portland Stone,” 
meaning thereby Pterocerian or Virgulian of Kahlenberg, Hanover; so that the 
genus 1s an Upper Jurassic one. 


Machimosaurus rigauxi, Sauvage. Plate I, fig. 5. 


1879. Machimosaurus rigauxi, Sauvage et Licnard, Mém. Soe. Géol. France [8], vol. i, 
no. 4, p. 4 


Shiatype.—* The teeth have their enamelled portion adorned with fine and 
close striz, replaced on both faces about the middle of their length by undulating 
vermiculate lines, following towards the summit, which is, as it were, guilloched, 
the lmes being a little stronger and less crowded than those at the base of the 
tooth. Between the principal striz at the base are intercalated some which rise to 
a feeble height. The lateral angles are marked, especially in the upper third of 


te 


PISCES. 27 


the tooth, by a shghtly trenchant crest to which the lines on the enamel converge.” 
From the Cornbrash of Le Wast, near Boulogne. 

Description.—A single tooth in the collection of Mr. Walford is referred to this 
species. It has a very polished surface; the diameter at the base of the enamel is 
13mm. and the length 27 mm. Its section is circular, and it is shghtly curved— 
160 very fine ridges may be counted at the base. These are discontinuous, and 
fresh ones, fewer in number, take their place, nearer the apex, being about 75 half- 
way up. Where the curvature begins to increase near the apex the ridges become 
very short, irregular in outline, and join here and there to their neighbours. The 
median line of the curved surface is raised on both sides into a larger crest, com- 
parable, however, with the rest; it commences half-way up, and becomes stronger 
as it crosses the apex. The smaller ridges, as long as they remain linear, converge 
to it at their upper end, but do not join it. 

It will be seen that this tooth is in absolute agreement with the type, but the 
small details of ornament which separate it from the species called M. aterruptus, 
found in the Kimeridge Clay of the same locality (Sauvage, M. 8. G. F., ser. 2, 
vol. x, no. u, p. 51, pl. im (vu), figs. 7, 8) are such as might well be due to 
difference of development in the jaw of the same species, in which case the latter 
name would have the priority. 

Distribution—The only specimen is from the railway station at Handborough. 
It may be well to note that other species of the same genus from the Stones- 
field Slate are represented in the British Museum. 


Class PISCES. 


No skeletons of fishes are known from the Cornbrash, not even any naturally 
associated hard parts, all the fossils of the class consisting either of teeth or spines. 
The following have been recorded : 


* ASTERACANTHUS ACUTUS (15, 63, 65). *STROPHODUS MAGNUS (42, 62, 65). 
% = ornatissumus. : -— RIGAUXI (60). 

- — verrucosus (42), * — subreticulatus (42). 
*Pycnodus Bucklandi (42). * — TENUIS (63, 65). 


Asteracanthus ornatissimus.—The entry of this fish represents the belief that 
certain teeth belonged to the type called Strophodus subreticulatus, and that this 
type belonged to the spine thus named. The same teeth have been otherwise 
determined as Strophodus tenuis, and if this be accepted the spine tlieoretically 
belonging to the other tooth is lost with it. Only one spine is known. 

Asteracanthus verrucosus—an erroneous determination of the identical spine 
called Asteracanthus acutus. 

Strophodus subreticulatus teeth are now determined as S. tenuis. 


28 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Order SHLACHTII. 
Family CestRactontip®. 
Genus ASTERACANTHUS, Agassiz. 
Asteracanthus acutus, Agassiz. Plate I, fig. 6a, b. 


1837. Asteracanthus acutus, Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. i, p. 33, pl. viii a, figs. 1, 2, 3. 
1889. Asteracanthus acutus, A. 8S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes, B.M., vol. i, p. 313. 


Skiatype. 


The following is the definition of Agassiz (modified, in square 
brackets, by A. 8. Woodward): “ More arched and decreasing more rapidly 
towards the point than 4d. ornatissimus. The tubercles are arranged in two 
strongly marked series and continue to the end of the ray. They are a little 
elongated in the direction of the ray; those of the anterior border are largest. 
Their base forms longitudinal ridges. One of these ridges at the anterior end 
projects on the middle line of the ray [is keeled], hence the name. The posterior 
surface is not so flat as in A. ornatissimus; its centre already rises above the 
posterior furrow and rises still higher towards the end of the ray. On this surface 
are seen two rows of [large] stained teeth [tubercles] pretty distant from each 
other at their base, but approaching each other as they rise [arranged in close 
series]. The inner cavity is considerable and extends nearly to the point of the 
ray.” ‘From the clay above the Cornbrash on the borders of the Ouse; at Castle 
Mills, near Bedford.” It has not been seen. 

Description.—One specimen only of an Asteracanth spime has been obtained 
from the Cornbrash. The type of A. acutus not having been found, no direct 
comparison can be made, but so far as the above description goes this specimen 
agrees with it. It is broken at both ends, but extends for a length of 120 mm., 
and has a breadth (partly by squeezing) of 25 mm. ‘The anterior (convex) outline 
has a radius of curvature of 270 mm. The ray is divided longitudinally into an 
anterior ridged half and a posterior irregularly convex smooth half. The anterior 
part is raised into 10 ribs, each of which has elongated tubercles, decreasing in size 
distally and posteriorly. Each tubercle has a raised rim round its base, and 
consists of a ridged cone, the ridges of which, when worn, show the underlying 
material in the form of a white star, usually 5-sided. The anterior ones are in 
definite rows, but the posterior are more irregular. The intervening substance is 
furrowed longitudinally, the furrows being perforated with deep depressions. The 
middle line has tubercles like the rest proximally, but for the great part, distally, 
the intervening substance, with its furrows and perforations, rises into a triangular 


STROPHODUS MAGNUS. 29 


ridge. The posterior half of the spine has a number of tooth-like projections, 
curved in the proximal direction and polished on the distal side. They seem to 
stand irregularly, but actually occur in a series of oblique pairs, with a zig-zag 
median line running between the members of each pair. This species differs 
from Ast. wastensis, from the Cornbrash of Boulogne, in that the latter has no 
tubercles throughout distinct (see Sauvage, ‘Bull. Soc. Géol. France,’ ser. 3, 
vol. vill, p. 454, pl. xiv, fig. 5). 

Distribution.—This specimen is in the British Museum (no. 47131), and was 
obtained from the Sharp collection, being recorded by Sharp as Asteracanthus 
verrucosus and stated to be obtained from the Cornbrash at St. Botolph’s Bridge, 
Peterborough, probably from a railway cutting now grassed over. No such spines 
are known from the Great Oolite, and the type comes from the clay overlying the 
Cornbrash at Castle Mills east of Bedford. 


Genus STROPHODUS, Agassiz. 


This genus was founled for teeth only (‘ Poissons Fossiles,’ vol. i, 1838), 
some of which were separated by Sauvage as Cuwrtodus (‘ Cat. Poiss. Foss. 
Boulonnais,’ p. 53, 1867). These names are regarded only as temporary by A. 8. 
Woodward, the teeth definitely found associated with Asteracanthus appearing under 
that name only. The teeth are said by Agassiz to be “elongated, more or less 
reticulated and truncated at the ends, showing a torsion in the direction of the 
long diameter, more or less elevated in the centre or at one end, reticulated on the 
surface, but without any elevated crest in any particular direction, root flat 
and broad.” In the specimen figured by Owen, however (‘ Geol. Mag.,’ 1869, 
vol. vi, pl. vi), it is seen that Strophodonts are of different shapes in different 
parts of the mouth. The imnermost row (1) is smaller and more elevated 
than the second (2), which is larger and more irregular in shape, while the 
other two outermost (38, 4) are the largest, longest, and flattest. These are 
succeeded by smaller series of teeth running transversely. There may be also 
a symphysial set of teeth of quite a distinct shape in one of the jaws. The 
ornament of the enamel, however, seems to be of the same general type 
throughout. Thus, the genus Cuwrtodus, founded on the difference of shape— 
inflated imstead of twisted longitudinally—loses its significance. 


Strophodus magnus, Agassiz. 


1838. Strophodus magnus, Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. iii, p. 126, pl. xviii, figs. 11—15. 
1889. — — A. 8. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes, B. M., p. 315. 


30 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Skiatype-—* The teeth are distinguished solely by their generally more 
stumpy form, and by the fineness of the surface-pores of the crown, which is 
only just reticulated near the edges, and by the folds being finer and closer than 
those of the other species.” This definition is supplemented by A. 8. Woodward 
in distinguishing the different series. In the most posterior series the teeth 
are small and oval, with very coarse superficial reticulations. In the fourth 
they are relatively broad and flat; in the third somewhat longer, the postero- 
lateral angle gently upturned and the anterior third shghtly bent forwards 
and downwards; in the second they are broadest posteriorly, with an abrupt 
hinder margin, the antero-lateral angle produced and the postero-lateral angle 
rounded; and those of the first series are still smaller and apparently shorter. 

Description.— It will be seen that species of Strophodont teeth are very 
difficult to be distinguished by their shape; reliance must be placed on the character 
of their ornament and reticulations. In many cases they are not to be dis- 
tinguished from those from the Stonesfield Slate. Some of them belong to one of 
the later series of teeth and some to those of the earlier ones. 

Distribution.—Of these teeth, twenty-two are from St. Botolph’s Bridge, near 
Peterborough, in the Sharp collection now in the British Museum, of which 
thirteen belong probably to series 1 and 2, and the remainder to series 3 and 4; 
also from Rushden and Shipton-on-Cherwell; from Polebrook; and from 
Thrapston and Stowe in other collections. That is to say, they only occur 
where the Cornbrash is underlain at no great distance by calcareous rocks 
from which they might have been derived, which is rendered not impossible 
by their abundance in the Neocomian beds in a remanié form. 


Strophodus tenuis, Agassiz. Plate I, figs. 7a, b, 9. 


1838. Strophodus tenuis, Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. iii, p. 127, pl. xviu, figs. 16—25. 
1889. = — A.S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes, B. M., p. 317. 


Skiatype-—This species of tooth differs from S. maguus by being slender and 
elongated and having a tendency to rise into a protuberance in the posterior por- 
tion. Though smaller than S. magnus, its surface has a less delicate reticulation 
and the pores are more masked. The elevated anterior teeth have their ends 
much pushed in. According to A. 8. Woodward, the first three rows of teeth are 
all much arched, and the superficial coronal ornament is as in S. magnus, except 
the anterior teeth. The hindermost teeth are small and oval, those of series 4 
gently rounded; those of series 3 are much longer, the crown raised towards 
the anterior end and bent downwards and forwards in front; those of series 2 
are much elevated mesially, shghtly keeled and narrowed at each extremity; 


O_O EEE EE EE 


> ome 2 


Sei Se 


STROPHODUS RIGAUXI. 31 


those of series 1 strongly arched, the apex of the crown being a blunt point, 
and the longitudinal keel prominent. 

Distribution.—There are six convex teeth from Peterborough district from 
the Enniskillen collection in the British Museum, and a large specimen from 
Botolph’s Bridge in the Sharp collection, with five others from the same collection 
in the Sedgwick Museum. Partly on account of its corresponding size, S. tenuis 
is Supposed to represent the teeth of the same animal as that to which Astera- 
canthus acutus belongs. 


Strophodus rigauxi, Sauvage. Plate I, fig. 84a, b. 


1867. Curtodus rigauaxi, Sauvage, Cat. Poiss. Second Boulonnais, p. 53, pl. iii, fig. 7. 
1887. Strophodus rigauzi, Platnauer, Yorks. Phil. Soc. Rep., 1886, p. 36, figs. 1, 2. 


Skiatype.-—The single tooth which served as type is described as oval and 
raised in the centre, the reticulations radiating from the highest point, arranged 
hike a lozenge on the higher parts, but becomimg more elongated on the sides. 
From the Bathonian of Marquise. At the time of this description the Cornbrash 
was included locally with the Bathonian. 

Description.—The tooth described by Platnauer comes from the Cornbrash on 
the north side of Scarborough Castle. It is of small size and has a coarsely 
reticulated, not much raised, crown, though it differs from the type in shape. It 
1s, no doubt, one of the posterior series and may be a distinct type. It is referred 
by A. 8. Woodward to S. magnus, but though the posterior teeth of that species have 
coarser reticulations than the more anterior, yet they do not approach the coarse- 
ness of S. rigauxi, and this coarseness appears to be of more significance than the 
shape. It is to these higher beds that we have to go to seek an analogy, as in 
S. rveticulatus. It also resembles very closely the posterior tooth figured by 
A. 8. Woodward in ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,’ ser. 6, vol. 11, pl. xu, fig. 4, as 
belonging to A. ornatissimus, var. flettonensis, from the Oxford Clay of Peter- 
borough. In any case it is desirable that it should be recognised as the only 
tooth of Strophodus occurring in Yorkshire. 


32 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Order ACTINOPTERYGLI. 
Family PyconopontipH. 
Genus MACROMESODON, nov. 


The genus Mesodon was founded in 1851 by Wagner on teeth which the author 
defined as ‘lone oval, with the surface superficially hollowed im a longitudinal 
direction and with the slope of the hollow finely furrowed.” The name Mesodon 
referred to the teeth occupying a middle position in this respect between Gyrodus 
and Pycnodus. It was found, however, when complete fishes were obtained, that 
the Jurassic Pycnodonts were in many respects quite distinct from the Tertiary 
Pyenodont, and the name Pycnodus was therefore confined to the latter, and 
Mesodon to the former. The above quoted definition is not, however, the prin- 
cipal diagnostic of these Mesozoic forms, and it is therefore fortunate that a new 
name is required according to priority, since the name already suggested was 
preoccupied by Rafinesque in 1831 for a member of the Helicide, and is actually 
in use. That suggested refers to the large size of the central vomerine teeth, 
and the genus may be thus defined : 

Teeth smooth and with feeble indications of rugz; vomerine teeth arranged 
in five longitudinal series, the lateral pairs being often irregular; splenial den- 
tition comprising one principal series of teeth, with three or more outer series 
and one or two inner series, usually irregularly arranged. 


Macromesodon bathonicus (Sauvage). Plate I, fig. 10. 


1880. Mesodon bathonicus, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Géol. France [3], vol. viii, p. 527, pl. xix, fig. 1. 
1867. Pycnodus affinis, Sauvage, Cat. Poissons Form. Second. Boulonnais, p. 15, pl. ii, fig. 6. 


Shiatype.-—This is a vomerine bone with the teeth in position, so far as pre- 
served. “Four teeth in the principal range, of large size, transversely elongated, 
a little larger on the outside than on the inside, hinder teeth a little more than 
twice as broad as long, the anterior teeth a little narrower. The internal range 
is furnished with five teeth, practically oval, small, 2-3 mm. diam. These teeth 
show in their centre a mammillated surface surrounded with irregular folds 


MOLLUSCA. 33 


radiating from the centre. The teeth of the outer range are nearly round, 
smooth, and larger than the inner.” It may be added that the figure shows that 
the central row of teeth are quite smooth and much larger than the others— 
16mm. X 73mm. The type is from the Great Oolite of Marquise. 

Description.—The teeth referred here to this species are remarkable for 
their size, bemg about 12mm. by 8mm. They are oval in outline and their 
uniformly convex surface of eiliptical transverse section is quite smooth and 
shining. On the strength of isolated teeth it is very speculative to refer to any 
definite species, but in this case the size is so exceptional in comparison with 
that of the side teeth that the speculation seems justified. 

Distribution. —The specimens have all been obtained from St. Botolph’s Bridge 
cutting, near Peterborough, now grassed over. There are a considerable number 
of them in the British Museum, and more in the Sedgewick Museum. It does not 
seem impossible that these may have been derived from lower beds in the cutting. 
I have not been able either to verify their occurrence in the Cornbrash nor, on the 
other hand, to find anything to throw doubt on it. 


MOLLUSCA. 
Class CEPHALOPODA. 


Order NAUTILOIDEA. 
Family Navtiipe. 
Genus NAUTILUS, Breyn. 


1732. Breynius, Dissertatio physica de Polythalamus. 


Amidst the numerous changes that have taken place in recent years in the 
subdivision of the Nautili, those in Cornbrash times have been left intact under 
the original title. The following are the species up to the present recorded as 
occurring in the Cornbrash : 

*N. baberi (44). N. inflatus (23, 
*N. hewagonus (28). N, lineatus (24). 
N. truncatus (23). 

N. baberi is recorded with a ? from Bourn, but as no specimen so labelled is 
found in the Museum of Practical Geology, or elsewhere, it may be passed by. 

N. hewagonus is Wright’s determination of a Scarborough fossil, labelled by 

D 


B4 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Bean “ N., imperfect,” and, though listed, has not been recognised in any Yorkshire 
specimen, unless it be represented by the only Nautilus in the Leckenby Collection, 
which resembles it somewhat, but is nevertheless otherwise placed. 

N. inflatus is recorded by Professor Buckman from Fairford, and by Mr. Horton 
from Witney, but the corresponding specimens have not been discovered. Never- 
theless, as the species 1s quite distinct from others recorded, and as under the 
name N. subinflatus Messrs. Foord and Crick have recognised a species from the 
Inferior Oolite below and from the Upper Oxfordian above, it is quite possible that 
a similar form might occur in the intervening stratum, and these records be the 
only indication we have of it. 

N, lineatus is recorded by Hull from the Witney district, but no corresponding 
specimen is to be seen; we cannot therefore say what species was intended. As 
the general aspect 1s not far removed from the young of N. truncatus, and the 
latter also frequently shows the median or “ normal” line, it is not improbable 
that the latter species was intended. 


Nautilus truncatus, Sowerby. Plate II, figs. 1, 2. 


1816. Nautilus truncatus, J. Sowerby, Min. Conch., vol. u, p. 49, pl. exxii. 
1900. — — G. C. Crick, Geol. Mag. [4], vol. vii, p. 514. 
Not ‘“N. truncatus Sow.,” D’Orbigny, Terr. Jur., pl. xxxix. 


T'ype.-—* Thick, flatted, plain, umbilicate, back flat, mouth elongated, four- 
angled, siphuncle nearest to the inner margin of the septum. Thickness rather 
less than half the diameter. The sides are rather conical than even. Mouth 
above half the diameter of the shell, long, narrowest toward the back, siphuncle 
oval. Septa very numerous, not recurved towards the umbilicus.” In the 
British Museum with Sowerby’s shells, numbered 441174. It is stated to have 
come from the Lias of Keynsham, but this is not the case. Mr. Crick has 
shown (l.c.) that no such fossil is known to the collectors of that district, and 
that the matrix resembles that of the Cornbrash and contains several fossils 
which are characteristic, at all events, by their association, of that horizon. 

Description.—Specimens of this species occur of various sizes, some being 
very large. As an example of the large form assumed, we may take the specimen 
figured in Pl. II, fig. 1. This has a diameter of 350 mm.; the last half is body 
whorl, and the rest contains 17 chambers, the last two being narrower. The 
rate of increase, both as to diameter and thickness, is in the ratio of 76: 100 
per whorl. Its greatest thickness is at about 3 the way in between the periphery 
and the umbilical edge. Beyond this poimt there is little convexity, but within 
it has a convex slope towards the centre, thus forming a depressed umbilicus, 


NAUTILUS TRUNCATUS. 35 


leaving no part of the inner whorls exposed. The peripheral area in the adult 
has a well-marked change of aspect, so that its edge is almost angular, but 
this becomes less so as it is traced backwards towards the origin, near which it 
becomes almost round. The sutures have a more or less marked backward curve 
on the peripheral area; they rise to their most forward point on the margin. 
On the lateral area they form a long backward curve, rising again near the 
umbilicus, into which they curve backwards again. (Sowerby is wrong on this 
point, even for his type specimen.) To produce this form of suture the front 
surface of the septum must be distally concave from side to side as well as in a 
radial direction, except towards the umbilicus, where it must change in the latter 
direction to convex. Other specimens show that the siphuncle was about one third 
the height of the aperture towards the periphery, and that the shell was thick and 
had no ornament beyond lines of growth. 

In a large specimen of 250 mm. diameter found at 8. Cerny, the periphery had 
become concave, like N. giganteus, and the backward bend of the sutures had 
consequently become well marked. On the other hand, when the species is 
smaller the periphery becomes more and more round, as in the case figured in 
fig. 2. It scarcely looks the same species, but the change may be traced almost 
continuously. ‘The following are some measured examples : 


Ratio of transverse 


Specimens. Diam. in mm. eae Ratio of thickness. 
1. Bedford, B. M., No. C.5077_ . ‘ 350 E : 76 : : 62 (?) 
2. Bedford, B. M., No. C.7297 . : 116 : . 74. ‘ : 54 
3. Scarborough, Sedgwick Mus. 160 : 75 60 
4. Rushden, B. M., No. C. 3473 . : 61 } y 73 ‘ : 54. 


Telations.—This species does not appear to be the same as the “* N. truncatus, 
Sow.,” figured by D’Orbigny (‘Terr. Jur.,’ pl. xxix) as from the Upper Lias of 
Dijon, which has a slower rate of increase and a different form of septum. The 
N. babert of Morris and Lycett, which, as those authors say, is closely allied to it, 
and to which, as it would appear, several specimens of it have been referred, have 
no such depression in the umbilical region, nor the same style of suture. It 
develops also other peculiarities in the specimens. NV. gigantews, however, seems to be 
a development of it. This is a widely spread form, ranging, according to its author 
(D’Orbigny, ‘Ann. Sci. Nat.,’ vol. 5, pl. vi, fig. 3, 1825, and ‘Terr. Jur.,’ pl. xxxvi), 
through the whole of the Oxfordian, therein including the Calloyian. It is also 
a large form, as its name implies, and is said to have the “ back round” in youth, 
but the periphery is concave. In this it agrees with our 8. Cerny specimen, 
and there is in the British Museum (No. 32563), from the Oxfordian of Wilts, a 
specimen with a similar concave periphery in the outer whorl, which, in the iner 
whorl, imbedded in place, is scarcely even flattened. D’Orbigny’s figure, however, 
represents a more open umbilicus, but this may be due to a more vigorous growth, 
the specimen being still septate at a diameter of 600 mm. 


36 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Distribution.—This species 1s most abundant at Bedford (Midland Railway Pit), 
Rushden, Thrapston, Thorn, 8. Cerny, Roade (fragments), and Scarborough. It 
was also recorded by Professor Buckman from Fairford. 


Nautilus calloviensis, Oppel. Plate IX, fig. 15. 


1842. Nautilus hexagonus D’Orbigny (non Sowerby), Terr. Jurassique, p. 161, pl. xxxv, figs. 1, 2. 
1856. —  calloviensis Oppel, Jura formation, p. 547. 


Type.—This must be taken from D’Orbigny, as Oppel refers especially to the 
species of that author, saying at the same time that Sowerby’s species differs from 
it by having a wider mouth-opening. D’Orbigny says: “Shell slightly compressed, 
smooth, or with fine growth-lines, umbilicus very narrow. Whorls angular, back 
flattened, sides flattened, with a third less marked round the umbilicus, greatest 
transverse diameter near the umbilicus. Mouth depressed, broader than high, 
angular. Sutures simple, deeply furrowed in the middle, rising at the edge of 
the umbilicus, and furrowed again towards the middle of the back.” From the 
lowest Oxfordian. 

Description.—The specimen referred to this species is remarkable for the 
change it undergoes. If we take only the portion of 64 mm. diameter, as 
figured by D’Orbigny, it agrees admirably with the above description ; but parting 
from that size the swelling at the side enlarges, and the onward growth becomes 
more rapid, while the periphery becomes more markedly angular. It then looks 
very like N. truncatus. There is almost an idea that it is approaching JV. giganteus. 
It seems probable that N. calloviensis may represent the young of N. truncatus, 
and this specimen shows better than any other the change of character. On this 
ground we might include this with the latter species. 

Distribution.—This specimen was obtained from Peterborough by Prof. 
Garwood, and is now in the Sedgwick Museum. 


Order AMMONOIDEA. 


All the records of Cornbrash Ammonites, except one, have been made under 
that name as generic. They are as follows: 


A. bakerix (36). A. HERVEY! (1, 5, 6, 27, 28, 30, 44, 45, 
A. brocchii (23). 46). 

A. bullatus. A. HOCHSTETTERI (21, 23). 

A. piscus (1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 15, 26, 27, 38, A. humphriesianus (23). 


d4, 36, 41, 46). A. jurensis (23). 


oe 


AMMONOIDEA. 37 


A. MACROCEPHALUS (15, 26, 28, 44, 46, Harpoceras prycuorHoruM (40), 
48, 59). A, subradiatus (23, 39). 
A. modiolaris (42). A, terebratus (5). 

By A. bakerix is not intended the species of Sowerby, which will be found 
rather under swb-bakerix. 

A. brocehii, A. humphriesianus, A. jurensis, and A. subradiatus, are names assigned 
by Professor Buckman, but never confirmed. The fossils to which they were 
given were probably from the Kelloway Rock or from some underlying formation. 

A. bullatus appears to have been entered from a specimen which has been 
squeezed transversely, and is not reliable as to its matrix, and in any case cannot 
be made out. 

A, modiolaris is, no doubt, a fossil from the Oxford Clay of Stilton, though I 
have not seen the specimen, nor any other from the Cornbrash. 

A, subradiatus, as recorded by Philips, I have not seen, and expect it came 
out of a lower bed, or is possibly an ally of Clydoiiceras discus. 

A, terebratus is a synonym for a smooth type which the Macrocephalites are apt 
to take on in the adult age. 

Besides these corrections there are the various generic names to which the 
various species must now be assigned, as to which some introduction is called for. 

From time to time one after another of the features of an Ammonite have 
been selected to form the foundation of their classification, and as one after 
another comes to be studied the importance of the particular feature made the 
subject for study impresses itself on the mind and becomes the basis of classifica- 
tion. At one time it is the shape, at another the sutures, at a third the radial 
lines, and so on. In my view, all these are of a partial character, only applicable 
to certain minor groups. <A general classification of the Cephalopoda, as of any 
other group, must embody the history of that group and consist of a series of 
classifications for each epoch, like a series of transverse sections across an animal. 
Thus when the Cephalopoda first appeared the first variation was the position and 
function of the siphuncle. When Ammonoids commenced the siphuncles had 
taken up a final peripheral position, and their function had ceased to be of 
importance. Nevertheless, there was still a division, into those the necks of whose 
siphuncles were as before directed backwards and their sutures primarily lobed, 
and those the necks of whose siphuncles were directed forwards and their sutures 
provided with additional secondary lobes, forming the Retrosiphonata and Lrost- 
phonata. These last, again, at a later date, were divided into Latisellat:, with broad 
saddles in youth, and only the lobes secondarily cut, and the Angustisellati, with 
narrow saddles in youth and indefinitely variable septa. Then among the latter 
the septa became the seat of variation and had no common type, but their shell- 
forms remained comparatively simple, until ultimately, from the Jurassic times 
onwards, the sutures settled down into a fairly fixed type, to which the terms 


38 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


dorsal, superior lateral, inferior lateral, etce., apply; but the shell varied much in 
form, and could be arranged in groups and families. 

From this point of view the classification given by Zittel in his ‘ Handbuch,’ 
in 1884, embodies the principle of a natural classification much more than the 
new classification by Hyatt, which has been substituted for it, but which goes 
back to the partial principle of classifying all by one organ. In the phraseology 
above set out the Cornbrash Ammonites are all of them angustisellate pro- 
siphonates and belong to the groups Mgoceratida’ with the family Stephano- 
ceratidee,” and Arietida with the family Harpoceratide. 


Family STEPHANOCERATIDA. 


Ammonites with numerous transverse ribs, which cross the periphery with- 
out change, but which tend to unite on either side at some point towards the 


umbilicus. 


Geis MACROCEPHALITES, Zittel. 


This genus was established by Zittel m his ‘Handbuch der Palzeontologie,’ 
IT Abth., If Band, in 1884, with the followimg definition: Involute, with broad, 
rounded exterior, all the whorls regularly covered with numerous sharp ribs, 
which divide into two or more near the narrow, deep umbilicus. Sutures much 
divided. 

The name was founded on part of the group of Macrocephali instituted by 
von Buch (¢ Abh. Berlin. Akad.’ (1850), 1852) for the allies of the shell known as 
Ammonites macrocephalus. These allies are indicated by Zittel as A. morvisi, 
Opp.,? A. macrocephalus, Schloth., A. twmidus, Rein., and A. herveyi, Sow., etc. 
It is fortunate that the name proposed, being a generic one, will cover the speci- 
mens figured by Zittel (fig. 655), as well as that to which the name of A. macro- 
cephalus was given by Schlotheim, for they are different species. The latter was 

1 See Art. “ Cuttle Fish,’ Ene. Brit., ed. x. 

? It has been suggested that the name Stephanoceras might be confounded with that of the rotifer 
Stephanoceros, but, as a matter of fact, it never has been so confounded by those who know them both 
—nor has any one taken Rhinoceros to be « Cephalopod. The termination ceras has been taken to 
mean “horn-like as a whole,’ and ceros to mean “horned” in some part. Thus, Stephanoceras, a 
horn-lke animal with a crown ; Stephanoceros, an animal with its horns in a crown; Rhinoceros, an 
animal with horns on its nose. 

° This name is given by Oppel to the species figured by Morris and Lycett from the Great Oolite 
as A. macrocephalus. It is certainly distinct from that species; it is also distinct from A. viator, 
VOrb., to which Lycett (‘Supplement,’ p. 121) later referred it. This is a Phylloceras from the 


Mediterranean province ! 


a 


MACROCEPHALITES. 39 


established in Schlotheim’s ‘ Taschenbuch’ in 1813 by the reference “ Ammonites 
macrocephalus, ‘Oryct., Norica, Suppl.’ tab. xu, fig. 8.” (See text-fig. 3, p. 43.) 
On making this reference to Baier’s work, which neither d’Orbigny nor Zittel 
appear to have done, it is seen at once that the species represented is that now 
called A. tunidus after Reinecke (1818). Accordingly in Schlotheim’s ‘ Petre- 
factenkunde’ in 1820 we find “ A. tumidus, Reinecke,” quoted as a synonym. 
He now includes numerous varieties under the name, which when a genus is 
established become species of that genus. Thus Macrocephalites macrocephalus, 
Schloth., sp., is the name of the shell called by Remecke Ammounites twinidus, and 
the figure given by d’Orbigny as Amimonites macrocephalus and by Zittel as 
Macrocephalites macrocephalus 1s without an appropriate name. 

From a stratigraphical point of view, pure and simple, there is no doubt some 
advantage in speaking of “the zone of Aim. macrocephalus,” for it represents an 
epoch in the world’s history when a certain type of ammonite occupied an 
extremely wide area; but in this sense “the zone of Macrocephalites,’ using a 
generic term only, would serve the purpose equally well, if we would follow the 
history of Ammonites or trace their appearance in the strata. 

Of the characters of Macrocephalites some depend upon age. It does not 
appear, however, that any marked change occurs in youth, or at all events that any 
is observable; but as the whorls grow the number of ribs does not keep an 
absolute constancy, or even a proportion to the breadth of the whorl, but some- 
thing between these two, increasing im number two or three in half a whorl. The 
sutures also become more complex, the inner whorls showing the merest outline of 
those of the adult; but in large specimens the outer whorls become quite smooth 
or nearly so (terebratus). These changes must be allowed for in any case. Other 
characters, such as the direction of the ribs, especially those which unite, the place 
and character of their union, the form of the umbilical edge, ete., can only be 
appreciated by the eye; but there are others which are capable of numerical 
expression, and therefore of accurate statement, so long as they remain constant. 
These are :' 

(1) The ratio of the transverse to the greatest diameter (0). 

(2) The ratio of the last whorl to the greatest diameter (¢). 

(3) The ratio of the thickness to the diameter. 

(4) The number of the ribs which cross the periphery in half a whorl. 

(5) The ratio of this number to that of those passing to the umbilicus. 

The size of the umbilicus, and the amount of overlapping of the whorls, are 
not required, being dependent on the above and defined by the equations— 


Umbilicus - , jae 
— = 1—) (1 + ¢?) and overlapping = 
Diameter ee lets bt * 


on the assumption that the characters remain constant. 
1 See my paper “On the Measurement of the Curves formed by Cephalopoda and other 
Mollusea,” ‘ Phil. Mag.,’ 1878. 


4.0 


FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Of the 200 examples of Macrocephalites examined, a selection of 37 has been 


taken, which are undoubtedly from the Cornbrash, and which afford fairly exact 


measurements. 


A. Diameter in millimetres. 
C. Percentage ratio of last whorl. 
E. Number of outer ribs in last half-whorl. 


Taste I.—Comparative Measures of Cornbrash Macrocephalites. 


B. Percentage ratio of transverse diameters. 


D. Percentage ratio of thickness. 


F. Ratio of outer to inner ribs. 


C. Compressus. M. Macrocephalus. Hh. Hudlestoni. 'T. Typicus. H. Hervey. 
No. ING B. C2 Fi o: E. F. Locality. | Species. 
— —— ae 
| | | 
Wy hn 8 81 48 44. 45 —- Scarborough Ay 
2 25 83 42 73 28 2°8 53 M 
3 30 85 50 52 29 2:25 Ailsworth Hh 
4 31 81 48 45 50 — Bedford C 
5 34 85 50 43 43 3 Appleby aT 
Gr oa 81 43 71 26 2°5 Peterborough M 
¢ | 39 86 43 51 28 2°5 Appleby Hh 
8 | 43 82 48 72, 28 Be Rushden |; M 
9 | 44 86 50 70 Pay) 2°8 Scarborough | MP 
10 | 44 86 | 48 64 SLU 3) Bedford | See 
11 | 48 85 | 45 56 30° | 275 Rushden | Hh 
12 49 82 50 45 42 4, 3 Scarborough lt 
135 Vl a2 82 46 71 30 2°2 M 
14 | 33 85 51 75 31 2°4 % M 
15 53 80 51 43 39 3 Stilton ? i 
16 57 86 45 68 27 2°2 “ Herveyi,”’ Type I H 
Ve tr 65 83 37 48 34 3 Scarborough _ 
18 | 66 82 51 49 4] 3:2 7 A 
TES Sees} 82 52 49 33 2°5 %» Hh? 
20 | 74 84. 46 70 32 2°6 Lincolnshire H 
Za) 78 81 51 44, 49 2°9 Scarborough T 
22) Si 80 45 58 24. 2-2 5 del 
23 83 82 49 47 44, 32 Peterborough at 
24, 87 85 48 72 28 2-1 Castor M 
25 91 81 52 54: 40 27 Fairford a 
Z20e= 8 oe 82 52 78 30 2°4 Scarborough M 
27 93 84. 52 48 ? 4.7 3 Peterborough Av 
98 | 94 87 52 65 33° | | 275 Scarborough H? 
29 0G 85 46 73 29 e258 Bedford M 
30 | 100 80 48 42 42 | 26 Scarborough ia 
31 105 83 50 42 48 | 28 Castor | 
32 105 80 45 60 30 2°6 Peterborough | ae 
35) |) 109 80 48 44, 32, || 2 Northants | 
34 | 110 82 45 50 Bey | 8 Thrapston | Eth: 
30 =6| «118 80 51 47 44 | 36 Scarborough ee 
36 | «(188 82 43 64 30 2°2 “ Herveyi,” Type II H 
37 BD5 82)» if 258 42 66? —- Garsdon C 


In this list, arranged according to size, we see that little change takes place in 
B, on which the curvature depends, and which varies only from °80 to ‘87, or 
in C, on which the overlapping depends, which varies only -42 to °53; for all the 


examples are of the same genus, but the relative thickness ranges from “42 to °78, 


MACROCEPHALITES. 41 


and the number of ribs from 24 to 50 (or 66), which two characters are thus the 
most important as specific indices. Lists of this sort show how useless it is to 
run all the species together, but they serve as a means of separating those 
species into which the genus is really divided. As the data obtained from the 
columns D and EH are the most important, a system may be adopted of displaying 
them graphically and uniting with them other measures obtained from specimens 
which show only those two satisfactorily. Such a scheme is shown in text-fig. 2 


ms 


66 


i) 


| 
| 
ll 


i) 


j 


a 


ae 
s| (BDESEES 
y (My 
Y hy) 
| SSRs 


Fia, 2.—Diagram illustrating disagreement in detail of various Macrocephalites. 


in which the entries in column D are arranged along a vertical column increasing 
downwards, and those in column E increasing upwards. The Ines joining the 
entries corresponding with the same specimens will thus be more nearly horizontal. 
The divergence shown by these lines appears greater than could be expected in 
a single species; in fact, we can see indicated several species characterised by (1) 
small thickness and abundant ribs, shown by the upper lines; (2) great thickness 
and few ribs, shown by the lower lines; (3) greater thickness and few ribs, shown 
by lower lines sloping to the left, and possibly some more. These will be found 
to correspond with the various species adopted. 


6 


42 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Macrocephalites typicus, nom. nov. Plate ITI, figs. 1, 2,5; Plate IV, fig. 5. 


1846. Ammonites macrocephalus, D’Orbigny, var. comprimée, Pal. Frang., Terr. Jur., pl. cli, p. 430. 
1881. Stephanoceras macrocephalum, Nikitin, Mém. Soc. Moscow, vol. xiv, pl. ii, figs. 15-17. 
1884. Macrocephalites macrocephalus, Zittel, Handb. Palzont., p. 470, fig. 655. 

1885. — = Nikitin, Mém. Soc. Moscow, vol. xv, pl. (vill) x, fig. 44. 


Type (Pl. III, fig. 1).—Sides compressed, umbilical wall quite distinct from and 
vertical to the sides ; diameter of umbilicus about ¢ of the whole diameter of the 
shell. Ribs scarcely touching the umbilical wall, but commencing on the sides 
with a backward bend, where they are strong and few, forming sigmoidal curves, 
with the concavity forwards, breaking up into and intercalated with 3 or 4 times 
as many ribs, which gradually expand so as to be close-set on the periphery, and 
assume ultimately a radial or shehtly forward direction. The ribs on the cast do 
not accurately coincide in position with those on the shell, so that the thickest part 
of the shell is a little behind the rib-cast and the thinnest part a little m front, till 
towards the aperture the surface ribs occupy the furrows on the cast. No sutures 
are seen on this specimen, so the body chamber occupies at least of the last 
whorl, and the thickness decreases relatively towards the aperture. Numerical 
details are given in No. 35 of Table I. From Scarborough, in the Sedgwick 
Museum. 

Description.—The smallest specimen, also from Scarborough (No. 1 of Table I) 
shows no alteration of characters beyond the fact that the ribs do not combine 
into bundles towards the inside, while the umbilical edge is rounded. One from 
Peterborough (No. 27) shows the last suture followed by a complete whorl, and a 
third in the Sharp Collection at Birmingham shows the same form of sutures on 
a larger scale. The ratio of the outer to the inner ribs is mostly over 3, and they 
show a well-marked forward sweep. The breadth of whorl is mostly over 50 of 
the corresponding diameter, except in one example from Thrapston doubtfully 
placed here, but the thickness of the whorl, except in one case from Fairford, is 
always a good deal less than its breadth; in fact, the species is specially dis- 
tinguished by its thinness, as may be seen in D’Orbigny’s figure. But he 
distinguishes two varieties among the specimens he refers to the species. The 
present he calls the compressed variety, and the other may be the species described 
by Schlotheim, as he states the two differential characters of the latter to be (1) 
its compression, (2) the greater number of the ribs. It seems, however, that at 
a later date he adopted Reinecke’s name of twmidus for this, since he says it differs 
from A. macrocephalus by its more spherical form and fewer ribs, though at the 
same time he gives the thickness of the last whorl as °81 only, against ‘87 for the 
swollen variety of macrocephalus. 


MACROCEPHALITES MACROCEPHALUS. 45 


Distribution.—This species occurs at Scarborough (13), Peterborough (5), 
Bedford (11), Castor (3), Thrapston (4), Stilton (2), Rushden (2), Fairford (3), 
Appleby (3), Northants (2). It is, therefore, rather confined to the north, and 
the specimens from the most southerly point, Fairford, are somewhat peculiar. 


Macrocephalites macrocephalus, Schloth., sp. Plate III, figs. 4, 5, 6; Plate IV, 
fig. 1; text-fig. 3. 


1757. Figure by Baier, Oryct. Noric. Suppl. pl. xii, fig. 8. 

1813. Ammonites macrocephalus, Schlotheim, Taschenbuch, p. 70. 

1818. Nautilus tumidus, Reinecke, Maris Protogcei Naut. et Argon., p. 74, pl. 7, fig. 47. 
1820. Ammonites macrocephalus, Schlotheim. Petrefactenkunde, p. 70. 


1835. a terebratus, Phillips, Geol. Yorks., 2nd edition, p. 116. 
1846, -- tumidus, VOrbigny, Pal. Franc. Terr. Jurass., p. 469, pl. 171. 


" 9e.—Schlotheim having’ oiven no deseri otion of the NS) yeEC1eS as distinet from 
1" tote) I 
the genus and Baier, to whom he refers as above, havine also left the shell 
’ b) r) co) 


Fic. 3.—Copy of Baier’s original figure of the Ammonite now named Macrocephalites macrocephalus. 


nameless and without description, we are thrown back on the figure he gives as 
representing the shell called by Schlotheim Am. macrocephalus, which is here 
reproduced (text-fig. 3). It is clearly the same form as was called by Reinecke 
Nautilus tumidus, and duly described under that specific name by D’Orbigny. 
This, therefore, must be taken as the type of Macrocephalites macrocephalus. 
Schlotheim’s later remarks in the ‘ Petrefactenkunde’ relate only to the generic 
characters and an enumeration of the varieties observed. 


4 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Description —The specimen which most nearly resembles the type is figured in 
Pl. III, fig. 6. Its numerical characters are given in No. 26 of Table I (p. 40). 
As in all the specimens referred to this species, the thickness is great and the ribs 
are few. The umbilicus is small and its walls are vertical within. The ribs are 
sharp and, as near as may be, radial, and increase in number almost entirely by 
bifurcation near the umbilicus, and the divisions, except at the bifurcation, where 
the elevations are combined, are nearly equal throughout. The greatest thickness 
is not at the umbilical edge but some distance away, and thence there is a funnel- 
like depression leading down to the ultimately vertical ribbed edge. 

The smallest specimen referred to this species (M. P. G., 8653) has a diameter 
of 25 mm. (see No. 2 in Table I, and PI. III, fig. 4). The last whorl is here so 
very convex laterally, that though it leaves one fourth of the penultimate whorl 
exposed, it nevertheless overhangs part of the latter; the united ribs at each 
junction, where is the greatest breadth of the shell, are so much raised as almost to 
look spinous. The inner slope gives a funnel-shaped appearance to the umbilicus. 
The riblets take on their full size as soon as possible ; they are mostly grouped in 
threes, two of which join, and the jomed ones pass over the umbilical slope. 
Comparing one side of the shell with the other, any pair of peripheral ribs which 
unite to form one umbilical rib on one side pass to consecutive umbilical ribs on 
the other—i. e. the ribs mismatch. Another fragmentary specimen of about the 
same size, from Appleby, im Lincolnshire, shows similar characters, but the riblets 
match on the two sides, as they do also on the inner whorl, where the diameter 
is only 7 mm. 

The next stage is seen, No. 14 of Table I (PI. III, fig. 5). Im this stage it 
closely resembles the figure given by Reinecke (fig. 47) of N. tuiidus. The 
greatest convexity is found near the inner third of the outer whorl, but the whole 


surface is uniformly elliptical in a transverse—z. e. radial—direction, the pseudo- 
spines forming the highest line. This convexity gives the apparent umbilicus 
a wider opening. 

The final stage, after the typical adult form has been passed, is a gradual 
failing of the ribs till the surface is smooth. At 10in. diameter and a thickness 
of 7 in. only a few ribs are seen at the smallest part of the whorl. This is a 
common feature whenever the shells are large, as seen also in M. compressus from 
Garsdon, but in the present case it has induced the introduction of the name 
terebratus given by Phillips to a shell which he describes as more globular than 
A. herveyi, and which, therefore, he intends for the present species. Representa- 
tives of this semle form occur in Scarborough and York Museums. They are 
terebrate M. macrocephalus. 

Distribution.—Specimens definitely determined as belonging to this species have 
been seen from Scarborough (9), Appleby (1), Rushden (3), Aldwinkle (1), Castor 
(1), Fineshade (1), Northants (1), Peterborough (1), and Bedford (3). It is 


MACROCEPHALITES COMPRESSUS. 45 


probable, however, that several of the specimens in the south generally named 
only Macrocephalites may represent this species of the genus. 


Macrocephalites compressus, (Jucnstedt. Plate IV, fig. 4; text-fig. 4. 


1849. Ammonites macrocephalus compressus, Quenstedt, Cephalopoden, p. 184, pl. xv, fig. 1. 

1886. — — — Quenstedt, Am. Schwib. Jura, p. 651, pl. Ixxvi, figs. 14, 
15 (but not fig. 4). 

Non 1881. Stephanoceras compressum, Nikitin, Mém. Acad. Imp. 8. Petersb. [vii], vol. 28, pt. 5. 


T'ype.—* The ribs are extraordinarily fine, the mouth is also so strongly com- 


pressed that the sides and the back together have a parabolic outline. Rate of 


kore i} 
é 20" ' 


ROA 2 5 Nate A = - a 99 Ne s 
whorl growth 557 = 185; of thickness growth iam = 138." From the 


Macrocephalus beds of Lochen and Laufen. 

Description.—Vhis species is distinguished by the fineness and regularity of its 
ribs, which run in a nearly, but not quite, radial direction, and do not combine 
into groups towards the umbilicus, but tend to die away altogether. ‘The sides are 
tolerably flat, but the greatest thickness is near the umbilicus. This would seem 
to make it a very distinct species, nevertheless when it is young it is hard to 
distinguish from M. typicus, and it is not therefore very certain in its range. The 
specimen figured.(Pl. IV, fig. 4; B.M. 8521) was obtained from the interior of a 
large dogger, the remainder being the outer whorl of the ammonite, which shows 
sutures on the outside. No measures are here possible except the ratio of the 
thickness, which is °52 of the corresponding diameter. The ribs number 48 in a 
half-whorl, and slant somewhat forwards, and cross the edge of the umbilicus, which 
is vertical. On the outside of the large shell some remains of ribs are also seen. 

From the same pit is another example—the largest seen of any Macrocephalites 
(No. 37 of Table I, B.M. 8322). It is 14 inches in diameter, and has 22 ribs left on 
less than one fourth of the circumference, and the remainder is body chamber, on 
which the ribs are first replaced by wide and obscure undulations and finally by 
smoothness. In this condition it might well be called terelralus, but 1t is not worth 
while, since this is the final condition of all the large shells. For the same reason 
it has a tumid aspect, though it is really one of the thimnest—only ‘42 of its 
diameter. Its umbilicus is vertical, and very complicated and crowded sutures 
are seen beyond the body chamber, as shown in text-fig. 4. 

By these and the other characters may be recognised smaller specimens, 
especially when, as at Castor, they lie side by side with M. typicus. Waagen, im his 
‘Cephalopods of Cutch,’ supposes the present type to be characteristic of the true 
Macrocephalus, from which we may conclude that it is common in Germany, where 
Quenstedt names it. It is, however, a special form when adult, though the young 


46 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


even resembles that called Cad. tehefhint in the Callovian of Russia (D’Orbigny, 
‘Geol. Russia,’ pl. xxxv, figs. 14, 15). 

Distribution.—The specimens are from Garsdon (2), Bedford (3), Castor (3), 
Roxholme (1), and from an unknown locality (1). 


Sub-species Macrocephalites herveyi Sowerby. Plate ITI, fig. 7; Plate IV, fig. 2. 
1818. Ammonites herveyi Sowerby, Min. Conch., vol. ii, p. 215, pl. exev. 


Tiypes.—Vhere are two co-types, both of which are now in the British Museum 
(Nos. 43883 and 46485). Of these the author notes that the border of the 
umbilicus is angular and its sides are vertical, the ribs bifurcate or trifurcate and 


Se oe = 
ws; 
<I 
Ly"? 
Bea 
By 7)) 
BOL TRS 
ey 
SDS 
26 
sh 
Ree 


Fia. 4.—Adult suture-line of Macrocephalites compressus. 


do not match as to their union on the opposite sides. They enlarge gradually, 
and the thickness is half the height. The numerical characters are given in 
Nos. 16 and 36 of Table I (p. 40). One of them is said to have come from 
Bradford-upon-Avon, and the other from the drift. 

Description.—The above description would suit so nearly M. macrocephalus s.s. 
that it is no wonder that M. herveyt and this have been merged by authors, and that 
the former can only be regarded as a sub-species of the latter. Nevertheless, there 
seem to be in most cases several distinctions between them. (1) J/. herveyt has a 
less relative thickness; it is seen from Table I that in M. macrocephalus it 1s always 
greater than *70 of the diameter, but in M. herveyi it is always less. (2) On the inner 
half the whorls are flatter and descend suddenly into a nearly vertical umbilicus, 
instead of bending round gradually into it. (3) The additional ribs which are found 
near the periphery rise gradually from poimts at some distance from the umbilical 
edge and are not simple bifurcations. And (4), most characteristically, the ribs of 
M. herveyi have a sigmoid curvature, with the concavity forward near the 


umbilicus. 


MACROCEPHALITES HUDLESTONI. A7 


In the figured specimen in the Museum of Practical Geology (No. 32 in 
Table I, No. 8650) the umbilicus cannot be called vertical, but the sigmoidal 
curvature is very well shown, so probably it is misshapen. The specimen from 
“ Northants” (No. 33 of Table I), very likely from Thrapston, is much 
thinner in proportion. In fact, we scarcely know sufficient of this species. This 
is especially seen to be the case as the types are neither of them obtaimed from a 
known bed of Cornbrash, and also from the fact that the smaller of them is also 
the smallest of all that are referred to this species. 

Distribution.—Besides the types other specimens have occurred from Scar- 
borough (4), Cayton Bay (1), Appleby (1), Lincolnshire (1), Bedford (1), Northants 
(2), and Peterborough (3). This, therefore, hke M. imacrocephalus, is confined, so 
far as actually known, except the smaller type, to the northern part of the range. 


Macrocephalites hudlestoni, sp. nov. Plate IV, fig. 3. 


Type.—Only the body chamber preserved. The thickness is somewhat more 
than half the diameter. Compressed on the sides, umbilicus one fourth the 
diameter, edge rounded, marked with the ribs, which are not very sharp, but 
narrow and distinct. They have scarcely any bend, but run out obliquely in a 
forward direction in relation to the radius. The intercalated ribs arise at less than 
one third out 


all are equal on the periphery—and those that join to form an 
umbilical rib scarcely make the rib larger when joined. Those on opposite sides 
generally join again after splitting over the periphery. 

Numerical characters are given in No. 11 of Table I. The shell appears to 
have been excessively thin, to Judge by a Bryozoan growth. From Rushden, in the 
Collection of Mr. W. H. Hudleston. 

Description.—-A smaller specimen from Ailsworth (No. 3 of Table I) shows the 
same characters, except that the umbilicus is somewhat smaller. Another specimen 
from Peterborough is half enclosed in a later whorl, which is septate up to a 
diameter of 5 inches, and has fourteen very convex septa, the sutures bemeg very 
approximate and more complicated. They cannot be drawn in either case. The 
ribs bend forward near the periphery. This is the largest specimen including the 
outer whorl. The thickness is generally about half the diameter, which suggests a 
relation to M. typicus, but the latter loses its thickness more rapidly towards the 
umbilicus, and thus presents a different aspect, while the ribbing is different in 
many respects. 

Distribution.—Specimens have occurred at Rushden (1), Appleby (1), Ailsworth 
(1), Peterborough (2), and possibly at Thrapston (1) and Scarborough (1). 


Besides the above-named species of Macrocephalites, which are characterised by 


48 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


more than one feature, there are others in which the finer details have not been 
observed, but have been classed only as (1) typicus and (2) macrocephalus. Of these 
the following is the list : 

(1) From Scarborough (8), Bedford (8), Thrapston (17), Stilton (5), Fairford (6), 
Sudbrook (3), Edenham (2), Cirencester (1), and Holwell (2). 

(2) From Scarborough (33), Peterborough (4), Thrapston (7), Bedford (1), 
Holywell (1), and Radipole (1). 


Genus CADOCERAS, Fischer. 
1882. Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 394. 


“Shell very inflated, umbilicus narrow, keeled, last whorl entirely smooth. 
The preceding whorls with the ribs forming an angle directed forwards on the 
ventral region. Ex. C. modtolare.” 


Cadoceras breve, sp. nov. Plate V, fig. 1. 
Cf. 1886. Ammonites subleevis, Quenstedt, Am. Schwib. Jura, p. 671, pl. Ixxix, fig. 3. 


T'ype.—The numerical characters are as follows: Diameter, 81 mm.; ratio of 
transverse diameter, ‘88; last whorl, °37; thickness, -41. The centre is occupied by 
a deep umbilicus, though shallow (breve) for a Cadoceras. Its sides face inwards 
at a high angle, but are concave and smooth. The diameter, from edge to edge, 
including some part of the outer chamber, is a third of the whole. The shape 
of the outer whorl is semi-elliptical, axes as by above dimensions 37 : 203. The 
umbilical edge rises on the upper and more distal side by a number of oblique 
folds, about ten in number in half a whorl; these become feebler in the body 
chamber and slant forwards. Further on they give place each to about three 
weaker, almost evanescent, folds, which still slant forwards and pass over the 
periphery unchanged, but all die away towards the aperture. About seven 
eighths of the whorl is body chamber, which shows no further change near the 
aperture. The septal chambers are distinguished by their crystal interior, but 
the terminal sutures do not show their outline. The oblique evanescent ornaments 
and the shallow umbilicus for a Cadoceras are regarded as characteristic, but it is 
difficult to imagine how the inner whorl can be contained in the thickness of no 
more than 16 mm. between the visible bases of the last umbilical walls on the two 


sides (although the fossil has been distorted). The specimen is in my collection, 


4 
, 


PERISPHINCTES SUBBAKERLA. 49 


and was obtained from the higher part of the Cornbrash, 7.¢. above the Avicula 
echinata rubble at Hast Fleet, near Weymouth. It is at present unique. 

This species agrees exactly in the numerical characters with the side view of 
the shell figured by Quenstedt (Am. Schwibische Jura, pl. Ixxix, fig. 3) as one 
variety of Am. sublevis, to which, however, he assigns no special name. It agrees 
also in the description of the ornaments and length of the body chamber. With 
regard to its thickness, this is only given by the statement that the back is arched 
like a half-moon, which with the figure indicates an agreement with our species. 
Very probably the two forms are the same, both being companions of the Macro- 
cephalites, but as, Mm any case, a new name is required, one source of error is 
eliminated by assuming the present as the type. As it rather varies from the 
generic definition of “very inflated,” it would be better that, in this case, the 
latter were altered to “more or less inflated.” It is probably an introductory 
species to the fully characterised genus. 

Distribution.—In the upper part of the Cornbrash, only at Hast Fleet. 


Genus PERISPHINCTES, Waagen. 


1869. Benecke, Beitriige, vol. ii, pt. ii. 


The genus, as defined by its author, is intended to include all the Planulata 
of the Middle and Upper Jura. In youth, and nearly to age, the aperture shows 
auricles, and the earlier whorls at least show constrictions. Body chamber 3-1 
whorl. Thus widely defined it has since been separated by Siemiradzki ( Paleeon- 
tographica, vol. xlv, 1898-99) into six divisions, to which, in some cases, generic 
or subgeneric names have been applied. In the case of the Cornbrash fossils, at 
least, I see no advantage in adopting these minuter groups; only 11 species 
out of 367 are recorded as coming from horizons earlier than the Callovian. 


Perisphinctes subbakerie (D’Orbigny). Plate V, fig. 2. 


1843. Ammonites triplicatus, Quenstedt (non Sowerby), Floetzgebirge Wirttembergs, p. 364. 


18435. -- bakerix, D’Orbigny (non Sowerby), Pal. Franc. Terr. Jurass., pl. cxlviii (non pl. exlix). 

1849. — triplicatus, Quenstedt (non Sowerby), Petref Deutsch. Cephalopoden, pl. xiii, fig. 7, 
peal: 

1850. — subbakerizw, D’Orbigny, Prodrome, et. 11, No. 11. 

1858. “= triplicatus, Quenstedt, Jura. pl. lxiv, figs. 17-19. 

1858. — funatus, Oppel, Juraformatiou, p. 550. 

1883. — triplicatus, Quenstedt, Amm, Schwiibischen Jura, p. 680, pl. Ixxxvi, fig. 2. 


) FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Ox 


Type.—This species affords a striking example of the evil of not selecting a 
definite specimen as type, but uniting under one name several specimens which 
are believed to be related as young and adult. In this case the specimens were 
first referred to two species of Sowerby, to neither of which they belong. Later, 
D’Orbigny discovered his mistake, and renamed one of the species as above, but 
gave no separate description of the new name, consequently it has to be gathered 
from the figure. At a later date Oppel renamed the specimens which had been 
referred to the other Sowerbyan species as fwnatus. We are thus thrown back 
for the type on D’Orbigny’s figure and Quenstedt’s description. D’Orbigny says 
the ribs become very regular and die away on the outer third and are replaced by 
four to six riblets on the back, becoming less marked and even effaced along the 
median line. All but the larger lateral ribs are lost at a diameter of 74mm. ; there 
are two or three transverse furrows per whorl. Aperture, when complete, shows a 
large ear-shaped process, narrow at the base and much enlarged and oblique at its 
extremity. Quenstedt only says that the whorls “ have their greatest breadth, not 
in the middle of the side, as in the ornati, but close to the umbilical edge”’—a 
character which makes the least fragment recognisable. D’Orbigny’s type is from 
Niort, but it is not certain whether his specimen is referred to the Great Oolite or 
to the Lower Oxfordian—and probably, therefore, to the Cornbrash. 

Description.—The principal specimen on which the occurrence of this species in 
the Cornbrash is founded, has compressed whorls only shghtly overlapping and 
leaving exposed in the umbilicus seven or eight of the earlier whorls. The sides 
are somewhat flattened im the centre. ‘They commence with an elevated, quickly- 
turned umbilical border and gradually decrease in thickness to the rounded 
periphery. The earliest whorls are much more rounded, and gradually become 
flatter. In the first whorl the surface is nearly smooth; in the second begin 
irregular ribs, certainly resembling in this respect the Oxfordian P. bakeriz ; 
in the third there are 35 uniform rounded ribs, in the fourth 41, in the fifth 
45, and in the sixth 40, the outer portion commencing to show the divided 
peripheral ribs. Here the body chamber is reached, and on it the ribs become 
gradually more separated. The outer ribs are uncovered towards the end of the 
sixth whorl, but they do not obviously spring out of the inner ones, but leave a 
ribless space between them, having a slightly forward slope. In the remaining 
quarter of the body whorl there is a lesser rate of increase, and the ribs are more 
spaced and the riblets disappear. The sides are contracted and produced into 
auricles. Here and there a rib and its corresponding posterior concavity are more 
pronounced, producing the characteristic constrictions of the genus. The shell is 
fairly thick, but when it is thinner there is a distinct intermission along the 
median line, where is a feeble raised band bounded by two parallel depressions. 
The septal part of the shell is so completely crystalline that no sutures can be 


made out. 


a at ee sahdne Seeeliieaiog 


PERISPHINCTES FLAGELLANS. 51 


This specimen is in the Museum of Practical Geology, No. 8654, and was 
obtained at Stalbridge Weston in a matrix exactly resembling the upper part of 
the limestone at Holwell, whence I obtained a fragment of apparently the same 
species. There is another example also in the Sherborne Museum from the same 
locality. These all come from the same district in which, like that near 
Weymouth, a series of massive earthy limestones overlie the usual rubble beds. 
These rocks thus represent a special encroachment upon the Oxfordian or Callovian 
strata, but they contain, nevertheless, a species which, as Quenstedt said of his, is 
a “ constant companion of A. macrocephalus.” 

It is believed that a comparison of the descriptions here given will show that 
we are dealing with the same species as that named suwbbakerix by D’Orbigny and 
funatus by Oppel, which come from the same horizon. These identifications can 
only be determined by actual examination; any other process would only lead to 
further confusion; but A. moorei, Oppel, is confessedly only a synonym for 
A. subbakerix, D’Orb., or is otherwise undescribed. 

The following Table IT shows for comparison the numerical characters of No. 1, 
the specimen here figured; No. 2, a Sherborne specimen; No. 3, Quenstedt’s 
species in ‘Amm. Schwibischen Jura,’ the type of funatus; and No. 4, D’Orbigny’s 
type, as given in ‘Terrains Jurassiques,’ pl. cxlvui. A—F as before in Table I. 


TaBLeE II. 
No A B Cc D E F 
1G ee OOS SO col. 23 50 3 
Ze MAS ese Su ae On sOOk ys eee re Gee Ie - 
OWe ty pe TOM: Cee OS p Olean COO ma Rea aie 
AUT OIC et MEO oe MOON etal cee ee 0 Geet eaenamOLO 
The breadth of the last whorl in No. 2 is probably caused by the specimen being all body chamber. 


Distribution—From Stalbridge Weston (1), Holwell (2), and Garsdon ? (1). 
It is also recorded by H. B. Woodward under the name of bakeriex from the 
Weymouth district and from Sudbrook. 


SPECIES IMPERFECTLY DEFINED. 
Perisphinctes flagellans, sp. nov. Plate V, fig. 3. 
1883. Aimimonites cf. arbustigerus ?, Quenstedt, Amm. Schwibischen Jura, pl. lxxx, fig. 7. 
Sciatype-—Only a quadrant of a whorl seen—but this contains sufficient data 


to enable us to judge of its original form as restored in outline on PI. V, fig. 3. 
The outer radius of curvature is about 60 mm., and the radial breadth of the 


52 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


whorl is 40 mm. The thickness is comparatively small, though unmeasurable. 
The surface slopes gently towards the umbilicus, but turns over rapidly to the 
narrow periphery. The surface is ornamented on the umbilical half by about 
ten ribs per quadrant. These are rather narrow and have a curvature some- 
what convex to the aperture; about half-way out they form the base of three 
times as many peripheral ribs, with the convexity reversed. The grouping of 
the inner and outer portions is irregular—the latter pass over the periphery 
unaltered. The whole group has a scourge-like appearance. No further details 
are observable. The specimen is in the collection of the author and comes 
from the part of the series which hes above the rubble bed in Hast Fleet, near 
Weymouth. 

Description—So far as it can be tested this appears to agree in every way, 
except in the sigmoidal bend of the ornament, with the shell figured by Quenstedt, 
loc. cit., as “Am. cf. arbustigerus, D’Orb.” D’Orbigny’s Great Oolite species, 
however, is thicker and narrower whorled, with different ornament in detail. 
Quenstedt’s, on the other hand, besides the agreement in the measurable details, is 
said to have “roughly trifurcate ribs,” which, however, are rather indistinct. 
Though it “has a certain relation to its companion A. macrocephalus, it cannot 
be denied that its rate of increase in thickness is somewhat too slow.” 

Distribution.—Besides the above I have seen two smaller fragments, one 
from Radipole and another from Sutton Benger, which, by the small slope of 
the umbilical half and the strength of the inner ribs, may possibly belong to 
the same species as this. 


SPECIMENS UNNAMED. 
Perisphinctes, sp. 1. Plate V, fig. 4. 


Description——A specimen obtained from the rubbly beds of South Cerny is 
certainly distinct from any of the above. It consists of a quadrant of the 
outer whorl and the impression on the matrix of the inner whorls, but it is, 
unfortunately, not well enough preserved to yield definite characters, except 
the shape of the section as shown in Pl. V, fig. 4. This is seen to be slightly 
33) at the spot chosen (from knob to knob), and to overlap but 


transverse (36 
slightly the previous whorls. On the surface of the quadrant, near but not at 
the umbilical edge, there are signs of six radial knobs, beyond which are about 
twenty peripheral riblets in the same space. These are not actually seen passing 
from side to side, but the surface is here worn away. On the mner whorls the 
knobs seem to be closer together, as if they were only elevations of ordinary 


inner ribs. 


CLYDONICERAS. 53 


Relations—There are only two already known ammonites that I have been 
able to find resembling this in any approximate degree—Reinechkia rehmanna, 
Oppel, and Perisphinctes mutatus, Trautschold. The former is figured by Oppel 
in ‘Paleontologische Mittheilungen,’ 1862, pl. 48, fig. 1. The build of the 
section is of the same type, but there is no proof of the intermission of the ribs 
on the periphery and therefore of its being a [einechkia, though it is from the 
“zone of Ammonites macrocephalus.” The section and other details of Perisphinctes 
mutatus are given by Nikitin, Mem. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou (1881), vol. xiv, pl. 1, 
figs. 1—3. This shows similar side knobs and peripheral ribs, but the shape and 
proportions of the outer whorl are quite different. It belongs to a shghtly higher 
horizon, but is a companion of P. funatus. 


Perisphinctes, sp. 2. Plate V, fig. 5. 


Description.—A fragment of an outer whorl from the Upper Beds at Holwell 
may be the indication of another species. It is remarkable for its quadrate 
section. ‘The umbilical portion of the side of the whorl has large radial swellings, 
but the periphery is too rough to show the minor ribs; those of the previous 
whorl are seen, however, as impressions on the inner side. The specimen might 
possibly be an indication of P. mutatus. 


Family Harpoceratip&. 
Genus CLYDONICERAS,' nov. 


This genus is established on account of the peculiarities of the sutures of 
A. discus. There are many forms which are discoid, all or almost all ot which 
have been called discus. Thus, v. Buch, in his ‘Trois Planches d’Ammonites,’ 
pl. i, fig. 1, gives a figure under that name which he says is distinguishable from 
others wrongly so called, by the sutures; yet the sutures drawn are not those of 
discus of Sowerby. Similarly the A. discus of D’Orbigny, ‘ Pal. Frang. Terr. 
Jur.,’ pl. cxxxi, has sutures quite different from those of Sowerby’s species, and 
more like those of A. aspidoides of Oppel, who first distinguished it from discus 
by its sutures. The genus may be thus defined : 

Keeled ammonites, with sickle-shaped ornament, whose thickness is small 
and involution great, thus producing a discoid form. ‘The sutures can scarcely 
be represented by the usual lobes and saddles, but are thrown into undulations, 


1 K\vdwmor, a little wave. 


54, FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


the axes of which never depart very tar from the direction of the circumference 
of the whorl, the edges seldom being supplied with secondary branches, and, so 
far as known, never with branches of a higher order. Ex. C. discus. 


Clydoniceras discus (Sowerby). Plate VI, fig. 1; text-fig. 5. 


1813. Ammonites discus, Sowerby, Min. Conch., pl. xii. 


13862 — Oppel, Pal. Mitth., pl. xlvii, fig. 1. 
1863. (?) —- —  Lycett, Suppl. Great Ool. Mollusca, pl. xh, fig. 8, 
Type.—Has the following numerical characters: Diameter, 92mm. Ratio of 


transverse diameter *82; of last whorl ‘60; of thickness :26. The umbilicus is 
closed when the shell is present, infundibular in the cast. Surface uniformly 
convex, but bevelled off at the edge, making the sides of the peripheral portion 
shghtly concave. The shell is ornamented with very obscure sigmoid risings, 
bending forwards rapidly at the outside towards the inner margin of the exterior 
bevel. The portion of the body chamber preserved occupies half a whorl. The 
septa are of the same character as those in the specimen here figured, but in the 
type only one or two are seen in their original condition, the rest being worn down 
and imperfectly formed. From the “stone quarry near the House of Industry, 
Bedford.” In the British Museum, No. 43942. 

Description.—The specimens of this species examined vary from a diameter of 
44mm. to one of 168 mm. The smallest (B. M., 33482) has a very sharp 
periphery, but is thickest at the smaller end of the whorl. The sides of the keel are 
shghtly concave, but there are no furrows. The ribs are sigmoid but very feeble. 
At a diameter between 50 and 60 mm. the inner part of the whorl rises into radial 
undulations roughly corresponding with four outer ribs. These undulations con- 
tinue till a diameter of about 75 mm. is reached, after which it is difficult to find 
anything to represent them. The shell when preserved becomes smooth and 
shining, with only the finest lines of growth, crossed here and there with equally 
fine spiral lines. The umbilicus appears to be as small as possible through the 
greatest thickness being very near it. The various sutures are given in text-fig. 5, 
a—d. They begin as an undulating toothed line, which gradually becomes more 
complex with growth, the inner lobes and saddles always occupying a forward 
position, the principal lobes running parallel to the spiral, but increasing in 
number, the outer lobe and saddle becoming more accentuated and less regular 
in its running, the lobe being provided with several lobules converging more or less 
radially towards a centre. 

Distribution.—Specimens referred to this species, as here described, have been 
examined from Sudbrook (7), Barnwell (1), Thrapston (9), Bedford (4), Kidling- 


CLYDONICERAS HOCHSTETTERI. 5D 


ton (2), Woodrow (1), Wilts (1), “Gloucester” (1), Holwell (1), Radipole (2). 
In other words, they have not been found north of Lincoln, and in particular 
none are known in Yorkshire. They would seem, therefore, to be dependent on 
the presence of the Great Oolite series below, from the Ammonite fauna of which 
they are probably a relic. Nevertheless they do not characterise any lower 
portion of the Cornbrash, but where found are absolutely associated with the 
Macrocephalites. In the figure given by Lycett of his A. discus, from the Bradford 


a. pry, wry 


Fig. 5.—Suture-lobes of Clydoniceras discus. 


Clay, we see the Clydonian characters imperfectly developed, and if these are 
correct, the specimen is probably a forerunner of the Cornbrash form. 


Clydoniceras hochstetteri (Oppel). Plate VI, fig. 2. 


1858. Ammonites hochstetteri, Oppel, Jahresh. Wiirtt. Verein., vol. xi, p. 174, and Juraform., p. 473. 
1862. — — Oppel, Pal. Mitth., p. 147, pl. xlvii, figs. 2 and (?) 3. 


Type. 


The only figures given are those of the sutures. In the text we 
read: “The lobes are very simple, as in A. discus, but the side lobe has three 
long-drawn-out teeth, whereas in A. discus there are more. The ribs in young 
examples are broader and less crowded than in A. discus and die out also sooner.” 
In Oppel’s fig. 2 of the ‘ Pal. Mitth.’ it is seen that the side lobe has one bifid 
tooth and one single one. From the Cornbrash of the neighbourhood of Chippen- 
ham. The suture drawn in Oppel’s fig. 3 is from a specimen obtained at Lochen, 
near Balingen, which may or may not belong to the same species, but it is not the 
type. 

Description.—The figured specimen (Pl. VI, fig. 2), though only a cast, shows 


56 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


the characters of the species very well. Its diameter is 138mm.; the transverse 
diameter is ‘82 of this, the last whorl ‘58, the thickness ‘24. The side has a 
peculiar inflated appearance, owing to the rounded infundibular form of the 
umbilicus and the greatest thickness being some way (# out) from it. The 
periphery is somewhat produced radially. Up to a whorl breadth of 43 mm. the 
peripheral portion has the relics of sigmoid radial ribs, just as in C. discus; beyond 
this point nothing appears upon the cast. The sutures are most characteristic. 
They may be described as consisting of 12 narrow-pointed lobes, or backwardly 
directed teeth, whose axes or edges are all more or less parallel to the curve of the 
periphery. The eleven saddles, or forward parts of the sutures, are more or less 
incised, but usually only shehtly so. The outer eight of them do not all advance 
to the same level, but hang back in the centre, thus producing the appearance of 
a “superior lateral lobe,” the sides of which are more jagged than any other part 
of the suture-line, and form between them, with the intervening shorter saddle, 
the “ three teeth’ mentioned in the type. 

These peculiarities are continued to the smaller part of the whorl, and are 
quite distinct from the features of C. discus of the same size, as seen by comparing 
Fig. 3 and Fie. 2, though the sutures, as a whole, both show a Clydonian type. 

Distribution.—Besides this specimen from Norton Brize and that recorded 
from Chippenham by Oppel, there are at least two from Bedford and a fragment 
from 8. Cerny, recognisable by their sutures and shape, and probably one from 
Holwell of smaller size (64 mm.), in which the sutures are not so well developed. 


Clydoniceras ptychophorum (Neumayr). Plate VI, fig. 3. 


1869. Ammonites discus, Brauns, Der Mittlere Jura, pl. 2, fig. 4 (mon fig. 1). 
1871. Harpoceras ptychophorum, Neumayr, Ceph. v. Balin, Abh. x k. Geol. Reichsanst., vol. v, p. 27. 


Type.—Brauns, figuring a species as Am. discus, says of it that it has flat, 
broad ribs, which correspond each to 6—8 fine ones, which bend sharply forwards 
to pass over the periphery. The diameter is 33 mm., the thickness is 8 mm., and 
the height of the last whorl is 17mm. The umbilicus has a breadth of 6 mm. 
This at first grows with the outside of the shell, then remains stationary, and later 
becomes narrower. The sculpture is lost with age, and three quarters of the last 
whorl is body chamber. From Lechstedt, m Macrocephalus beds. Neumayr (loc. 
cit.) calls the species thus defined Harpoceras ptychophorum, thereby making it the 
type. The sutures are drawn in Brauns’ figure, though not mentioned. They 
consist in an undulating line which sinks in the centre and there terminates in 
a point directed backwards. 

Description.—If this be a distinct species, which seems by no means certain, 


eee eee 


ad 


CLYDONICERAS LEGAYI. 57 


then we can verify the statement of Neumayr that it is found in England, 
though he gives no details except mentioning that it is from the zone of 
Macrocephalus. A specimen showing the peculiarities relied upon is in the 
British Museum (33541) said to have been obtained from the Cornbrash of 
Trowbridge (Pl. VI, fig. 3). This has a diameter of 80 mm. The half of 
which it is composed seems to consist entirely of body-chamber. The ribs 
are fairly straight at first but towards the periphery they bend rapidly forwards ; 
later they become rougher and more separate and then soon die away. This 
would appear to indicate an adult form. The breadth of the periphery also 
diminishes and the shell becomes almost of the shape of C. discus. The siphuncle 
is seen in the cross-section to lie below the level of the keel. So far there is 
nothing distinctive, but two other features are only seen in the specimen and 
description given by Brauns. The transverse section exposed by fracture shows 
by the matrix which fills the umbilical cavity that that cavity was larger at 
one time than at a later, the diameter of the cavity decreasing with growth from 
65 mm.to 5mm. The sutures also are of the character observable in Brauns’ 
figure; that is to say, they recede farther from the aperture to a point consisting 
of a central prong and two minor side ones. There is, however, only one specimen 
which shows those features. It is even accompanied by a smaller specimen which 
has a furrow on either side its keel and shows no sutures. 

Further information is very likely to throw light on the relations of this 
species to the other Clydonicerata. If it had not been for Neumayr’s giving 
it a name, it would probably have been included in C. legayi, though it is difficult 
to imagine how a suture with a central lobe of two teeth could possibly change 
into one with triple teeth. 

Distribution.—A single specimen from Trowbridge. 


Clydoniceras legayi (Rigaux and Sauvage). Plate VI, figs. 4, 5, 6. 


1867. Ammonites legayi, Rigaux et Sauvage, Mém. Soc. Acad. Boulogne, vol. iii, p. 21, pl. i, figs. 1, 2. 


Type.—* Discoid, very compressed, keeled, with broad, nearly flat whorls, 
ornamented with flexuous ribs; back square, with a small keel bounded by two 
narrow furrows. Umbilicus small. The external borders are angular.” The 
specimen is only 30 mm. in diameter, and is from the “Calcaire des Pichottes,” 
recognised later as Cornbrash. 

Description.—The most nearly perfect specimen seen (Pl. VI, fig. 4) has a 
diameter of 35 mm., to which its transverse diameter has a ratio of ‘82 and last 
whorl 57. The thickness cannot here be measured. The umbilical edge is very 
clearly marked, almost swollen, and the inside nearly vertical; the triangular 


8 


58 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


keel and furrows are well marked; the sigmoidal ribs are very uniform, 38 per 
half-whorl, slanting forwards near the periphery and dying away toward the 
umbilicus. The sutures are characterised by a pair of backwardly projecting 
parallel teeth or lobes, with a saddle between, which does not rise so far forwards 
as those within or without; both sets are three in number, rising higher as either 
edge of the whorl is reached, and slightly jagged. 

In another specimen (Fig. 5) from the same locality the umbilical half has a 
slope towards the centre. The sides of the periphery beyond the furrows are 
more swollen, the umbilicus is two-elevenths of the diameter, and the greatest 
thickness in the centre of the whorl is ‘28. A third specimen (Fig. 6) has some 
sign of the collection of the ribs into groups; its thickness is only -24 of the 
diameter, consequently the sides are flatter. The umbilicus is one fifth of the 
diameter. The sutures are of the same type. 

All these specimens are of small size, and their most remarkable feature is the 
variation of the size of the umbilicus from one eighth to one fifth of the diameter. 
This recalls the character of C. ptychophorum, but in most cases it may be only 
characteristic of an early stage of existence. In this view these small forms 
would be the young of either discus or hochstettert. M. Rigaux says that discus 
has no furrows in the young of the same size, but it has something that would 
easily become such if a little deeper. The real difficulty is that the sutures do 
not agree at the same size, though we know of no hochstetteri so small as legayt. 
Nevertheless, there is a specimen from Thrapston which has sutures approximating 
to those of hochstettert and the furrows on either side the keel approximate to 
those of legayt. 

Distribution.—This species has been found at Sudbrook (2), Rushden (1), 
Trowbridge (1 ?), Holwell (2), and Thrapston (1 ?). 


Order BELEMNOIDEA, 


The occurrence of Belemnites in the Cornbrash appears to be doubted, as 
none are mentioned in H. B. Woodward’s list except a “sp.” from Dorsetshire, 
while Fox-Strangways records them with a query. The actual records are: 
Belemnites tornatilis (6, 28); Bel. sp. (43). 

The first of these refers to the Belemnites found in the “clays of the Corn- 
brash” in Cayton Bay. Phillips states, in his first edition of the ‘Geology of 
Yorkshire,’ that “no Belemnites have been found in the Cornbrash of Yorkshire,” 
but in 1835 this statement becomes “ Belemnites are rare in the Cornbrash 
ef Yorkshire.” Leckenby, writing on the Kelloway rock (25), records B. tornatilis 


BELEMNITES REDIVIVUS. 59 


from that horizon, but does not mark it as occurring in the bed below. Wright, 
however, (28) records it as from the Cornbrash in Mr. Leckenby’s cabinet. 
Nevertheless, after this date, Phillips, in his ‘Belemnites’ (Pal. Soc.), states 
that ‘as far as he remembers” no Belemnite has been quoted from the Cornbrash 
except by error. It would seem, therefore, that the ? is justified by the 
literature. We may take it, however, that Leckenby’s specimen has since been 
confirmed by the discovery of a second specimen of Bel. redivivus (q.v.) by Mr. 
H. Keeping. 

The second record is from Helpstone, near Peterborough, by Mr. Sharp. 
There is a fragment of Belemnite in the Sharp collection at Birmingham, but 
it has no label. It appears to be in a Cornbrash matrix lke that of other 
Cornbrash fossils; it is rather stout and shows no furrows, and could not be 


named even if localised. 


Belemnites redivivus, sp. nov. Plate VII, fig. 1, 2. 


Type (Pl. VII, fig. 1)—This is a portion of the guard including the alveolus. 
The length of the axis (i.e. between the extremities of alveolus and guard) is 
60 mm. The antero-posterior diameter at the alveolar apex is 19 mm., and the 
transverse diameter 18 mm. This compression is caused by a shght flattening on 
the two sides of the post-apical surface. On the ventral side is a narrow 
eroove commencing at the apex, expanding opposite the middle of the axis, 
and dying away at the upper two-thirds; it has rounded boundaries. There 
are no other marks on the surface. The alveolus has an angle of about 22°, 
and its apex is situated at about 83-103 of the antero-posterior diameter, and 
the thickness of the guard on either side maintains the same proportion through- 
out. It is from clays referred to the Cornbrash in Cayton Bay, associated with 
Macrocephalites herveyt, and is in the Sedgwick Museum (Leckenby coll.). 

Description.—Another example from the same locality, obtained by Mr. Henry 
Keeping, differs only shghtly from the type in being a little narrower in pro- 
portion—its outline tending to a more conical shape. The dimensions are: 
Length of axis 68 mm.; diameter 17 X 16; angle of aperture 24°; apex at a 
pomt 7—10 along diameter. The species belongs to the group that has been 
variously named after Bel. pusozianus, Bel. owen, and Bel. magnificus, which 
characterise the zone above. It has the same kind of groove and compressed 
shape, but the relative length of the axis is very much less, being only 3} (89), 
or 4 ($$), instead of 6 or more as in B. pusozianus. It is the first and less 
characteristic form which presents itself on the revival of Belemnite life in this 
country. ‘This is the form which has been called tornatilis, but though the latter 


60 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


species is shorter it is also much narrower, so the proportion is 10. This is its 
next successor in the Kelloway rock. 

Distribution.—All the known specimens (two in the Sedgwick Museum and two 
fragments in the York Museum) are from the clay at Cayton Bay. 


GASTEROPODA. 


The remains of Gasteropoda in the Cornbrash are not numerous, and afford 
little scope for any general observations. It must be borne in mind, however, that 
we are dealing now with a group which contains both recent and fossil members, 
and the classification and corresponding nomenclature are to a large extent derived 
from the former by the consideration of parts not observable in the latter. In such 
a case the placmg of any fossil in a family or genus not founded on positive shell 
characters may be a matter of unverifiable opinion. They may be treated of 
accordingly in the order and under the families adopted by Hudleston in his 
memoir on the Inferior Oolite Gasteropoda. 


Family APoRRHAID”. 
Genus ALARIA, Morris and Lycett. 


The records of Alaria are as follows : 
A. bispinosa (6, 28). 
*A. bispinosa var. elegans (50). *A. myurus var. teres (50). 
*A, hamus var. phillipsit. A. trifida. 

The early entry of A. bispinosa indicates only a member of that group. The 
variety elegans is taken here to be a distinct species described as A. bicornis (see 
p- 63). A. hamus var. phillipsti is taken to represent A. composita (see p. 64). 
A. myuwrus var. teres is described under the name A. erinacea (see p. 61). The 
specimen recorded as 4. trifida is not well preserved, but has no relation to 
Philhps’ species, and, like some other specimens, suggests an Aporrhais. 

The species of Alaria depend on (1) the nature of the wing. (2) the ornament 
of the spire. The latter feature divides them into groups, the former separates 
species within those groups. The groups are those ornamented (a) with simple 
lines, (b) with a median spiral keel, or (c) with longitudinal ribs. 


(a) Spire with simple lines (“‘ Myurus group,’’ Hudleston). 


ALARIA ERINACEA. 61 


Alaria erinacea,' Piette. Plate VII, figs. 5, 4. 


1860. Rostellaria levigata, Héb. and Desl., Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand., vol. v, p. 11, pl. vi, fig. 10 
(non Morris and Lycett). 

1864, Alaria herinacea, Piette, Pal. France, t. 111, p. 122, pl. xii, figs. 2—5; pl. xxxiii, figs. 1, 2. 

1884, Alaria myurus, var. teres, Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. i, p. 197, pl. vu, fig. 4. 


T'ype.—* Shell fusiform, composed of 10-11 convex, rounded whorls, covered 
with very fine spiral striz. The last whorl is doubly keeled and is gibbous on the 
side opposite the wing. The posterior keel, which is the stronger, carries a spine 
or rudimentary wing placed at equal distances from the wing and the gibbosity. 
The young have no such spine. The suture is very pronounced. Wing formed of 
two digitations, whose curvature is unknown. Canal straight. The base is covered 
with larger, alternating with finer, threads” (Piette)—Callovian, Montreuil Bellay. 

Description —The specimen figured in Pl. VII, fig. 5, 1s the same as that figured 
by Hudleston (loc. cit.), and is still the only one known that preserves the ornament. 
It agrees in all particulars with the above description and with the figures quoted, 
except in (1) the presence of a gibbosity in the last whorl, which is apparently 
accidental; (2) the occurrence of a spine before the lip is reached, which may have 
existed when the shell was broken, or more. probably has not yet been developed ; 
and (3) the finer details of the ribbing. On this latter point Piette states that 
there are 23 lines on the penultimate whorl, of which 11 are large, alternating 
with very fine ones; the latter in some cases are wanting. Hudleston’s description 
of our present specimen states that “the furrows are narrow and shallow; there 
are about 20 on the penultimate, the intervening space being about three times the 
width of each groove, and presenting a flat, strap-like appearance. One of the 
straps towards the middle of the whorl is rather wider than the rest, but scarcely 
more prominent. This represents the median keel.” The earliest whorls look 
very smooth, but the furrows gradually die out, and are ultimately masked by fine 
lines of growth. The anterior canal also loses its ornament and becomes smooth 
after a few alternate large and fine threads beyond the anterior band. It is certain 
that both of these bands ended in a spine. 

elations and distribution.—Hudleston considers this as “almost . . . anew 
species” as compared with A. myurus, and that it is very near to the A. levigata of 
Hébert and Deslongchamps. These are just the two species to which Piette refers, 
but he identifies the species with the latter instead of regarding it as a variety of 
the former. It cannot be a variety in the strict sense of an Inferior Oolite species, 
though it is probably a mutation; but our form has changed more than Piette’s. 
The figured specimen is from the characteristic Cornbrash of Scarborough and in 

' The name is spelt by the author with an h, but presuming that the reference is to the “ spine” 
on one of the ‘‘ keels’ this is probably an oversight. 


62 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


the Leckenby Collection of the Sedgwick Museum. There is, however, a cast from 
Bedford which corresponds in the shape of the spire, which, if casts can be named 
at all, should be placed here. But the last whorl here becomes more angular by 
the development of more conspicuous keels, the posterior of which shows two 
spinous risings, while the anterior shows one, before the aperture is reached (see 


PE Vill tes): 
(b) Spire with a median keel. 
Alaria tridigitata (Piette). Plate VII, fig 5. 


1855. Pterocera tridigitata, Piette, Bull. Soc. Géol. France [2] vol. xiii, p. 89, pl. v, figs. 4—7. 
1864. Alaria tridigitata, D’Orbigny, Pal. Franc., Terr. Jurass., vol. ii, p. 76, pl. x, figs. 4, 5. 


Type.—Shell fusiform, with 7 or 8 smooth, keeled whorls; the last whorl with 
two keels. Wine formed by two thick digitations keeled outside and furrowed 
within. The posterior digitation turns towards the summit of the spire, describing 
a curve and ends in a point; the other descends first in a straight line, describes 
two festoons, and then suddenly rises, becoming thin, and forming a curve. Canal 
long and broad, descending at first in a straight line and then turning suddenly 
in the form of a hook. The last whorl on the opposite side from the wing tends 
to become slightly gibbous and has the keels more marked. From the marly 
limestones representing the Cornbrash at Rumigny (Ardennes). 

Description.—The specimen figured (Pl. VII, fig. 5) does not fully show the 
remarkable bendings of the type; but if these be interpreted as the final products 
of growth under favourable circumstances, our shell is just such as might produce 
them, as it agrees in all the other characters. The central keel 1s very marked, and 
the suture lies, as it were, in a deep valley between two parallel elevations. There 
is no sign of any finer ornament, in both cases probably a matter of preservation. 
The two ridges on the last whorl and the corresponding digitations are very thick 
and there is a deep excavation between them. Posteriorly the wing sends a branch 
backwards over the whole length of the penultimate whorl. The whole has a 
characteristic lumpy aspect, the short canal especially so. The only specimen is 
from Murcot, and is in the author’s collection. 

Relations.—Piette does not compare this with any other species, regarding it 
as very distinct. Nevertheless it has great resemblance to A. pupeformis which 
accompanies the type, but the canal is more stumpy. The last named has also a 
ereater length of wing before the digitations separate and is strongly striated in 
the spire. It is probably continued into the Oxfordian A. glaueus, D’Orb. 


ee eS 


ALARIA BICORNIS. 63 


Alaria bicornis, sp. nov. Plate VII, fig. 6. 
1884. ? Alaria bispinosa, var. elegans, Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. i, p. 152, pl. vi, fig. 8. 


Type.—The similarity of this specimen to the one figured by Hudleston (loc. 
cit.) as Alaria bispinosa var. elegans is such that the description, where it agrees with 
this, will be given in inverted commas: “ Approximate spiral angle 32°. Shell 
turreted, somewhat elongate, the spire increasing with great regularity.” The 
spire as preserved consists of 10 whorls. “The earlier whorls are short, tumid, 
and scarcely angular.” The first 3, in addition to spiral lines, have about 12 
coarse longitudinal ribs which absolutely disappear in the later ones, and these ‘are 
ornamented with spiral lines of great regularity, one of which presently begins to 
develop as a keel rather below the middle of the whorls, which in that part of the 
spire immediately posterior to the body whorl become more angular, the upper 
half projecting outwards to meet the keel, whilst the lower half is shghtly con- 
stricted. The spiral lines continue about the same in number but increase im size 
with the increasing whorls. These keels are split by a very shallow spiral groove— 
sutures close. The spiral lines in the anterior portion of the whorls are fewer and 
wider apart than those in the upper portion. A similar style of ornament pervades 
the body whorl, where a very sharp and prominent upper carima occupying a 
median position 1s developed and a very subordinate anterior one. This upper 
keel is prolonged into a very stout digitation” whose base extends backwards as 
far as the keel of the penultimate whorl, and forwards into a broad glacis; distally 
it is grooved on the posterior side and curved into a backward hook. ‘“ There is no 
trace of any digitation in connection with the anterior keel,’ which merely drives 
out slightly the margin of the wing. The canal sheath or most anterior digitation 
is at first nearly parallel.to the axis of the shell, but soon forms a long curve in a 
plane perpendicular to that of the posterior digitation, and downwards when the 
latter is placed to the left. The upper part of “this portion of the shell is orna- 
mented with spiral lines, which are rather finer than those of the spire.’ From 
the sandy bed in the Woodstock Railway cutting at Shipton-on-Cherwell. In the 
collection of Mr. Hudleston. 

Distribution—The agreement with the type of the specimen described by 
Hudleston from Scarborough in so many details, and the divergence only in parts 
better preserved, show that it belongs here. It is of no use to compare our species 
with the “ Rostellaria bispinosa” of Phillips; that name is not sufficiently char- 
acterised and can only serve as a group name. It is not even certain whether the 
specimens so named were bispinose or trispinose. It would appear, however, that 
all the records of A. bispinosa refer to the single specimen here referred to. 

Relations.—The characters of the spire not being very remarkable, almost any 


64 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Alaria not actually showing the digitations of the wings, and with whorls striated 
and keeled may represent this, such as A. cornuta (of Piette or A. polygona). It 
seems very probable that the second species figured by Phillips, as &. bispinosa, 
from the Kelloway rock (loc. cit., pl. vi, fig. 13) is the same as this. For the 
long digitations might easily be found to be hidden in the matrix if the specimen 
were at hand, but the name assigned belongs to the other species (so called) and 
cannot be used for this. The horizon, however, seems doubtful, it having been 
referred in the third edition to the Cornbrash, and called A. myurus, which it 
obviously is not. 


(c) Spire with longitudinal ribs (Hamus group). 


Alaria composita (Sowerby). Plate VII, figs. 7, 8. 
1827. Rostellaria composita, J. de C. Sowerby, Min. Conch., p. 111, pl. dlviii, fig. 2. 


T'ype.—Shell turreted, striated, with costated spire. Last whorl armed by two 
keels, one lobe only cuspidated on the outer lip. From the Oxford Clay of 
Weymouth and Brora. 

Description.—The specimen here referred to this species is of larger size than 
the type, but that is about the only difference. Four whorls before the last are 
preserved, and there were probably at least three more. The spiral angle 1s 26°. 
The lower half of all the whorls except the last is crossed by about 12 longi- 
tudinal ribs, which are low anteriorly, but swell out to a maximum in the centre 
of the whorl and then die out suddenly, especially in the later whorls. In the last 
whorl they are confined to the keel itself, which they swell out and render gibbous, 
but this gibbosity is lost as the aperture is approached. The lower keel has a 
similar gibbosity in the same way and near the same place, but dies out almost 
to nothing at the edge of the wing. The whole of the surface is covered with 
irregular spiral riblets, continuing below the anterior keel as far as the shell is 
preserved; and crossing the ribs in the spire over all are fine sigmoid lunes of 
erowth. The penultimate whorl is very angular in outline, and the wing extends 
back upon it a little beyond the line of knobs. The upper digitation or outer 
process is very short and curved upwards (i.e. backwards). The lower keel 
having died away, the anterior edge of the wing is carried by a gentle curve to 
the point where the canal sheath is broken off. Where the shell is broken off the 
cast 1s seen to show only a gentle spiral swelling (the shell being thick) and to 
become attenuated at the apex. The aperture in this specimen shows the thin 
left lip spread over the penultimate whorl. 

Distribution and Relations—The above shell is from Scarborough, in a truly 


ALARIA PALMATA. 65 


Cornbrash matrix. It bears the name A. composita, in Lycett’s handwriting, but 
has been recorded as A. hamus, var. phillipsii, which has a different form of wing, 
ete. Another specimen, showing the shell and the wing, but both of them 
chemically worn, is in Mr. B. Thompson’s cabinet from Quinton, Northants. 
The cast may probably be recognised by (1) its agreement in proportions ; (2) the 
spiral swelling rising gradually higher in the whorl; (3) the apex being screw-like 
(cochleate) ; and (4) the gibbosity opposite the left side of the aperture. In this 
case the species occurs at Bedford (see Pl. VII, fig. 8). 

The species is closely allied to Alaria denticulata (Piette, loc. cit., pl. xvi, 
figs. 4-8), with which the author meludes the A. hamus of Morris and Lycett. 
It certainly belongs to that group, but is more angular exteriorly when well pre- 
served, and has a shorter wing, and in any case the name composita, not considered 
by Piette, has the priority. This species is quoted under Piette’s name from the 
Cornbrash of Boulogne. 


Alaria palmata, sp. nov. Plate VII, fig. 9. 


Type.—Spiral angle 23°. Three whorls of the spire preserved behind the 
last; probably there were three more. Ornament of the hamus type—i.e. 
longitudinal ribs affecting the anterior half only—greatest in the penultimate 
whorl, dying out towards the apex, but reduced to denticulations of the posterior 
keel in the last whorl. This keel is gibbous on the radius perpendicular to the 
direction of the wing on the side of the aperture. The anterior keel comes to its 
maximum near the same spot and dies away on either side. The whole is 
crossed by 13 riblets per whorl, extending 4 or 5 riblets below the anterior keel, 
the canal sheath below bemg bare. It bends towards the wing and is of medium 
length. The outside of the wing is imbedded and cannot safely be removed, but 
the keels must both die out without making any digitation. The wing extends 
backwards to the middle of the prepenultimate whorl, making a wall of shell 
behind the aperture. It also extends forwards half way down the canal sheath, 
and then is cut off squarely and the posterior border seems to be continued 
backwards lke a horn. The wing is very thick and massive. The specimen is 
from the rubbly Cornbrash of the Woodstock railway cutting at Shipton-on- 
Cherwell, and is in the collection of Mr. Hudleston. 

Distribution and Relations.—The character of the wing of this species removes 
it from all the ordinary forms of Alavia and makes one think of Aporrhais ; but the 
posterior whorl of the shell does not seem to have been reflected on the inner lip 
of the aperture. It is comparable, however, to Aporrhais pagoda of Morris and 
Lycett in respect of its wing, though different in all other respects. 


eo) 


66 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Alaria, sp. ind. 


Besides the specimens above enumerated, which show the characters of both 
the spire and the wing, there are others in which the latter is wanting and the 
species of which cannot therefore be adequately determined. 


Family CERrraiipa. 


These so-called cerites can only be defined as shells with dextral apex, of small 
spiral angle and small body-whorls, with simple interior cavities. Scarcely as 
much as this can be said of all the shells which are or have been included under 
this title, yet the definition above given would include such shells as Terebra, 
Turritella, and Scalaria. Fossil shells of such unspecialised character cannot be 
definitely arranged in families by means of their forms alone. It is useless to 
attempt to thrust the creatures of the Jurassic period into the pigeon-holes 
prepared for the most part only at a later date. As has happened among the 
Cephalopoda, the seat of variation has doubtless varied from time to time, and the 
classification to be true to nature must vary likewise with time. 

Deslongchamps, who first studied the cerites of the Jurassic rocks, noted that 
they had “a facies different enough [assez différent| from that of living species 
or of Tertiary fossils,” but was unwilling to create new genera. He divided them, 
however, into 6 groups—(1 a) whorls concave in the middle, intumescent at the 
sutures (would now be called Aptyviella) ; (1b) whorls concave, raised at the 
sutures (Cryptaulax); (2) whorls flat or subrotund (mixed, ine. Twrvritella); (3) 
whorls round but not clathrate (T'wiritella?); (4) clathrate, muricate (Bittium) ; 
(5) longitudinally nodulose, series oblique from right to left (Cryptaulax P); (6) 
polygonate or tuberculate, one series perpendicular to the suture (various). Some 
of these have channeled apertures and some have not. We cannot therefore include 
the channeling of the aperture in the “ family ” character. 

The records of Cerithium are : 

*C. gemmatum (6, 28, 43), *C. muricatum (43, 48). 

*C. variabile (32, 37). 

For Cerithium gemmatum and C. millepunctatum see Bittium pingue, p. 67. 
For C. muricatum see p. 68. Cerithinm variabile has been quoted from the Corn- 
brash of Ishp by Whiteaves, and thence quoted by Phillips; but the only specimens 
bearing that name are not in the collection of the former but in the Oxford Museum. 
They are two poor casts only, and in any case there is a doubt, as has been noted 
before, as to the horizon from which they were obtained. The species was called 


BITTIUM PINGUE. 67 


a Chemnitzia by the author, but it belongs to the vetusta-group of Cerithinum, as 
defined by Hudleston—a group not elsewhere recognised in the beds above the 
Great Oolite. 


Genus BITTIUM, Leach. 


The genus Pittiwm is often quoted as Leach’s, but it appears that Leach never 
published anything upon the subject, only naming certain shells in his own 
cabinet by this name. After his death the MS. prepared by him was published 
by Gray in 1847 (‘ Ann. Nat. Hist.,’ vol. xx, p. 267), the already named species 
included in it being indicated, but no description was given. Zittel (‘ Handbuch 
der Palzontologie’), and Fischer (‘ Man. Conch.,’ p. 680) give the definition thus: 
“Shell small, lengthened, with numerous granular whorls, irregularly varicose ; 
anterior canal short, scarcely distinct, not curved; lip open, varicose and dilated 
on side, columella edge simple.” It is certain that many Jurassic shells show these 
characters rather than those of a Cerithiwm with its curved canal. 


Bittium pingue, sp. nov. Plate VII, fig. 10. 


Type.—The lower half of the shell preserved, in which are five whorls; the 
greatest breadth along the spirals of the large whorl is 7 mm. The sutures make 
an angle of 79° with the axis, but are impressed lines only. It is ornamented by 
five rows of small equal knobs, joined longitudinally by a broader, and spirally by 
a narrower rising. The longitudinal groups—of which there are twenty-four in 
the last whorl 


are curved in a direction concave to the aperture. The base is 
convex, joining the side without an angle. It has seven spiral ridges not divided 
into knobs. The columella is nearly straight, making an angle, or pseudo-furrow, 
with the outer hp. The left lip smooths over the spirals of the outside of the whorl. 

Distribution and Relations —From Scarborough, in the Museum of Practical 
Geology. There is a second example of the species in the York Museum, but 
it is not known elsewhere. One of these is the foundation for the record of 
C. gemmatum, but it is not that species, which is not recorded by Hudleston 
from the Cornbrash. It differs in the presence of spiral bands between the knobs 
and the undivided spirals on the base. The last feature also divides it from 
C. millepunctatum (Desl.) of the Oxfordian, which it otherwise much resembles. 


68 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Bittium lorieri (Héb. and Desl.). Plate VII, fig. 11. 


1860. Cerithium lorieri, Hébert and Deslongchamps, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand., vol. v, p. 192, 
pl. va, fig. 2. 
1884, Cerithium muricatum, Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. i, p. 54, pl. iii, fig. 4. 


Description.—Our specimens agree in all respects with the type: the length 
is 21 mm.; greatest breadth, 6 mm.; spiral angle, 10°. There are sixteen whorls, 
including the apex. The general level of the sides of the spire is almost uniform, 
so that there are steps at the sutures. The longitudinal ribs are 21 per whorl, 
and are closer together than the spiral ones. They decrease in height, and die out 
anteriorly. The knobs are much raised but rounded at the top. On the base are 
seven raised spirals, decreasing anteriorly. The most posterior one is crimped 
posteriorly by the longitudinal raised line. 

Distribution —Two exceedingly characteristic specimens have occurred at 
Shipton-on-Cherwell. More imperfect forms have been found at Thrapston (1), 
at Scarborough (7, including the specimen figured by Hudleston), and at Bedford 
(1). The species occurs also at Le Waast in the Boulonnais. 

Relations.—In these small bittia, unless the characters are very closely noted, 
it is impossible to say how far agreement may be recognised with other forms. 
This is a finer shell than B. pingue, and has 4 knobs in a longitudinal group 
instead of 5, and 21 groups in the last whorl instead of 24, so that the knobs are 
less crowded together. It 1s quite possible such changes might take place in a 
single shell, but they have not been seen to do so. With regard to C. muricatum, 
if we define it as having “5 (or 4) rows of knobs arranged in straight (or curved) 
longitudinal bands,” our shell may be included therein, but not if we leave out the 
brackets. The same is the case with O. russiense of D’Orbigny and CO. granulato- 
costatum of Goldfuss. 


Genus CRYPTAULAX, Tate. 


The following is the author’s definition: “Shell turriculated, pointed, with a 
polygonal spire ornamented with transverse costee, angles of whorls disposed in a 
more or less marked spiral series; imperforate columella straight, thin, aperture 
ovate, not produced into a distinct canal in front, peristome entire, broadly reflexed 
upon the left lip, a shallow oblique posterior canal in the angle formed by the body 
whorl and outer lip.” 


I ee 


CERITHINELLA. 69 


Cryptaulax tortilis (Héb. and Desl.). Plate VII, figs. 12, 13. 


1860. Cerithium tortile, Hébert and Deslongchamps, Ball. Soc. Linn. Normand., vol. v, p. 191, 
pl. vi, fig. 6. 


T'ype.—Length to breadth, 33. Shell twisted, pointed, with a polygonal twisted 
spire; whorls shghtly rounded, showing a variable number of angles, generally six 
or seven. Sutural furrow broad and rather deep. Hach whorl is marked with two 
transverse (spiral) ridges placed before and behind. ‘The interval is marked with 
much smaller parallel ridges, variable in number. Angles of the whorls arranged 
in a more or less pronounced spiral series. In the Oxfordian of Montreuil-Bellay. 

Description.—The length of the figured specimen (Pl. VII, fig. 12) is 15 mm., 
and its maximum breadth is about 4mm. ‘The spiral angle, 15°. Thirteen whorls 
preserved, of which the first two only are smooth. The two bounding ribs and 
one intermediate rib commence together. ‘The second intermediate rib commences 
in the seventh whorl anteriorly to the first, but no more appear. The base has 
five spirals more, and then they are less influenced by the longitudinals posteriorly. 
There are thirteen longitudinal rows in the last whorl. The suture line is undu- 
lating. The aperture is somewhat imperfect in the specimen, but is well shown in 
another. Fig. 15 exhibits the generic characters of the “peristome broadly reflexed 
upon the left lip” and the “ posterior canal in the angle,” etc. 

Relations—Roughly speaking, the shells from the Inferior Oolite, referred by 
Hudleston to this species, may belong to it; but as they differ in some respects of 
an importance equal to that which is often made to separate forms in this class of 
shell, they can be considered perhaps as the ancestors only of shells from which 
the latter are mutations. These differences are a wider spiral angle, less deep 
suture which is not thrown into curves by the overlapping of the marginal knobs, 
and the greater equality of the knobs in each longitudinal group. 

Distribution.—Nearly forty specimens of this have been seen associated at 
Shipton-on-Cherwell. In the collection of Mr. W. H. Hudleston. 


Genus CERITHINELLA, Gemmellaro. 


The genus is defined by the author as follows: Shell turreted, slender, whorls 
numerous, flat, ornamented with spiral ribs or rows of small nodes ; aperture quad- 
rilateral, with a very faint canal. 


70 FAUNA. OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Cerithinella biserialis, sp. nov.. Plate VII, figs. 14a, 140. 


Type.—Imperfect at apex and base; seven whorls preserved in 9 mm.; spiral 
angle about 12°; whorls flat ; sutures deep. Ornament consists of six narrow spiral 
bands raised into knobs at intervals, commencing at the posterior end. The first 
row of knobs overlaps the first two spirals. The second row is on the third spiral ; 
the line between the two rows slants from the aperture. There are about twenty- 
two pairs per whorl. The fourth spiral is scarcely raised, and appears as a dividing 
line separating two series of knobs. The fifth spiral bears knobs as large as those 
of the first row, but those on the sixth spiral are much smaller. The pairs of 
knobs of the second series do not correspond with those of the first, but are rather 
more numerous, and the lines joining them slant towards the aperture. On the 
last whorl the fourth spiral becomes slightly knobbed, and a seventh sheghtly 
knobbed spiral is developed, followed by five or more plain spirals on the base. 
This base becomes nearly perpendicular to the outer surface of the whorl, but the 
character of the aperture is not disclosed, being broken away. There is no um- 
bilicus. From Shipton-on-Cherwell. In the collection of Mr. W. H. Hudleston. 

Distribution and Relations—The type is the only specimen known. Though 
the aperture is not seen, this appears to agree otherwise with the definition of 
Cerithinella, and especially it agrees with the figures given by Hudleston, in his 
pl. xii, of our own Inferior Oolite forms, in having the posterior part of each whorl 
ornamented independently of the anterior part. 


“Cerithium” multivolutum, Piette. Plate VII, fig. 15. 


1857. Cerithium multivolutum, Piette, Bull. Soc. Géol. France [2], vol. xiv, p. 547, pl. v, figs. 17, 18. 


Type.—* Shell turreted, lengthened, composed of a large number of narrow whorls 
whose surface is flat or shghtly convex, which appear smooth at first, and are so, 
in fact, in many individuals ; but on specimens better preserved can be distinguished, 
with good eyes, a range of fine granulations and some transverse strie along the 


suture—and on the shell also can be seen pretty regular, flexuous, longitudinal 
strie.”’ From the marly limestone of Rumigny and Eparcy. 

Description.—The specimen here figured is imperfect at both ends. It shows 
eight whorls in a length of 22 mm. The spiral angle is 13°. The sutures are 
scarcely impressed, the whole surface being practically conical; they make an 
angle of 85° with the axis. The lower part of the spire is quite smooth, but the 


upper part shows five whorls preserving their oblique grooves (doubtless the 


NERIN AA. ria 


“strie” of the type), bending very slightly towards the aperture, sixteen in a 
whorl at last—stronger and fewer near the apex. Also “with good eyes”! the 
excessively minute spiral strize may be noted near the posterior suture, if not all 
over. There are no Nerinzan processes, but the characters of the base and aper- 
ture are not here shown at all. 

Distribution and Relations.—This specimen is at present unique and comes from 
Shipton-on-Cherwell, and is in the collection of Mr. W. H. Hudleston. It is 
identified with Piette’s figures 17 and 18 only—perhaps his figures 16 and 20 may 
be different. This species is abundant in the Cornbrash at Le Waast as well as in 
the underlying beds (fide Rigaux, ‘ Bas Boulonnais,’ p. 36). 


Family NERINeIDS. 


First named by Defrance (‘ Dict. Sci. Nat.’), but first defined by Deshayes (‘ Coq. 
Char. des Terrains,’ p. 203). According to the definition there given the shells 
have the aperture subquadrangular and canaliculated, a broad umbilicated columella 
with strong spiral folds and one or more folds in the interior of the inner lip. 
According to this the interior folds and the umbilicated columella would be alike 
essential to the name, but we, nevertheless, call those with solid columellas Nerinza, 
while those without the folds are distinguished as Aptywiella. In this case there 
are also other reasons for separation. 


Genus NERINZEA, Defrance. 


The records of Nerina in the Cornbrash are 
*N. cingenda (28, 43). *N. granulata (5, 6, 15, 28, 34, 43, 50). 
*N. fasciata (50). *N. goodhalli (29). 

With regard to N. cingenda, which is an Inferior Oolite species characteristic of 
the Dogger of Yorkshire, it is once recorded by Wright (and after him by 
Ktheridge) from an examination of Leckenby’s collection. But the only Nerina 
in that collection is the one now called N. fasciata (q. v.). 

The specimen in the Leckenby collection bearing the name N. fasciata has not 
exactly been recorded, since Hudleston (loc. cit.) only mentions the name to reject 
it. He figures it, however, as “ Nerinxa sp.” and states that “the matrix is a 
little peculiar, but on the whole resembles that of the Scarborough Cornbrash 
more than any other.’ This resemblance, I think, is misleading. 


? They were not, in fact, noticed till Piette’s description had been read. 


72 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


The records of Nerinxa granulata are numerous, but there appears to be only 
one specimen between them all. Dr. Lycett figured the single specimen in the 
Scarborough Museum. Further remarks will be found under that heading. 

The record of N. goodhalli is by Macalister as from some Jurassic bed at 
Gayhurst, « locality not now marked as showing Cornbrash ; but as this is only ten 
miles distant in the direction of the range of that rock from the section at Akely, 
the name may probably indicate a fossil thence described here as N. bathonica. 


“Nerinea granulata” (Phillips). 


1835. Terebra granulata, Phillips, Geol. Yorkshire, pl. vii, fig. 16. 

1854. Cerithium granulatum, Morris, Catal. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 240. 

1863. Nerineea granulata, Lycett, Suppl. to Great Ool. Mollusca (Pal. Soe.), p. 10, pl. xxxi, fig. 12. 
1875. — — Phillips, op. cit., 3rd edition, p. 258. 


Lycett’s description is the only one yet given; in some respects it does not 
agree either with Phillips’ figure or his own. 

“Shell elongated, turreted, volutions numerous (about 20) [only 8 shown], 
narrow (so that their height is little more than half of their opposite diameters) 
[drawn only a little less], flattened, but shghtly contracted towards the base of each 
volution and encircled with numerous (9 or 10) irregular, unequal, shghtly 
nodulous lines; the aperture is small, subquadrate, and oblique; the columellar 
lip has a single strong plication.” Sixteen volutions are preserved. This 
specimen was discovered before the year 1835 (see headlines) ; since then it has 
made no progress, except to reduce to half its size. One after another author has 
had a guess at it. First it was a Terebra; then under Morris in 1854 it became a 
Cerithium; and, finally, when half worn away, it changed to Nerinxa in 1863; but 
no one has seen its interior structure, which should demonstrate whether it is a 
Nerina at all. 

A second specimen is that in the Museum of Practical Geology, which has been 
compared with N. granulata. It shows the same ornament as the type. The base 
makes an angle of about 60° with the continuation of the surface, and shows six 
spirals on it. The lmes of growth are very fine and nearly vertical. 


Nerineza bathonica, Rigaux and Sauvage. Plate VII, fig. 17. 
1868. Nerineea bathonica, Rigaux et Sauvage, Mém. Soc. Acad. Boulogne, vol. iii, p. 27, pl. iii, fig. 2. 


Type.—Length 120 mm., breadth of last whorl 30 mm., height of the same 
21 mm. “Shell large, elongated, conical, not umbilicated, whorls concave ex- 


0 > Gee \_ Ai ee eit is 6 


APTYXIELLA. 73 


teriorly, smooth, lip with one fold, columella unknown. ‘There are no longitudinal 
striz, and in old age the whorls become less concave and are not swollen near the 
anterior border.” From the Cornbrash and Great Oolite of the Boulonnais. 

Description.—In the upper bed of supposed Cornbrash at Akely brickyard are 
several fragments of a large Nerinza which seem to belong to this species. They 
agree with it in general shape, size, and spiral angles, in the concavity and smooth- 
ness of the whorl surface, in the slope of the sutures, and in the lack of swelling 
near the anterior border. ‘There is also one strong fold in the outer lip. 


Nerinea dimidiata, sp. nov. Plate VII, fig. 16. 


T'ype.—Leneth preserved 23 mm. Maximum width 5°5 mm. Spiral angle 10°. 
Nine whorls are shown. Sutures inclined 75° to axis. Hach whorl has the upper 
part swollen and smooth, the remainder being slightly concave and marked with 
six equal raised spirals. Interior not seen. The surface of the shell is on the 
whole step-like. From Scarborough. In the British Museum. 

Here we also see the interior arrangements. The fold on the outer lip is strong 
and a good deal posterior to the lip on the columella. This latter leaves only a 
narrow inlet between it and the anterior surface of the whorl—like a canal. On the 
posterior part of the columella there is in one case a very feeble sign of a third 
keel (see Pl. VII, fig. 16). 

Distribution and Relations.—Three fragments from Akely brickyard are all that 
have been seen. They are associated with Anabacia and Avicula braamburiensis. 
It is probable that a similar occurrence in the continuation of this bed past Newport 
Pagnell has caused the record of N. goodhalli (Sow.) at Gayhurst. There is a 
considerable resemblance between the two, but our species has not the swelling 
noticeable in the anterior part of the whorl, nor the long fold on the posterior wall 
in the whorl of the latter species. The first distinction separates it also from 
N. desvoidin, D’Orb., which exhibits different relative positions of the two principal 
folds; but our species is no doubt related to both these Corallian forms by way of 


ancestry. 


Genus APTYXIELLA, Fischer. 


Aptyvis, Zittel, name pre-occupied and altered to Aptyxiella by Fischer (‘ Man. 
de Conchyl.’). Zittel’s diagnosis is as follows: ‘Turreted, very slender, imper- 
forate, aperture quadrangular, inner and outer lips without folds, columella some- 
what thickened.” This name may be used for all shells with anterior canals whose 


external shape suggests a Neriiza, but whose internal section shows no folds. 
10 


74 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Aptyxiella lineata, sp. nov. Plate VII, fig. 18. 


Type.—A fragment of length 29 mm, Maximum breadth 8 mm. Spiral angle 
6°. Three whorls are shown. The suture makes an angle of 74° with the axis. 
The surface of the shell is nearly conical, the sutures being very little impressed. 
The ornament consists of fine spiral lines; the base is angular and smooth; the 
aperture channeled in front. No folds are seen at either end. From the neighbour- 
hood of Chippenham. In the British Museum (no. 27422). 

Description.—The whorls seem to have a very thin shell, and sometimes show 
nothing within, though sometimes with a quadrate interior and a spiral depression 
along the middle of the outside of the whorl. 

Distribution—There are two specimens from Chippenham, four have been 
obtained at Shipton-on-Cherwell, and one at Holwell. They are usually in short 
fragments, and appear to have been buried as such in a different matrix from that 
which fills the mterior. The general shape of the species shows a great resemblance 
to that of N. sharma from Boulogne, but that is said to have numerous folds. 


Aptyxiella blainvillei (Desl.). Plate VII, fig. 19. 


1843. Cerithium blainvillii, Deslongchamps, Mem. Soc. Linn. Normandie, p. 192, pl. viii, fig. 35. 


T'ype.—Shell turreted, very long in proportion to its diameter, striated trans- 
versely ; whorls a little less high than broad, concave in the middle, shghtly swollen 
near the sutures, where they form a well-pronounced projecting angle; base shghtly 
concave; aperture rhomboidal ; columella ending below by a canal in the form of a 
straight, rather elongated beak. From the Pierre Blanche of Langrune. 

Description.—The figured specimen (Pl. VII, fig. 19), so far as preserved, agrees 
accurately with the above description, with the figure of the type, and with its 
numerical data. It has no folds when cut. The number of spirals on each whorl 
is normally four, but intervening feebler ones are seen on the final whorls. The 
spiral angle is 16°, and the sutures make an angle of 77° with the axis. 

Distribution and Relations—Five specimens of this shell have been collected at 
Shipton-on-Cherwell for Mr. Hudleston, but none are known elsewhere. The 
broader form known as C. de/rvancii has been united to this by some, but the latter 
species differs from ours, certainly in its spiral angle, and possibly in the form of 
its aperture. It comes also from a somewhat different facies of rock which may 
be also lower. On the other hand, it is quite possible that our specimens come from 
the beds underlying the Cornbrash, and not from the Cornbrash itself. The matrix 
is only seen in the interior, 


HULIMA LACHRYMA. rb 


Family Kutimipm. 


The family is thus defined in the last edition of Zittel’s ‘Handbuch’: ‘ Small, 
polished, elongate-conic shells with oval aperture; the axis often distorted ; 
nucleus dextral.” 


Genus EULIMA, Risso. 


“Rather thick, highly turreted; suture distinct; spire plane, that of the 
summit mammellated ; aperture oval, attenuated to the right” (Risso, 1826). 

The sole record of this genus is *Mulima levigata (34, 43, 48). There is, how- 
ever, some confusion here. The name was first applied by Lycett (“ Great Oolite 
Moll,” pl. xv, fig. 4), to a shell from ‘‘ near Scarborough,’ which indicates what 
is now called the Scarborough limestone, but his figure does not correspond with 
the description. In the Supplement (pl. xxxi, fig. 3) he applied the same name to 
another shell, differmg from the first in character. In the first he lays stress on the 
character: “ Very subulate, the length of their whorls being nearly equal to their 
transverse diameter” ; in the second he says: ‘* Whorls narrow, the height slightly 
exceeds half of the opposite diameter.” This latter, from the Cornbrash, is fairly 
drawn, but comeides better in shape with the former figure. Finally Hudleston 
describes the original by the exact terms used to distinguish it from H. communis, 
and draws a figure of a form from the Cornbrash different from either of Lycett’s. 
In his last monograph (“ Inf. Ool. Gast.,” p. 244) Hudleston classes the Scar- 
borough limestone species with Pseudomelania, and queries both Lycett’s figure 
and his own from the Cornbrash. In these circumstances it appears that we 
cannot call either of them LH. levigata, but must give new names to both. 


Eulima lachryma, sp. nov. Plate VII, fig. 20. 


1863. Eulima lexvigata, Lycett, Great Oolite Mollusca (Pal. Soc.), p. 114, pl. xv, fig. 4 (not Suppl. 


pl. xxxi, fig. 3). 


Type.—Sutural angle, including the last whorl, 32°. There are eight whorls, 
the last being swollen. The upper whorls are about half as high as their diameter. 
The surface is shghtly convex and polished, the sutures being not deep. There 
are very fine curved lines of growth, and still finer spiral lines, almost invisible 
even with a lens. ‘The aperture is pointed posteriorly, and quite round anteriorly, 


76 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


the surface curving round like the side of a dome. ‘The shell is 17 mm. in length. 
From Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 

Distribution.—The type is not either of those which have been examined before, 
but as it resembles so closely Lycett’s figure from “ near Scarborough,” which does 
not agree with his description, that figure may by accident have been substituted 
from another specimen of this species; but the name goes with the description. 

Relations —The type is so poimted at the apex and so swollen at the bottom, 
that it resembles a tear-drop, and thus has a quite characteristic aspect. Whether 
any specimens once named Hulima ought not rather to be called Pseudomelania, 
this at least is a true Hulima. 


Eulima extricata, sp. nov. Plate VII, fig. 21. 


1882. Hulima levigata, Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [2], vol. ix, p. 245, pl. vi, fig. 8 (non Lycett). 


Type.—Length 32 mm.; sutural angle, 23°. About ten whorls, the last being 


little more than of proportional size; height } of diameter. ‘The whorls are 
extremely round and full, with a deep suture which gives a strangulated appear- 
ance. The whorls are so extremely smooth that even the lines of growth can 
scarcely be detected” (Hudleston). They are consequently characteristically 
polished. The last whorl, though seen only at the back, does not seem to be 
elongated. From Scarborough. In the British Museum. 

Distribution.—The specimen figured by Hudleston is also from Scarborough, 
and casts have been seen which from their shape may possibly belong here from 
Scarborough (1) and Sudbrook (1). 

Relations—The rotundity and strangulated appearance distinguish this species 
very well from any other true Hulima, but make it more doubtful whether it is 
rightly referred to that genus. Moreover the specimens are rather large for it. 
Yet there is no Pseudomelania of which they can be suggested as the young. 
In general form they resemble Morris and Lycett’s figures of Hul. communis, but 
according to their description there are peculiarities about that shell neither 
shown in their figures nor repeated in our fossils. The relative shortness of the 
body whorl, even more perhaps than the want of ornament and the size, seems 
to preclude the idea of a Pseudomelania, so that this species 1s congeneric at 
least with the specimen figured as Mul. levigata by Hudleston. 


Family PSEUDOMELANIAD®. 


After having been attached to various groups of living shells with which 
they had some point of resemblance, it has been found that the Pseudomelamade 


——" 


PSEUDOMELANIA VITTATA. 77 


are sufficiently related amongst themselves to justify a group of their own. 
They have elongated, pointed spires, growing to a considerable size, their aperture 
oval, entire, regularly rounded in front, and terminating posteriorly in an angle. 


Genus PSEUDOMELANIA, Pictet and Campiche. 


Shell thick and not wmbilicated, ornament usually confined to lines of growth, 
columella thick. The principal shells placed here are divisible into two groups, 
one with smooth, rounded whorls with only lines of growth [these are called 
anoptychia by Koken], and the other with a spiral rib near the tip of the whorls, 
at least in the adult [called hypsipleura by Koken]. 

The Pseudomelanias of the Cornbrash have been recorded under the old name 
of Cheminitzia or even Melanta. 

CO. heddingtonensis (5, 6). CO. scarburgensis ? (44). 

*C, simplew (40). *C. vittata (5, 6, 15, 21, 25, 28, 34, 40, 42, 44, 48). 

Of these heddingtonensis has never been recorded since. The only recognisable 
difference between this species and P. vittata lying in the prominence or presence 
of ornaments, imperfect ones might be registered under this name without both 
species being present. LP. scarburgensis has been recorded with a (?) only from 
Appleby, and no such specimen has been seen in Mr. Cross’ collection. P. simple, 
recorded by Sharp from Peterborough-Stilton district, is represented by two speci- 
mens in Birmingham University, but they are worn casts as usual and show no 
definite features. 


Pseudomelania vittata (Phillips). Plate VIII, figs. 1, 2. 


1835. Melania vittata, Phillips, Geol. Yorks., p. 116, pl. vii, fig. 15. 

1853. Chemnitzia vittata, cf. Lycett, Suppl. G. O. Mollusca (Pal. Soc.), p. 14, pl. xxxi, fig. 10. 
1875. — — Phillips, op. cit., 3rd edition, p. 257. 

1882. — —  Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [2], vol. ix, p. 244, pl. vi, figs. 5, 5a, 6. 


Type is constituted by Phillips’ figure only. 

Description.—There are about ten to twelve whorls when adult; corresponding 
projections he in a straight line longitudinally. At the apex the surface is smooth 
and conical, and shows only lnes of growth with an undulating twist. These are 
crossed by fine spiral fimbriated lines. At a diameter of 7 mm. the posterior front 
begins to rise and the anterior outside edge becomes angular. The suture makes 
an angle of 75° with the axis. The posterior border rises gradually till the anterior 


edge becomes a sharp spiral and the rest slopes down backwards to the suture ; in 


78 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


front a concavity becomes produced on the surface, rising to and ended by the 
angular edge which leaves a part of the base uncovered—so that there are two 
keels. The aperture is oval and tolerably wide, with fair evidence of thickening 
posteriorly where the callus is very prominent. The fine ‘‘ growth-line”’ ornament 
continues over all. The shell is so thick that the ridges make little show upon the 
last. 

Distribution.—It has been thought that this species is peculiar to Scarborough, 
and in fact forty-six specimens showing the shell have been collected ; but one has 
also been obtained from Rushden, in a matrix resembling that of the locality, and 
is now in the Northampton Museum. It is figured in Pl. VIII, fig. 1. It must be by 
casts that we may expect to recognise its presence elsewhere, and one of these, I 
think there can be little doubt, is figured on PI. VIII, fig. 2, from Garsdon, near 
Malmesbury. But there are other casts which cannot be referred to the same 
species—some with {oo wide a spiral angle and some with too close a whorl. 
These belong to species which have not been found in the shell, but only in 
the cast. 

Relations.—This species is no doubt removed by small divergences from its repre- 
sentative of the same group in other strata. But it is easily distinguished in the 
adult, for im it the group rose to its acme, at all events in size; but for ornament it 
is a very good instance of the shells of the Inferior Oolite returning again with 
modifications to their old quarters—when conditions again became suitable (cf. 
Hudleston, ‘ Gasteropoda of the Inferior Oolite,’ pls. xvii, xix). 


Family Naricipa. 


Genus NATICA, Scopoli (Adanson). 


More or less globose, smooth, rarely spirally striated, umbilicated or not, outer 
lip sharp, inner lip thickened by a callus. 

The records of Natica are : 

*N. insignis (34, 43). *N. punctura (6, 9, 15, 25, 28, 43, 48, 67). 
N. texata (65). 
To these must be added the records of Nevitopsis : 
Ner. archiact (84, 43). *Ner. canaliculata (25, 34, 48). 
* Ner. levigata (28). 

The record of NV. insignis rests only on the statement by Lycett (‘Suppl. G. O. 
Moll.,’ p. 98), “it has occurred rarely in the Cornbrash at Scarborough.” His type 
is from the Great Oolite, and measures only 5°5 mm. in length, and there are no 
ornaments. It is not, therefore, to be wondered at that no specimens from the 


——— 


NATICA PUNCTURA. We 


Cornbrash are anywhere forthcoming. A small specimen in my collection from 
Bothenhampton might do very well for it, but it is only a young cast, and might do 
as well for the young of NV. chauviniana. For NV. punctura see below. N. tewata 1s 
quoted by Beeby Thompson from Stow-nine-Churches. No doubt it is that species, 
but that species is the same as N, montrevilensis. The resemblance of the two 1s 
noticed by Lycett, but he says the latter “is less depressed and the aperture more 
lengthened,” but in measuring them together I can find no difference between them 
(see p. 80). 

The records of Neritopsis must be taken with those of Natica. They all three 
refer practically to one species—i.e. in the first instance, all to one specimen. 
N. archiaci was D’Orbigny’s name for D’Archiac’s species, whose figures and 
description he merely copied, but the former’s name canaliculata was pre-occupied 
in Turbo. Nevitopsis canaliculata is Lycett’s erroneous determination of the fossil 
here called Nat. montreuilensis, and Nerita levigata is Wright’s erroneous 
determination for the same specimen. 


Natica punctura (Bean). Plate VIEL figs: 3,.3@5 Plate IX, figs. 10, 11 


1839. Littorina punctura, Bean, Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 62, fig. 25. 
1882. — — Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [2], vol. ix, p. 201, pl. v, fig. 11. 


T'ype.—* Shell turbinated, finely striated longitudinally and transversely. . . . 
Whorls (6) rounded and well divided, the body whorl occupying one half the length 
of the shell. Aperture elliptical, pillar lip thick and a little flattened, outer lip 


very thin. Length nearly # inch, breadth } inch.” From the Cornbrash of Scar- 


bole 


borough. Present depository unknown. 

Description.—The proportions of the shell vary within certain limits, so that 
the figures above given are not universal. Thus the relative breadth in Hudleston’s 
figure is +9’ = 3, in the figured specimen t3;, a third 33. Also the relative 
length of the body whorl to the whole (along surface axial line) can only be roughly 


called one half; it is +3, +3) y3, 20; The punctures are spiral lines, but correspond 
longitudinally. The spiral angle is 50°-60°. The general surface is throughout 
curvilinear. No angles or straight lines need be employed to represent it. 
Distribution.—This is essentially a Yorkshire fossil, twenty-four having been 
found at Scarborough, but it has extended to Sudbrook (7), Peterborough (1), and 
Bedford (3). Beyond this it has not been found. Naticx of any kind are scarce. 
Relations.—This is not the Natica punctura figured by Morris and Lycett from 
the “ Bath oolite” of Yorkshire, as may be seen by the figure itself (it is much too 
broad), and it is not even mentioned in Hudleston’s account of the Gasteropoda of 
the Inferior Oolite. Nor is its relation to NV. bajocensis any longer upheld. It is 


80 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


scarcely possible, however, to deny the similarity, if not the identity, of the fossil 
from the Dogger. We seem to be able to trace a very instructive history here. 
The species came from the north, and in Inferior Oolite times reached as far as 
Yorkshire. In Great Oolite times it did not retire to the south, but out of the 
country. With the new and wider expansion of strata in Cornbrash times it 
returned and spread beyond the confines of Yorkshire at least as far as Bedford, 
and later on, as JV. calypso, it appears to have spread as far as the Ardennes. 
During its wanderings it gradually became thinner. 


Natica montreuilensis, Héb. and Desl. Plate VIII, figs. 4, 5. 


1860. Natica montrewilensis, Hébert and Deslongchamps, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand., vol. v, p. 31, 
pl. ui, fig. 2. 

1863. Neritopsis archiaci, Lycett, Suppl. G. O. Moll. (Pal. Soc.), pl. xxi. fig. 7, p. 21. 

1884. — canaliculata, Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. i, p. 301, pl. ix, fig. 12. 

21863. Natica texata, Lycett, op. cit., pl. xlv, fig. 30. 


T'ype.—* Length 14 mm., breadth of last whorl 12 mm. Shell globular, the 
spire not much projecting, smooth throughout, apex obtuse. Whorls rounded. 
Sutural furrow well marked and rather deep. Last whorl larger than the rest. 
Base very oblique. Umbilicus scarcely apparent.” From the Callovian beds of 
Montreuil-Bellay. 

Description.—The shells referable to this species agree in every respect with 
the above definition with the exceptions to be noted, and they have somewhat 
the aspect of the same, which is that of a Nevita, the spire being so short and so 
few-whorled (3-4). Many of them are “smooth throughout,’ but the best 
preserved show numerous longitudinal bands like flat folds crossed by over-riding 
narrower and closer festooned spirals without interfering with the visible smooth- 
ness. The umbilicus is small, but perfectly distinct. The inner lip and basal 
part of the aperture is thicker than the outer hp. There are patches of black and 
yellow colour like clouds in the shell, and some retain a black incrustation in a 
separate layer, which may be the remains of an epidermis. The fossils mostly retain 
their shell in Yorkshire, being there thoroughly autochthonous. The shell is thick 
so that in casts the whorls are nearly separate. 

Distribution.—F rom their home in Yorkshire seven specimens have been obtained, 
and one from Stow-nine-Churches, also casts from Bedford (2), Hullavington, and 
Holwell. 

Relations.—It is curious that this shell should have passed muster so long as a 
Neritopsis. The specimens only required development. It then appears that the 
whorl continues round the columella and there is no callous plate—much less a 
notch in it. 


NATICA. 81 


Natica chauviniana, D’Orb. Plate VIII, fig. 6. 
1852. Natica chauviniana, D’Orbigny, Pal. Franc. Terr. Jurassiques, p. 198, pl. ccxci, figs. 12, 13. 


Type.—* Spiral angle 104°. Length 35 mm. Breadth 29 mm. An interior 
mould a little longer than broad, oval. Spire short, formed with a very convex 
anole, composed of short convex whorls of which the last is twice the size of the 
others. Mouth oval.” From the Callovian of Sarthe. 

Description.—-The specimen referred to this species has a spiral angle of 84°. 
The breadth is 0°9 of the length. Of this length the last whorl is 0°75, making 
the breadth of the last whorl 1:2 of its length. It is a cast or mould, the top of 
the whorls forming a narrow border or ledge. The surface is convex and there 
are four or five whorls. The remains of the umbilicus form a deep round pit. 

Distribution.—Only one full-grown specimen has been seen from Bedford, but 
the little specimen from Bothenhampton would probably grow up into it, and the 
species may therefore be more widely spread than appears. 

Relations.—Our specimen has not so wide a spiral angle as the type—but it 
has a wide one, and the other proportions agree. It is remarkable for the great 
width and short length of its body whorl. If we look through the many figures 
given by D’Orbigny, it is remarkable that the only one which approximates to this 
should belong to a suitable horizon. 


Natica sp. (cf. cincta). Plate VIII, fig. 7. 


A single cast obtained from the Cornbrash at Holwell is of so suggestive 
a character that, in spite of its not being in a fit condition to name, it requires 
notice. It cannot belong to any of the above described Natice, though, being 
made of separated whorls, the shell must have been thick and not easily destroyed. 
The matrix and the cast are almost mseparable, so that we may conclude that it 
was a cast before it was imbedded. In other words, it is a remanié fossil, and 
we must look in older spots for its original home. It is a large shell which yields 
(probably) abundant casts. Exactly such a cast is figured by Hudleston (‘ Gast. 
Inf. Ool.,’ pl. xxi, fig. 3), as belonging to Natica cincta—a shell which, though 
not recorded from the Inferior Oolite of Dorset, is abundant in the not remote 
district of Gloucestershire. It would be curious if a shell excluded from a 


a 


district at the time of its flourishing should be introduced into it in later times 
as a remanie, but it is not impossible. 


1] 


82 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Genus CLOUGHTONIA, Hudleston. 


This genus, established by Hudleston in 1882 (‘ Geol. Mag.’ [2], vol. ix, p. 203), 
is thus defined by its author: “Shell short, conical, and solid, with a widish base ; 
shell substance thick. Whorls about 5, flat and angular; body whorl more or 
less bicarinated, with shght depression of the intervening space. Surface smooth 
or ornamented with rugose lines of growth. Aperture ovate to ovate-oblong, 
rounded anteriorly. Pillar nearly straight and with little or no callus.” The 
author now places this amongst Pseudomelaniade ; but it is a little difficult to range 
a genus whose diagnosis commences “shell short” in a family stated to have its 
“shell elongated.” This, at all events, is impressed on one by the shell described 


below, which shows an extreme approach to a Watica. 


Cloughtonia depressa, sp. nov. Plate VIII, fig. 8. 


Type.—Spiral angle 95°. Extreme height 25 mm. Breadth of last whorl 28 
mm. Whorls 4. Upper whorls squarely rounded. Body whorl in cast is swollen 
round the suture, then slightly hollowed out anteriorly to this, then swollen along 
a spiral line. Beyond this it is rapidly bent mwards to form the inner boundary 
of the aperture, the outer lip at the same time expanding longitudinally. Any 
umbilicus would probably be covered by the very thick shell, which, however, 
becomes thin where preserved between the matrix filling the aperture and the pen- 
ultimate whorl. Surface of cast quite smooth. From Sudbrook. In the Sedgwick 
Museum. 

It is probable that the irregularity of the spire and the expansion of the outer 
lip are due to pressure on the matrix. The swelling round the suture may not 
indicate any such swelling on the shell, but rather its hollowing out within, for 
the apparent furrow between it and the penultimate whorl is entirely filled with 
the shell substance, broken off above and thinning greatly below. 

Distribution and Relations.—Only this one specimen has been seen. The aspect 
of the matrix seems certainly to confirm its derivation from the Cornbrash, and it 
thus forms a link between the somewhat similar shells in the Inferior Oolite and 
the Portland (see Hudleston, loc. cit., p. 203). The drawing in of the body 
whorl on the inner side may be more or less characteristic of the genus. 


TURBINOID SHELLS. 


Some various records of Turbinoid shells are as follows: 
*Amberleya armaigera (34, 39, 50). *Tattorina phillipst (43, 50). 


KUCYCLUS. 83 


Purpurina ornata (6, 25, 28). Turbo elaboratus (25, 28, 43). 
Purpurina condensata (50). *Turbo funiculatus (6, 28, 50). 
Rotella ewpansa (6). 

Of these, for Amberleya armigera see Hucyclus armiger.  Lnttorina plallipsi has 
not been seen distinct from Hucyclus arnuiger. It belongs originally to the 
Scarborough Limestone. Purpurina ornata was the name assigned to the shell 
afterwards described by Lycett as Amberleya arimigera. Purpurina condensata 
has been stated to be the same as the Cornbrash form previously referred to 
Turbo elaboratus, which latter form will be found here under the first title. Turbo 
funiculatus is here described as Littorina cassius and Rotella expansa as Helicocryptus 
apertior. 


Family TRocHoNEMATIDA. 


This name is used by Zittel for a number of genera which are considered of 
doubtful position with respect to the Littorinide, Turbinde, or Purpurinide, but 
agree in having their whorls ornamented by spiral keels. 


Genus EUCYCLUS, Deslongchamps. 


Hstablished by Deslonechamps in 1860 (§ Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm..,’ vol. v, p. 141) 
as follows: “ Pyramidate, or nearly turriculate. Shell very thin; whorls rounded, 
increasing regularly; suture imbedded; surface covered with various transverse 
[spiral] folds, some more developed than others and forming one or more keels, 
crossed by numerous longitudinal lines. Base oblique, more or less rounded with 
concentric | spiral] folds, non-umbilicated ; mouth oval, right lip semicircular, thin ; 
left lip not seen on the return of the spire, but resting on the columella, which it 
thickens and enlarges, unites at a more or less open angle, but makes no notch 
with the right lip.” 

A large number of Jurassic species correspond with this generic description, 
amongst them the Cornbrash form, which must be referred to it, though it has been 
valled Amberleya. The original diagnosis of the latter genus does not suit the 
species referred to, as will be seen by the following quotation, in which the differ- 
ences are italicised: ‘‘ Shell turreted, turbinated, apex acute; whorls flattened above, 
convex and nodulated beneath, the last whorl ventricose; aperture ovate, entire, 
inner lip thickened and nearly covering a small wimbilicus; sutures deeply 
impressed ; no columella.’ The shells answering to the description of Mucyclus 
were at the same time referred to Littorina. It was only later that Lycett ex- 


84. FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


panded the meaning of Aimberleya to imclude two other genera, one of them 
acknowledged to differ only in details from his former Littorina. Hucyclus is too 
well characterised a genus to admit Amberleya nodosa within its limits. 


Eucyclus armiger (Lycett). Plate VIII, figs. 9, 10. 


1863. Amberleya armigera, Lycett, Suppl. Great Ool. Mollusca (Pal. Soc.), p. 20, pl. xxxi, fig. 6. 
1884. — — Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. i, p. 245, pl. viii, fig. 5. 


T'ype.—* Shell conical; spire elevated, pointed ; volutions 5, convex, somewhat 
angulated with 4 encircling coste or carine which are densely and delicately tuber- 
culated and decussated by fine striations, the two lower cost being much larger 
than the upper, so that the lowest costa overhangs the upper part of the next 
volution ; the base has 5 encircling serrated coste ; there is no umbilicus. Height 
10 lines, leneth of the last volution 8 lines.” From Scarborough. Inthe Leckenby 
Collection. 

Description.—The fourth row of knobs from the top occupies the crest of the 
angle and divides the surface ito two halves, the lower half being occupied by 
smaller and more regular knobs, the third row from the top the largest and fewest. 
The succeeding whorl does not reach quite to the crest, so making a deep suture 
which is a well-marked feature of the shell. The upper whorls contain 3 rows 
only. Six spirals can be counted on the base. One specimen shows the aperture 
in a perfect condition; the outer lip is angular in the centre, after the pattern 
of the whorl. It meets the straight columella at an angle, almost like a channel. 
The deposit from the inner lp obliterates the spirals on their reaching the 
columella. 

The shells of this species are usually preserved and casts are rare. They show 
the shape very well, especially the deep sutures, also remains of the keel at the 
angle and of the rows of knobs on the base. 

Distribution.—All but one of the specimens seen are from Scarborough (22) ; 
the exception, which, bemg in a soft matrix, is more easily worked out, is from 
Sudbrook. 

Relations —This species is very closely allied to * Turbo” meriant, Goldf. (after 
D’Orbigny), but the angle and the strong features of the third and fourth rows of 
knobs are more marked. These are little more than local varieties, the one of the 
other. Lattorina phillipsi, which has been supposed to occur also in the Cornbrash, 
is said to have a shorter spire and smaller number of whorls, and it is drawn as 
having no such deep sutures. I have not seen such in the Cornbrash. There is, 
however, some variation in size of shell and angle, but not beyond the ordinary 
range of a species. 


LITTORINA CASSIUS. 85 


Genus LITTORINA, Férussac. 


As the presence or absence of a pearly layer fails as a criterion between Littorina 
and Turbo in Jurassic rocks, the employment of either term must not be considered 
as stating anything upon that point, except that no differentiation into two layers 
of different character has been observed, 'wibo, however, is also characterised by 
having a caleareous operculum. Such opercula would not more easily perish, | 
suppose, than the shell, for we have examples, as in HMuomphalus and Nerita, m 
which they are preserved. Absence of opercula from the beds where the shells in 
question are abundant is as good a proof as we can desire that they are not Turbines. 
We must adopt, therefore, other names than /'wbo for turbine-like shells if we 


1 


would use exactness.’ SLittorinz# are compact shells and the aperture is affected 


somewhat by the preceding whorl. 


Littorina cassius (D’Orbigny). Plate VIII, fig. 11. 


1855. Turbo cassius, D’Orbigny, Pal. Franc. Terr. Jurassiques, vol. ii, p. 350, pl. exxxiv, figs. 1, 3. 
T'ype.—* Shell oval, conic, shghtly umbilicated, spire regular, composed of 


shghtly convex whorls provided with 4 longitudinal | spiral] ribs formed by hollow 
tubercles, elevated and imbricated. The last whorl has 11 similar ribs of smaller 
and smaller size. Mouth round, thickened in the columellar region. Length 
15mm.” From the white lmestone of Langrune and Luc. 

Description.—The single specimen in hand is of the right size and shape, having 
a spiral angle of 62°. In the uniformity of the ribbing throughout and in the 
number of ribs or rows of tubercles in the upper whorls it also agrees. According 
to the description it should have a shght umbilicus; it has at most the feeblest 
umbilical shit, but more so than the figure. There should be 11 ribs in all on the 
last whorl, and it has at most 9. The tubercles should be hollow, and they are so 
filled or covered with matrix that this character cannot be determined—the shell 
being the softer—but one or two appear to be excavated towards the aperture. 
This specimen is from Scarborough. 

Relations.—This is not the same specimen but appears to be of the same species 
as that figured by Hudleston as Turbo funiculatus, though the angle as drawn is 
larger. The base and aperture are not seen in that fossil, and the ornament and 
shape do not seem to agree with the Corallian shell as figured in 1881. Our shell 
differs from L. davousti (D’Orb.) im the spiral angle, coarseness of ornament, and 
umbilicus. 

' See remarks by Hudleston to the same effect (‘ Geol. Mag.’ [2], vol. viii, p. 52). In his ‘Memoir 
on the Gasteropoda of the Inferior Oolite’ Turbo has almost disappeared. 


86 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Genus PURPURINA, D’Orbigny. 


This genus was defined by the author in 1850 (‘ Prodrome,’ vol. i, p. 270) 
as having a “large aperture provided in front only with a very narrow furrow 
(sillon), which replaces the notch (échancrure) of the Purpura. Columellar border 
not flattened.” He thus included the shells later called Hucyclus, to which, in fact, 
the majority of the examples quoted below belong. Properly speaking, perhaps 
this name ought not to supersede D’Orbigny’s. But there are certainly two genera 
included here, which possibly D’Orbigny would have recognised had he lived to 
write the text on the genus; and Piette, who constituted Hucyclus, restricted Pur- 
purina to those of which it could be said: “ Angular posteriorly, body whorl large, 
ornamented with longitudinal ribs crossed by spiral striz.” 


Purpurina condensata, Deslongchamps. Plate VIII, figs. 12, 13. 


1860. Purpurina condensata, Deslongchamps, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie, vol. v, p. 178, pl. i, fig. 8; 
pl. xi, fig. 5. 
1882. _- _ Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [2], vol. ix, p. 196, pl. v, fig. 3. 


T'ype.—* A globular shell with a short spire. Whorls strongly rounded, slightly 
flattened for a certain distance facing the extremity of the spire, thus forming a 
very obtuse keel. Last whorl very large, with the surface adorned with about a 
dozen large rounded longitudinal folds, but transversely by very numerous regular 
small furrows. Mouth elliptical, lips united without a trace of demarcation, forming 
in front a very broad and very short gutter. Umbilicus small, but quite uncovered. 
Length 14 mm., length of last whorl 9 mm., breadth 10 mm.” 

Description.—Two specimens of this species have been seen, which are almost 
exact representations of Deslongchamps’ figures. The smaller of the two (PI. VIII, 
fig. 12) retains the shell, and shows the young form; the larger (fig. 13) is a cast 
only of the variety with coarser spirals, which should be called riblets rather than 
furrows. ‘These are only feebly indicated. The differences noted are in the pro- 
portionate size of the last whorl. In our specimens we should not say “ very 
large,” for it is a good deal narrower and much shorter m comparison. The state 
of the apertures preserved does not enable us to verify the existence of a gutter, 
on which the genus depends. Better specimens alone can decide whether they 
are Purpurina or not. 

Distribution and Ielations.—No others than these two specimens from Scar- 
borough have been seen, but the species occurs there also in the Kelloway Rock 
(fide Hudleston). Though these specimens have been called Turbo elaboratus, they 


HELICOCRYPTUS ORSUS. 87 


are not the same as the type of that species, which, like most, if not all, Purpurinas, 
has the direction of its body whorl at a less angle with the axis, making it appear 
longer. Our specimens, on the contrary, are even shorter than the type of P. 


condensata. 


Genus HELICOCRYPTUS, D’Orbigny. 


D’Orbigny in his ‘ Terrains Jurassiques,’ vol. 1, thus describes a remarkable 
small shell: ‘“ Shell depressed, orbicular, nearly coiled in the same plane. Spire 
formed of whorls which embrace on both sides, leaving an umbilicus below and 
another above. In the latter is a spire almost entirely hidden by the later! whorls. 
Mouth vertical, oval, transverse, provided inside, both above and below, with a 
strong callosity which fills the spaces where the whorl embraces the spire, and 


leaves the rest of the border thin.” 


Helicocryptus orsus, sp. nov. Plate VIII, fig. 14. 


T'ype.—A specimen from Scarborough in the Sedgwick Museum, recorded by 
Bean as Rotella expansa, is not easy to locate. The following interpretation is 
suggested : The diameter is 3°5 mm., the upper surface 1s smooth and shining, and 
shows as a whole very slight convexity, so as to have the aspect of a ftotella. It is 
composed of about three whorls, each of which has a considerable depth in pro- 
portion. They turn the angle into the under side rather abruptly. On the base 
they all reach close to the centre and leave only a small umbilicus. Part of the 
shell bemg broken through, it is seen to be very thick near the centre, but thin 
towards the circumference. 

ftelations—The specimen thus described does not show some of the most 
remarkable features of the genus to which it is here referred—for the spire is 
not sunken, and the spaces between the spire and the embracing whorls are not 
filled up with callus. Both these, however, are abnormal features, and assuming 
that they arose gradually from a normal shell, such, perhaps, as a Skenea, the 
first stage of a sunk spire would be a low one, and the first stage of an infilling 
would be a thickening of one of the walls such as are the stages represented by our 
shell. The characters of this genus are taken from the phylogenetic adult, and 
our shell, it is suggested, may be the phylogenetic infant. At all events, it precedes 
the others in time. 


' He says “ precedent,” but he must mean this. 


88 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Family Trocuips. 
Genus TROCHUS, Linneus. 


Whatever may be the extreme limits of this genus, the species here included 
have all short spires, conical surfaces, angular base margins, and ornaments above 
that limit different from those below. 

The records of Trochus are: 

* 7. bunburyt. * 7. strigosus (34, 43, 48). 
* 7’. monilitectus (6, 28, 43, 48). * 'T'. subglaber (48). 
* 7. scarburgensis (48). 

T. buuburyi is not represented by any specimen, nor can I obtain any 
information as to whence the specimen quoted came. 1’. monilitectus is the 
general name for the group to which the shell belongs. It is here described 
under the name 17’. duplicans. TT. scarburgensis is here included with 1’. strigosus, 
for which see p. 89. For 1. subglaber see p. 89. 


Trochus duplicans, sp. noy. Plate VIII, figs. 15, 16. 
1885. Trochus monilitectus, var. B., Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. ii, p. 122. 


Type.—Length, 8 mm. Spiral angle 55° on slope, spire flat. Whorls 7. 
The ornaments commence on the fourth, except the duplicated spiral, which 
commences on the third. In the adult the most anterior spiral projects more, but 
is no thicker than the rest. It 1s followed behind by three others like it, but the most 
posterior spiral is duplicate, being divided by a spiral furrow into pairs of knobs 
by dividing lines which go in the forward direction away from the aperture. In 
the larger interspaces finer spirals may be seen, while the coarser spirals are 
divided into knobs by oblique lines, which are continued over the edge in the 
same plane (and, therefore, apparently in a reversed direction) as radials. The 
base is marked with twenty fine spiral lines right up to the columella. The inner 
lip of the aperture clothes the previous whorl with a nacreous layer, the outer 
lip itself showing two distimguishable layers. From Scarborough. In the 
Sedgwick Museum. 

Description.—Although only one specimen answers exactly to the above 
description, there is another which corresponds in all respects but one, that one 
being the number of the threads. Instead of there being four and a double one 
with a few finer interspersed occasionally, there are seven nearly uniform threads 
in the same space, so that they nearly fill it. They are all crossed by lines hke 


TROCHUS STRIGOSUS. 89 


the twist in a thread of cotton wound upon a cone. For this reason the two 
are classed as one species, fig. 15 being var. a and fig. 16 being var. p. 

Distribution and Relations.—Besides the two specimens from Scarborough, 
the species may possibly occur at Shipton-on-Cherwell. At Scarborough it 1s 
associated in the same bed with 1. subglaber, which, so far as the ornaments go, 
might be taken as a third of the series of still finer threads, but there are other 
differences with regard to 7’. monilitectus with which one of these varieties was 
temporarily united by Hudleston: the position of the thickest spirals is reversed, 
while the base of the present form is entirely covered by the spiral lines. The 
species is closely related to the much larger shell, 7’. pictti, Desl. 


Trochus subglaber, Hudleston. Plate VIII, fig. 17. 
1885. Trochus subglaber, Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. ii, p. 125, pl. i, fig. 6. 


T'ype-—* Height, 18 mm.; spiral angle, 52°. Shell small, conical; imperforate 
spire consists of six or seven whorls, increasing pretty regularly. Suture close, but 
very distinct. Anterior of each whorl slightly tumid, posterior area slightly 
constricted. The ornaments consist of fine spiral strie, very numerous, and some- 
what closer together in the anterior than in the posterior region. These striz are 
decussated by backward, sloping, transverse strive, which scarcely reach the 
anterior margin. Base flat. . . .”’ The cross strie are too feeble to cut up the 
spaces between the spiral striz into knobs. The latter spirals are closer together 
on the last whorl; they are too fine to be counted. Further development shows 
that the base is convex and non-umbilicated, but there are no signs of any spiral 
lines. From Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 

Distribution and Relations—The specimen is unique. It is evidently a very 
close relation to 7’. duplicans, but it grows to a larger size. The cross striz are 
more in evidence posteriorly than the spirals themselves, and are not indicated 
only by cutting them, while the base seems to be free from striae. 


Trochus strigosus, Lycett. Plate VIII, fig. 18. 


1863. Trochus strigosus, Lycett, Suppl. Great Ool. Mollusca (Pal. Soc.), p. 29, pl. xlv, fig. 12. 
1885. — — Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. ii, p. 124, pl. ili, fig. 8 (not fig. 4). 


1885. T'rochus scarburgensis, Hudleston, ibid., pl. iii, fig. 2. 


T'ype.— Shell elevated, conical, transversely costellated; costelle, four to a 
volution, granulated and equal. The anterior border of each volution has also a 
depressed striated band; the volutions, about five in number, are flattened; the 


12 


90 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


last volution is rounded ; the base has a few striations ; the columella is oblique ; 
and the aperture somewhat triangular.” From Scarborough. In the Sedgwick 
Museum. 

Description.—This type shell bemg preserved, we can compare it with the 
description and ascertain the exact meaning of the words, it bemg remembered that 
at the time it was described the specimen was unique. Four costellee ¢o a volution 
means on the upper part; the depressed striated band means that it is not raised 
on both sides, leaving the upper portion of the base unconcealed. The base “ has 
a few striations,’ means apparently that they are not so strong or that they 
diminish towards the columella, for the base is really characterised by the 
abundance of striation. These are the spiral ones, which are very close on the 
upper edge, are coarser after they run on to the actual base, and gradually get 
more remote or weaker till the very edge of the columella. The upper edge is 
crenulated at the top by the lines of growth, and all the “granulated costelle ” 
are about equal in size. The nearer the apex the more regular all become. The 
anterior edge is rounded; in youth it 1s more so. 

Distribution.—This, or the next allied species, is now fairly common, there 
beg about twenty seen from Scarborough, and probably one or more from 
Bedford, but they were not separated at first. 

Relations—With regard to T’. scarburgeusis, it appears to be the younger 
portion of the typical shell. Its spiral angle is said to be wider, but only by the 
difference between 65° and 70°, which, on a comparison of several specimens, is quite 
within the range of variation. It is said to be devoid of the basal belt, and this is 
hard to distinguish in the upper whorls of all. For the differences between this 
species and 7’. lacuna see that species. It is somewhat of a rough species when 
full grown, but not the roughest. 


Trochus lacuna, sp. nov. Plate VIII, fig. 19. 


1885. Trochus strigosus, Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. ii, pl. iii, fig. 4 (not the rest). 


Type (the same specimen as figured by Hudleston).—Length, apex restored, 
35 mm.; greatest breadth, 25 mm.; whorls, about 6. On the upper part of 
each there are four spirals divided obliquely by lnes of growth, the three anterior 
of which are equal, but the most posterior rises to a greater height, and is separated 
by a deeper interval; it abuts against the basal belt of the preceding whorl, and is 
sometimes larger than it. The basal belt 1s separated from the upper part by a 
deep spiral furrow, to which it forms the outer boundary, projecting beyond the 
shell above. It is also separated on the basal side by a parallel depression facing 
downwards. The band thus formed is flat externally, and is lineated spirally, and 


TROCHUS ? DOMATUS. on 


with lines of growth. The base is much swollen, and shows only the smallest relics 
of spiral lines near the band, but is deeply scored by the lines of growth. From 
Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 

Description.—The strength of the basal belts varies in different individuals, and 
in the roughest they are very conspicuous. Their prominence makes the whorl 
surface between them look concave. 

Distribution and Relations.—All these specimens, perhaps twelve, are from 
Scarborough. Although this is a near ally of J. strigosus, beme made of the 
same elements differently proportioned, the association of these proportions is so 
constant that they seem to have greater significance; one always seems to carry 
the rest with it. If there is a swollen posterior spiral, or a very convex base or 
very shght signs of any spirals on it, there is sure to be a prominent basal band 
with a furrow above it on the sides of the whorl, and usually a furrow below it 
on the base. These features should be recognisable if the species is found any- 
where abroad. 


Trochus shiptonensis, sp. nov. Plate VIII, fig. 20. 


T'ype.—Length 11 mm., greatest breadth 9°5 mm., spiral angle 52°, whorls 6, 
surface conical, sutures not much impressed. Basal edge angular, somewhat turned 
up, bevelled below. Upper surface of whorl concave, forming a narrow furrow 
anteriorly, then three narrow simple spirals posteriorly with oblique shallow 
risings, slopmg away from the aperture. Base, within the level, quite smooth, 
with a central depression but no umbilicus; aperture broken off. Shell thick, inner 
tube uniformly oval. From Shipton-on-Cherwell. In the collection of Mr. 
Hudleston. 

Distribution and Relations —Only one of these has been examined, and the 
matrix enclosed seems almost too white for Cornbrash at this spot, so it may 
possibly come from one of the underlying limestones. It appears, however, to 
belong by its shape and ornament to the same series as the above, which, never- 
theless, are not confined to the Cornbrash, though apparently somewhat charac- 
teristic of it. 


Trochus ?domatus, sp. nov. Plate VIII, fig. 22. 


Type.—Height 7°5 mm., maximum breadth 8 mm., whorls 3, formmg a dome- 
like spire. The last whorl has a convex centre with a keel above and below 
separated by a depression. No minor ornaments whatever. The base is separated 
by a strong smooth keel shghtly separated below, The rest is smooth and convex, 


92 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


having a fairly wide umbilicus. The aperture is round except at its junction with 
the previous whorl, but it is irregularly diminished by an apparent thickening. 
From Searborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 

Relations.—The genus of this shell seems very doubtful. In some respects, no 
doubt, it has a general resemblance to T'rochus angulatus of Goldfuss (not Sowerby), 
under which name it has been recorded; but it has not a lower band and second 
keel beneath it. Its aperture seems to point to Delphinula or some ally of that 
genus. It requires some better preserved specimen or other confirmation to decide 
its position. 


Genus ATAPHRUS, Gabb. 


Characterised by the smoothness of its whorls, the rounded off character of its 
apex, and particularly by the sudden ending off of the thickened columella and 
the replacement of a furrow in its continuation within the compass of its aperture. 


Ataphrus halesus (D’Orbigny). Plate VIII, fig. 21. 


1853. Trochus halesus, D’Orbigny, Pal. Franc. Terr. Jurassiques, vol. ii, p. 292, pl. ecexviii, figs. 1—4. 
1860. — helius, Hébert and Deslongchamps, Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm., vol. v, p. 218, pl. 1x, fig. 5. 


T'ype.—* Shell conical, a little longer than broad, not umbilicated. Spire with 
a slightly concave angle composed of flat, very smooth, whorls, the last whorl 
with little convexity and smooth above, very angular at the circumference. Mouth 
depressed, square, strongly encrusted on the columellar side, but without forming 
teeth.” 

Description.-The figured specimen has a rounded apex and smooth sides. 
The spire as a whole and the last whorl are almost concave. The spiral angle is 
about 70°. The lines of growth are exceedingly regular and fine. The basal border 
line is somewhat swollen, the angle at the bend being rounded. The base appears 
smooth but has exceedingly fine spirals. The aperture has the generically charac- 
teristic feature well shown. There is a needle-poit perforation to represent an 
umbilicus (not seen in a second example). Length 10 mm., greatest breadth 
10 mm. 

Distribution.—The figured specimen comes from Woodford, near Thrapston, and 
there is a larger one from Quinton, Northamptonshire. Both are in the collection 
of Mr. Beeby Thompson. 

This species is recorded as common at Boulogne. 

Relations.—D’Orbigny describes two species, 7’. halesus and T. helins, which 


PLEUROTOMARIA BUCHIANA. 93 


agree in most respects, except that the latter is drawn with an umbilicus and is not 
so angular at the circumference. Hébert and Deslongchamps figure both species, 
and our specimen agrees with their figure of 7’. heliws, but not with D’Orbigny’s in 
having only a needle-point umbilicus. They suggest, however, that there is only 
one species, in which case we must use the first-mentioned name according to the 
rules of priority, and that of the commonest according to the rules of utility ; for 


both reasons the name must be Ataphrus halesus. 


Genus PLEUROTOMARIA, Defrance. 


There is only one record of Plewrotomaria : 

*P. granulata (6, 25, 28, 34, 58). 

The specimens here referred to were first recorded under this name by Bean, 
and certainly they resemble one of the figures given by Sowerby. This, beime 
repeated by Leckenby and Wright, was finally figured by Lycett, and since then 
the name has been adopted for the Cornbrash fossil by other writers. Hudleston, 
however, points out that it is quite a different species, but has not provided a 
new name. There is no difficulty in finding the proper one. 


Pleurotomaria buchiana, D’Orbigny. Plate VIII, figs. 23, 24. 


1845. Pleurotomaria buchiana, D’Orbigny in Murchison, Verneuil, and Keyserling, Geol. Russia, 
vol. u, p. 451, pl. xxxviii, figs. 1, 2. 

1863. — granulata, Lycett, Suppl. Great Ool. Mollusca (Pal. Soc.), p. 24, pl. xxxi, fig. 8. 

1885. — — Hudleston, Geol. Mag [3], vol. ii, pl. iii, fig. 8. 


T'ype.—* Shell broader than high, thick; spire formed with a regular angle, 
composed of shghtly convex whorls, angular above, ornamented with unequal 
longitudinal striz, which are crossed by lines of growth, more easily seen in the 
young. ‘The last whorl is keeled on the upper side. Umbilicus closed, or nearly 
so. Mouth triangular, depressed. Sinus very short and placed on the lower third 
of the whorl, forming the keel. Spiral angle 85°, length 31 mm., height of last 
whorl 41 mm.” From the Middle Oxfordian of Russia. 

Description.—Having an example from the typical locality in hand, it is easy to 
verify on it the description given by Hudleston (/.c.) of our own species. * Shell 
short, step-like, with the rudiments of an umbilicus. Body whorl about half the 
height of the spire, whorls about six in number, sloping in the posterior two-thirds, 
nearly vertical in the anterior third. The ornaments consist of numerous fine 
spirals, which present” very distinct “nodes at the points of contact with the very 


94 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


fine lines which decussate them.” Inthe upper whorls there are about three spirals, 
in the next five, and lastly seven. The cross lines are twice as numerous and 
branch below. ‘The principal carina, which occurs about two thirds down, 
carries the umbilicated sht band. This occupies the most salient position in 


99 


each whorl The spirals below this are more numerous and the cross lines 
curve backwards above the sht and forward below it. ‘The base is tolerably 
tumid, with strong spiral ornaments,” and with cross lnes twice as numerous as 
they. ‘Aperture quadrate or trapezoidal. Columella thick and curving 
forwards.” The clearest specimen shows no umbilicus. 

Distribution —Thirty-seven specimens have been seen, all from Scarborough, 
but the records for Rushden and Peterborough districts have not been verified. 
The species is widely spread in Russia, and is said by D’Orbigny to occur also in 
the Oxfordian of Normandy and the Ardennes. 

Relations.—The species certainly resembles P. muensteri, Romer (fide D’Orbigny), 
but that has a fairly open umbilicus. Perhaps this should not carry much weight, 
but we do not know the details of its ornamentation. Except for this detail of 
ornament, it would also resemble P. filigrana from a similar horizon. It is 
remarkable that after so long an interval in Plewrotomaria-growth as occurred 
before the Cornbrash, the earliest to arrive should have originated apparently in 
the north or east. 


Pleurotomaria debilis, sp. nov. Plate VIII, fig. 25. 


Type.—Length 32 mm., breadth 27 mm. Spiral angle 58°. Six whorls are 
seen, but only parts retain the shell. The surface is not uniformly convex, but has 
no keel, the sht band being at the level of greatest convexity. The posterior part 
of each whorl shows three or more strong spirals, which rise and fall over strong 
longitudinal risings, about thirty per whorl in number. The central part, where 
preserved, shows several weaker spirals, with the slit band in the centre. The 
anterior portion is thrown again into undulations half the size and twice the number 
of the upper ones. The base is convex, rounding into the side. Probably it is 
skinned, for the strize soon die away. The umbilicus is small. From Bedford. In 
the Northampton Museum. 

Distribution.—There is a second specimen from the same locality which may 
belong here, but the spirals are stronger and more continuous, and the base is 
striated. 

Relations—The nearest ally, with twice as many undulations below the slit 
band as above, is Pl. pagodus (Desl.), from the Great Oolite of Normandy, but 
the base is concave. If we neglect the detail of the number and position of the 
undulations, this might come under the description of P. filigrana var. undulata 


ACTEONINA SCARBURGENSIS. 95 


of Deslongchamps from the Oxford Clay of Dives, the other variety of which, 
var. apltycha, might, with similar neglect of minor details, represent P. buchiana. 


[ Parenia.—The record of *P. cingulata (31, 36) as occurring in the Cornbrash 
r! 


is founded on an example discovered in the marl at Islip, Oxon, by Mr. J. F. 
Whiteaves. his marl is now recognised as here found lying below the Cornbrash. | 


Order OPISTHOBRANCHIAT A. 


|The genus Ac?rEON is twice entered as occurring in the Cornbrash, as A. sedgwickt 
and as A. sedgwicht var. pullus. Both of these entries refer to a single specimen in 
the Leckenby collection, which specimen occurs in a matrix believed to be not 
Cornbrash, but probably grey limestone. | 


Genus ACTEONINA, D’Orbigny. 


This genus was defined as always distinguished (from Acfeow) by the want of 
folds on its columella, but is as usually distinguished also by the absence of spiral 
striae on the shell. 

The records of Acteonina are : 

A. cinerea (48). *A. scurburgensis (33, 39, 42, 48). 
FA Cwidu (18; Sill). A. gigantea (48). 
The actual record of A. lwidii as a Cornbrash fossil distinct from the other species 
is an entry by Whiteaves, quoted by Phillips, of a fossil obtamed at Islip, Oxon ; 
but this specimen came, as Mr, Whiteaves now states, from the flagey beds below 
what is here reckoned to be Cornbrash. The fossil is said by Lycett to come 
from the Forest Marble of that locality. For A. gigantea see A. elongata. 


Acteonina scarburgensis, Lycett. Plate LX, fig. 1. 


1863. Acteonina scarburgensis, Lycett, Suppl. Great Ool. Mollusca(Pal. Soc.), p. 28, pl. xxxi, fig. 13. 


1885. — — Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3}, vol. ii, p. 204, “ not figured.” 
T'ype.—* Shell ovately ventricose, smooth; spire short, obtuse, consisting of 


four narrow convex volutions. The last volution has the sides slightly convex, its 
upper margin rounded and shghtly channeled at the suture; the aperture is 


narrow, somewhat expanded at the base, which is marginated at its junction with 


96 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


the columella. Length 14”, diameter 10”, length of aperture 11.” From 
Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 

Description.—Hudleston redescribes the specimen and says spiral angle 78, 
the 6 upper out of 7 whorls are beautifully preserved, the apical four being trans- 
parent, or free from interior matrix. The furrows which border the suture are 
bounded externally by a deeper line, beyond which the rounded bend of the whorl 
rises. On the body whorl the lnes of growth are well marked, and with the 
hight shining along the spirals indications of numerous hght and dark colour bands 
may be seen. ‘The inner line of the aperture crosses the axial line at an angle of 
about 40°. 

Distribution.—This species appears to be entirely a Yorkshire form. Including 
the two following species or varieties, 17 specimens have been seen in all. A cast 
of the present species is included in the Porter collection (hence it is included 
in H. B. Woodward’s list). There is no proof, however, that it came from 
Peterborough, and the matrix is more like that of Yorkshire. 

Relations.—Vhe Acteonine bemg Yorkshire shells which appear to die out 
completely with the Cornbrash, their allies must be sought for in the underlying 
beds; but they are essentially, as witnessed by the remarkable preservation of their 
thin shells, autochthonous fossils. They have probably grown and varied together 
through the whole course of their existence, and it matters little therefore whether 
we call the three forms which may be recognised varieties of one species or 
separate species. In the latter case the name is preserved for the present form, 
which is the central type. They may become thinner in proportion and longer 
at the base (elongata) or stouter in proportion and squatter at the base (cineved) ; 
one of these varieties having received a specific name, there is no reason why the 
other should not. 


Acteonina elongata, sp. nov. Plate IX, fig. 2. 


1885. Acteonina scarburgensis, Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. ii, p. 204, “elongate variety,” pl. v, 
fig. 9. 


T'ype.—Length (apex gone) 34 mm., greatest breadth 16°5 mm., or ratio of 
breadth to length 10: 203. Any furrows along the sutures are very obscure. 
Shoulder much rounded. Length of aperture 24mm. Spiral angle 70°. The 
columella is seen to be curled over as a whole, leaving an apparent umbilical 
furrow. The rest of the details as in A. scarburgensis. From Scarborough. In 
the collection of Mr. Hudleston. 

Distribution.—Vhere are four at least which answer this description, and pro- 
bably some of the others included in the general series. It is probably this species 
which is enumerated in Hudleston’s list as A. gigantea, but not otherwise referred to. 


CYLINDRITES. 97 


Acteonina cinerea, Hudleston. Plate IX, fig. 5. 
1885. Acteonina cinerea, Hudleston, Geol. Mag. | 3], vol. ii, p. 206, pl. v, fig. 8. 


Type.—* Height 26-5 mm. Width to height °51. Spiral angle 90°. Body 
whorl to height 80. . . . Whorls . . . about 5. Devoid of ornament. 
Suture distinct. Shoulder of body whorl extremely broad and square. Body 
whorl relatively large and cylindrical, sides compressed and almost constricted just 
below the shoulder. . . . Outer lip very straight.” [The remainder is ex- 
pressed with doubt.| From the Scarborough Limestone. In the Sedgwick Museum. 

Deseription.—Hudleston remarks that “ there is a very stout variety apparently 
belonging to this species, in Mr. Leckenby’s Cornbrash Collection.” The specimen 
here figured (Pl. IX, fig. 3) is probably the one intended; at all events, it 
approximates to this species more than any other specimen. It is characterised 
by its large spiral angle, the shortness of the upper whorls exposed, the angularity 
of the shoulder, the constriction of its sides and enlargement of the body whorl 
towards the base, and the sudden inward bend there, so that the inner line of the 
aperture crosses the axial line at an angle of nearly 60°, and the outer side turns 
through an angle of more than 70°. The base of the shell, in fact, is very peculiar. 

Distribution. —This specimen from the Cornbrash of Scarborough is perhaps the 
only one seen. 

Relations.—See under A. scarburgensis. 

In the British Museum are two specimens obtained from Chippenham through 
Mr. Wm. Buy, which closely resemble large examples of dA. lwidii. They are 
said to have come from the Cornbrash, but as they must have come out of 
excavations their horizon remains doubtful. See Plate IX, fig. +. 


Genus CYLINDRITES, Morris and Lycett. 


Shell smooth, last whorl cylindrical, aperture lengthened, columella twisted 
near the base. ‘The records are: 

*(', excavatus (36) * O. thorenti (35) 

The record of (. evcavatus is by Phillips, as occurring at Kidlington. The only 
Cylindrites in the Oxford Museum has no label of locality, though placed with the 
Cornbrash fossils, and it is C. acutus. It is to be noted that all Phillips’ fossils 
that come from Kidlington are called “ B,” though there are lower fossiliferous 
strata in the quarry. It is probable, therefore, that no C. eweavatus has as yet 
been found in the Cornbrash. 

13 


98 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


Cylindrites thorenti (Buvignier). Plate IX, fig. 5. 


1842. Bulla thorentea, Buvignier, Géol. des Ardennes, p. 535, pl. v, fig. 9. 
1850. Cylindrites thorenti, Morris and Lycett, Great Ool. Mollusca (Pal. Soc.), p. 101, pl. vin, fig 22. 


Type.—Shell subcylindrical, the sides somewhat convex, smooth, or shghtly 
marked by the lmes of growth. Spire small, depressed, and contracted. The 
whorls with their margin only visible. Aperture narrow. Basal fold of the 
columella large. Apex large, but not so high as the outer margin. In the white 
limestone below the Oxford Clay, Rumigny, Ardennes. 

Description.—The figured specimen referred to this species is 17 mm. long 
and 8 mm. broad, of the same diameter till near the end. The diameter of the 
aperture is also constant till near the base, a strong fold is shown on the columella, 
longitudinal lines of growth on the shell, apex sunk, the last whorl making a high 
and thickened ring round it. 

Distribution.—There can be httle doubt that this is a similar shell to that dealt 
with by Morris and Lycett. ‘Two specimens have been brought by the Survey 
from Corscombe. The only quarry seen there now contains beds underlying the 
Cornbrash, and the matrix is not very characteristic; nevertheless, as the species 
is abundant in the Cornbrash of Boulogne, it might very well occur in the South of 
England. 


Genus VANIKORO, Quoy and Gaimard. 


“ Broadly patulate, rather thick, cancellated with oblique lamellar ribs and 
thin spiral ridges. Epidermis yellowish-brown.” Diameter one inch. 


Vanikoro canaliculata, sp. nov. Plate IX, fig. 9. 


This shell stands obliquely on the animal by the look of it. They are all 
ridged, most of them are smaller. 


Family Buri. 


This name is used in its comprehensive sense to include all the remaining 
‘l'ectibranchs, even if none belong to the genus Bulla, if that genus be defined as 
having a spire wholly immersed, and lacking all spiral lines of colour. Like as are 
the Cornbrash shells to Bulla, they pass over by these characters into Hydatina. 


‘Genus HYDATINA, Schumacher. 


The genus Hydatina is defined by Pilsbry (Tryon and Pilsbry, ‘Man. 
Conch.,’ vol. xy, pt. 4, p. 326) as smooth, spirally banded, spire exposed, either 


HYDATINA UNDULATA. 99 


convex, flat, or concave—no sinus round the suture, effuse at the base. With 
regard to the “smooth” character, it is to be noted that one at least—H. veluin— 
among living species has longitudinal risings which are interrupted at the colour 
bands. 

The records of Hydatina are all under the name of Bulla, and one species only 


has been recorded from the Cornbrash : 
*Bulla undulata (6, 14, 21, 28, 36, 43, 50, 68). 


Hydatina undulata (Bean). Plate IX, fig. 6. 


1839. Bulla undulata, Bean, Ann. Nat. Hist. [2], vol. iii, p. 61, fig. 22. 


1885. — — Hudleston, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. ii, p. 234, pl. v, fig. 10. 
? 1850. — — Morris and Lycett, Great Ool. Mollusca (Pal. Soc.), p. 96, pl. viii, fig. 8. 


? 1895. Paleohydatina undulata, Cossman, Cont. Pal. France, vol. v, mem. 14. 


T'ype.—* Shell oval, approaching to globular, longitudinally wrinkled or un- 
dulated, aperture large, comprising nearly the whole shell, but much wider at the 
lower than the upper part. Apex umbilicated. Length Ijin. [30 mm.]. Breadth 
lin.” [23 mm.] From the Cornbrash of Scarborough. 

Description.—The last whorl in the type specimen rises higher than the pen- 
ultimate, and therefore forms an elevated ridge round the sunken spire. The inner 
slopes of this rising meet the penultimate at a considerable distance from the 
centre and thus must leave the apex exposed, and the same is the case with all the 
Scarborough specimens—though the size of the exposed apex varies—the speci- 
men figured by Hudleston having the smallest. The expansion of the aperture and 
the proportional breadth also vary, the type being one of the narrowest. The 
surface of the shell, as indicated by the name, has irregular longitudinal folds, 
which can scarcely be looked upon as lines of growth, for at about a third down 
their length they are wrinkled into backwardly pointing chevrons, making a spiral 
band, and look at first sight accidental. When we consider, however, that in the 
recent H. velum the longitudinal rismgs are interrupted at the colour bands, the 
connection between the two phenomena is indicated. Looking, therefore, again at 
other specimens of so-called Bulla, we may find indications in all well-preserved 
ones, here and there, of similar spiral bands of crinkles, which we conclude must 
be connected with the original colour bands, thus showing that we are dealing with 
Hydatina (see Morris and Lycett’s figure). It is interesting to learn that the 
lingual ribbon of recent Hydatine is of a less developed type than that of Bulla. I 
can see, however, no reason for separating the Jurassic species from the rest under 
the title Paleohydatina unless H. velum is included. 

Relations —Compared with the fossil Bullide of other localities and horizons, 


100 FAUNA OF THE CORNBRASH. 


this species and all the Bullide of the Cornbrash are on a large scale, and appear 
to be perfectly simple in the columellar region, and those whose growth is larger 
may be simply better grown. Of these there’ are nine from Scarborough and 


another from Sudbrook. 


Hydatina magnifica, sp. nov. Plate IX, fig. 7. 


Description.—The shell here described was obtained from Bedford, and may 
perhaps not be a distinct species. It has been cleaned by a mason in the British 
Museum. It has a total length of 60 mm. and a breadth of 44mm. The body 
rises as before into a ridge, whence it slopes downwards to the spire. The surface 
has numerous rough longitudinals. The shape of the “ fruit’ more resembles that 
of a pear than that of an apple. 

Distribution.— Possibly other examples, e.g. from Rushden (1) and “ Northamp- 
ton” (B. M. 2 in. x 1 in.), are the nearest examples. 


Hydatina limitata, sp. nov. Plate IX, figs. 87, 8b. 
¥ 1850. Bulla undulata, Morris and Lycett, Great Ool. Mollusca (Pal. Soc.), p. 18, pl. viii, fig. 8. 


Type.—Length 16°5 mm., breadth 14mm. Spire almost on the level with the 
posterior edge of the last whorl; diameter of spire small, looking only like a groove 
on the surface. From this line the surface of the last whorl spreads rapidly out- 
wards, making the posterior end of the aperture fairly wide, but the plane of the 
aperture meets the penultimate whorl obliquely, though it has no furrow parallel to 
the suture: on the contrary, in the spiral direction traces of at least five bands of 
crinkles, indicative of colour bands, can be traced. From Chippenham. In the 
Museum of Practical Geology (no. 8676). 

Description.—The type is but a small specimen, and is behind others that are 
larger, belonging to the same species, but the strict limitation of the posterior 
border of the highest band to the approximate level of the spire holds for them all. 

Distribution.—Three of these specimens are from grey, speckled, softish rock 
from Chippenham, probably from some boring or excavation. It is not unlike the 
Cornbrash exposed at Sutton Benger. A specimen collected by the Geological 
Survey at Templecombe assures us that the species does occur in the Cornbrash. 

Relations—The limitation of the aperture posteriorly is the main feature of 
distinction from H. widulata, probably also its greater relative breadth, and its 
surface features. I can point out no real difference between this species and that 
figured by Morris and Lycett as Bulla widulata, which even shows the numerous 


Fic. 
i. 


Zi: 


ACEH, 


Inopleurodon ferox, Sauvage; tooth.—Rushden. In the Northampton 
Museum. 

Inoplewrodon ferox, Sauvage.—Smaller tooth from the same locality and 
collection. 2«, side view; 20, transverse section of the same. 


3a, b. Murenosaurus; dorsal vertebra——Rushden. In the Collection of 


4. 


5. 


ep) 


eo) 


10. 


Mr. J. F. Walker. 

Humerus of Plesiosawrus.—Scarborough. In the Leckenby Collection 
in the Sedgwick Museum. 

Machimosaurus rigauei, Sauvage; tooth.—Handborough, Oxon. In the 
Collection of Mr. E. A. Walford. 

(a) Side view, nat. size. (b) Apex magnified. (c) Transverse section. 

Asteracanthus acutus, Agassiz; spme.—St. Botolph’s Bridge, Peterborough. 
In the Sharp Collection in the British Museum (no. 47131). 6a, 
side view; 65, details of ornament. 

Strophodus tenuis, Agassiz; teeth. 7a, from one of the two anterior 
rows; 7b, from one of the two posterior rows.—Peterborough 
district ; St. Botolph’s Bridge. In the British Museum (nos. 
47132a, P. 2662). 

Strophodus rigauei (Sauvage); posterior tooth.—Scarborough. In the 
York Museum. 8a, natural size; 8b, magnified three times. 

Strophodus tenuis, Agassiz; posterior tooth.—St. Botolph’s Bridge. In 
the Sharp Collection in the British Museum (no. 47132). 

Macromesodon bathonicus (Sauvage); central vomerine tooth. — St. 
Botolph’s Bridge, Peterborough. In the British Museum (no. 
47148 a). 


PAGE. 


23 


23 


25 


25 


26 


28 


30 


31 


30 


32 


1905 


PALAZ.ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY 


BAL 


auna 


robrash F' 


Co 


> 
an 


Blake 


Bale & Danielsson, L° imp 


FH. Michael del.et lith 


PLATE II. 


Fig. PAGE. 
1. Nautilus truncatus (J. Sowerby).—Midland Railway Pit, Bedford. In 
the British Museum (no. C.5077) ; 3 natural size. 
la, side view; 16, section across body chamber; 1c, running of 
suture over periphery. 34, 
2. Nautilus truncatus (J. Sowerby); young.—Rushden. In the British 
Museum (no. C. 3473). 34 


PALACONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1905. 


Blake, Cornbrash Fauna. Pl 


Ni meld wt 
featin as ene) 


FH Michael del. et Lith 


2 


PEATE iM: 


Macrocephalites typicus, nom. noy.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick 
Museum, Leckenby Collection. 1a, side view; 1, front view. 
Macrocephalites typicus, nom. nov.; young example.—Bedford. In the 
British Museum (no. C. 5073 a). 2a, side view; 2b, front view. 
Macrocephalites typicus, nom. noy.; small specimen.—Scarborough. In 
the Museum of Practical Geology (no. 8652). 

Macrocephalites imacrocephalus (Schloth.); young form.—Scarborough. 
In the Museum of Practical Geology (no. 8653). 

Macrocephalites macrocephalus (Schloth.); medium-sized specimen.— 
Scarborough. In the Author’s Collection. 

Macrocephalites macrocephalus (Schloth.); full grown, front view.— 
Scarborough. In the British Museum (no. 39566). 

Macrocephalites herveyi (Sow.).— Peterborough. In the Museum of 
Practical Geology (no. 8650). 


PAGE. 


42 


4.2 


42 


4.5 


45 


4.6 


Blake, Cornbrash Pauna. 


a sceeballo 
a aS 


en 


FH Michael del. et lith 


PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1905. 


PLATE IV. 


Fic. PAGE. 

1. Macrocephalites macrocephalus (Schloth.); adult.—Bedford. In the 
British Museum (no. C. 5072), no. 28, enumerated in Table I. 45 

2. Macrocephalites herveyi (Sowerby).—Peterborough. In the Museum of 
Practical Geology (no. 8650). 46 

3.  Macrocephalites hudlestoni, sp. nov. — Rushden. In the Collection of 
Mr. W. H. Hudleston. 34a, side view; 36, peripheral view. 47 


4. Macrocephalites compressus (Quenstedt).—Garsdon, near Malmesbury. 
In the British Museum (no. 8321). 4a, inner part enclosed in a 
later whorl, showing sutures; 4b, peripheral view. 45 
Scarborough. In the Author’s 
Collection. The smallest specimen seen. 5a, side view; 5 6, peri- 
pheral view. 4.2 


5. JMacrocephalites typicus, nom. noy. 


PALALEONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1905. 
Ply: 
Blake, Cornbrash Fauna 


] Yanielsson.. [244mm 
FH Michael del. et lith. Bale & Danielsson, L“ ing 


iG 
a 
. 


PEATE V: 


PAGE. 

Cadoceras breve, sp. noy.—Hast Fleet, near Weymouth. In the Author’s 
Collection. 48 

Perisphinctes subbakerix (D’Orb.).—Stalbridge-Weston. In the Museum 
of Practical Geology (no. 8654). 2a, side view; 2b, peripheral view. 49 

Perisphinctes flabellans, sp. nov.— Hast Fleet, near Weymouth. In the 
Author’s Collection; a fragment with outline restored. 51 
Section of whorl of Perisphinctes (?), sp. 1. In the Author’s Collection. 52 
Section of whorl of Perisphinctes, sp. 2. In the Author’s Collection. 53 


PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1905. 
Blake ,Cornbrash Fauna ; ELM 


FA. Michael del. et ith Bale & Damelsson Itt ap 


PLATE VE. 


Fic. PaGE. 

1. Olydoniceras discus (Sow.).—Sudbrook. In the Sedgwick Museum. 
Showing sutures. 54 

2. Clydoniceras hochstettert (Oppel).— Norton Brize. In the Museum of 
Practical Geology (no. 8647). Showing sutures. 55 

3. Clydoniceras ptychophorum (Neumayr).—Trowbridge. In the British 
Museum (no. 33541). 3a, side view; 3 0, sectional view. 56 

A, Clydoniceras legayi (Rigaux and Sauvage).—Sudbrook. In the Sedgwick 
Museum. Showing sutures. 57 

5. Clydoniceras legayt (R. and 8.).—Sudbrook. In the Sedgewick Museum. 
Peripheral view. 57 


6. Clydoniceras legayt (R. and §.).—Rushden. In the Collection of Mr. 
W. H, Hudleston, Showing the body chamber and last suture. 57 


Blake, Cornbrash Fauna. 


HL. Michael del, et hth 


PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY ,1905. 


Bale & Damelssan 


td 


amp 


co 


PLATE Vik 


PAGE. 


Belemnites redivivus, sp. nov.—From the shales of Cayton Bay. In the Leckenby Collection, 
Sedgwick Museum. la, ventral aspect; 1 6, lateral aspect. 

Belemnites redivivus (?); narrower form.—From the shales of Cayton Bay. In the 
Sedgewick Museum. 

Alaria erinacea (Piette).—Scarborough. In the Leckenby Collection, Sedgwick Museum. 
3a, natural size: 3b, penultimate whorl magnified. 

Alaria erinacea (?); cast.—Bedford. In the Northampton Museum. 

Alaria tridigitata (Piette).—Murcot. In the Collection of the Author. 

Alaria bicornis, sp. nov.—Woodstock Railway Cutting, Shipton-on-Cherwel!. In the 
Collection of Mr. Hudleston. 6a, aspect in plane of posterior digitation ; 6b, aspect im 
plane of anterior digitation. 

Alaria composita (Sowerby).—Scarborough. In the Museum of Practical Geology. 7a, 
back view ; 7b, perpendicular view. 

Alaria composita (?); cast.—Bedford. In the Northampton Museum. Same view as 7 b. 

Alaria palmata, sp. nov.—Woodstock Railway Cutting, Shipton-on-Cherwell. In the 
Collection of Mr. Hudleston. 9a, front view; 9 6, perpendicular back view. 

Bittium pingue, sp. nov.—Scarborough. In the Museum of Practical Geology. 10a, 
natural size; 106, last whorl x 2. 

Bittium lorieri (H¢éb. and Desl.) x 2.—Shipton-on-Cherwell. In the Collection of Mr. 
Hudleston. Ila, natural size. 

Cryptaulax tortilis (Héb. and Desl.) x 2.—Shipton-on-Cherwell. In the Collection of Mr. 

Hudleston. 12a, natural size. 

Ditto ; from the same locality and collection. End view showing aperture x 4. 

Cerithinella biserialis, sp. nov.—Shipton-on-Cherwell, In the Collection of Mr. Hudleston. 
14a x 2; 146, base whorl x 4. 

Cerithium multivolutum, Piette—Woodstock Railway Cutting, Shipton-on-Cherwell. In 
the Collection of Mr. Hudleston. 

Scarborough. In the British Museum (no. G. 17000). 16a, 
natural size; 16 b, one whorl enlarged. 

Nerinea bathonica, Rigaux and Sauvage.—Akely Brickyard. In the Collection of the 
Author. 17a, restored picture from three fragments; 17 b, section of interior of whorl. 

Aptyziella lineata, sp. nov.—Near Chippenham. In the British Museum (no. 27422). 

Aptyziella blainviller (Desl.).—Woodstock Railway Cutting, Shipton on-Cherwell. In the 
Collection of Mr. Hudleston. 

Eulima lachryma, sp. nov.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 20a, natural size; 
20 6, enlarged. 


Kulima extricata, sp. nov.—Scarborough. In the British Museum (no. G. 16997). 


Nerinxa dimidiata, sp. nov. 


59 


59 


61 


61 


62 


63 


64. 
64 


65 


67 


68 


69 
69 


70 


70 


73 


72 
74 


74, 


75 
76 


PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, !905. 


a 


aun. 


Blake , Cornbrash F 


imp 


td 


L 


Jamelsson 


Bale &I 


FA. Michael delet ith 


bo 


) 


BATE Wane, 


PAGE. 
Pseudomelania vittata (Phil.).—Rushden. In the Northampton Museum. 77 
Ditto; a cast presumably of the shell—Garsdon, near Malmesbury. In the Author’s 
Collection. 77 
Natica punctura (Bean).—Scarborough. In the British Museum (no. G. 16999). 3a, portion 
magnified (see Plate IX, figs. 10, 11). 79 
Natica montrewilensis, Héb. & Desl.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. Back view 
showing colour marking. 4a, portion magnified. 80 
Ditto.— Scarborough. In the Museum of Practical Geology (no. 8657). Front view. 80 
Natica chauviniana, D’Orb. Bedford. In the Northampton Museum. 81 
Natica sp. (ef. cincta).—Holwell. In the Collection of the Author. 81 
Cloughtonia depressa, sp. nov.—Sudbrook. In the Sedgwick Museum. 8a, back view; 8b, 
front view. 82 
Eucyclus armiger (lycett).—Sudbrook. In the Sedgwick Museum. Front view. 84 
Ditto; cast. Scarborough. In the Museum of Practical Geology (no. 8659). 84 
Littorina cassius (D’Orb.).—Scarborough. In the Museum of Practical Geology. Front 
view lla x 13; 116, nat. size. 85 
Purpurina ? condensata, Desl.; young form.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 86 
Ditto ; cast.—Scarborough. In the Museum of Practical Geology. 86 
Helicocryptus orsus, sp. nov.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 14a, nat. size ; 
146, view from above; 14 c, view from below; 14d, view in front of the aperture. 87 
Trochus duplicans, sp. nov., var. a.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 15a, natural 
15 b, side view, magnified ; 15 c, base magnified. 88 
Ditto, var. 3.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 16a, nat. size; 16b, 16c, side 
view and base, magnified. 89 
Trochus subglaber, Hudl.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 17a, nat. size ; 
17 b, side view, magnified. 89 
Trochus strigosus, Lycett ; type—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 18 a, side view; 
18 b, base, nat. size. 89 
Trochus lacuna, sp. nov.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 19a, side view; 193, 
top view; 19c base, nat. size. 90 


Trochus shiptonensis, sp. nov.—Shipton-on-Cherwell. In the Collection of Mr. Hudleston. 


20 a, nat. size; 206, side view, magnified. 91 
Ataphrus halesus (D’Orb.). Woodford, near Thrapston. In the Collection of Mr. Beeby 

Thompson. 21a, nat. size; 21 b, front view, magnified. 92 
Trochus ? domatus, sp. nov.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 22 a, nat. size; 

22 b, side view magnified. 91 
Pleurotomaria buchiana, D’Orb.; details of ornament.—Scarborough. In the Museum of 

Practical Geology. 93 
Ditto; view of base.—Scarborough. In the Collection of the Author. 93 


Pleurotomaria debilis, sp. nov.—Bedford. In the Northampton Museum. 94. 


PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1905. 


Blake, Cornbrash Fauna 


20a 


Ligne ee Re ae ae 


SN ge at ea eS 


F.H Michael delet hth 


NT 


PLATE LX: 


PaaGeE. 


Acteonina scarburgensis, Lycett.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick 
Museum. Showing colour bands. 

Acteonina elongata, sp. nov.—Scarborough. In the collection of Mr. 
Hudleston. 2a, back view; 2), front view. 

Acteonina cinerea, Hudleston.—Scarborough. In the Sedgwick Museum. 

Acteonina lwidii, Morris.—Near Chippenham. In the British Museum 
(no. 54043), 

Cylindrites thorenti (Buvignier)—Corscombe. In the Museum of 
Practical Geology (no. 8672). 

Hydatina undulata (Bean).—Scarborough. In the British Museum 
(no. G. 16998). The type, showing the relics of the colour banding. 
6 a, front view; 6 b, top view. 

Hiydatina magnifica, sp. nov.—Bedford. In the British Museum 
(no. G. 314). 7 a, front view; 7 b, top view. 

Hydatina limitata, sp. nov.—Chippenham. In the Museum of Practical 
Geology (no. 8676). 8a, front view; 8b, back view, showing 
colour marking. 

Vanikoro canaliculata, sp. nov.—In the Sedgwick Museum. 9 a, from 
behind ; 9b, from front. 


10,11. Natica punctura (Bean) ; two specimens, back view.—Scarborough. 


12. 


13. 


In the British Museum. 

Dentalium glabellum, sp. nov.—Scarborough. In the British Museum 
(no: G.. 16996): 

Nautilus calloviensis, Oppel.—Peterborough. Collected by Prof. H. G. 


Garwood. 13a, side view; 13d, front view. 


95 


96 
o7 


97 


98 


og 


100 


101 


36 


PALA. ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1905 


ind belb 


5 
auna . 


neevelaul 


Blake, Co 


BO reese 


$a Saslane coleslaw anaocecsmentisal 


on imy 


A= 


Bale & Damiel 


AH. Searle del. et lith 


way 


Bigs eye 


oo 
Se SePrs 


hag Ss